STATE OF THE ART INC /CA
SC 13D, 1998-02-27
PREPACKAGED SOFTWARE
Previous: PAINEWEBBER INVESTMENT TRUST, 485BPOS, 1998-02-27
Next: FORTIS WORLDWIDE PORTFOLIOS INC, 485BPOS, 1998-02-27



<PAGE>
 
================================================================================
                      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                            WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                                 SCHEDULE 13D
                   UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
                               ________________
                            STATE OF THE ART, INC.
                               (NAME OF ISSUER)
                               ________________
                          COMMON STOCK, NO PAR VALUE
                        (TITLE OF CLASS OF SECURITIES)
                               ________________
                                   85730710
                     (CUSIP NUMBER OF CLASS OF SECURITIES)
                               ________________
                                  PAUL WALKER
                            CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
                              THE SAGE GROUP PLC
                                  SAGE HOUSE
                               BENTON PARK ROAD
                              NEWCASTLE UPON TYNE
                                ENGLAND NE7 7LZ
                                (191) 255-3000
          (NAME, ADDRESS AND TELEPHONE NUMBER OF PERSON AUTHORIZED TO
           RECEIVE NOTICES AND COMMUNICATIONS ON BEHALF OF BIDDERS)

                                   COPY TO:
                             KENTON J. KING, ESQ.
                   SKADDEN, ARPS, SLATE, MEAGHER & FLOM LLP
                      FOUR EMBARCADERO CENTER, SUITE 3800
                        SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94111
                           TELEPHONE: (415) 984-6400
                           FACSIMILE: (415) 984-2698

                               JANUARY 27, 1998
      (DATE OF EVENT WHICH REQUIRES FILING OF STATEMENT ON SCHEDULE 13D)
- -----------------------------

     If the filing person has previously filed a statement on Schedule 13G to
report the acquisition which is the subject of this Schedule 13D, and is filing
this statement because of Rule 13d-1(b)(3) or (4), check the following box: [_]

     *The remainder of this cover page shall be filled out for a reporting
person's initial filing of this form with respect to the subject class of
securities, and for any subsequent amendment containing information which would
alter the disclosures provided in a prior cover page.

     The information required in the remainder of this cover page shall not be
deemed to be "filed" for the purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934 ("Act") or otherwise subject to the liabilities of that section of
the Act, but shall be subject to all other provisions of the Act (however, see
the Notes).
<PAGE>
 
- -----------------------                                  ---------------------
  CUSIP NO. 85730710                  13D                  PAGE 2 OF 7 PAGES
- -----------------------                                  ---------------------
 
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      NAME OF REPORTING PERSON
 1    S.S. OR I.R.S. IDENTIFICATION NOS. OF ABOVE PERSON
              Rose Acquisition Corp. (75-2749525)

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      CHECK THE APPROPRIATE BOX IF A MEMBER OF A GROUP
 2          (a) [_]  (b) [_]

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 3    SEC USE ONLY

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      SOURCE OF FUNDS
 4           AF

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      CHECK BOX IF DISCLOSURE OF LEGAL PROCEEDINGS IS REQUIRED PURSUANT TO
 5    ITEMS 2(d) or 2(e)                                                   [_]
 
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      CITIZENSHIP OR PLACE OF ORGANIZATION
 6           Delaware

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                          SOLE VOTING POWER
                     7          None
     NUMBER OF       
      SHARES       -----------------------------------------------------------
                          SHARED VOTING POWER
   BENEFICIALLY      8         15,116,923 See Item 4
     OWNED BY
                   -----------------------------------------------------------
       EACH               SOLE DISPOSITIVE POWER
                     9        None
    REPORTING             
      PERSON       -----------------------------------------------------------
                          SHARED DISPOSITIVE POWER
       WITH         10         None

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      AGGREGATE AMOUNT BENEFICIALLY OWNED BY EACH REPORTING PERSON
11         15,116,923 See Item 4

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12    CHECK BOX IF THE AGGREGATE AMOUNT IN ROW 11 EXCLUDES CERTAIN SHARES [_]
 
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      PERCENT OF CLASS REPRESENTED BY AMOUNT IN ROW 11
13          60.5%

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      TYPE OF REPORTING PERSON
14          CO

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>

- -----------------------                                  ---------------------
  CUSIP NO. 85730710                  13D                  PAGE 3 OF 7 PAGES
- -----------------------                                  ---------------------
 
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      NAME OF REPORTING PERSON
 1    S.S. OR I.R.S. IDENTIFICATION NOS. OF ABOVE PERSON

              The Sage Group plc

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      CHECK THE APPROPRIATE BOX IF A MEMBER OF A GROUP
 2          (a) [_]  (b) [_]

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 3    SEC USE ONLY

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      SOURCE OF FUNDS
 4           BK, WC, OO

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      CHECK BOX IF DISCLOSURE OF LEGAL PROCEEDINGS IS REQUIRED PURSUANT TO
 5    ITEMS 2(d) or 2(e)                                                   [_]
 
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      CITIZENSHIP OR PLACE OF ORGANIZATION
 6           United Kingdom

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                          SOLE VOTING POWER
                     7          None
     NUMBER OF       
      SHARES       -----------------------------------------------------------
                          SHARED VOTING POWER
   BENEFICIALLY      8         15,116,923 See Item 4
     OWNED BY
                   -----------------------------------------------------------
       EACH               SOLE DISPOSITIVE POWER
                     9        None
    REPORTING             
      PERSON       -----------------------------------------------------------
                          SHARED DISPOSITIVE POWER
       WITH         10         None

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      AGGREGATE AMOUNT BENEFICIALLY OWNED BY EACH REPORTING PERSON
11         15,116,923 See Item 4

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12    CHECK BOX IF THE AGGREGATE AMOUNT IN ROW 11 EXCLUDES CERTAIN SHARES [_]
 
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      PERCENT OF CLASS REPRESENTED BY AMOUNT IN ROW 11
13          60.5%

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      TYPE OF REPORTING PERSON
14          CO

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
Item 1.  Security and Issuer.
         ------------------- 

         This statement on Schedule 13D (this "Statement" or the "Schedule 13D")
relates to the common stock, no par value (the "Shares"), of State Of The Art,
Inc., a California corporation (the "Company"). The address of the Company's
principal executive offices is 56 Technology Drive, Irvine, California 92618.

Item 2.  Identity and Background.
         ----------------------- 

         (a) - (c), (e) This Statement is being filed by The Sage Group plc, a
company organized under the laws of England ("Parent"), and Rose Acquisition
Corp., a Delaware corporation ("Purchaser"), and a direct and indirect wholly
owned subsidiary of Parent. The information set forth in the "INTRODUCTION" and
"Section 9 -- Certain Information Concerning Parent and Purchaser" of
Purchaser's Offer to Purchase, dated as of February 2, 1998 (the "Offer to
Purchase"), is incorporated herein by reference. The name, business address,
present principal occupation or employment, the material occupations, positions,
offices or employments for the past five years and citizenship of each director
and executive officer of Parent and Purchaser and the name, principal business
and address of any corporation or other organization in which such occupations,
positions, offices and employments are or were carried on are set forth in
Schedule I of the Offer to Purchase and are incorporated herein by reference.

         (d) - (e) During the past five years, neither Purchaser nor Parent nor,
to the best knowledge of Purchaser and Parent, any of the persons listed in
Schedule I of the Offer to Purchase have been convicted in a criminal proceeding
(excluding traffic violations or similar misdemeanors) or was a party to a civil
proceeding of a judicial or administrative body of competent jurisdiction as a
result of which any such person was or is subject to a judgment, decree or final
order enjoining future violations of, or prohibiting activities subject to,
federal or state securities laws or finding any violation of such laws.

Item 3.  Source and Amount of Funds or Other Consideration.
         ------------------------------------------------- 

         Except as set forth below, the information set forth in "Section 10 -
Source and Amount of Funds" of the Offer to Purchase is incorporated herein by
reference.

         The information set forth in the first paragraph of the subsection 
entitled "The Equity Placing" contained in "Section 10-Source and Amount of
Funds" of the Offer to Purchase is replaced in its entirety with the
following:

         It is anticipated that approximately (Pounds) 75 million (or
         approximately $123 million) of the funds necessary to purchase all of
         the Shares in the Offer, finance the Merger Consideration and pay fees
         and expenses in connection with the Offer and Merger will be obtained
         by the allotment and issue of new ordinary shares of the Parent (the
         "New Ordinary Shares") pursuant to the terms of the Vendor Placing
         Agreement, dated January 27, 1998 (the "Vendor Placing Agreement"), by
         and between Parent and J. Henry Schroder & Co. Limited ("Schroders").
         New Ordinary Shares will be allotted and issued, credited as fully
         paid, by Parent to such persons as may be nominated by Schroders under
         the Vendor Placing Agreement (who will not be shareholders of the
         Company), and if no such person is nominated by Schroders, then to
         Schroders itself. Schroders' 
<PAGE>
 
         obligations under the Vendor Placing Agreement are conditioned upon,
         among other things, the admission to listing on the London Stock
         Exchange of the New Ordinary Shares and that admission becoming
         effective not later than 9:00 a.m. on March 27, 1998. Under the terms
         of the Vendor Placing Agreement, Parent has given certain
         representations, warranties and undertakings to Schroders customarily
         given in transactions of this type. All New Ordinary Shares will rank
         pari passu with all ordinary shares of Parent currently in issue,
         except that they will not rank for any final dividend in respect of the
         fiscal year of Parent ended September 30, 1997, declared in respect of
         such ordinary shares.

         The shareholders of the Company will receive, as a result of these
         arrangements, the full amount due to them of $22.00 per Share accepted
         for payment in the Offer, of which approximately $10.34 will represent
         an amount equal to the proceeds of the sale of the New Ordinary Shares.
         The shareholders of the Company will not obtain any right under the
         Offer which any of them may enforce against Schroders or any person
         nominated by Schroders to accept the allotment and issue of New
         Ordinary Shares.

Item 4.  Purpose of the Transaction.
         -------------------------- 

         (a) - (g), (j) The information set forth in the "INTRODUCTION,"
"Section 11-- Background of the Offer; Purpose of the Offer and the Merger; The
Merger Agreement and Certain Other Agreements" and "Section 12 -- Plans for the
Company; Other Matters" of the Offer to Purchase is incorporated herein by
reference.

         (h) - (i), (j) The information set forth in the "Section 7 -- Effect
of the Offer on the Market for the Shares; Stock Listing; Exchange Act
Registration; Margin Regulations" of the Offer to Purchase is incorporated
herein by reference.

          Except as set forth in this Item 4, neither Parent nor Purchaser has
any plans or proposals which relate to or would result in any of the actions
specified in clauses (a) through (j) of Item 4 of Schedule 13D.

Item 5.  Interest in Securities of the Issuer.
         ------------------------------------ 

         (a) The information set forth in "Section 9 -- Certain Information
Concerning Parent and Purchaser" and "Section 11 -- Background of the Offer;
Purpose of the Offer and the Merger; The Merger Agreement and Certain Other
Agreements" of the Offer to Purchase is incorporated herein by reference.

         (b) The number of Shares of the Company beneficially owned by each of
Parent and Purchaser (i) with respect to which there is sole voting power is
none, (ii) with respect to which there is shared voting power is 15,116,923,
(iii) with respect to which there is sole dispositive power is none, and (iv)
with respect to which there is shared dispositive power is none.

         (c) Except as set forth in Item 4, neither Parent nor Purchaser has
effected any transactions in the Shares during the past 60 days.

         (d) - (e)   Inapplicable
<PAGE>
 
Item 6. Contracts, Arrangements, Understandings or
        Relationships With Respect to Securities of the Issuer.
        -------------------------------------------------------

        The information set forth in the "INTRODUCTION," "Section 9 -- Certain
Information Concerning Parent and Purchaser," "Section 10 -- Source and Amount
of Funds," "Section 11 -- Background of the Offer; Purpose of the Offer and the
Merger; The Merger Agreement and Certain Other Agreements," "Section 12 -- Plans
for the Company; Other Matters" and "Section 16 -- Fees and Expenses" of the
Offer to Purchase is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 7. Material to be Filed as Exhibits.
        ---------------------------------

        The following documents are being filed as exhibits to this Statement
and are each incorporated by reference herein.

        (a)(1)  Offer to Purchase dated February 2, 1998.
        (a)(2)  Letter of Transmittal.
        (a)(3)  Letter for use by Brokers, Dealers, Banks, Trust Companies and
                Nominees to their Clients.
        (a)(4)  Letter to Clients.
        (a)(5)  Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.
        (a)(6)  Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number
                on Substitute Form W-9.
        (a)(7)  Press Release issued by Parent, dated January 27, 1998.
        (a)(8)  Press Release issued by the Company, dated January 27, 1998.
        (a)(9)  Form of Summary Advertisement, dated February 2, 1998.
        (a)(10) Fairness Opinion of UBS Securities LLC, dated January 26, 1998.
        (a)(11) Financial Statements of Parent for the fiscal years ended
                September 30, 1997 and 1996.
        (b)(1)  Facilities Agreement, dated January 27, 1998, by and among
                Parent, Purchaser, the Banks and Financial Institutions named in
                Schedule 1 thereto, and Lloyds Bank plc Capital Markets.
        (b)(2)  Placing Agreement, dated January 27, 1998, by and between Parent
                and J. Henry Schroder & Co.
        (c)(1)  Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated January 27, 1998, by and
                among Parent, the Purchaser and the Company
        (c)(2)  Shareholder Agreement, dated January 27, 1998 by and among
                Parent, the Purchaser, David W. Hanna, George Riviere and
                Jeffrey E. Gold.
        (c)(3)  Option Agreement, dated January 27, 1998, by and among Parent,
                the Purchaser and the Company.
        (c)(4)  Confidentiality Agreement, dated January 14, 1998, by and
                between Parent and the Company.
        (c)(5)  Letter Agreement, dated February 20, 1998, between the Company
                and each of Parent and Purchaser.
        (c)(6)  Letter Agreement, dated February 20, 1998, between David W.
                Hanna and each of Parent and Purchaser.
        (c)(7)  Letter Agreement, dated February 20, 1998, between Jeffrey E.
                Gold and each of Parent and Purchaser.
        (c)(8)  Letter Agreement, dated February 20, 1998, between George
                Riviere and each of Parent and the Purchaser.
<PAGE>
 
        (c)(9)  Letter Agreement, dated February 20, 1998, between David R.
                Butler and each of Parent and the Purchaser.
        (c)(10) Letter Agreement, dated February 20, 1998, between W. Frank King
                and each of Parent and the Purchaser.
        (c)(11) Joint Filing Agreement, dated as of February 27, 1998, by and
                between Parent and Purchaser.
        (d)     None
        (e)     Not applicable.
        (f)     None.
<PAGE>
 
                                  SIGNATURES

     After reasonable inquiry and to the best of my knowledge and belief, I
certify that the information set forth in this statement is true, complete and
correct.

Dated: February 27, 1998

                            THE SAGE GROUP PLC


                            By:    /s/ PAUL WALKER
                            ---    ---------------
                            Name:  Paul Walker
                            Title: Chief Executive Officer


                            ROSE ACQUISITION CORP.


                            By:    /s/ PAUL WALKER
                            ---    ---------------
                            Name:  Paul Walker
                            Title: Vice President and Secretary
<PAGE>
 
                                 EXHIBIT INDEX
                                 -------------



      Exhibit
      Number  Exhibit
      ------  -------
      (a)(1)  Offer to Purchase dated February 2, 1998.
      (a)(2)  Letter of Transmittal.
      (a)(3)  Letter for use by Brokers, Dealers, Banks, Trust Companies and
              Nominees to their Clients.
      (a)(4)  Letter to Clients.
      (a)(5)  Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.
      (a)(6)  Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on
              Substitute Form W-9.
      (a)(7)  Press Release issued by Parent, dated January 27, 1998.
      (a)(8)  Press Release issued by the Company, dated January 27, 1998.
      (a)(9)  Form of Summary Advertisement, dated February 2, 1998.
      (a)(10) Fairness Opinion of UBS Securities LLC, dated January 26, 1998.
      (a)(11) Financial Statements of Parent for the fiscal years ended
              September 30, 1997 and 1996.
      (b)(1)  Facilities Agreement, dated January 27, 1998, by and among Parent,
              Purchaser, the Banks and Financial Institutions named in Schedule
              1 thereto, and Lloyds Bank plc Capital Markets.
      (b)(2)  Placing Agreement, dated January 27, 1998, by and between Parent
              and J. Henry Schroder & Co.
      (c)(1)  Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated January 27, 1998, by and among
              Parent, the Purchaser and the Company
      (c)(2)  Shareholder Agreement, dated January 27, 1998 by and among Parent,
              the Purchaser, David W. Hanna, George Riviere and Jeffrey E. Gold.
      (c)(3)  Option Agreement, dated January 27, 1998, by and among Parent, the
              Purchaser and the Company.
      (c)(4)  Confidentiality Agreement, dated January 14, 1998, by and between
              Parent and the Company.
      (c)(5)  Letter Agreement, dated February 20, 1998, between the Company and
              each of Parent and Purchaser.
      (c)(6)  Letter Agreement, dated February 20, 1998, between David W. Hanna
              and each of Parent and Purchaser.
      (c)(7)  Letter Agreement, dated February 20, 1998, between Jeffrey E. Gold
              and each of Parent and Purchaser.
      (c)(8)  Letter Agreement, dated February 20, 1998, between George Riviere
              and each of Parent and the Purchaser.
      (c)(9)  Letter Agreement, dated February 20, 1998, between David R. Butler
              and each of Parent and the Purchaser.
      (c)(10) Letter Agreement, dated February 20, 1998, between W. Frank King
              and each of Parent and the Purchaser.
      (c)(11) Joint Filing Agreement, dated as of February 27, 1998, by and
              between Parent and Purchaser.
      (d)     None
      (e)     Not applicable.
      (f)     None.

<PAGE>
                                                                Exhibit (A)(1)
 
                          OFFER TO PURCHASE FOR CASH
                    ALL OUTSTANDING SHARES OF COMMON STOCK
                                      OF
                            STATE OF THE ART, INC.
                                      BY
                            ROSE ACQUISITION CORP.
                             A DIRECT AND INDIRECT
                          WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF
                              THE SAGE GROUP PLC
                                      AT
                             $22.00 NET PER SHARE
 
 THE OFFER AND WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS WILL EXPIRE AT 12:00 MIDNIGHT, NEW YORK CITY
         TIME, ON MONDAY, MARCH 2, 1998, UNLESS THE OFFER IS EXTENDED.
 
 
  THE OFFER IS BEING MADE PURSUANT TO AN AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER, DATED
JANUARY 27, 1998, BY AND AMONG THE SAGE GROUP PLC, ROSE ACQUISITION CORP. AND
STATE OF THE ART, INC. THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF STATE OF THE ART, INC. HAS
UNANIMOUSLY DETERMINED THAT EACH OF THE MERGER AGREEMENT, THE OFFER, THE
MERGER AND THE OPTION AGREEMENT IS FAIR TO AND IN THE BEST INTERESTS OF THE
SHAREHOLDERS OF THE COMPANY, AND RECOMMENDS THAT THE SHAREHOLDERS OF THE
COMPANY ACCEPT THE OFFER AND TENDER THEIR SHARES PURSUANT TO THE OFFER.
 
  THE OFFER IS CONDITIONED UPON, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THERE BEING VALIDLY
TENDERED AND NOT WITHDRAWN PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE OFFER, THAT NUMBER
OF SHARES WHICH, WHEN ADDED TO THE SHARES THEN OWNED BY THE PURCHASER,
REPRESENTS AT LEAST NINETY PERCENT (90%) OF THE SHARES OUTSTANDING ON A FULLY
DILUTED BASIS (WITHOUT GIVING PRO FORMA EFFECT TO THE POTENTIAL ISSUANCE OF
ANY SHARES ISSUABLE UNDER THE OPTION AGREEMENT DESCRIBED BELOW) ON THE DATE OF
PURCHASE (THE "MINIMUM CONDITION"), THE EXPIRATION OR TERMINATION OF ANY
APPLICABLE WAITING PERIOD UNDER THE HART-SCOTT-RODINO ANTITRUST IMPROVEMENTS
ACT OF 1976, AS AMENDED, AND THE REGULATIONS THEREUNDER, AND THE OTHER
CONDITIONS SET FORTH IN THIS OFFER TO PURCHASE. SEE SECTION 14. AS USED HEREIN
"FULLY DILUTED BASIS" TAKES INTO ACCOUNT THE CONVERSION OR EXERCISE OF ALL
OUTSTANDING OPTIONS AND OTHER RIGHTS AND SECURITIES EXERCISABLE OR CONVERTIBLE
INTO SHARES OF COMMON STOCK.
 
  IN THE EVENT THAT THE MINIMUM CONDITION IS NOT SATISFIED ON THE INITIAL
EXPIRATION DATE, THE PURCHASER IS REQUIRED TO EXTEND THE OFFER AND MAY WAIVE,
AND IN CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES THEREAFTER, IS REQUIRED TO WAIVE, THE MINIMUM
CONDITION AND AMEND THE OFFER TO REDUCE THE NUMBER OF SHARES SUBJECT TO THE
OFFER TO SUCH NUMBER OF SHARES THAT WHEN ADDED TO THE SHARES THEN OWNED BY THE
PURCHASER WILL EQUAL 49.9999% OF THE SHARES THEN OUTSTANDING (THE "REVISED
MINIMUM NUMBER") AND, IF A GREATER NUMBER OF SHARES IS TENDERED INTO THE OFFER
AND NOT WITHDRAWN, PURCHASE, ON A PRO RATA BASIS, THE REVISED MINIMUM NUMBER
OF SHARES (THE "REVISED MINIMUM NUMBER PRORATION") (IT BEING UNDERSTOOD THAT
THE PURCHASER MAY, BUT SHALL NOT IN ANY EVENT BE REQUIRED TO ACCEPT FOR
PAYMENT, OR PAY FOR, ANY SHARES IF LESS THAN THE REVISED MINIMUM NUMBER OF
SHARES ARE TENDERED PURSUANT TO THE OFFER AND NOT WITHDRAWN AT THE APPLICABLE
EXPIRATION DATE OF THE OFFER).
 
                                --------------
 
                                   IMPORTANT
 
  Any shareholder who desires to tender all or any portion of such
shareholder's Shares (as defined herein) should either (i) complete and sign
the Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof) in accordance with the
instructions in the Letter of Transmittal, mail or deliver it and any other
required documents to the Depositary and either deliver the certificates for
such Shares to the Depositary or tender such Shares pursuant to the procedures
for book-entry transfer set forth in Section 3 or (ii) request such
shareholder's broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee
to effect the transaction for such shareholder. Any shareholder whose Shares
are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company
or other nominee must contact such person to tender their Shares.
 
  Any shareholder who desires to tender Shares and whose certificates
representing such Shares are not immediately available, or who cannot comply
with the procedures for book-entry transfer on a timely basis, may tender such
Shares by following the procedures for guaranteed delivery set forth in
Section 3.
 
  Questions and requests for assistance may be directed to the Information
Agent or the Dealer Manager at their respective locations and telephone
numbers set forth on the back cover of this Offer to Purchase. Requests for
additional copies of this Offer to Purchase, the Letter of Transmittal and the
Notice of Guaranteed Delivery may be directed to the Information Agent, or the
Dealer Manager, or to brokers, dealers, commercial banks or trust companies. A
shareholder also may contact brokers, dealers, commercial banks or trust
companies for assistance concerning the Offer.
 
                                --------------
 
                     THE DEALER MANAGER FOR THE OFFER IS:
 
                          BT ALEX. BROWN INCORPORATED
 
                                --------------
 
February 2, 1998
<PAGE>
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           PAGE
                                                                           ----
 <C>    <S>                                                                <C>
 INTRODUCTION............................................................    1
 THE OFFER...............................................................    3
     1. Terms of the Offer..............................................     3
     2. Acceptance for Payment and Payment..............................     5
     3. Procedure for Tendering Shares..................................     6
     4. Withdrawal Rights...............................................     8
     5. Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences.........................     9
     6. Price Range of the Shares; Dividends on the Shares..............    10
     7. Effect of the Offer on the Market for the Shares; Stock Listing;
         Exchange Act Registration; Margin Regulations..................    10
     8. Certain Information Concerning the Company......................    11
     9. Certain Information Concerning Parent and the Purchaser.........    13
    10. Source and Amount of Funds......................................    16
    11. Background of the Offer; Purpose of the Offer and the Merger;
         The Merger Agreement and Certain Other Agreements..............    17
    12. Plans for the Company; Other Matters............................    28
    13. Dividends and Distributions.....................................    30
    14. Conditions of the Offer.........................................    30
    15. Certain Legal Matters...........................................    32
    16. Fees and Expenses...............................................    34
    17. Miscellaneous...................................................    35
</TABLE>
 
Schedule I--Directors and Executive Officers of Rose Acquisition Corp. and The
Sage Group plc.
 
                                       i
<PAGE>
 
TO THE HOLDERS OF COMMON STOCK OF STATE OF THE ART, INC.:
 
                                 INTRODUCTION
 
  Rose Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation (the "Purchaser") and a
direct and indirect wholly owned subsidiary of The Sage Group plc, a company
organized under the laws of England ("Parent"), hereby offers to purchase all
issued and outstanding shares of common stock ("Common Stock"), no par value
(the "Shares"), of State Of The Art, Inc., a California corporation (the
"Company"), at a price of $22.00 per Share, net to the seller in cash, upon
the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Offer to Purchase
and in the related Letter of Transmittal (which, together with any amendments
or supplements hereto or thereto, collectively constitute the "Offer").
Tendering shareholders will not be obligated to pay brokerage fees or
commissions or, except as set forth in Instruction 6 of the Letter of
Transmittal, transfer taxes on the sale of Shares pursuant to the Offer. The
Purchaser will pay all fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Offer
of BT Alex. Brown Incorporated which is acting as the Dealer Manager (the
"Dealer Manager"), MacKenzie Partners, Inc., which is acting as the
Information Agent (the "Information Agent"), and ChaseMellon Shareholder
Services, L.L.C. which is acting as the Depositary (the "Depositary").
 
  THE OFFER IS CONDITIONED UPON, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THERE BEING VALIDLY
TENDERED AND NOT WITHDRAWN PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE OFFER, THAT NUMBER
OF SHARES OF COMMON STOCK WHICH REPRESENTS, WHEN ADDED TO THE SHARES THEN
OWNED BY THE PURCHASER, AT LEAST NINETY PERCENT (90%) OF THE SHARES
OUTSTANDING ON A FULLY DILUTED BASIS (WITHOUT GIVING PRO FORMA EFFECT TO THE
POTENTIAL ISSUANCE OF ANY SHARES OF COMMON STOCK ISSUABLE UNDER THE OPTION
AGREEMENT (AS HEREINAFTER DEFINED)) ON THE DATE OF PURCHASE (THE "MINIMUM
CONDITION"). SEE SECTION 14. As used in this Offer to Purchase, "fully diluted
basis" takes into account the conversion or exercise of all outstanding
options and other rights and securities exercisable or convertible into shares
of Common Stock (without giving pro forma effect to the potential issuance of
any Shares issuable under the Option Agreement). The Company has informed the
Purchaser that, as of December 31, 1997, there were (i) 11,173,945 shares of
Common Stock issued and outstanding and (ii) outstanding options to purchase
an aggregate of 1,709,227 shares of Common Stock under the Company's stock
plans. The Merger Agreement (as defined below) provides, among other things,
that the Company will not, without the prior written consent of Parent, issue
any additional Shares (except on the exercise of outstanding options and other
rights and securities). Based on the foregoing, the terms of the Option
Agreement described below and after giving effect to the exercise of all
outstanding options and warrants, the Purchaser believes that the Minimum
Condition would be satisfied, after giving effect to the exercise of the
Option pursuant to the Option Agreement (as described below) if 8,673,945
shares of Common Stock are validly tendered and not withdrawn prior to the
expiration of the Offer.
 
  As a condition and inducement to Parent's and the Purchaser's entering into
the Merger Agreement and incurring the liabilities therein, certain
shareholders of the Company (each, a "Shareholder"), who together share voting
power and dispositive power with respect to 1,290,868 Shares, concurrently
with the execution and delivery of the Merger Agreement entered into a
Shareholder Agreement (the "Shareholder Agreement"), dated January 27, 1998,
with Parent and the Purchaser. Pursuant to the Shareholder Agreement, the
Shareholders have agreed, among other things, to tender the Shares held by
them in the Offer, and to grant Parent a proxy with respect to the voting of
such Shares in favor of the Merger with respect to such Shares upon the terms
and subject to the conditions set forth therein. See Section 11.
 
  As a condition and further inducement to the Parent's and the Purchaser's
entering into the Merger Agreement and incurring the liabilities therein,
concurrently with the execution and delivery of the Merger Agreement, the
Purchaser and the Company entered into a Stock Option Agreement, dated January
27, 1998 (the "Option Agreement"), pursuant to which, among other things, the
Company has granted the Purchaser an option to purchase certain newly issued
shares of Common Stock, subject to certain conditions. See Section 11.
 
  The Offer is being made pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated
January 27, 1998 (the "Merger Agreement"), by and among Parent, the Purchaser
and the Company pursuant to which, as soon as
<PAGE>
 
practicable after the completion of the Offer and satisfaction or waiver, if
permissible, of all conditions to the Merger (as defined below), the Purchaser
will be merged with and into the Company and the separate corporate existence
of the Purchaser will thereupon cease. The merger, as effected pursuant to the
immediately preceding sentence, is referred to herein as the "Merger," and the
Company as the surviving corporation of the Merger is sometimes herein
referred to as the "Surviving Corporation." At the effective time of the
Merger (the "Effective Time"), each share of Common Stock then outstanding
(other than Shares held by Parent, the Purchaser or any other wholly owned
subsidiary of Parent and Shares held by shareholders who properly perfect
their dissenters' rights under California law) will be cancelled and retired
and converted into the right to receive $22.00 per Share, net to the seller in
cash or any higher price per share of Common Stock paid in the Offer (such
price, being referred to herein as the "Offer Price"), in cash payable to the
holder thereof without interest (the "Merger Consideration"). The Merger
Agreement is more fully described in Section 11.
 
  THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE COMPANY HAS UNANIMOUSLY DETERMINED THAT EACH
OF THE MERGER AGREEMENT, THE OFFER, THE MERGER AND THE OPTION AGREEMENT IS
FAIR TO, AND IN THE BEST INTERESTS OF, THE SHAREHOLDERS OF THE COMPANY, AND
RECOMMENDS THAT THE SHAREHOLDERS OF THE COMPANY ACCEPT THE OFFER AND TENDER
THEIR SHARES TO THE PURCHASER PURSUANT TO THE OFFER.
 
  UBS Securities LLC, the Company's financial advisor ("UBS"), has delivered
to the Company's Board of Directors its written opinion (the "Fairness
Opinion"), dated January 26, 1998, to the effect that, as of such date, the
consideration to be received by the holders of shares of Company Common Stock
(as defined in the Fairness Opinion) (other than Parent, the Purchaser and any
affiliate thereof) pursuant to the Offer and under the terms of the Merger
Agreement, is fair from a financial point of view, to such holders. Such
opinion is set forth in full as an exhibit to the Company's
Solicitation/Recommendation Statement on Schedule 14D-9 (the "Schedule 14D-9")
that is being mailed to shareholders of the Company.
 
  The Merger Agreement provides that the initial scheduled expiration date of
the Offer shall be twenty (20) business days after the date the Offer is
commenced (the "Initial Expiration Date"). If as of the Initial Expiration
Date all conditions to the Offer shall not have been satisfied or waived, the
Merger Agreement provides that the Purchaser shall, and shall continue to
extend the expiration date of the Offer from time to time until a date not
later than March 26, 1998 or, at the request of the Company or the option of
the Purchaser, until a date not later than July 31, 1998 (with interim
expiration dates during such extension to be determined by the Purchaser),
provided, that in the event that the Purchaser extends the Offer in accordance
with such request of the Company, (A) Section 14 shall be deemed to be amended
to provide an additional condition that the Purchaser shall not be required to
accept for payment any tendered Shares unless and until Parent and the
Purchaser shall have obtained sufficient financing in replacement, if
necessary, of the financing described in Section 10 in order to permit Parent
and the Purchaser to acquire all of the Shares in the Offer and the Merger and
pay the anticipated expenses in connection therewith, and (B) the condition
set forth in paragraph h of Section 14 shall be amended and replaced with the
condition set forth in clause (A) above. In addition, in the event the Minimum
Condition is not satisfied on the Initial Expiration Date pursuant to the
Offer, the Purchaser may waive, and in certain circumstances thereafter is
required to waive, the Minimum Condition and amend the Offer to reduce the
number of Shares subject to the Offer to such number of Shares that when added
to the Shares then owned by the Purchaser will equal 49.9999% of the Shares
then outstanding (the "Revised Minimum Number"), and, if a greater number of
shares are tendered into the Offer and not withdrawn, purchase, on a pro rata
basis, the Revised Minimum Number of Shares (the "Revised Minimum Number
Proration") (it being understood that the Purchaser may, but shall not in any
event be required to accept for payment, or pay for, any Shares if less than
the Revised Minimum Number of Shares are tendered pursuant to the Offer and
not withdrawn at the applicable expiration date of the Offer). In addition,
the Merger Agreement provides that the Purchaser shall, on the terms and
subject to the prior satisfaction or waiver of the conditions of the Offer,
accept for payment and purchase, as soon as permitted under the terms of the
Offer, all Shares validly tendered and not withdrawn prior to the expiration
of the Offer. The Offer will not remain open following the time Shares are
accepted for payment.
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
 
  Consummation of the Merger is conditioned upon, among other things, the
approval and adoption by the requisite vote of shareholders of the Company of
the Merger Agreement, if required by applicable law in order to consummate the
Merger. See Section 11. Under the California General Corporation Law (the
"GCL"), if the Purchaser acquires, pursuant to the Offer, the Option Agreement
or otherwise, at least 90% of the Shares then outstanding, the Purchaser will
be able to approve the Merger Agreement and the transactions contemplated
thereby, including the Merger, without a vote of the shareholders. In such
event, Parent, the Purchaser and the Company have agreed in the Merger
Agreement to take, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in
the Merger Agreement, all necessary and appropriate action to cause the Merger
to become effective as soon as practicable after the acceptance and payment
for Shares by the Purchaser pursuant to the Offer without a meeting of the
shareholders, in accordance with Section 1110 of the GCL. If, however, the
Purchaser does not acquire at least 90% of the then outstanding Shares on a
fully diluted basis (without giving pro form effect to the potential issuance
of any shares of Common Stock issuable under the Option Agreement) on the date
of purchase, pursuant to the Offer, the Option Agreement or otherwise and the
Purchaser instead waives the Minimum Condition and amends the Offer to reduce
the number of Shares subject to the Offer to the Revised Minimum Number of
Shares, the Purchaser would own upon consummation of the Offer 49.9999% of the
Shares then outstanding and would thereafter solicit the approval of the
Merger and the Merger Agreement by a vote of the shareholders of the Company.
Under such circumstances, a significantly longer period of time will be
required to effect the Merger. See Sections 11 and 12.
 
  Under the GCL, the Merger may not be accomplished for cash paid to the
shareholders if the Purchaser or Parent owns, directly or indirectly, more
than 50% but less than 90% of the then outstanding Shares unless either all
the shareholders consent or the Commissioner of Corporations of the State of
California approves, after a hearing, the terms and conditions of the Merger
and the fairness thereof. Accordingly, concurrently with the execution of the
Merger Agreement, and as an inducement to Parent and the Purchaser to enter
into the Merger Agreement, the Company entered into the Option Agreement with
Parent and the Purchaser. Pursuant to the Option Agreement, the Company
granted to the Purchaser an irrevocable option (the "Stock Option") to
purchase up to the number of Shares (the "Option Shares") that, when added to
the number of Shares owned by the Purchaser and its affiliates immediately
following consummation of the Offer, would constitute 90% of the Shares then
outstanding on a fully diluted basis (assuming the issuance of the Option
Shares) at a cash purchase price per Option Share equal to the Offer Price
(the "Option Price") subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the
Option Agreement, including, without limitation, that the number of Shares to
be issued under the Stock Option shall not exceed the number of authorized
Shares available for issuance. If the Stock Option is exercised by the
Purchaser (resulting in the Purchaser owning 90% or more of the outstanding
Shares), the Purchaser will be able to effect a short-form Merger under the
GCL, subject to the terms and conditions of the Merger Agreement. The
Purchaser is required to effect a short-form Merger as soon as practicable if
it is able to do so under the GCL.
 
  THIS OFFER TO PURCHASE AND THE RELATED LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL CONTAIN
IMPORTANT INFORMATION AND SHOULD BE READ IN THEIR ENTIRETY BEFORE ANY DECISION
IS MADE WITH RESPECT TO THE OFFER.
 
                                   THE OFFER
 
  1. TERMS OF THE OFFER. Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the
Offer, and subject to the Revised Minimum Number Proration, the Purchaser will
accept for payment and pay for all Shares validly tendered prior to the
Expiration Date and not theretofore withdrawn in accordance with Section 4 of
this Offer to Purchase. The term "Expiration Date" shall mean 12:00 Midnight,
New York City time, on Monday, March 2, 1998, unless and until the Purchaser,
in accordance with the terms of the Merger Agreement, shall have extended the
period of time for which the Offer is open, in which event the term
"Expiration Date" shall mean the latest time and date at which the Offer, as
so extended by the Purchaser, shall expire.
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
 
  The Offer is conditioned upon, among other things, the satisfaction of the
Minimum Condition, and the expiration or termination of all waiting periods
imposed by the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as
amended, and the regulations thereunder (the "HSR Act"). See Section 14. If
such conditions are not satisfied prior to the Expiration Date, the Purchaser
reserves the right (but shall not be obligated) to (i) decline to purchase any
of the Shares tendered and terminate the Offer, subject to the terms of the
Merger Agreement, (ii) waive any of the conditions to the Offer, to the extent
permitted by applicable law and the provisions of the Merger Agreement, and,
subject to complying with applicable rules and regulations of the Securities
and Exchange Commission (the "Commission"), purchase all Shares validly
tendered, (iii) subject to the terms of the Merger Agreement, extend the Offer
and, subject to the right of shareholders to withdraw Shares until the
Expiration Date, retain the Shares which will have been tendered during the
period or periods for which the Offer is open or extended or (iv) amend the
Offer.
 
  Subject to the terms of the Merger Agreement, the Purchaser may, and under
certain circumstances shall, from time to time, (i) extend the period of time
during which the Offer is open and thereby delay acceptance for payment of,
and the payment for, any Shares, by giving oral or written notice of such
extension to the Depositary and (ii) amend the Offer by giving oral or written
notice of such amendment to the Depositary. Any extension, amendment or
termination of the Offer will be followed as promptly as practicable by public
announcement thereof, the announcement in the case of an extension to be
issued no later than 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the next business day
after the previously scheduled Expiration Date in accordance with the public
announcement requirements of Rule 14d-4(c) under the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"). Without limiting the obligation of
the Purchaser under such Rule or the manner in which the Purchaser may choose
to make any public announcement, the Purchaser currently intends to make
announcements by issuing a press release to the Dow Jones News Service. UNDER
NO CIRCUMSTANCES WILL INTEREST BE PAID ON THE OFFER PRICE TO BE PAID BY THE
PURCHASER FOR THE SHARES, REGARDLESS OF ANY EXTENSION OF THE OFFER OR ANY
DELAY IN MAKING SUCH PAYMENT.
 
  The Merger Agreement provides that, except as described below, the Purchaser
will not, without the prior written consent of the Company, (i) decrease the
Offer Price or change the form of consideration payable in the Offer, (ii)
decrease the number of Shares sought (except as set forth below), (iii) impose
additional conditions to the Offer other than those described in Section 14,
(iv) amend any condition of the Offer described in Section 14, (v) extend the
Initial Expiration Date, provided, however, that if on the Initial Expiration
Date of the Offer, all conditions to the Offer shall not have been satisfied
or waived, the Purchaser shall extend the Expiration Date from time to time
until a date not later than March 26, 1998, or at the request of the Company
or the option of the Purchaser, until a date not later than July 31, 1998,
provided, that in the event that the Purchaser extends the Offer pursuant to
the Company's request, (A) Section 14 shall be deemed to be amended to provide
an additional condition that the Purchaser shall not be required to accept for
payment any tendered Shares unless and until Parent and the Purchaser shall
have obtained sufficient financing in replacement, if necessary, of the
financing described in Section 10 in order to permit Parent and the Purchaser
to acquire all of the Shares in the Offer and the Merger and pay the
anticipated expenses in connection therewith, and (B) the condition set forth
in paragraph (h) of Section 14 shall be amended and replaced with the
condition set forth in clause (A) above, or (vi) amend any other term of the
Offer in any manner adverse to the holders of Shares without the written
consent of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that less
than 90% of the Shares then outstanding on a fully diluted basis are tendered
pursuant to the Offer on the Initial Expiration Date pursuant to the Offer,
the Purchaser is required to extend the Offer and may waive, and in certain
circumstances thereafter is required to waive, the Minimum Condition and amend
the Offer to reduce the number of Shares subject to the Offer to such number
of Shares equal to the Revised Minimum Number, and, if a greater number of
shares are tendered into the Offer and not withdrawn, purchase, on a pro rata
basis, the Revised Minimum Number of Shares (it being understood that the
Purchaser may, but shall not in any event be required to accept for payment,
or pay for, any Shares if less than the Revised Minimum Number of Shares are
tendered pursuant to the Offer and not withdrawn at the applicable expiration
date of the Offer).
 
  If the Purchaser extends the Offer, or if the Purchaser (whether before or
after its acceptance for payment of Shares) is delayed in its purchase of or
payment for Shares or is unable to pay for Shares pursuant to the
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
 
Offer for any reason, then, without prejudice to the Purchaser's rights under
the Offer, the Depositary may retain tendered Shares on behalf of the
Purchaser, and such Shares may not be withdrawn except to the extent tendering
shareholders are entitled to withdrawal rights as described in Section 4.
However, the ability of the Purchaser to delay the payment for Shares which
the Purchaser has accepted for payment is limited by Rule 14e-l(c) under the
Exchange Act, which requires that a bidder pay the consideration offered or
return the securities deposited by or on behalf of holders of securities
promptly after the termination or withdrawal of the Offer.
 
  If the Purchaser makes a material change in the terms of the Offer or the
information concerning the Offer or waives a material condition of the Offer,
the Purchaser will disseminate additional tender offer materials and extend
the Offer to the extent required by Rules 14d-4(c), 14d-6(d) and 14e-1 under
the Exchange Act. The minimum period during which the Offer must remain open
following material changes in the terms of the Offer or information concerning
the Offer, other than a change in price or a change in percentage of
securities sought, will depend upon the facts and circumstances then existing,
including the relative materiality of the changed terms or information. In a
public release, the Commission has stated that in its view an offer must
remain open for a minimum period of time following a material change in the
terms of the Offer and that waiver of a material condition, such as the
Minimum Condition, is a material change in the terms of the Offer. The release
states that an offer should remain open for a minimum of five business days
from the date a material change is first published, sent or given to security
holders and that, if material changes are made with respect to information not
materially less significant than the offer price and the number of shares
being sought, a minimum of ten business days may be required to allow adequate
dissemination and investor response. The requirement to extend the Offer will
not apply to the extent that the number of business days remaining between the
occurrence of the change and the then-scheduled Expiration Date equals or
exceeds the minimum extension period that would be required because of such
amendment. As used in this Offer to Purchase, "business day" has the meaning
set forth in Rule 14d-1 under the Exchange Act.
 
  The Company has provided the Purchaser with the Company's shareholder lists
and security position listings for the purpose of disseminating the Offer to
holders of Shares. This Offer to Purchase and the related Letter of
Transmittal will be mailed by the Purchaser to record holders of Shares and
will be furnished by the Purchaser to brokers, dealers, banks and similar
persons whose names, or the names of whose nominees, appear on the shareholder
lists or, if applicable, who are listed as participants in a clearing agency's
security position listing, for subsequent transmittal to beneficial owners of
Shares.
 
  2. ACCEPTANCE FOR PAYMENT AND PAYMENT. Upon the terms and subject to the
conditions of the Offer (including, if the Offer is extended or amended, the
terms and conditions of any such extension or amendment), and subject to the
Revised Minimum Number Proration, the Purchaser will accept for payment and
will pay, promptly after the Expiration Date, for all Shares validly tendered
prior to the Expiration Date and not properly withdrawn in accordance with
Section 4. All determinations concerning the satisfaction of such terms and
conditions will be within the Purchaser's discretion, which determinations
will be final and binding. See Sections 1 and 14. The Purchaser expressly
reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to delay acceptance for payment of
or payment for Shares in order to comply in whole or in part with any
applicable law, including, without limitation, the HSR Act. Any such delays
will be effected in compliance with Rule 14e-l(c) under the Exchange Act
(relating to a bidder's obligation to pay the consideration offered or return
the securities deposited by or on behalf of holders of securities promptly
after the termination or withdrawal of such bidder's offer).
 
  In all cases, payment for Shares accepted for payment pursuant to the Offer
will be made only after timely receipt by the Depositary of (i) certificates
for such Shares (or a timely Book-Entry Confirmation (as defined below) with
respect thereto), (ii) a Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof),
properly completed and duly executed, with any required signature guarantees,
or, in the case of a book-entry transfer, an Agent's Message (as defined
below), and (iii) any other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal.
The per share consideration paid to any holder of Common Stock pursuant to the
Offer will be the highest per Share consideration paid to any other holder of
such shares pursuant to the Offer.
 
  For purposes of the Offer, the Purchaser will be deemed to have accepted for
payment, and thereby purchased, Shares properly tendered to the Purchaser and
not withdrawn as, if and when the Purchaser gives oral
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
 
or written notice to the Depositary of the Purchaser's acceptance for payment
of such Shares. Payment for Shares accepted for payment pursuant to the Offer
will be made by deposit of the purchase price therefor with the Depositary,
which will act as agent for tendering shareholders for the purpose of
receiving payment from the Purchaser and transmitting payment to tendering
shareholders. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES WILL INTEREST BE PAID ON THE PURCHASE
PRICE TO BE PAID BY THE PURCHASER FOR THE SHARES, REGARDLESS OF ANY EXTENSION
OF THE OFFER OR ANY DELAY IN MAKING SUCH PAYMENT.
 
  If the Purchaser is delayed in its acceptance for payment of, or payment
for, Shares or is unable to accept for payment or pay for Shares pursuant to
the Offer for any reason, then, without prejudice to the Purchaser's rights
under the Offer (including such rights as are set forth in Sections 1 and 14)
(but subject to compliance with Rule 14e-1(c) under the Exchange Act), the
Depositary may, nevertheless, on behalf of the Purchaser, retain tendered
Shares, and such Shares may not be withdrawn except to the extent tendering
shareholders are entitled to exercise, and duly exercise, withdrawal rights as
described in Section 4.
 
  If any tendered Shares are not purchased pursuant to the Offer for any
reason, certificates for any such Shares will be returned, without expense to
the tendering shareholder (or, in the case of Shares delivered by book-entry
transfer of such Shares into the Depositary's account at the Book-Entry
Transfer Facility (as defined below) pursuant to the procedures set forth in
Section 3, such Shares will be credited to an account maintained at the Book-
Entry Transfer Facility), as promptly as practicable after the expiration or
termination of the Offer.
 
  The Purchaser reserves the right to transfer or assign, in whole or in part,
to Parent or to any affiliate of Parent, the right to purchase Shares tendered
pursuant to the Offer, but any such transfer or assignment will not relieve
the Purchaser of its obligations under the Offer and will in no way prejudice
the rights of tendering shareholders to receive payment for Shares validly
tendered and accepted for payment pursuant to the Offer.
 
  3. PROCEDURE FOR TENDERING SHARES.
 
  Valid Tender. For Shares to be validly tendered pursuant to the Offer,
either (i) a properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal (or
facsimile thereof), together with any required signature guarantees, or in the
case of a book-entry transfer, an Agent's Message (as defined below), and any
other required documents, must be received by the Depositary at one of its
addresses set forth on the back cover of this Offer to Purchase prior to the
Expiration Date and either certificates for tendered Shares must be received
by the Depositary at one of such addresses or such Shares must be delivered
pursuant to the procedures for book-entry transfer set forth below (and a
Book-Entry Confirmation (as defined below) received by the Depositary), in
each case, prior to the Expiration Date or (ii) the tendering shareholder must
comply with the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth below.
 
  The Depositary will establish an account with respect to the Shares at The
Depositary Trust Company or the Philadelphia Depositary Trust Company (each, a
"Book-Entry Transfer Facility") for purposes of the Offer within two business
days after the date of this Offer to Purchase. Any financial institution that
is a participant in the Book-Entry Transfer Facility's systems may make book-
entry delivery of Shares by causing the Book-Entry Transfer Facility to
transfer such Shares into the Depositary's account in accordance with the
Book-Entry Transfer Facility's procedure for such transfer. However, although
delivery of Shares may be effected through book-entry transfer into the
Depositary's account at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility, the Letter of
Transmittal (or facsimile thereof), properly completed and duly executed, with
any required signature guarantees, or an Agent's Message, and any other
required documents must, in any case, be transmitted to, and received by, the
Depositary at one of its addresses set forth on the back cover of this Offer
to Purchase prior to the Expiration Date, or the tendering shareholder must
comply with the guaranteed delivery procedures described below. The
confirmation of a book-entry transfer of Shares into the Depositary's account
at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility as described above is referred to herein
as a "Book-Entry Confirmation." DELIVERY OF DOCUMENTS TO THE BOOK-ENTRY
TRANSFER FACILITY IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER FACILITY'S
PROCEDURES DOES NOT CONSTITUTE DELIVERY TO THE DEPOSITARY.
 
  The term "Agent's Message" means a message transmitted by the Book-Entry
Transfer Facility to, and received by, the Depositary and forming a part of a
Book-Entry Confirmation, which states that such Book-Entry
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
 
Transfer Facility has received an express acknowledgment from the participant
in such Book-Entry Transfer Facility tendering the Shares that such
participant has received and agrees to be bound by the terms of the Letter of
Transmittal and that the Purchaser may enforce such agreement against the
participant.
 
  THE METHOD OF DELIVERY OF SHARES, THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND ALL OTHER
REQUIRED DOCUMENTS, INCLUDING DELIVERY THROUGH THE BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER
FACILITY, IS AT THE ELECTION AND RISK OF THE TENDERING SHAREHOLDER. SHARES
WILL BE DEEMED DELIVERED ONLY WHEN ACTUALLY RECEIVED BY THE DEPOSITARY
(INCLUDING, IN THE CASE OF A BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER, BY BOOK-ENTRY CONFIRMATION).
IF DELIVERY IS BY MAIL, REGISTERED MAIL WITH RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED,
PROPERLY INSURED, IS RECOMMENDED. IN ALL CASES, SUFFICIENT TIME SHOULD BE
ALLOWED TO ENSURE TIMELY DELIVERY.
 
  Signature Guarantees. No signature guarantee is required on the Letter of
Transmittal (i) if the Letter of Transmittal is signed by the registered
holder(s) (which term, for purposes of this Section, includes any participant
in the Book Entry Transfer Facility's systems whose name appears on a security
position listing as the owner of the Shares) of Shares tendered therewith and
such registered holder has not completed either the box entitled "Special
Delivery Instructions" or the box entitled "Special Payment Instructions" on
the Letter of Transmittal or (ii) if such Shares are tendered for the account
of a financial institution (including most commercial banks, savings and loan
associations and brokerage houses) that is a participant in the Security
Transfer Agent's Medallion Program, the New York Stock Exchange Medallion
Signature Guarantee Program or the Stock Exchange Medallion Program (each, an
"Eligible Institution" and, collectively, "Eligible Institutions"). In all
other cases, all signatures on Letters of Transmittal must be guaranteed by an
Eligible Institution. See Instructions 1 and 5 to the Letter of Transmittal.
If the certificates for Shares are registered in the name of a person other
than the signer of the Letter of Transmittal, or if payment is to be made, or
certificates for Shares not tendered or not accepted for payment are to be
returned, to a person other than the registered holder of the certificates
surrendered, then the tendered certificates for such Shares must be endorsed
or accompanied by appropriate stock powers, in either case, signed exactly as
the name or names of the registered holders or owners appear on the
certificates, with the signatures on the certificates or stock powers
guaranteed as aforesaid. See Instruction 5 to the Letter of Transmittal.
 
  Guaranteed Delivery. If a shareholder desires to tender Shares pursuant to
the Offer and such shareholder's certificates for Shares are not immediately
available or the procedures for book-entry transfer cannot be completed on a
timely basis or time will not permit all required documents to reach the
Depositary prior to the Expiration Date, such shareholder's tender may be
effected if all the following conditions are met:
 
    (i) such tender is made by or through an Eligible Institution;
 
    (ii) a properly completed and duly executed Notice of Guaranteed
  Delivery, substantially in the form provided by the Purchaser, is received
  by the Depositary, as provided below, prior to the Expiration Date; and
 
    (iii) the certificates for (or a Book-Entry Confirmation with respect to)
  such Shares, together with a properly completed and duly executed Letter of
  Transmittal (or facsimile thereof), with any required signature guarantees,
  or, in the case of a book-entry transfer, an Agent's Message, and any other
  required documents are received by the Depositary within three trading days
  after the date of execution of such Notice of Guaranteed Delivery. A
  "trading day" is any day on which the National Association of Security
  Dealers Automated Quotation System, Inc. (the "NASDAQ") is open for
  business.
 
  The Notice of Guaranteed Delivery may be delivered by hand to the Depositary
or transmitted by telegram, facsimile transmission or mail to the Depositary
and must include a guarantee by an Eligible Institution in the form set forth
in such Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.
 
  Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, payment for Shares accepted for
payment pursuant to the Offer will in all cases be made only after timely
receipt by the Depositary of (i) certificates for (or a timely Book-Entry
Confirmation with respect to) such Shares, (ii) a Letter of Transmittal (or
facsimile thereof), properly completed and duly executed, with any required
signature guarantees, or, in the case of a book-entry transfer, an Agent's
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
 
Message, and (iii) any other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal.
Accordingly, tendering shareholders may be paid at different times depending
upon when certificates for Shares or Book-Entry Confirmations with respect to
Shares are actually received by the Depositary. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES WILL
INTEREST BE PAID ON THE PURCHASE PRICE TO BE PAID BY THE PURCHASER FOR THE
SHARES, REGARDLESS OF ANY EXTENSION OF THE OFFER OR ANY DELAY IN MAKING SUCH
PAYMENT.
 
  The valid tender of Shares pursuant to one of the procedures described above
will constitute a binding agreement between the tendering shareholder and the
Purchaser upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Offer.
 
  Appointment. By executing the Letter of Transmittal as set forth above, the
tendering shareholder will irrevocably appoint designees of the Purchaser, and
each of them, as such shareholder's attorneys-in-fact and proxies in the
manner set forth in the Letter of Transmittal, each with full power of
substitution, to the full extent of such shareholder's rights with respect to
the Shares tendered by such shareholder and accepted for payment by the
Purchaser and with respect to any and all other Shares or other securities or
rights issued or issuable in respect of such Shares. All such proxies will be
considered coupled with an interest in the tendered Shares. Such appointment
will be effective when, and only to the extent that, the Purchaser accepts for
payment Shares tendered by such shareholder as provided herein. Upon such
appointment, all prior powers of attorney, proxies and consents given by such
shareholder with respect to such Shares or other securities or rights will,
without further action, be revoked and no subsequent powers of attorney,
proxies, consents or revocations may be given by such shareholder (and, if
given, will not be deemed effective). The designees of the Purchaser will
thereby be empowered to exercise all voting and other rights with respect to
such Shares and other securities or rights, including, without limitation, in
respect of any annual, special or adjourned meeting of the Company's
shareholders, actions by written consent in lieu of any such meeting or
otherwise, as they in their sole discretion deem proper. The Purchaser
reserves the right to require that, in order for Shares to be deemed validly
tendered, immediately upon the Purchaser's acceptance for payment of such
Shares, the Purchaser must be able to exercise full voting, consent and other
rights with respect to such Shares and other related securities or rights,
including voting at any meeting of shareholders.
 
  Determination of Validity. All questions as to the validity, form,
eligibility (including time of receipt) and acceptance of any tender of Shares
will be determined by the Purchaser, in its sole discretion, which
determination will be final and binding. The Purchaser reserves the absolute
right to reject any or all tenders of any Shares determined by it not to be in
proper form or the acceptance for payment of, or payment for which may, in the
opinion of the Purchaser's counsel, be unlawful. The Purchaser also reserves
the absolute right, in its sole discretion, subject to the provisions of the
Merger Agreement, to waive any of the conditions of the Offer or any defect or
irregularity in the tender of any Shares of any particular shareholder,
whether or not similar defects or irregularities are waived in the case of
other shareholders. No tender of Shares will be deemed to have been validly
made until all defects or irregularities relating thereto have been cured or
waived. None of the Purchaser, Parent, the Depositary, the Information Agent,
the Company or any other person will be under any duty to give notification of
any defects or irregularities in tenders or incur any liability for failure to
give any such notification. Subject to the terms of the Merger Agreement, the
Purchaser's interpretation of the terms and conditions of the Offer (including
the Letter of Transmittal and the instructions thereto) will be final and
binding.
 
  Backup Withholding. Under the "backup withholding" provisions of federal
income tax law, unless a tendering registered holder, or his assignee (in
either case, the "Payee"), satisfies the conditions described in Instruction 9
of the Letter of Transmittal or is otherwise exempt, the cash payable as a
result of the Offer may be subject to backup withholding tax at a rate 31% of
the gross proceeds. To prevent backup withholding, each Payee should complete
and sign the Substitute Form W-9 provided in the Letter of Transmittal. See
Instruction 9 of the Letter of Transmittal.
 
  4. WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 4,
tenders of Shares are irrevocable. Shares tendered pursuant to the Offer may
be withdrawn pursuant to the procedures set forth below at any time prior to
the Expiration Date and, unless theretofore accepted for payment and paid for
by the Purchaser pursuant to the Offer, may also be withdrawn at any time
after April 2, 1998.
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
 
  For a withdrawal to be effective, a written, telegraphic or facsimile
transmission notice of withdrawal must be timely received by the Depositary at
one of its addresses set forth on the back cover of this Offer to Purchase and
must specify the name of the person having tendered the Shares to be
withdrawn, the number of Shares to be withdrawn and the name of the registered
holder of the Shares to be withdrawn, if different from the name of the person
who tendered the Shares. If certificates for Shares have been delivered or
otherwise identified to the Depositary, then, prior to the physical release of
such certificates, the serial numbers shown on such certificates must be
submitted to the Depositary and, unless such Shares have been tendered by an
Eligible Institution, the signatures on the notice of withdrawal must be
guaranteed by an Eligible Institution. If Shares have been delivered pursuant
to the procedures for book-entry transfer as set forth in Section 3, any
notice of withdrawal must also specify the name and number of the account at
the appropriate Book-Entry Transfer Facility to be credited with the withdrawn
Shares and otherwise comply with such Book-Entry Transfer Facility's
procedures. Withdrawals of tenders of Shares may not be rescinded, and any
Shares properly withdrawn will thereafter be deemed not validly tendered for
purposes of the Offer. However, withdrawn Shares may be retendered by again
following one of the procedures described in Section 3 any time prior to the
Expiration Date.
 
  All questions as to the form and validity (including time of receipt) of
notices of withdrawal will be determined by the Purchaser, in its sole
discretion, which determination will be final and binding. None of the
Purchaser, Parent, the Depositary, the Information Agent, or any other person
will be under any duty to give notification of any defects or irregularities
in any notice of withdrawal or incur any liability for failure to give any
such notification.
 
  5. CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES. The receipt of cash for Shares
pursuant to the Offer or the Merger will be a taxable transaction for Federal
income tax purposes and also may be a taxable transaction under state, local
or foreign tax laws. In general, a shareholder who tenders Shares in the Offer
or receives cash in exchange for Shares in the Merger will recognize gain or
loss for Federal income tax purposes equal to the difference between the
amount of cash received and the shareholder's tax basis in the Shares sold.
Gain or loss will be determined separately for each block of Shares (i.e.,
Shares acquired at the same time and price) exchanged pursuant to the Offer or
the Merger. Such gain or loss generally will be capital gain or loss if the
Shares disposed of were held as capital assets by the shareholder. Any net
capital gain (i.e., generally, capital gain in excess of capital loss)
recognized by an individual upon a disposition of the Shares pursuant to the
Offer or the Merger that have been held for more than 18 months will generally
be subject to tax at a rate not to exceed 20%. Net capital gain recognized by
an individual upon such a disposition of Shares that have been held for more
than 12 months but for not more than 18 months will be subject to tax at a
rate not to exceed 28% and net capital gain recognized upon the sale of Shares
that have been held for 12 months or less will be subject to tax at ordinary
income tax rates. In addition, any net capital gain recognized by a
corporation upon a disposition of Shares pursuant to the Merger or the Offer
will be subject to tax at ordinary income tax rates.
 
  A holder of Shares who perfects such shareholder's appraisal rights, if any,
under the GCL probably will recognize gain or loss at the Effective Time in an
amount equal to the difference between the "amount realized" and such
shareholder's adjusted tax basis of such Shares. For this purpose, although
there is no authority to this effect directly on point, the amount realized
generally should equal the trading value per share of the Shares at the
Effective Time. Ordinary interest income and/or capital gain (or capital loss,
assuming that the Shares were held as capital assets) should be recognized by
such shareholder at the time of actual receipt of payment, to the extent that
such payment exceeds (or is less than) the amount realized at the Effective
Time.
 
  The foregoing summary constitutes a general description of certain Federal
income tax consequences of the Offer and the Merger without regard to the
particular facts and circumstances of each shareholder of the Company and is
based on the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended,
Treasury Department Regulations issued pursuant thereto and published rulings
and court decisions in effect as of the date hereof, all of which are subject
to change, possibly with retroactive effect. Special tax consequences not
described herein may be applicable to certain shareholders subject to special
tax treatment (including, but not limited to, insurance companies, tax-exempt
organizations, financial institutions or broker dealers, foreign shareholders
and shareholders who have acquired their Shares pursuant to the exercise of
employee stock options or otherwise as compensation). ALL SHAREHOLDERS ARE
URGED TO CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
 
SPECIFIC TAX EFFECTS APPLICABLE TO THEM OF THE OFFER AND THE MERGER, INCLUDING
THE APPLICABILITY AND EFFECT OF ANY STATE, LOCAL AND FOREIGN TAX LAWS.
 
  6. PRICE RANGE OF THE SHARES; DIVIDENDS ON THE SHARES. The shares of Common
Stock are traded through the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "SOTA".
The following table sets forth, for each of the calendar quarters indicated,
the high and low reported sales price per share of Common Stock on the Nasdaq
National Market based on published financial sources. The Company did not
declare or pay any cash dividends during any of the periods indicated in the
table below. In addition, under the terms of the Merger Agreement, the Company
is not permitted to declare or pay dividends with respect to the shares
without the prior written consent of Parent.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         COMMON STOCK
                                                         ------------------
                                                          HIGH        LOW
                                                         ------      ------
   <S>                                                   <C>         <C>
   1996
     First Quarter...................................... $  14 7/8   $   9 3/16
     Second Quarter.....................................    19 3/4      11 5/8
     Third Quarter......................................    18 7/8      10 7/8
     Fourth Quarter.....................................    14          11 1/4
   1997
     First Quarter...................................... $  14 1/4   $   9 3/8
     Second Quarter.....................................    12 1/4       8 7/8
     Third Quarter......................................    16 1/2      10 3/4
     Fourth Quarter.....................................    18          14
   1998
     First Quarter (through January 30, 1998)........... $  21 15/16 $  14 7/8
</TABLE>
 
  On January 26, 1998, the last full trading day prior to the public
announcement of the execution of the Merger Agreement by the Company, Parent
and the Purchaser, the last reported sales price of the Shares on the Nasdaq
National Market was $16 1/2 per share of Common Stock. On January 30, 1998,
the last full trading day prior to the commencement of the Offer, the last
reported sales price of the Shares on the Nasdaq National Market was $21 23/32
per share of Common Stock. SHAREHOLDERS ARE URGED TO OBTAIN A CURRENT MARKET
QUOTATION FOR THE SHARES.
 
  7. EFFECT OF THE OFFER ON THE MARKET FOR THE SHARES; STOCK LISTING; EXCHANGE
ACT REGISTRATION; MARGIN REGULATIONS.
 
  Market for the Shares. The purchase of Shares by the Purchaser pursuant to
the Offer will reduce the number of Shares that might otherwise trade publicly
and will reduce the number of holders of Shares, which could adversely affect
the liquidity and market value of the remaining Shares held by the public.
 
  Stock Listing. The Common Stock is traded through the Nasdaq National
Market. Depending upon the number of Shares purchased pursuant to the Offer,
the Shares may no longer meet the requirements of the National Association of
Securities Dealers, Inc. (the "NASD") for continued inclusion on the Nasdaq
National Market, which requires that an issuer either (i) have at least
750,000 publicly held shares, held by at least 400 shareholders, with a market
value of at least $5,000,000, capital and surplus (total shareholders' equity)
of at least $4 million and have a minimum bid price of $1 or (ii) have at
least 1,000,000 publicly held shares, held by at least 400 shareholders, with
a market value of at least $15,000,000, have a minimum bid price of $5 and
have either (A) a market capitalization of at least $50,000,000 or (B) total
assets and revenues each of at least $50,000,000. If the Nasdaq National
Market and the Nasdaq Smallcap Market were to cease to publish quotations for
the Shares, it is possible that the Shares would continue to trade in the
over-the-counter market and that price or other quotations would be reported
by other sources. The extent of the public market for such Shares and the
availability of such quotations would depend, however, upon such factors as
the number of shareholders and/or the aggregate market value of such
securities remaining at such time, the interest in maintaining a market in the
Shares on the part of securities firms, the possible termination of
registration under the Exchange Act as
 
                                      10
<PAGE>
 
described below, and other factors. The Purchaser cannot predict whether the
reduction in the number of Shares that might otherwise trade publicly would
have an adverse or beneficial effect on the market price for, or marketability
of, the Shares or whether it would cause future market prices to be greater or
lesser than the Offer Price. The Company has represented that, as of December
31, 1997, 11,173,945 Shares were issued and outstanding.
 
  Exchange Act Registration. The Shares are currently registered under the
Exchange Act. Registration of the Shares under the Exchange Act may be
terminated upon application of the Company to the Commission if the Shares are
neither listed on a national securities exchange nor held by 300 or more
holders of record. Termination of registration of the Shares under the
Exchange Act, assuming there are no other securities of the Company subject to
registration, would substantially reduce the information required to be
furnished by the Company to its shareholders and to the Commission and would
make certain provisions of the Exchange Act, such as the short-swing profit
recovery provisions of Section 16(b), the requirement of furnishing a proxy
statement pursuant to Section 14(a) in connection with shareholders' meetings
and the related requirement of furnishing an annual report to shareholders and
the requirements of Rule 13e-3 under the Exchange Act with respect to "going
private" transactions, no longer applicable to the Company. Furthermore, the
ability of "affiliates" of the Company and persons holding "restricted
securities" of the Company to dispose of such securities pursuant to Rule 144
or Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
"Securities Act"), may be impaired or eliminated.
 
  The Purchaser may seek to cause the Company to apply for termination of
registration of the Shares under the Exchange Act as soon after the completion
of the Offer as the requirements for such termination are met. If the Nasdaq
National Market listing and the Exchange Act registration of the Shares are
not terminated prior to the Merger, then the Shares will be delisted from the
Nasdaq National Market and the registration of the Shares under the Exchange
Act will be terminated following the consummation of the Merger.
 
  Margin Regulations. The Shares presently are "margin securities" under the
regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the
"Federal Reserve Board"), which status has the effect, among other things, of
allowing brokers to extend credit on the collateral of such securities.
Depending upon factors similar to those described above regarding listing and
market quotations, it is possible that, following the Offer, the Shares would
no longer constitute "margin securities" for the purposes of the margin
regulations of the Federal Reserve Board and therefore could no longer be used
as collateral for loans made by brokers. If registration of the Shares under
the Exchange Act were terminated, the Shares would no longer be "margin
securities."
 
  8. CERTAIN INFORMATION CONCERNING THE COMPANY.
 
  General. The information concerning the Company contained in this Offer to
Purchase, including that set forth below under the caption "Selected Financial
Information," has been furnished by the Company or has been taken from or
based upon publicly available documents and records on file with the
Commission and other public sources. Neither Parent nor the Purchaser assumes
responsibility for the accuracy or completeness of the information concerning
the Company contained in such documents and records or for any failure by the
Company to disclose events which may have occurred or may affect the
significance or accuracy of any such information but which are unknown to
Parent or the Purchaser.
 
  The Company provides accounting software for small-to-medium-sized
businesses and distributes its products through a reseller network. The
Company is a California corporation with its principal executive offices at 56
Technology Drive, Irvine, California 92618. The telephone number of the
Company at such offices is (714) 753-1222.
 
  Selected Financial Information. Set forth below is certain selected
consolidated financial information with respect to the Company, excerpted or
derived from the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
ended December 31, 1996, and with respect to financial information for the
fiscal year ended December 31, 1997, from the Company's Current Report on Form
8-K, filed on February 2, 1998, each filed with the Commission pursuant to the
Exchange Act.
 
                                      11
<PAGE>
 
  More comprehensive financial information is included in such reports and in
other documents filed by the Company with the Commission. The following
summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to such reports and other
documents and all of the financial information (including any related notes)
contained therein. Such reports and other documents may be inspected and
copies may be obtained from the Commission in the manner set forth below.
 
                            STATE OF THE ART, INC.
 
                  SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
               (IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           FISCAL YEAR ENDED
                                                             DECEMBER 31,
                                                        -----------------------
                                                         1997    1996    1995
                                                        ------- ------- -------
<S>                                                     <C>     <C>     <C>
OPERATING DATA:
  Net sales............................................ $63,956 $52,046 $46,118
  Operating income (loss)..............................   7,816   2,917   7,362
  Net earnings (loss)..................................   6,543   2,892   5,663
  Net earnings (loss) per share........................    0.56    0.25    0.51
BALANCE SHEET DATA (AT END OF PERIOD):
  Total assets.........................................  67,624  52,331  47,632
  Total liabilities....................................  13,672   5,319   5,382
  Shareholders' equity.................................  53,952  47,012  42,250
</TABLE>
 
  Approximately 11.55% of the outstanding Shares are held by the Shareholders,
who have agreed, among other things, to tender, or cause to be tendered, all
Shares owned by them pursuant to the Offer. The Shareholders also have granted
to Parent a proxy to vote the Shares owned by them in favor of the Merger
(which proxy will terminate in the event that the Purchaser waives the Minimum
Condition and accepts for payment the Revised Number of Shares). See Section
11.
 
  Certain Company Projections. To the knowledge of Parent and the Purchaser,
the Company does not as a matter of course, make public forecasts as to its
future financial performance. However, in connection with the discussions
concerning the Offer and the Merger, the Company furnished Parent with
financial projections contained in the Company's 1998 operating budget
prepared by management for management's 1998 operating plan. The financial
projections contained therein are based on numerous assumptions concerning
revenue growth in all product areas, additional spending in research and
development to enhance the breadth of the acuity financials client server, and
increases in sales and marketing and general administrative expenses.
 
  The Company's projections for Fiscal Year 1998 anticipated net sales of
approximately $87.1 million. Fiscal net earnings were projected at
approximately $11.0 million.
 
  The Company's 1998 operating budget and the financial projections contained
therein were prepared for the limited purpose of managing the operating plan
of the Company for fiscal year 1998. They do not reflect recent developments
which have occurred since they were prepared, such as the Offer and the
Merger. This reference to the projections is provided solely because such
projections have been provided to the Purchaser and none of the Purchaser,
Parent, the Company or any of their respective affiliates or representatives
believes that such projections should be relied upon.
 
  THE PROJECTIONS WERE NOT PREPARED WITH A VIEW TO PUBLIC DISCLOSURE OR
COMPLIANCE WITH PUBLISHED GUIDELINES OF THE COMMISSION OR THE GUIDELINES
ESTABLISHED BY THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
REGARDING PROJECTIONS OR FORECASTS. THESE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS (AS THAT
TERM IS DEFINED IN THE PRIVATE SECURITIES LITIGATION REFORM ACT OF 1995) ARE
 
                                      12
<PAGE>
 
SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES THAT COULD CAUSE ACTUAL RESULTS TO
DIFFER MATERIALLY FROM THE PROJECTIONS. THE COMPANY HAS ADVISED THE PURCHASER
AND PARENT THAT ITS INTERNAL FINANCIAL FORECASTS (UPON WHICH THE PROJECTIONS
PROVIDED TO PARENT WERE BASED IN PART) ARE, IN GENERAL, PREPARED SOLELY FOR
INTERNAL USE AND CAPITAL BUDGETING AND OTHER MANAGEMENT DECISIONS, AND ARE
SUBJECTIVE IN MANY RESPECTS AND THUS SUSCEPTIBLE TO INTERPRETATIONS AND
PERIODIC REVISION BASED ON ACTUAL EXPERIENCE AND BUSINESS DEVELOPMENTS. THE
PROJECTIONS ALSO REFLECT NUMEROUS ASSUMPTIONS (NOT ALL OF WHICH WERE PROVIDED
TO PARENT), ALL MADE BY MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY, WITH RESPECT TO INDUSTRY
PERFORMANCE, GENERAL BUSINESS, ECONOMIC, MARKET AND FINANCIAL CONDITIONS AND
OTHER MATTERS, INCLUDING EFFECTIVE TAX RATES CONSISTENT WITH HISTORICAL LEVELS
FOR THE COMPANY, ALL OF WHICH ARE DIFFICULT TO PREDICT, MANY OF WHICH ARE
BEYOND THE COMPANY'S CONTROL AND NONE OF WHICH WERE SUBJECT TO APPROVAL BY
PARENT OR THE PURCHASER. ACCORDINGLY, THERE CAN BE NO ASSURANCE THAT THE
ASSUMPTIONS MADE IN PREPARING THE PROJECTIONS WILL PROVE ACCURATE, AND ACTUAL
RESULTS MAY BE MATERIALLY GREATER OR LESS THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN THE
PROJECTIONS. THE INCLUSION OF THE PROJECTIONS HEREIN SHOULD NOT BE REGARDED AS
AN INDICATION THAT ANY OF PARENT, THE PURCHASER, THE COMPANY OR THEIR
RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES OR REPRESENTATIVES CONSIDERED OR CONSIDER THE
PROJECTIONS TO BE A RELIABLE PREDICTION OF FUTURE EVENTS, AND THE PROJECTIONS
SHOULD NOT BE RELIED UPON AS SUCH. NONE OF PARENT, THE PURCHASER, THE COMPANY
OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES OR REPRESENTATIVES HAS MADE, OR MAKES
ANY REPRESENTATION TO ANY PERSON REGARDING THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THE
PROJECTIONS AND NONE OF THEM INTENDS TO UPDATE OR OTHERWISE REVISE THE
PROJECTIONS TO REFLECT CIRCUMSTANCES EXISTING AFTER THE DATE WHEN MADE OR TO
REFLECT THE OCCURRENCE OF FUTURE EVENTS EVEN IN THE EVENT THAT ANY OR ALL OF
THE ASSUMPTIONS UNDERLYING THE PROJECTIONS ARE SHOWN TO BE IN ERROR. IT IS
EXPECTED THAT THERE WILL BE DIFFERENCES BETWEEN ACTUAL AND PROJECTED RESULTS,
AND ACTUAL RESULTS MAY BE MATERIALLY HIGHER OR LOWER THAN THOSE PROJECTED.
 
  Available Information. The Company is subject to the informational filing
requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance therewith, is obligated to
file reports, proxy statements and other information with the Commission
relating to its business, financial condition and other matters. Information
as of particular dates concerning the Company's directors and officers, their
remuneration, options granted to them, the principal holders of the Company's
securities and any material interests of such persons in transactions with the
Company is required to be disclosed in proxy statements distributed to the
Company's shareholders and filed with the Commission. Such reports, proxy
statements and other information should be available for inspection at the
public reference facilities of the Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20549, and at the regional offices of the Commission located
at Seven World Trade Center, Suite 1300, New York, NY 10048 and Citicorp
Center, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, IL 60661. Copies of such
information should be obtainable by mail, upon payment of the Commission's
customary charges, by writing to the Commission's principal office at 450
Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. The Commission also maintains a
website at http://www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy statements and
other information relating to the Company that have been filed via the EDGAR
System. Such material should also be available for inspection at the offices
of the Nasdaq National Market, located at 20 Broad Street, New York, New York
10005.
 
  9. CERTAIN INFORMATION CONCERNING PARENT AND THE PURCHASER.
 
  Parent. Parent is a company organized under the laws of England. Parent
develops, distributes and provides support for mainstream PC accounting
software and related products for small to medium sized enterprises. The
Purchaser is a Delaware entity newly formed at the direction of Parent for the
purpose of effecting the Offer and the Merger. Parent owns, directly and
indirectly, all of the outstanding capital stock of the Purchaser. It is not
anticipated that, prior to the consummation of the Offer, the Purchaser will
have any
 
                                      13
<PAGE>
 
significant assets or liabilities or will engage in any activities other than
those incident to the Offer and the Merger and the financing thereof. The
offices of Parent are located at Sage House, Benton Park Road, Newcastle Upon
Tyne, NE7 7LZ, England. The offices of the Purchaser are located c/o Sage U.S.
Holdings, Inc., 17950 Preston Road, Suite 800, Dallas, Texas 75252.
 
  For certain information concerning the executive officers and directors, as
the case may be, of the Purchaser and Parent, see Schedule I.
 
  Pursuant to the Option Agreement and the Shareholder Agreement, Parent may
be deemed to beneficially own 15,116,923 shares of Common Stock constituting
approximately 60.5% of the total currently outstanding shares of Common Stock.
See Section 11. Each of the Purchaser and Parent disclaims beneficial
ownership of such shares. Except as set forth in this Offer to Purchase, none
of the Purchaser, Parent, or, to the best knowledge of the Purchaser or
Parent, any of the persons listed on Schedule I, or any associate or majority-
owned subsidiary of any of the foregoing, beneficially owns or has a right to
acquire any Shares, and none of the Purchaser, Parent, or, to the best
knowledge of the Purchaser or Parent, any of the persons or entities referred
to above, nor any of the respective executive officers, directors or
subsidiaries of any of the foregoing, has effected any transaction in Shares
during the past 60 days.
 
  Except as set forth in this Offer to Purchase, none of the Purchaser,
Parent, or, to the best knowledge of the Purchaser and Parent, any of the
persons listed on Schedule I, has any contract, arrangement, understanding or
relationship with any other person with respect to any securities of the
Company, including, but not limited to, any contract, arrangement,
understanding or relationship concerning the transfer or the voting of any
securities of the Company, joint ventures, loan or option arrangements, puts
or calls, guarantees of loans, guarantees against loss, or the giving or
withholding of proxies. Except as set forth in this Offer to Purchase, none of
the Purchaser, Parent, or any of their respective affiliates, or, to the best
knowledge of the Purchaser and Parent, any of the persons listed on Schedule
I, has had, since January 1, 1993, any business relationships or transactions
with the Company or any of its executive officers, directors or affiliates
that would require reporting under the rules of the Commission. Except as set
forth in this Offer to Purchase, since January 1, 1993, there have been no
contacts, negotiations or transactions between the Purchaser or Parent, any of
their respective affiliates or, to the best knowledge of the Purchaser or
Parent, any of the persons listed on Schedule I, and the Company or its
affiliates concerning a merger, consolidation or acquisition, tender offer or
other acquisition of securities, election of directors or a sale or other
transfer of a material amount of assets.
 
  Parent is not subject to the informational reporting requirements of the
Exchange Act, and, accordingly, does not file reports or other information
with the Commission relating to its business, financial condition and other
matters.
 
  Set forth below is certain selected consolidated financial information
relating to Parent and its subsidiaries for the fiscal years ended September
30, 1997, 1996 and 1995 (the "Financial Statements"). The selected
consolidated financial information is denominated in pounds sterling and
prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the
United Kingdom ("UK GAAP"). UK GAAP differs in certain significant respects
from generally accepted accounting principles in the United States ("US
GAAP"). Immediately following Parent's summary consolidated financial
information set forth below is a brief summary of certain differences between
UK GAAP and US GAAP. Parent has not examined whether adjustments necessary to
conform its Financial Statements with US GAAP would be material. Parent's
financial statements for the fiscal years ended September 30, 1997 and 1996
are incorporated herein by reference and a copy of which has been filed with
the Commission as Exhibit (a)(11) to the Schedule 14D-1 may be inspected at
the Commission's public reference facilities in Washington D.C., and copies
thereof may be obtained from such facilities upon payment of the Commission's
customary charges, in the manner set forth in Section 8 above under "Available
Information" (although they will not be available at the regional offices of
the Commission). Set forth below is certain summary financial information
excerpted or derived from Parent's Financial Statements. Such summary
information is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Purchaser's
Financial Statements and all the financial information and related notes
contained therein.
 
                                      14
<PAGE>
 
                              THE SAGE GROUP PLC
                  SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
         (IN THOUSANDS OF POUNDS STERLING(/1/), EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             FISCAL YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
                                           -----------------------------------
                                              1997        1996        1995
                                           (Pounds)000 (Pounds)000 (Pounds)000
                                           ----------- ----------- -----------
<S>                                        <C>         <C>         <C>
Income statement data
Amounts in accordance with UK GAAP
Turnover..................................   152,089     136,236     102,234
Operating profit..........................    40,080      32,094      24,040
Profit on ordinary activities before
 interest.................................    40,080      32,094      24,040
Profit on ordinary activities before
 taxation.................................    37,635      30,053      22,362
Profit attributable to shareholders.......    25,215      19,828      14,692
Per share data
Amounts in accordance with UK GAAP
Earnings per ordinary share - pence (2)...     23.43p      18.50p      13.88p
Balance sheet data (at end of period)
Amounts in accordance with UK GAAP
Net current assets/(liabilities)..........   (10,172)    (13,341)     (4,687)
Total assets..............................    64,774      52,890      41,080
Total liabilities.........................  (111,015)    (76,104)    (56,732)
Shareholders' funds/(deficit).............   (46,241)    (23,214)    (15,652)
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) Parent publishes its financial statements in pounds sterling. The United
    States dollar exchange rate based on the London closing mid-rates for
    pounds sterling to dollars, expressed in $1 per (Pounds)1, for the fiscal
    dates indicated, are as follows and are based on published financial
    sources:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 YEAR END RATE YEAR HIGH YEAR LOW YEAR AVERAGE
                                 ------------- --------- -------- ------------
   <S>                           <C>           <C>       <C>      <C>
   Fiscal Year ended 9/30/95....    1.5848      1.6432    1.5322     1.5846
   Fiscal Year ended 9/30/96....    1.5641      1.5896    1.4948     1.5428
   Fiscal Year ended 9/30/97....    1.6142      1.7153    1.5628     1.6332
</TABLE>
 
(2) The weighted average number of shares outstanding during the fiscal years
    ended September 30, 1995, 1996 and 1997 were 105,886,050, 107,149,618 and
    107,641,176, respectively.
 
  CERTAIN DIFFERENCES BETWEEN UK GAAP AND US GAAP. Although UK GAAP differs in
certain significant respects from US GAAP, Parent believes that the
differences are not material to a decision by a holder of Shares whether to
sell, tender or hold any Shares because any such differences would not reflect
the ability of the Purchaser to obtain sufficient funds to pay for the Shares
to be acquired pursuant to the Offer. While the following is not a
comprehensive summary of all the differences between UK GAAP and US GAAP,
other differences are unlikely to have a significant effect on the
consolidated income or shareholder's funds of the Purchaser.
 
  Goodwill and US Purchase Accounting. Under US GAAP and UK GAAP, purchase
consideration in respect of subsidiaries acquired is allocated on the basis of
appraised values to the various net assets of the subsidiaries at the dates of
acquisition and any net balance is treated as goodwill. However, US GAAP also
requires value to be assigned to any separately identifiable intangible
assets--which would be amortized over their estimated useful lives not to
exceed 40 years--and to acquired in-process research and development which
would be written off to the profit and loss account in the period of the
acquisition. Also, US GAAP requires goodwill to be recognized as an asset and
amortized over its estimated useful life not to exceed 40 years. Under UK GAAP
goodwill is written off directly against reserves. Any acquisition related
expenses are considered part of the purchase consideration under US GAAP and
effectively added to goodwill. Such costs are either written off on the income
statement or reserves under UK GAAP in the period of acquisition.
 
  Ordinary Dividends. Under UK GAAP, final ordinary dividends are provided for
in the fiscal year in respect of which they are recommended by the board of
directors for approval by the shareholders. Under US GAAP, such dividends are
not provided for until declared by the board of directors.
 
                                      15
<PAGE>
 
  Deferred Taxation. Under UK GAAP, no provision is made for deferred taxation
if there is reasonable evidence that such deferred taxation will not be
payable in the foreseeable future, deferred tax assets are generally not
recognized under UK GAAP unless they are likely to be recovered in the
foreseeable future (i.e. one year from the balance sheet date). Under US GAAP,
deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized in full and any net
deferred tax assets are then assessed for probable recoverability. As long as
it is more likely than not that sufficient future taxable income will be
available to utilize the deferred tax assets, no valuation allowance is
provided.
 
  Depreciation on freehold buildings. Under UK GAAP, companies are permitted
to carry freehold buildings at undepreciated historical cost or valuation so
long as these buildings are "well-maintained". US GAAP requires that all
tangible fixed assets in service, other than freehold land, be depreciated
over their estimated useful lives.
 
  10. SOURCE AND AMOUNT OF FUNDS.
 
  Parent and the Purchaser estimate that the total amount of funds required by
the Purchaser to (i) purchase all of the Shares pursuant to the Offer and
finance the Merger Consideration and (ii) pay fees and expenses incurred in
connection with the Offer and the Merger will be approximately (Pounds)162
million (or approximately $267 million). Of these funds, it is anticipated
that (a) approximately (Pounds)75 million (or approximately $123 million) will
be obtained from the proceeds of an offering (the "Equity Placing") of New
Ordinary Shares (as defined below) of Parent in the United Kingdom, and (b)
(Pounds)87 million (or approximately $144 million) will be financed through a
permanent bank financing (the "Bank Financing"), the principal terms of which
are described below.
 
  The Equity Placing.
 
  It is anticipated that approximately (Pounds)75 million (or approximately
$123 million) of the funds necessary to purchase all of the Shares in the
Offer, finance the Merger Consideration and pay fees and expenses in
connection with the Offer and Merger will be obtained by the allotment and
issue of new ordinary shares of Parent (the "New Ordinary Shares") pursuant to
the terms of the Vendor Placing Agreement, dated January 27, 1998 (the "Vendor
Placing Agreement"), by and between Parent and J. Henry Schroders & Co.
Limited ("Schroders"). The New Ordinary Shares, which represent the
consideration for the transfer of Shares under the Offer, will not be allotted
to shareholders of the Company, but will be allotted and issued, credited as
fully paid, by Parent to such persons as may be nominated by Schroders under
the Vendor Placing Agreement, and if no such person is nominated by Schroders,
then to Schroders itself. The shareholders of the Company will receive, as a
result of these arrangements, the full amount due to them of $22.00 per Share
accepted for payment in the Offer, of which approximately $10.34 will
represent an amount equal to the proceeds of the sale of the New Ordinary
Shares. The shareholders of the Company will not obtain any right under the
Offer which any of them may enforce against Schroders or any person nominated
by Schroders to accept the allotment and issue of the New Ordinary Shares.
 
  THE OFFER DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER
TO PURCHASE NEW ORDINARY SHARES OR ANY OTHER SECURITIES OF PARENT. The New
Ordinary Shares have not been and will not be registered under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), and they may not, as part of
their distribution, be offered, sold, taken up, renounced or delivered,
directly or indirectly, in the United States, except pursuant to an exemption
from, or in transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the
Securities Act.
 
  The Bank Financing. In connection with the Offer, Parent and the Purchaser
have signed a facilities agreement, dated January 27, 1998 (the "Facilities
Agreement"), with the banks and financial institutions named in Schedule I
thereto and Lloyds Bank plc Capital Markets, as Agent and Arranger, relating
to a $233,000,000 multicurrency term and revolving credit facility (the
"Facility"). The Facility is available for borrowing by Parent and the
Purchaser for the purposes of (i) financing the consideration payable by the
Purchaser pursuant to the Offer and paying costs and expenses incurred in
connection therewith, (ii) refinancing existing borrowings of Parent in an
amount of approximately (Pounds)30,000,000, and (iii) financing the general
working capital requirements of Parent. The Facility is guaranteed by Parent,
Sage Overseas Limited, Sagesoft Limited, and any other future UK incorporated
subsidiaries of Parent which satisfy certain materiality tests.
 
                                      16
<PAGE>
 
  The Facility has a final maturity date of January 27, 2003 and accrues
interest at a rate per annum equal to LIBOR plus a sliding margin of between
85 and 65 basis points (depending on the ratio of Total Consolidated Borrowing
to Consolidated EBITDA (such terms are defined in the Facilities Agreement) of
Parent).
 
  The Facilities Agreement contains customary representations and warranties
and financial and restrictive covenants, including without limitation,
restrictions on the granting of liens and restrictions on disposals and
acquisitions (except for the Offer and the Merger).
 
  A number of the terms contained in the Facilities Agreement (including the
financial covenants, the material adverse change event of default, cross
default to other borrowings, the change of control event of default and the
environmental, litigation and material adverse change representations and
warranties and certain other terms) are suspended in whole or in part during a
"certain funds period" ending on the merger closing date, so that the Facility
will be available for drawing to finance the Offer and the completion of the
Merger, even if those terms of the Facility are breached at the time of
drawdown under the Facility.
 
  11. BACKGROUND OF THE OFFER; PURPOSE OF THE OFFER AND THE MERGER; THE MERGER
AGREEMENT AND CERTAIN OTHER AGREEMENTS.
 
  The following description was prepared by the Purchaser and the Company.
Information about the Company was provided by the Company, and neither the
Purchaser nor Parent takes any responsibility for the accuracy or completeness
of any information regarding meetings or discussions in which Parent or its
representatives did not participate.
 
  BACKGROUND OF THE OFFER.
 
  As early as 1994, Parent was reviewing opportunities in the U.S. market with
a view towards pursuing a potential acquisition in the accounting software
industry. In February 1994, Messrs. Paul A. Walker, Michael E.W. Jackson,
Kevin C. Howe, and A.D. Goldman of Parent met informally with Mr. David W.
Hanna and an executive management team of the Company. At the meeting, which
was conducted at the offices of the Company, there was no discussion of a
potential merger, although the parties did exchange information relating to
each of their respective companies. Except for brief product due diligence
discussions in October 1995, the parties did not meet again until November
1995, when Messrs. Goldman and Howe met with Mr. Hanna in Las Vegas, Nevada in
a brief update meeting relating to the status of their respective businesses.
 
  In January 1996, Parent engaged the services of a predecessor of BT Alex.
Brown Incorporated ("BT Alex. Brown") to act as financial advisor on behalf of
Parent pursuant to the terms of an Engagement Letter between Parent and BT
Alex. Brown, dated January 24, 1996. In the spring of 1996, the Board of
Directors of Parent concluded that it was in the best interests of Parent and
the shareholders of Parent for Parent to pursue a strategic initiative in the
U.S. accounting software market. At the time, Parent considered, but
ultimately rejected, the idea of pursuing an asset acquisition or joint
venture in the United States. Instead, Parent resolved to pursue discussions
of a possible merger transaction with the Company.
 
  In July 1996, Mr. Hanna met with Messrs. Walker, Jackson, Howe and Goldman
in London. At the meeting, Mr. Hanna provided an update on the Company's
marketing and product initiatives, and the parties discussed a possible merger
transaction between the two companies, although there was no discussion of
price or valuation.
 
  Also during that month, representatives of BT Alex. Brown met with
management of the Company and commenced a preliminary due diligence review of
the Company. BT Alex. Brown then reported the results of its due diligence
findings to the management of Parent. After conducting its preliminary due
diligence review, BT Alex. Brown then met with representatives of UBS, acting
as financial advisor on behalf of the Company. At that meeting, which was held
in July 1996, BT Alex. Brown indicated that it believed Parent might be
willing to acquire all of the issued and outstanding Shares of the Company for
a price of approximately $15.00 to $20.00
 
                                      17
<PAGE>
 
per share. During the month of July 1996, the Shares were trading in a range
of approximately $14.00 to $18.00 per share. Representatives of UBS indicated
that the Company's Board of Directors was unlikely to consider a transaction
with Parent at the levels indicated by BT Alex. Brown. Given the gap between
what was proposed and the Company's response, the parties agreed to terminate
discussions at the time.
 
  In October 1996, Messrs. Walker, Jackson, Howe and Goldman met again
informally with Mr. Hanna in Del Mar, California. At that meeting, a potential
merger transaction was again discussed, Parent agreed to revisit its valuation
analysis of the Company, and Parent indicated that it might be willing to
acquire all of the issued and outstanding Shares of the Company at a price of
$15.00 per share. The Company rejected this proposal and the parties ceased
further discussions until March 1997.
 
  In March 1997, management of Parent had several informal meetings with
Company management to discuss the possibility of renewing consideration of a
potential merger transaction. The substance of these discussions resulted in
BT Alex. Brown and UBS having a meeting by telephone to reconsider the
valuation issue, and perhaps reach a compromise position. However, the result
of these discussions was that, although BT Alex. Brown indicated that Parent
might be willing to pay a price in the $16.00 to $18.00 per share range, UBS
indicated that it believed the Company would not consider a proposal of less
than $20.00 per share. In April 1997, representatives of BT Alex. Brown met
with Messrs. Walker, Jackson, Goldman and Howe to consider the Company's
position and how the valuation gap might be closed.
 
  Towards the last quarter of 1997, the parties determined to renew
discussions relating to the gap in valuation with a view towards focusing
efforts to close the gap. In September 1997, Mr. Hanna had a meeting with
Messrs. Walker, Jackson and Howe in London, wherein a potential transaction
among the parties and management's expectation for the Company's future
performance were further discussed. This was followed by a meeting in November
1997 in Las Vegas, Nevada, during which Messrs. Walker and Howe, and Mr.
A.W.G. Wylie of Parent, discussed with Mr. Hanna Parent's strategy for
international growth and a brief background relating to Parent's recent
acquisition of KHK Software GmbH & Co. KG in Germany. At the meeting, the
parties discussed the mutual benefits of a merger between the Company and
Parent, and agreed to increase their efforts towards structuring a
transaction. In addition, the Company's representative indicated that he did
not believe the Company's Board of Directors would be interested in a
transaction at a purchase price of less than $20.00 per share.
 
  During December 1997, Parent continued its review of the Company's products
through product review meetings with the Company. In late December 1997,
Parent made an offer to the Company in writing of $20.00 per share. Mr. Hanna
expressed interest in Parent's proposal, and the parties determined that
further in-depth discussions were warranted. During the fourth quarter of
1997, the Shares were trading in a range of approximately $14.00 to $18.00 per
share. In early January 1998, Mr. Hanna and an executive management team of
the Company met with Messrs. Walker, Jackson and Howe, and Mr. Paul Stobart of
Parent, and discussed with them the then current business of the Company. In
addition, representatives of the Company provided Parent with the operating
budget of the Company for 1998 at such time. This was followed by a more
detailed discussion regarding pricing and valuation. The result of this
meeting was that Parent indicated that it would consider offering a purchase
price of $21.50 per share. Mr. Hanna indicated that he did not believe that
the Company's Board of Directors would find such price acceptable. After
further discussions at this meeting, Parent's representatives indicated that
they would explore with Parent's Board of Directors whether Parent would be
prepared to offer up to $22.00 per share.
 
  Subsequent to this meeting, Parent indicated it was prepared to proceed with
a transaction at a price of $22.00 per share, subject to satisfactory
definitive documentation and additional due diligence. Representatives of the
Company indicated that they were prepared to seek board approval from the
Board of Directors of the Company to proceed on this basis.
 
  On January 14, 1998, Parent and the Company executed a confidentiality
agreement (the "Confidentiality Agreement"), pursuant to which each party
agreed to keep all information relating to the proposed transaction
 
                                      18
<PAGE>
 
and each of the subject companies confidential for a specified period of time,
and which included a "stand still" provision. On January 20 and 21, 1998,
Messrs. Walker, Jackson and Howe met with Mr. Hanna, together with each of
their respective financial and legal advisors, at the offices of BT Alex.
Brown in San Francisco, California to discuss timing and other pertinent
issues relating to the transaction.
 
  At a meeting of the Board of Directors of the Company held on January 26,
1998, the Board unanimously approved the Offer, as well as the principal terms
of a merger transaction between the parties, and determined that the terms of
such transactions are fair to, and in the best interests of, the shareholders
of the Company. In addition, the Board determined to recommend that
shareholders of the Company accept the proposed Offer and tender their Shares
pursuant to the Offer. On January 26, 1998, UBS delivered to the Board of
Directors of the Company its oral opinion to the effect that, as of the date
thereof, the consideration to be received by the shareholders of the Company
(other than Parent, the Purchaser and any affiliate of either of them)
pursuant to the Offer and under the terms of the proposed merger, is fair,
from a financial point of view, to such shareholders. Such oral opinion was
subsequently confirmed by the written opinion of UBS, dated January 26, 1998.
 
  Following a period of negotiation between the parties, the Company, Parent
and the Purchaser, a direct and indirect U.S. subsidiary of the Parent formed
to acquire the Shares of the Company, executed a definitive Merger Agreement
(the "Merger Agreement") on January 27, 1998, the principal terms and
provisions of which are described below in Section 11 of this Offer to
Purchase.
 
  Separate press releases announcing the execution of the Merger Agreement
were issued by Parent and the Company before opening of the U.K. and U.S.
stock markets on the morning of January 27, 1998.
 
  On February 2, 1998, the Purchaser commenced this Offer.
 
PURPOSE OF THE OFFER AND THE MERGER.
 
  The purpose of the Offer, the Merger and the Merger Agreement is to enable
Parent to acquire control of, and the entire equity interest in, the Company.
The Offer is being made pursuant to the Merger Agreement and is intended to
increase the likelihood that the Merger will be effected. The purpose of the
Merger is to acquire all outstanding Shares not purchased pursuant to the
Offer. The transaction is structured as a merger in order to ensure the
acquisition by Parent of all the outstanding Shares.
 
  If the Merger is consummated, Parent's common equity interest in the Company
would increase to 100% and Parent would be entitled to all benefits resulting
from that interest. These benefits include complete management with regard to
the future conduct of the Company's business and any increase in its value.
Similarly, Parent will also bear the risk of any losses incurred in the
operation of the Company and any decrease in the value of the Company.
 
  Shareholders of the Company who sell their Shares in the Offer will cease to
have any equity interest in the Company and to participate in its earnings and
any future growth. If the Merger is consummated, the shareholders will no
longer have an equity interest in the Company and instead will have only the
right to receive cash consideration pursuant to the Merger Agreement or to
exercise statutory appraisal rights under the GCL, if available. See Section
12. Similarly, the shareholders of the Company will not bear the risk of any
decrease in the value of the Company after selling their Shares in the Offer
or the subsequent Merger.
 
  The primary benefits of the Offer and the Merger to the shareholders of the
Company are that such shareholders are being afforded an opportunity to sell
all of their Shares for cash at a price which represents a premium of
approximately 33% over the closing market price of the Common Stock on the
last full trading day prior to the public announcement that the Company,
Parent and the Purchaser executed the Merger Agreement, and a more substantial
premium over recent historical trading prices.
 
 
                                      19
<PAGE>
 
MERGER AGREEMENT
 
  The following is a summary of certain provisions of the Merger Agreement.
The summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Merger Agreement
which is incorporated herein by reference and a copy of which has been filed
with the Commission as an exhibit to the Schedule 14D-1. The Merger Agreement
may be examined and copies may be obtained at the places and in the manner set
forth in Section 8 of this Offer to Purchase.
 
  The Offer. The Merger Agreement provides that the Purchaser will commence
the Offer and that, upon the terms and subject to the prior satisfaction or
waiver of the conditions of the Offer, the Purchaser will purchase all Shares
validly tendered pursuant to the Offer. The Merger Agreement provides that,
without the written consent of the Company, the Purchaser will not (i)
decrease the Offer Price, (ii) decrease the number of Shares sought in the
Offer (except as set forth below), (iii) impose additional conditions to the
offer, (iv) amend any condition to the Offer described in Section 14, (v)
extend the Initial Expiration Date, provided, that if on the Initial
Expiration Date of the Offer, all conditions to the Offer shall not have been
satisfied or waived, the Purchaser shall extend the Expiration Date from time
to time until a date not later than March 26, 1998, or at the request of the
Company or the Option of the Purchaser, until a date not later than July 31,
1998, provided that in the event the Purchaser extends the Offer pursuant to
the Company's request, (A) Section 14 shall be deemed to be amended to provide
an additional condition that the Purchaser shall not be required to accept for
payment any tendered Shares unless and until Parent and the Purchaser shall
have obtained sufficient financing in replacement, if necessary, of the
financing described in Section 10 in order to permit Parent and the Purchaser
to acquire all of the Shares in the Offer and the Merger and pay the
anticipated expenses in connection therewith and (B) the condition set forth
in paragraph (h) of Section 14 shall be amended and replaced with the
condition set forth in clause (A) above, or (vi) amend any other term of the
Offer in any manner adverse to any holders of Shares without the written
consent of the Company.
 
  In the event the Minimum Condition is not satisfied on the Initial
Expiration Date, the Purchaser may either (i) extend the Offer for a period or
periods not to exceed, in the aggregate, ten (10) business days or (ii) amend
the Offer to provide that, in the event (X) the Minimum Condition is not
satisfied at the next scheduled Expiration Date (without giving pro forma
effect to the potential issuance of any Shares issuable upon exercise of the
Option Agreement) and (Y) the number of Shares tendered pursuant to the Offer
and not withdrawn as of such next scheduled Expiration Date is more than 50%
of the then outstanding Shares, the Purchaser shall waive the Minimum
Condition and amend the Offer to reduce the number of Shares subject to the
Offer to a number of Shares equal to the Revised Minimum Number and, if a
greater number of Shares is tendered into the Offer and not withdrawn,
purchase, on a pro rata basis, the Revised Minimum Number of Shares (it being
understood that the Purchaser may, but shall not in any event be required to,
accept for payment, or pay for any Shares if less than the Revised Minimum
Number of Shares are tendered pursuant to the Offer and not withdrawn at the
applicable Expiration Date), provided further, that in the event the Minimum
Condition is not satisfied on or before the ten (10) business day period
referred to above, the Purchaser shall waive the Minimum Condition and amend
the Offer to reduce the number of Shares subject to the Offer to the Revised
Minimum Number of Shares. In the event that the Purchaser purchases a number
of Shares equal to the Revised Minimum Number, without the prior written
consent of the Purchaser prior to the termination of the Merger Agreement, the
Company shall take no action whatsoever to increase the number of Shares owned
by the Purchaser in excess of the Revised Minimum Number.
 
  The Purchaser shall, on the terms and subject to the prior satisfaction or
waiver of the conditions to the Offer, accept for payment and pay for Shares
tendered as soon as legally permitted to do so under applicable law.
 
  The Merger. Following the consummation of the Offer, the Merger Agreement
provides that, subject to the terms and conditions thereof, at the Effective
Time the Purchaser shall be merged with and into the Company and, as a result
of the Merger, the separate corporate existence of the Purchaser shall cease
and the Company shall continue as the surviving corporation (sometimes
referred to as the "Surviving Corporation").
 
 
                                      20
<PAGE>
 
  The respective obligations of Parent and the Purchaser, on the one hand, and
the Company, on the other hand, to effect the Merger are subject to the
satisfaction on or prior to the Closing Date (as defined in the Merger
Agreement) of each of the following conditions: (i) the Purchaser shall have
purchased or caused to be purchased, the Shares pursuant to the Offer, unless
such failure to purchase is a result of a breach of the Purchaser's
obligations under the Merger Agreement, (ii) the Merger Agreement shall have
been approved and adopted by the requisite vote of the holders of Shares, to
the extent required by the Company's Articles of Incorporation and the GCL, in
order to consummate the Merger; (iii) no statute, rule, regulation or order
shall have been enacted or promulgated by any United States or United Kingdom
governmental authority which prohibits the consummation of the Merger, and
there shall be no order or injunction of a court of competent jurisdiction in
effect preventing the consummation of the Merger and (iv) the applicable
waiting period under the HSR Act shall have expired or been terminated.
 
  At the Effective Time of the Merger (i) each issued and outstanding Share
(other than Shares that are owned by owned by Parent, the Purchaser or any
Shares which are held by shareholders properly exercising dissenters' rights
under the GCL) will be converted into the right to receive the Offer Price
paid pursuant to the Offer and (ii) each issued and outstanding share of any
class or series of common stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Purchaser
will be converted into one share of common stock of the Surviving Corporation.
 
  The Company's Board of Directors. The Merger Agreement provides that
promptly upon the purchase of and payment for any Shares by the Purchaser
pursuant to the Offer, Parent shall be entitled to designate such number of
directors, rounded up to the next whole number, on the Company's Board of
Directors as will give Parent representation on the Board of Directors equal
to at least that number of directors which equals the product of the total
number of directors on the Company's Board of Directors (after giving effect
to the directors designated by Parent) multiplied by the percentage that the
aggregate number of Shares beneficially owned by the Purchaser or any of its
affiliates bears to the number of Shares outstanding. The Company shall
promptly secure the resignations of such number of its incumbent directors as
is necessary to enable Parent's designees to be elected to the Company's Board
of Directors, provided that (i) in the event that Parent's designees are
appointed or elected to the Company's Board of Directors, until the Effective
Time the Company's Board of Directors will have at least two directors who are
directors as of the date of the execution of the Merger Agreement and neither
of whom is an officer of the Company (other than the present Chief Executive
Officer of the Company) nor a designee, shareholder, affiliate or associate
(within the meaning of federal securities laws) of Parent (one or more of such
directors, the "Independent Directors") and (ii) if no Independent Directors
remain, the other directors will designate one person to fill one of the
vacancies who shall not be a shareholder, affiliate or associate of Parent or
the Purchaser, such person so designated being deemed an Independent Director.
The Company's obligation to appoint Parent's designees to the Company's Board
of Directors is subject to compliance with Section 14(f) of the Exchange Act
and Rule 14f-1 promulgated thereunder.
 
  Following the election of Parent's designees to the Company's Board of
Directors and prior to the Effective Time, the affirmative vote of a majority
of the Independent Directors shall be required to (i) amend or terminate the
Merger Agreement on behalf of the Company, (ii) exercise or waive any of the
Company's rights, benefits or remedies under the Merger Agreement or (iii)
take any other action by the Company's Board of Directors under or in
connection with the Merger Agreement which would adversely affect the rights
of the Company's shareholders under the Merger Agreement; provided, further,
that if there will be no such directors, such actions may be effected by the
unanimous vote of the entire Board of Directors of the Company.
 
  Shareholders' Meeting. Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, the Company will,
if required by applicable law or the Company's Articles of Incorporation, in
order to consummate the Merger, duly call, give notice of, convene and hold a
special meeting of its shareholders as promptly as practicable following the
acceptance for payment and purchase of Shares by the Purchaser pursuant to the
Offer for the purpose of considering and taking action upon the approval of
the Merger and the adoption of the Merger Agreement. The Merger Agreement
provides that the Company will, if required by applicable law in order to
consummate the Merger, prepare and file with the Commission a preliminary
proxy or information statement relating to the Merger and the Merger Agreement
and use its commercially reasonable efforts (i) to obtain and furnish the
information required to be
 
                                      21
<PAGE>
 
included by the Commission in the Proxy Statement (as hereinafter defined)
and, after consultation with Parent, to respond promptly to any comments made
by the Commission with respect to the preliminary Proxy Statement and cause a
definitive Proxy Statement to be mailed to its shareholders, provided that no
amendment or supplement to the Proxy Statement will be made by the Company
without consultation with Parent and its counsel and (ii) to obtain the
necessary approvals of the Merger and the Merger Agreement by its
shareholders. Subject to the terms of the Merger Agreement, the Company has
agreed to include in the Proxy Statement the recommendation of the Company's
Board of Directors that shareholders of the Company vote in favor of the
approval of the Merger and the adoption of the Merger Agreement.
 
  The Merger Agreement provides that in the event that Parent or the Purchaser
acquires at least 90% of outstanding shares of Common Stock, pursuant to the
Offer or otherwise, Parent, the Purchaser and the Company will, at the request
of Parent and subject to the terms of the Merger Agreement, take all necessary
and appropriate action to cause the Merger to become effective as soon as
practicable after such acquisition, without a meeting of shareholders of the
Company, in accordance with Section 1110 of the GCL.
 
  Options. Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, at the Effective Time, the
Company will take all actions necessary to provide that at the Effective Time,
(i) each Cash-Out Option (as defined below) shall be cancelled and (ii) in
consideration of such cancellation, each holder of a Cash-Out Option shall
receive in consideration thereof an amount (subject to any applicable
withholding tax) in cash equal to the product of (x) the excess, if any, of
the Offer Price over the per Share exercise price of such Cash-Out Option and
(y) the number of Shares subject to such Cash-Out Option. The Company is
required to use commercially reasonable efforts to effectuate the foregoing,
including amending the Stock Plans (as defined below) and obtaining any
necessary consents. At the Effective Time, each Assumed Option (as defined
below) shall be assumed by Parent and shall be converted into an option to
acquire that number of Parent Common Shares (as defined below) equal to (A)
the number of Shares subject to the Assumed Option immediately prior to the
Effective Time, multiplied by (B) the Exchange Ratio (as defined below),
rounded down to the nearest whole share, at a price per Parent Common Share
equal to (1) the exercise price of the Assumed Option immediately prior to the
Effective Time, divided by (2) the Exchange Ratio, rounded up to the nearest
whole cent. Parent shall take all action necessary for the Parent Common
Shares to rank pari passu in all respects with all other Parent Common Shares
then in issue and to be listed and issuable upon exercise of the Assumed
Options to be freely tradeable on the London Stock Exchange. The Company is
required to take all necessary actions to provide that as of the Effective
Time no holder of Options (as defined below) under the Stock Plans will have
any right to receive shares of common stock of the Surviving Corporation upon
exercise of any such Option.
 
  The Company is required to take all actions necessary to provide that at or
immediately prior to the Effective Time, (i) each outstanding option under the
Company's 1997 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the "Stock Purchase Plan") shall
automatically be exercised and (ii) in lieu of the issuance of certificates
representing Shares, each option holder shall receive an amount in cash
(subject to applicable withholding tax) equal to the product of (x) the number
of Shares otherwise issuable upon such exercise and (y) the Offer Price in
cash without interest thereon. The Company is required to use all reasonable
efforts to effectuate the foregoing, including amending the Stock Purchase
Plan and obtaining any necessary consents.
 
  "Cash-Out Options" means each option outstanding at the Effective Time to
purchase Shares (an "Option") granted under (A) the Company's 1990 Stock
Option Plan, 1994 Incentive Stock Option, Nonqualified Stock Option and
Restricted Stock Purchase Plan, or Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee
Directors, (B) the Manzanita Software Systems 1985 Stock Option Plan or (C)
any other stock-based incentive plan or arrangement of the Company excluding
any options granted under the Company's 1997 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the
"Stock Plans") that is not an Assumed Option.
 
  "Assumed Options" means those certain Options or portions thereof granted
under the Company's 1990 Stock Option Plan or 1994 Incentive Stock Option,
Nonqualified Stock Option and Restricted Stock Purchase Plan that will not
have vested and become exercisable as of the Effective Time having an
aggregate exercise price on the date of the Merger Agreement in an amount not
materially less than $5 million, as designated by the
 
                                      22
<PAGE>
 
Company in Section 2.4 of the Company Disclosure Schedule. To the extent any
Options or portions thereof cannot be assumed by Parent, such Options or
portions thereof shall be treated as Cash-Out Options and shall be cancelled
as of the Effective Time in consideration for a cash payment.
 
  "Exchange Ratio" means the quotient of (x) the Offer Price multiplied by the
average of the mid-point of the bid and ask price of the rate of currency
exchange of pounds sterling for U.S. dollars quoted in The Financial Times for
each of the business days in a consecutive twenty business day period ending
two business days prior to the Effective Date and (y) the average per Share
closing price of the ordinary shares of 1 pence each in the capital of Parent
(a "Parent Common Share") as reported on the London Stock Exchange on each of
the ten trading days immediately preceding the Effective Time.
 
  Interim Operations; Covenants. Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, the Company
has agreed that, except (i) as expressly contemplated by the Merger Agreement
or the Option Agreement, (ii) as set forth in Section 5.2 of the Company
Disclosure Schedule related to the Merger Agreement, (iii) in the ordinary
course of business consistent with past practice or (iv) as agreed to in
writing by Parent, after the date of execution of the Merger Agreement, and
prior to the earlier of (x) the termination of the Merger Agreement in
accordance with its terms and (y) the time the designees of the Purchaser
constitute a majority of the Company's Board of Directors, the business of the
Company and its Subsidiaries will be conducted only in the ordinary course
consistent with past practice, the Company will use its commercially
reasonable efforts to preserve its present business organization intact and
maintain its satisfactory relations with customers, suppliers, employees,
contractors, distributors and others having business dealings with it, and (a)
the Company will not, directly or indirectly, (i) issue, sell, transfer or
pledge or agree to sell, transfer or pledge any capital stock of any of its
Subsidiaries beneficially owned by it, Options or other rights to purchase
shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Stock Plans outstanding on the date of
the Merger Agreement; (ii) amend its Articles of Incorporation or By-Laws or
similar organizational documents; or (iii) split, combine or reclassify the
outstanding Shares of the Company; and (b) the Company shall not (i) declare,
set aside or pay any dividend or other distribution payable in cash, stock or
property with respect to its capital stock; (ii) issue, sell, pledge, dispose
of or encumber any additional shares of, or securities convertible into or
exchangeable for, or options, warrants, calls, commitments or rights of any
kind to acquire any shares of capital stock of any class of the Company or its
Subsidiaries, other than Shares reserved for issuance on the date of the
Merger Agreement pursuant to the exercise of the Options outstanding on the
date of the Merger Agreement and except with respect to any sales in
accordance with the Stock Purchase Plan; (iii) transfer, lease, license, sell,
mortgage, pledge, dispose of, or encumber any of its material assets, or incur
or modify any material indebtedness or other liability, other than in the
ordinary and usual course of business and consistent with past practice; (iv)
redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire, any shares of any class or series of
its capital stock or any instrument or security which consists of or includes
a right to acquire such shares except as permitted by the Merger Agreement and
other than in connection with the exercise of options or rights under the
Stock Plans and except with respect to any sales in accordance with the Stock
Purchase Plan; (v) make any change in the compensation payable or to become
payable by the Company to any of its officers, directors, employees, agents or
consultants (other than general increases in wages to employees who are not
directors or affiliates in the ordinary course consistent with past practice)
or to persons providing management services (vi) enter into or amend any
employment, severance, consulting, termination or other agreement or employee
benefit plan or make any loans to any of its officers, directors, employees,
affiliates, agents or consultants or make any change in its existing borrowing
or lending arrangements for or on behalf of any of such persons pursuant to
any employee benefit plan or otherwise; (vii) pay or make any accrual or
arrangement for payment of any pension, retirement allowance or other employee
benefit pursuant to any existing plan, agreement or arrangement to any
officer, director, employee or affiliate or pay or agree to pay or make any
accrual or arrangement for payment to any officers, directors, employees or
affiliates of the Company of any amount relating to unused vacation days,
except payments and accruals made in the ordinary course consistent with past
practice; adopt or pay, grant, issue, accelerate or accrue salary or other
payments or benefits pursuant to any pension, profit-sharing, bonus, extra
compensation, incentive, deferred compensation, stock purchase, stock option,
stock appreciation right, group insurance, severance pay, retirement or other
employee benefit plan, agreement or arrangement, or any employment or
consulting agreement with or for the benefit of any director,
 
                                      23
<PAGE>
 
officer, employee, agent or consultant, whether past or present; or amend in
any material respect any such existing plan, agreement or arrangement in a
manner inconsistent with the foregoing; (viii) modify, amend or terminate any
of the Company Agreements (as defined in the Merger Agreement) or waive,
release or assign any material rights or claims under any of the Company
Agreements (as defined in the Merger Agreement); (ix) make any loans, advances
or capital contributions to or investments in any other person; incur or
assume any long-term debt or any short-term indebtedness; assume, guarantee,
endorse or otherwise become liable or responsible (whether directly,
contingently or otherwise) for the obligations of any other person; or enter
into any material commitment or transaction (including, but not limited to,
any material borrowing, capital expenditure or purchase, sale or lease of
assets or real estate); (x) pay, discharge or satisfy any claims or
liabilities (whether absolute, accrued, contingent or otherwise) other than in
the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practices or
reflected or reserved against in the consolidated financial statements (or the
notes thereto) of the Company; (xi) adopt a plan of complete or partial
liquidation, dissolution, merger, consolidation, restructuring,
recapitalization or other reorganization of the Company (other than the
Merger); (xii) take or agree in writing or otherwise to take, any action that
would or is reasonably likely to result in any of the conditions to the Merger
or the Offer not being satisfied, or would make any representation or warranty
of the Company contained in the Merger Agreement inaccurate in any material
respect, at or as of any time prior to the Effective Time, or that would
materially impair the Company's ability to consummate the Merger or materially
delays such consummation; (xiii) change any of the accounting methods used by
it materially affecting its assets, liabilities or business, except for such
changes required by generally accepted accounting principles, make any
material tax election, change any material tax election already made, enter
into any closing agreement or settle any material tax audit; or (xiv) enter
into any written agreement, contract, commitment or arrangement with respect
to the foregoing or authorize, recommend, propose, in writing or announce an
intention to do any of the foregoing.
 
  No Solicitation. Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, the Company has agreed to
notify the Purchaser promptly if any proposals are received by, any
information is requested from, or any negotiations or discussions are sought
to be initiated or continued with the Company or its representatives, in each
case in connection with any Acquisition Proposal (as defined below) or the
possibility or consideration of making an Acquisition Proposal ("Acquisition
Proposal Interest") indicating, in connection with such notice, the name of
the Person indicating such Acquisition Proposal Interest and the terms and
conditions of any proposals or offers. In addition, the Company has agreed
that it will immediately cease and cause to be terminated any existing
activities, discussions or negotiations with any parties conducted prior to
the date of the Merger Agreement with respect to any Acquisition Proposal
Interest and that it will keep Parent informed, on a current basis, of the
status and terms of any Acquisition Proposal Interest. Pursuant to the Merger
Agreement, except as set forth below, from the date of the Merger Agreement
until the earlier of the termination of the Merger Agreement or the Effective
Time, the Company has agreed that the Company will not (nor shall it authorize
or permit its officers, directors, employees, investment bankers, attorneys,
accountants and other agents to, and at the further request of Parent, will
use reasonable efforts to ensure that such persons do not), directly or
indirectly (i) initiate, solicit or knowingly encourage, or knowingly take any
action to facilitate the making of, any offer or proposal which constitutes or
is reasonably likely to lead to any Acquisition Proposal, (ii) enter into any
agreement with respect to any Acquisition Proposal, or (iii) in the event of
an unsolicited written Acquisition Proposal for the Company engage in
negotiations or discussion with, or provide information or data to, any Person
(other than Parent, any of its affiliates or representatives) relating to any
Acquisition Proposal, except that the Merger Agreement does not prohibit the
Company or the Company's Board of Directors from (x) taking and disclosing to
the Company's shareholders a position with respect to tender or exchange offer
by a third party pursuant to Rules 14d-9 and 14e-2 promulgated under the
Exchange Act, (y) making such disclosure to the Company's shareholders as, in
the good faith judgment of the Board, after receiving advice from outside
counsel, is necessary for the Company's Board of Directors to comply with its
fiduciary duties to the Company's shareholders under applicable law or (z)
otherwise complying with their fiduciary duties to shareholders.
 
  An "Acquisition Proposal" means any tender or exchange offer involving the
Company, any proposal for a merger, consolidation or other business
combination involving the Company, any proposal or offer to acquire in any
manner a substantial equity interest in, or a substantial portion of the
business or assets of, the Company (other than immaterial or insubstantial
assets or inventory in the ordinary course of business or assets held for
 
                                      24
<PAGE>
 
sale), any proposal or offer with respect to the Company or any proposal or
offer with respect to any other transaction similar to any of the foregoing
with respect to the Company other than pursuant to the transactions effected
pursuant to the Merger Agreement.
 
  Notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to the acceptance of Shares pursuant to
the Offer, the Company may furnish information concerning its business to any
Person (as defined in the Merger Agreement) pursuant to a confidentiality
agreement with terms no less favorable to the Company than those contained in
the Confidentiality Agreement, dated January 14, 1998, entered into between
Parent and the Company and may negotiate an Acquisition Proposal if (a) such
Person submitted on an unsolicited basis a bona fide written proposal to the
Company relating to any such transaction which the Board determines in good
faith, after receiving advice from a nationally recognized investment banking
firm, represents a superior transaction to the Offer and the Merger which is
not conditioned upon obtaining additional financing, the certainty of closing
of which is less certain than the satisfaction of the condition to the Offer
described in paragraph h of Section 14 and (b) in the opinion of the Company's
Board of Directors, only after receipt of advice from outside legal counsel to
the Company, the failure to provide such information or access or to engage in
such discussions or negotiations would cause the Board of Directors to violate
its fiduciary duties to the Company's shareholders under applicable law (an
Acquisition Proposal which satisfied clauses (a) and (b), a "Superior
Proposal"). Within one business day following receipt by the Company of a
Superior Proposal, the Company must notify Parent of the receipt thereof. The
Company must then provide Parent any material nonpublic information regarding
the Company provided to the other party which was not previously provided to
Parent. Except as permitted under the terms of the Merger Agreement, neither
the Company's Board of Directors nor any committee thereof shall (i) withdraw
or modify, or propose to withdraw or modify, in a manner adverse to Parent or
the Purchaser, the approval or recommendation of the Company's Board of
Directors, or any such committee thereof, of the Offer, the Merger Agreement
or the Merger, (ii) approve or recommend, or propose to approve or recommend,
any Acquisition Proposal, or (iii) enter into any agreement with respect to
any Acquisition Proposal. Notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to the time of
acceptance for payment of Shares in the Offer, the Board of Directors of the
Company may (subject to the terms of the Merger Agreement) withdraw or modify
its approval or recommendation of the Offer, the Merger Agreement or the
Merger, approve or recommend a Superior Proposal, or enter into an agreement
with respect to a Superior Proposal, in each case at any time after the fifth
business day following the Company's delivery to Parent of written notice
advising Parent that the Board of Directors has received a Superior Proposal,
specifying the material terms and conditions of such Superior Proposal and
identifying the person making such Superior Proposal; provided that the
Company shall not enter into an agreement with respect to a Superior Proposal
unless the Company also shall have furnished Parent with written notice that
it intends to enter into such agreement.
 
  Indemnification and Insurance. The Merger Agreement provides that for six
years after the Effective Time, the Surviving Corporation (or any successor to
the Surviving Corporation) shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless, the
present and former officers and directors of the Company and its subsidiaries,
and any persons who become any of the foregoing prior to the Effective Time
(each, an "Indemnified Party") against all losses, claims, damages,
liabilities costs, fees and expenses (including reasonable fees, disbursements
of counsel and judgments, fines, losses, claims, liabilities and amounts paid
in settlement (provided that any such settlement is effected with the written
consent of Parent or the Surviving Corporation)) arising out of the actions or
omissions occurring at or prior to the Effective Time to the fullest extent
permissible under applicable provisions of the GCL, the terms of the Company's
Articles of Incorporation or the By-Laws, and under any agreements as in
effect at the date of the Merger Agreement. The Merger Agreement also provides
that Parent or the Surviving Corporation will maintain the Company's existing
officers' and directors' liability insurance ("D&O Insurance") for a period of
not less than six years after the Effective Time, provided, that if the
aggregate annual premiums for such D&O Insurance at any time shall exceed 150%
of the average per annum rate of premium paid by the Company for such
insurance in 1996 and 1997, as adjusted for any increase in the Consumer Price
Index following the date of the Merger Agreement, then Parent will cause the
Company or the Surviving Corporation to provide the maximum coverage then
available at an annual premium equal to 150% of such rate.
 
  Representations and Warranties. Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, the
Company has made customary representations and warranties to Parent and the
Purchaser with respect to, among other things, its organization,
 
                                      25
<PAGE>
 
capitalization, authority relative to the Merger, financial statements, public
filings, conduct of business, employee benefit plans, intellectual property,
employment matters, compliance with laws, tax matters, litigation,
environmental matters, material contracts, potential conflicts of interest,
brokers' fees, real property, insurance, accounts receivable and inventory,
vote required to approve the Merger Agreement, undisclosed liabilities,
information in the Proxy Statement and the absence of any material adverse
effect on the Company since December 31, 1997.
 
  Termination; Fees. The Merger Agreement may be terminated and the
transactions contemplated therein abandoned at any time prior to the Effective
Time, whether before or after approval of the shareholders of the Company
(provided that if Shares are purchased to the Offer, Parent may not in any
event terminate the Merger Agreement):
 
    a. By mutual written consent of Parent and the Company; or
 
    b. By Parent if the Offer shall have expired without any Shares being
  purchased thereunder by the Purchaser and without the Purchaser having had
  an obligation under the Merger Agreement to extend the Offer; provided,
  however, that Parent shall not be entitled to terminate this Agreement if
  it or the Purchaser is in material breach of its representations and
  warranties, covenants or other obligations under this Agreement; or
 
    c. By either Parent or the Company (i) if a court of competent
  jurisdiction or other governmental entity shall have issued an order,
  decree or ruling or taken any other action, in each case permanently
  restraining, enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the transactions
  contemplated by the Merger Agreement or (ii) prior to the purchase of
  Shares pursuant to the Offer, if there has been a willful breach by the
  other party of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement set
  forth in this Agreement, which breach shall result in any condition set
  forth in Annex I of the Merger Agreement (other than clause (i) thereof)
  not being satisfied (and such breach is not reasonably capable of being
  cured and such condition satisfied within thirty (30) days after the
  receipt of notice thereof); or
 
    d. By the Company to allow the Company to enter into an agreement with
  respect to a Superior Proposal which the Board of Directors has determined
  is more favorable to the shareholders of the Company than the transactions
  contemplated hereby; provided, however, that it has complied with all
  provisions thereof, including the notice provision therein, and that it
  makes simultaneous payment of the Termination Fee (as hereinafter defined),
  plus any amounts then due as a reimbursement of expenses; or
 
    e. By Parent, at any time prior to the purchase of the Shares pursuant to
  the Offer, if (i) the Company's Board of Directors shall have withdrawn,
  modified, or changed its recommendation in respect of this Agreement or the
  Offer in a manner adverse to the Purchaser, or (ii) the Company's Board of
  Directors shall have recommended any proposal other than by Parent or the
  Purchaser in respect of an Acquisition Proposal, (iii) the Company shall
  have exercised a right with respect to an Acquisition Proposal and directly
  or through its representatives, continue discussions with any third party
  concerning an Acquisition Proposal for more than ten business days after
  the date of receipt of such Acquisition Proposal, or (iv) an Acquisition
  Proposal that is publicly disclosed shall have been commenced, publicly
  proposed or communicated to the Company which contains a proposal as to
  price (without regard to whether such proposal specifies a specific price
  or a range of potential prices) and the Company shall not have rejected
  such proposal within ten business days of its receipt or, if sooner, the
  date its existence first becomes publicly disclosed; or
 
    f. By the Company, if the Offer shall have expired without any Shares
  being purchased thereunder by the Purchaser and without the Company having
  the right to extend the Offer pursuant to the Merger Agreement (unless
  Parent shall have timely extended the Offer in accordance with its rights
  under the Merger Agreement); provided, however, that the Company shall not
  be entitled to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this section if it is
  in material breach of its representations, warranties, covenants or other
  obligations under this Agreement.
 
 
                                      26
<PAGE>
 
  If (i) Parent shall have terminated the Merger Agreement pursuant to clause
(e)(i) or (e)(ii); (ii) (x) Parent shall have terminated the Agreement
pursuant to clause (c)(ii), (e)(iii) or (e)(iv) above and (y) following the
date of the Merger Agreement but prior to such termination there shall have
been an Acquisition Proposal Interest and (z) the Company shall have entered
into a definitive agreement with respect to an Acquisition Proposal or
consummated an Acquisition Proposal with respect to the Company within one
year after the termination by Parent pursuant to clause (c)(ii), clause
(e)(iii) or clause (e)(iv); or (iii) the Company shall have terminated this
Agreement pursuant to clause (d), then the Company shall pay (A)
simultaneously with such termination if pursuant to clause (d), (B) promptly,
but in no event later than two business days after the date of such
termination if pursuant to clause (e)(i) or clause (e)(ii), or (C) upon
execution of a definitive agreement with respect to a Acquisition Proposal or
upon the consummation of an Acquisition Proposal with respect to the Company
if pursuant to clause (c)(ii), clause (e)(iii) or clause (e)(iv), to Parent a
termination fee (the "Termination Fee") of $8,000,000 plus an amount, not in
excess of $1,250,000, equal to the Purchaser's reasonable actual and
documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Parent and the Purchaser in
connection with the Offer, the Merger, the Merger Agreement and the
consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby.
 
  If the Merger Agreement is terminated, and at any time on or prior to March
26, 1998, all of the conditions set forth on Annex I have been fulfilled
except (i) the condition set forth in paragraph (h) of Annex I of the Merger
Agreement and (ii) any other conditions that are not fulfilled as a result,
directly or indirectly, of a breach by Parent or the Purchaser or any
representation, warranty, covenant or agreement set forth in this Agreement,
then promptly, but in no event later than two business days after the date of
such termination, Parent will pay to the Company a termination fee of
$8,000,000 plus an amount, not in excess of $1,250,000, equal to the Company's
reasonable actual and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the
Company in connection with the Offer, the Merger, this Agreement and the
consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.
 
SHAREHOLDER AGREEMENT
 
  As a condition and inducement to Parent and the Purchaser's entering into
the Merger Agreement and incurring the liabilities therein, certain
shareholders of the Company (each a "Shareholder") who have voting power and
dispositive power with respect to an aggregate of 1,290,868 Shares,
representing approximately 11.55% of the Shares outstanding on December 31,
1997, concurrently with the execution and delivery of the Merger Agreement
entered into the Shareholder Agreement. The Shareholders are David W. Hanna,
George Riviere and Jeffrey E. Gold, the President and Chief Executive Officer,
Vice President and Vice President, respectively, of the Company. Pursuant to
the Shareholder Agreement, each of the Shareholders has agreed to validly
tender, in accordance with the terms of the Offer promptly, all Shares subject
to the Shareholder Agreement. Each Shareholder agreed not to withdraw his
Shares so tendered unless the Offer is terminated or expired. Each of the
Shareholders has granted Parent an irrevocable proxy with respect to the
voting of such Shares in favor of the Merger, which proxy will terminate in
the event that the Purchaser waives the Minimum Condition and accepts for
payment the Revised Number of Shares.
 
  Each of the Shareholders has agreed that, prior to the termination of the
Shareholder Agreement pursuant to its terms, he will not (i) transfer, or
consent to the transfer, of any or all of the Shares or any interest therein;
(ii) enter into any contract, option or other agreement or understanding with
respect to any transfer of any or all of the Shares or any interest therein;
(iii) grant any proxy, power-of-attorney or other authorization in or with
respect to the Shares; (iv) deposit the Shares into a voting trust or enter
into a voting agreement or arrangement with respect to the Shares or (v) take
any other action that would in any way restrict, limit or interfere with the
performance of the Shareholder's obligations under the Shareholder Agreement
or the Merger Agreement.
 
  The Shareholder Agreement, and all rights and obligations of the parties
thereto, shall terminate immediately upon the earlier of (i) six months
following the termination of the Merger Agreement in accordance with its terms
or (ii) the Effective Time.
 
 
                                      27
<PAGE>
 
OPTION AGREEMENT
 
  Pursuant to the Option Agreement, the Company granted to the Purchaser the
Stock Option to purchase the Option Shares at the Option Price, subject to the
terms and conditions set forth in the Option Agreement; provided, however,
that the Stock Option will not be exercisable if the number of shares subject
thereto exceeds the number of authorized shares available for issuance.
 
  The Option Agreement provides that, subject to the conditions therein and
any additional requirements of law, the Stock Option may be exercised by the
Purchaser, in whole but not in part, at any one time after the occurrence of a
Top-up Exercise Event (as defined below) and prior to the Termination Date (as
defined below). For the purpose of the Option Agreement, a "Top-up Exercise
Event" would occur upon the Purchaser's acceptance for payment pursuant to the
Offer of shares of Common Stock constituting more than 50% but less than 90%
of the shares of Common Stock then outstanding on a fully diluted basis, and
the Termination Date would occur upon the first to occur of any of the
following: (i) the Effective Time; (ii) the date which is ten (10) business
days after the occurrence of a Top-up Exercise Event; (iii) the termination of
the Merger Agreement and (iv) the date on which the Purchaser waives the
Minimum Condition and accepts for payment the Revised Minimum Number of
Shares.
 
  The Option Agreement provides that the obligation of the Company to deliver
Option Shares upon the exercise of the Stock Option is subject to the
following conditions: (i) all waiting periods, if any, under the HSR Act
applicable to the issuance of the Option Shares shall have expired or have
been terminated and (ii) there shall be no preliminary or permanent injunction
or other final, non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction
preventing or prohibiting the exercise of the Stock Option or the delivery of
the Option Shares in respect of such exercise.
 
CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT
 
  The following is a summary of certain provisions of the Confidentiality
Agreement, dated January 14, 1998, between the Company and Parent. The
following summary of the Confidentiality Agreement does not purport to be
complete and is qualified by reference to the text of the Confidentiality
Agreement, a copy of which is filed as Exhibit (c) (4) hereto and incorporated
herein by reference.
 
  The Confidentiality Agreement contains customary provisions pursuant to
which, among other matters, Parent has agreed to keep confidential all
nonpublic, confidential or proprietary information furnished to it by the
Company relating to the Company subject to certain exceptions (the
"Confidential Information"), and to use the Confidential Information solely in
connection with the certain future business agreements relating to the
Company.
 
  In addition, the Company and Parent agreed, for a period of one year
following the termination of the Confidentiality Agreement, not to, nor allow
any of their affiliates to, (i) acquire or seek to acquire any of the other
party's or its subsidiaries' assets (other than in the ordinary course of
business) or business or any voting securities issued by the other party which
are or may be entitled to vote in the election of directors ("Voting
Securities"), or any rights or options to acquire such ownership; (ii) make or
participate in any solicitation of proxies or consents with respect to any
Voting Securities of the other party, become a participant in any proxy
context of the other party, influence the voting of any Voting Securities,
demand information with respect to the other party's stockledger or
stockholders or attempt to call a meeting of the other party or (iii) enter
into any discussions, negotiations or arrangements with any third party with
respect to these matters.
 
  12. PLANS FOR THE COMPANY; OTHER MATTERS.
 
  Plans for the Company. Parent intends to conduct a detailed review of the
Company and its assets, corporate structure, dividend policy, capitalization,
operations, properties, policies, management and personnel and will consider,
subject to the terms of the Merger Agreement, what, if any, changes would be
desirable in light of the circumstances which exist upon completion of the
Offer. Such changes could include changes in the Company's business, corporate
structure, certificate of incorporation, by-laws, capitalization, Board of
Directors,
 
                                      28
<PAGE>
 
management or dividend policy, although, except as disclosed in this Offer to
Purchase, Parent has no current plans with respect to any of such matters. The
Merger Agreement provides that, promptly upon the purchase of and payment for
any Shares by the Purchaser pursuant to the Offer, and from time to time
thereafter as Shares are acquired by the Purchaser, Parent has the right to
designate such number of directors, rounded up to the next whole number, on
the Company's Board of Directors as is equal to the product of the total
number of directors on the Company's Board of Directors (giving effect to the
directors designated by Parent) multiplied by the percentage that the number
of Shares beneficially owned by the Purchaser or any affiliate of the
Purchaser bears to the total number of Shares then outstanding. See Section
11. The Merger Agreement provides that the directors of the Purchaser and the
officers of the Company at the Effective Time of the Merger will, from and
after the Effective Time, be the initial directors and officers, respectively,
of the Surviving Corporation.
 
  Except as disclosed in this Offer to Purchase, neither Parent nor the
Purchaser has any present plans or proposals that would result in an
extraordinary corporate transaction, such as a merger, reorganization,
liquidation, relocation of operations, or sale or transfer of assets,
involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or any material changes in
the Company's corporate structure, business or composition of its management
or personnel.
 
OTHER MATTERS
 
  Shareholder Approval. Under the GCL, the approval of the Board of Directors
of the Company and the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the
outstanding Shares are required to adopt and approve the Merger Agreement and
the transactions contemplated thereby. The Company has represented in the
Merger Agreement that the execution and delivery of the Merger Agreement by
the Company and the consummation by the Company of the transactions
contemplated by the Merger Agreement, the Shareholder Agreement and the Option
Agreement have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the
part of the Company, subject to the approval of the Merger by the Company's
shareholders in accordance with the GCL. In addition, the Company has
represented that the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the
outstanding shares of Common Stock is the only vote of the holders of any
class or series of the Company's capital stock which is necessary to approve
the Merger Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby, including the
Merger. Therefore, unless the Merger is consummated pursuant to the short-form
merger provisions under the GCL described below (in which case no further
corporate action by the shareholders of the Company will be required to
complete the Merger), the only remaining required corporate action of the
Company will be the approval of the Merger Agreement and the transactions
contemplated thereby by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of
the shares of Common Stock. The Merger Agreement provides that Parent will
vote, or cause to be voted, all of the Shares then owned by Parent, the
Purchaser or any of Parent's other subsidiaries and affiliates in favor of the
approval of the Merger and the adoption of the Merger Agreement. In the event
that the Minimum Condition is satisfied, the Purchaser will have sufficient
voting power to cause the approval of the Merger Agreement and the
transactions contemplated thereby without the affirmative vote of any other
shareholders of the Company.
 
  Short-Form Merger. Section 1110 of the GCL provides that, if the parent
corporation owns at least 90% of the outstanding shares of each class of the
subsidiary corporation, the merger into the subsidiary corporation of the
parent corporation may be effected by a resolution or plan of Merger adopted
and approved by the board of directors of the parent corporation and the
appropriate filings with the California Secretary of State, without any action
or vote on the part of the shareholders of the subsidiary corporation (a
"short-form merger"). Under the GCL, if the Purchaser acquires, pursuant to
the Offer, the Stock Option or otherwise, at least 90% of the outstanding
Shares, the Purchaser will be able to effect the Merger without a vote of the
shareholders of the Company. In such event, Parent, the Purchaser and the
Company have agreed in the Merger Agreement to take all necessary and
appropriate action to cause the Merger to become effective as soon as
practicable after such acquisition, without a meeting of the Company's
shareholders. Under the GCL, the Merger may not be accomplished for cash paid
to the Company's shareholders if the Purchaser owns, directly or indirectly,
more than 50% but less than 90% of the then outstanding Shares unless either
all the shareholders consent or the Commissioner of Corporations of the State
of California, approves, after a hearing, the terms and conditions of the
 
                                      29
<PAGE>
 
Merger and the fairness thereof. If such shareholder consent or Commissioner
of Corporations approval is not obtained, the GCL requires that the
consideration received in the Merger consist only of non-redeemable common
stock of Parent. The purpose of the Offer is to obtain 90% or more of the
Shares (on a fully diluted basis) and to enable Parent and the Purchaser to
acquire all of the equity of the Company.
 
  In the event that less than 90% of the Shares then outstanding on a fully
diluted basis are tendered pursuant to the Offer on the Initial Expiration
Date, the Purchaser is required to extend the Offer and may waive, and in
certain circumstances thereafter, is required to waive, the Minimum Condition
and amend the Offer to reduce the number of Shares subject to the Offer to the
Revised Minimum Number and, if a greater number of Shares is tendered into the
Offer and not withdrawn, purchase on a pro rata basis, the Revised Minimum
Number of Shares (it being understood that the Purchaser may, but shall not in
any event be required to accept for payment, or pay for, any Shares if less
than the Revised Minimum Number of Shares are tendered pursuant to the Offer
and not withdrawn at the applicable expiration date of the Offer). The
Purchaser would thus own upon consummation of the Offer, 49.9999% of the
Shares then outstanding and would thereafter solicit the approval of the
Merger and the Merger Agreement by a vote of the shareholders of the Company.
The Purchaser is required to effect a short-form merger as soon as practicable
if permitted to do so under the GCL.
 
  Dissenters' Rights. Holders of the Shares do not have dissenters' rights as
a result of the Offer. However, if the Merger is consummated, holders of the
Shares at the Effective Time by complying with the provisions of Chapter 13 of
the GCL, may have certain rights to dissent and to require the Company to
purchase their Shares for cash at "fair market value." In general, holders of
Shares will be entitled to exercise dissenters' rights under the GCL only if
the holders of five percent or more of the outstanding Shares properly file
demands for payment or if the Shares held by such holders are subject to any
restriction on transfer imposed by the Company or any law or regulation
("Restricted Shares"). Accordingly, if any holder of Restricted Shares and, if
the holders of five percent or more of the Shares properly file demands for
payment, all other such holders who fully comply with all other applicable
provisions of Chapter 13 of the GCL will be entitled to require the Company to
purchase their Shares for cash at their fair market value if the Merger is
consummated. In addition, if immediately prior to the Effective Time, the
Shares are not listed on a national securities exchange or on the list of OTC
margin stocks issued by the Federal Reserve Board, holders of Shares may
likewise exercise their dissenters' rights as to any or all of their Shares
entitled to such rights. If the statutory procedures under the GCL relating to
dissenters' rights were complied with, such rights could lead to a judicial
determination of the fair market value of the Shares. The "fair market value"
would be determined as of the day before the first announcement of the terms
of the Merger, excluding any appreciation or depreciation in consequence of
the Merger. The value so determined could be more or less than the Merger
Consideration.
 
  THE FOREGOING SUMMARY OF THE RIGHTS OF DISSENTING SHAREHOLDERS DOES NOT
PURPORT TO BE A COMPLETE STATEMENT OF THE PROCEDURES TO BE FOLLOWED BY
SHAREHOLDERS DESIRING TO EXERCISE ANY AVAILABLE DISSENTERS' RIGHTS. THE
PRESERVATION AND EXERCISE OF DISSENTERS' RIGHTS REQUIRE STRICT ADHERENCE TO
THE APPLICABLE PROVISIONS OF THE GCL.
 
  The foregoing description of the GCL, including the descriptions of Chapter
13, is not necessarily complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference
to the GCL.
 
  Rule 13e-3. The Merger would have to comply with any applicable Federal law
operative at the time. Rule 13e-3 under the Exchange Act is applicable to
certain "going private" transactions; however, the Purchaser believes that
Rule 13e-3 will not be applicable to the Merger because it is anticipated that
the Merger will be effected within one year following the consummation of the
Offer. If Rule 13e-3 were applicable to the Merger, it would require, among
other things, that certain financial information concerning the Company, and
certain information relating to the fairness of the proposed transaction and
the consideration offered to minority shareholders in such a transaction, be
filed with the Commission and disclosed to minority shareholders prior to
consummation of the transaction.
 
 
                                      30
<PAGE>
 
  13. DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS.
 
  The Merger Agreement provides that neither the Company nor any of its
Subsidiaries shall: (i) declare, set aside or pay any dividend or other
distribution payable in cash, stock or property with respect to its capital
stock; (ii) issue, sell, pledge, dispose of or encumber any additional shares
of, or securities convertible into or exchangeable for, or options, warrants,
calls, commitments or rights of any kind to acquire, any shares of capital
stock of any class of the Company or its Subsidiaries, other than Shares
reserved for issuance on the date hereof pursuant to the exercise of Options
outstanding on the date of the Merger Agreement and with respect to any sales
in accordance with the Stock Purchase Plan; or (iii) redeem, purchase or
otherwise acquire any shares of any class or series of its capital stock.
 
  14. CONDITIONS OF THE OFFER.
 
  Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Offer, the Purchaser is not
required to accept for payment or, subject to any applicable rules and
regulations of the SEC, including Rule 14e-l(c) under the Exchange Act
(relating to the Purchaser's obligation to pay for or return tendered Shares
promptly after termination or withdrawal of the Offer), pay for, and may delay
the acceptance for payment of or, subject to the restriction referred to
above, the payment for, any tendered Shares unless the Minimum Condition has
been satisfied; provided, however, that the Minimum Condition must be waived
by the Purchaser and the Revised Minimum Number substituted therefor as
contemplated, and to the extent required, by Section 1.1(d) of the Merger
Agreement. Furthermore, notwithstanding any other provisions of the Offer, the
Purchaser is not required to accept for payment or pay for any tendered Shares
if, at the scheduled expiration date, (i) any applicable waiting period under
the HSR Act has not expired or terminated prior to termination of the Offer,
or (ii) any of the following events shall have occurred and be continuing:
 
    a. there shall be pending any suit, action or proceeding by any United
  States or United Kingdom Governmental Entity (as defined in the Merger
  Agreement) against the Purchaser, Parent, the Company or any Subsidiary of
  the Company (i) seeking to prohibit or impose any material limitations on
  Parent's or the Purchaser's ownership or operation (or that of any of their
  respective subsidiaries or affiliates) of all or a material portion of the
  business or assets of Parent and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or all
  or a material portion of the business or assets of the Company and its
  subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or to compel Parent or the Purchaser or
  their respective Subsidiaries and affiliates to dispose of or hold separate
  any material portion of the business or assets of the Company or Parent and
  their respective Subsidiaries, in each case taken as a whole, (ii)
  challenging the acquisition by Parent or the Purchaser of any Shares under
  the Offer or seeking to restrain or prohibit the making or consummation of
  the Offer or the Merger, (iii) seeking to impose material limitations on
  the ability of the Purchaser, or render the Purchaser unable, to accept for
  payment, pay for or purchase some or all of the Shares pursuant to the
  Offer and the Merger, or (iv) subject to the limitations under Section
  1101(e) of the GCL, seeking to impose material limitations on the ability
  of Purchaser or Parent effectively to exercise full rights of ownership of
  the Shares, including, without limitation, the right to vote the Shares
  purchased by it on all matters properly presented to the Company's
  shareholders;
 
    b. there shall be any statute, rule, regulation, judgment, order or
  injunction enacted, entered, enforced, promulgated, or deemed applicable
  (pursuant to an authoritative interpretation by or on behalf of a
  Government Entity, to the Offer or the Merger) or any other action shall be
  taken by any Governmental Entity, other than the application to the Offer
  or the Merger of applicable waiting periods under HSR Act, that is likely
  to result in any of the consequences referred to in clauses (i) through
  (iv) of paragraph (a) above;
 
    c. there shall have occurred (i) any general suspension of trading in, or
  limitation on prices for, securities on the London Stock Exchange, the New
  York Stock Exchange, the American Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq Stock Market
  for a period in excess of 24 hours (excluding suspensions or limitations
  resulting solely from physical damage or interference with such exchanges
  not related to market conditions), (ii) a declaration of a banking
  moratorium or any suspension of payments in respect of banks in the United
  States or the United Kingdom (whether or not mandatory), (iii) a
  commencement of a war, armed hostilities or
 
                                      31
<PAGE>
 
  other international or United States or United Kingdom calamity directly or
  indirectly involving the United States or the United Kingdom (other than an
  action involving solely U.N. personnel or support of U.N. personnel), (iv)
  any limitation (whether or not mandatory) by any United States or United
  Kingdom Governmental Entity on the extension of credit generally by banks
  or other financial institutions, or (v) a change in general financial, bank
  or capital market conditions which materially and adversely affects the
  ability of financial institutions in the United States to extend credit or
  syndicate loans, which, in the case any of the foregoing, in the reasonable
  judgment of Parent, makes it impractical to proceed with the acceptance of
  Shares for payment pursuant to the Offer or the payment therefor;
 
    d. the representations and warranties of the Company set forth in the
  Merger Agreement that are not qualified by reference to Company Material
  Adverse Effect (as defined in the Merger Agreement) were not true and
  correct in any respect, or any other such representations or warranties
  were not true and correct in any respect that (when taken together with all
  other such representations and warranties not true and correct) would
  likely have a Company Material Adverse Effect (i) in the case of any
  representation or warranty which addresses matters as of a particular date,
  as of such date, or (ii) in the case of all other representations and
  warranties, as of the date of this Agreement and as of the scheduled
  expiration of the Offer.
 
    e. since the date of this Agreement, there shall have occurred any change
  that constitutes (or that would likely constitute) a Company Material
  Adverse Change;
 
    f. the Board of Directors of the Company or any committee thereof shall
  have withdrawn or materially modified in a manner adverse to Parent or the
  Purchaser or its recommendation of the Offer, the Merger or the Merger
  Agreement, or approved or recommended any Acquisition Proposal;
 
    g. the Company shall have failed to perform or to comply in any material
  respect with any agreement or covenant to be performed or complied with by
  it under this Agreement;
 
    h. The London Stock Exchange shall have failed to admit to the Official
  List of the London Stock Exchange the New Shares or such admission shall
  have not become effective in accordance with paragraph 7.1 of the listing
  rules of the London Stock Exchange ; provided, however, that this condition
  to the Offer shall be deemed to have been met if, assuming the Purchaser
  had accepted the Shares for payment in the Offer, such Admission would be
  substantially certain to occur; and
 
    i. the Merger Agreement shall have been terminated in accordance with its
  terms.
 
  The foregoing conditions are for the sole benefit of Parent and the
Purchaser, may be asserted by Parent or the Purchaser regardless of the
circumstances giving rise to such condition and may be waived by Parent or the
Purchaser in whole or in part at any time and from time to time in the sole
discretion of Parent or the Purchaser, subject in each case to the terms of
the Merger Agreement. The failure by Parent or the Purchaser at any time to
exercise any of the foregoing rights shall not be deemed a waiver of any such
right and each such right shall be deemed an ongoing right which may be
asserted at any time and from time to time.
 
  15. CERTAIN LEGAL MATTERS.
 
  Except as described in this Section 15, based on information provided by the
Company, none of the Company, Purchaser or Parent is aware of any license or
regulatory permit that appears to be material to the business of the Company
that might be adversely affected by the Purchaser's acquisition of Shares as
contemplated herein or of any approval or other action by a domestic or
foreign governmental, administrative or regulatory agency or authority that
would be required for the acquisition and ownership of the Shares by the
Purchaser as contemplated herein. Should any such approval or other action be
required, the Purchaser and Parent presently contemplate that such approval or
other action will be sought, except as described below under "State Takeover
Laws." While, except as otherwise described in this Offer to Purchase, the
Purchaser does not presently intend to delay the acceptance for payment of or
payment for Shares tendered pursuant to the Offer pending the outcome of any
such matter, there can be no assurance that any such approval or other action,
if needed, would be obtained or would be obtained without substantial
conditions or that failure to obtain any such approval or other action might
not result in consequences adverse to the Company's business or that certain
parts
 
                                      32
<PAGE>
 
of the Company's business might not have to be disposed of or other
substantial conditions complied with in the event that such approvals were not
obtained or such other actions were not taken or in order to obtain any such
approval or other action. If certain types of adverse action are taken with
respect to the matters discussed below, the Purchaser could decline to accept
for payment or pay for any Shares tendered. See Section 14 for certain
conditions to the Offer, including conditions with respect to governmental
actions.
 
  Sections 1203. The Company is incorporated under the laws of the State of
California. Section 1203 provides that if a tender offer is made to some or
all of a corporation's shareholders by an "interested party", an affirmative
opinion in writing as to the fairness of the consideration to the shareholders
of that corporation shall be delivered to the shareholders at the time that
the tender offer is first made in writing to the shareholders. However, if the
tender offer is commenced by publication and tender offer materials are
subsequently mailed or otherwise distributed to the shareholders, the opinion
may be omitted in that publication if the opinion is included in the materials
distributed to the shareholders. For purposes of Section 1203, the term
"interested party" includes, among other things, a person who is a party to
the transaction and (A) directly or indirectly controls the corporation that
is the subject of the tender offer or proposal, (B) is, or is directly or
indirectly controlled by, an officer or director of the subject corporation,
or (C) is an entity in which a material financial interest is held by any
director or executive officer of the subject corporation. While none of the
Company, Parent or Purchaser believes that the Offer constitutes a transaction
which falls within the provisions of Section 1203, an independent financial
advisor, UBS, has been retained by the Company, to provide a fairness opinion
with respect to the Offer.
 
  State Takeover Laws. The Company's principal executive offices are located
in, and the Company is incorporated under the laws of, the State of
California, which currently has no takeover statute that would apply to the
Offer or to the Merger. However, there can be no assurances that California
will not, prior to the completion of the Offer, adopt such a statute. Under
the GCL, the Merger may not be accomplished for cash paid to the shareholders
of the Company if the Purchaser or Parent owns directly or indirectly more
than 50% but less than 90% of the then outstanding Shares unless either all of
the shareholders of the Company consent or the Commissioner of Corporations of
the State of California approves, after a hearing, the terms and conditions of
the Merger and the fairness thereof. The purpose of the Offer is to obtain 90%
or more of the Shares (on a fully diluted basis) and to enable Parent and the
Purchaser to acquire control of the Company.
 
  In the event that less than 90% of the Shares then outstanding on a fully
diluted basis are tendered pursuant to the Offer on the Initial Expiration
Date, the Purchaser is required to extend the Offer and may waive, and in
certain circumstances thereafter, is required to waive, the Minimum Condition
and amend the Offer to reduce the number of Shares subject to the Offer to the
Revised Minimum Number and, if a greater number of Shares is tendered into the
Offer and not withdrawn, purchase on a pro rata basis, the Revised Minimum
Number of Shares (it being understood that the Purchaser may, but shall not in
any event be required to accept for payment, or pay for, any Shares if less
than the Revised Minimum Number of Shares are tendered pursuant to the Offer
and not withdrawn at the applicable expiration date of the Offer). In the
event that the Purchaser acquires the Revised Minimum Number of Shares, it
would have the ability to ensure approval of the Merger by the shareholders of
the Company with the approval of a de minimis number of remaining outstanding
Shares.
 
  A number of states have adopted laws and regulations applicable to attempts
to acquire securities of corporations which are incorporated, or have
substantial assets, shareholders, principal executive offices or principal
places of business, or whose business operations otherwise have substantial
economic effects, in such states. In Edgar v. MITE Corp., the Supreme Court of
the United States invalidated on constitutional grounds the Illinois Business
Takeover Statute, which, as a matter of state securities law, made takeovers
of corporations meeting certain requirements more difficult. However, in 1987,
in CTS Corp. v. Dynamics Corp. of America, the Supreme Court held that the
State of Indiana may, as a matter of corporate law and, in particular, with
respect to those aspects of corporate law concerning corporate governance,
constitutionally disqualify a potential acquiror from voting on the affairs of
a target corporation without the prior approval of the remaining shareholders.
The state law before the Supreme Court was by its terms applicable only to
corporations that had a substantial number of shareholders in the state and
were incorporated there.
 
 
                                      33
<PAGE>
 
  The Company, directly or through subsidiaries, conducts business in a number
of states throughout the United States, some of which have enacted takeover
laws. The Purchaser does not know whether any of these laws will, by their
terms, apply to the Offer or the Merger and has not complied with any such
laws. Should any Person seek to apply any state takeover law, the Purchaser
will take such action as then appears desirable, which may include challenging
the validity or applicability of any such statute in appropriate court
proceedings. In the event it is asserted that one or more state takeover laws
are applicable to the Offer or the Merger, and an appropriate court does not
determine that it is inapplicable or invalid as applied to the Offer, the
Purchaser might be required to file certain information with, or receive
approvals from, the relevant state authorities. In addition, if enjoined, the
Purchaser might be unable to accept for payment any Shares tendered pursuant
to the Offer, or be delayed in continuing or consummating the Offer and the
Merger. In such case, the Purchaser may not be obligated to accept for
payment, or pay for, any Share tendered pursuant to the Offer. See Section 14.
 
  Antitrust. Under the HSR Act, and the rules that have been promulgated
thereunder by the Federal Trade Commission (the "FTC"), certain acquisition
transactions may not be consummated unless certain information has been
furnished to the Antitrust Division of the Department of Justice (the
"Antitrust Division") and the FTC and certain waiting period requirements have
been satisfied.
 
  A Notification and Report Form with respect to the Offer is expected to be
filed under the HSR Act on or about February 3, 1998, and if filed on such
date, the waiting period with respect to the Offer under the HSR Act will
expire at 11:59 P.M., New York City time, on February 18, 1998. Before such
time, however, either the FTC or the Antitrust Division may extend the waiting
period by requesting additional information or material from the Purchaser. If
such request is made, the waiting period will expire at 11:59 P.M., New York
City time, on the tenth calendar day after the Purchaser has substantially
complied with such request. Thereafter, the waiting period may be extended
only by court order or with the Purchaser's consent.
 
  The FTC and the Antitrust Division frequently scrutinize the legality under
the antitrust laws of transactions such as the Purchaser's acquisition of
Shares pursuant to the Offer and the Merger. At any time before or after the
Purchaser's acquisition of Shares, the Antitrust Division or the FTC could
take such action under the antitrust laws as it deems necessary or desirable
in the public interest, including seeking to enjoin the acquisition of Shares
pursuant to the Offer or otherwise or seeking divestiture of Shares acquired
by the Purchaser or divestiture of substantial assets of Parent or its
subsidiaries. Private parties, as well as state governments, may also bring
legal action under the antitrust laws under certain circumstances. Based upon
an examination of publicly available information relating to the businesses in
which Parent and the Company are engaged, Parent and the Purchaser believe
that the acquisition of Shares by the Purchaser will not violate the antitrust
laws. Nevertheless, there can be no assurance that a challenge to the Offer or
other acquisition of Shares by the Purchaser on antitrust grounds will not be
made or, if such a challenge is made, of the result. See Section 14 for
certain conditions to the Offer, including conditions with respect to
litigation and certain governmental actions.
 
  Federal Reserve Board Regulations. Regulations G, U and X (the "Margin
Regulations") of the Federal Reserve Board restrict the extension or
maintenance of credit for the purpose of buying or carrying margin stock,
including the Shares, if the credit is secured directly or indirectly by
margin stock. Such secured credit may not be extended or maintained in an
amount that exceeds the maximum loan value of all the direct and indirect
collateral securing the credit, including margin stock and other collateral.
All financing for the Offer will be structured so as to be in full compliance
with the Margin Regulations.
 
  16. FEES AND EXPENSES.
 
  Except as set forth below, neither Parent nor the Purchaser will pay any
fees or commissions to any broker, dealer or other person for soliciting
tenders of Shares pursuant to the Offer.
 
  BT Alex. Brown is acting as the Dealer Manager in connection with the Offer
and is acting as financial advisor to Parent in connection with its effort to
acquire the Company. In connection with the Offer, Parent has agreed to pay BT
Alex. Brown for its services $75,000 as a retainer fee which will be offset
against a success fee paid by Parent upon completion of the Offer in the
amount of $600,000 (the "Success Fee"). In addition,
 
                                      34
<PAGE>
 
Parent has agreed to pay BT Alex. Brown a monthly retainer fee of $25,000 upon
the first day of each month from March 1, 1996 until the earlier of the
completion of the Offer, the termination of transaction discussions or the
termination of the agreement between Parent and BT Alex. Brown. This monthly
retainer fee will also be offset against the Success Fee of $600,000. Parent
has also agreed, whether or not the Offer is consummated, to pay BT Alex.
Brown (in its capacity as Dealer Manager and financial advisor) for its
reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, including the reasonable fees and expenses
of its legal counsel, incurred in connection with its engagement, and to
indemnify BT Alex. Brown against certain liabilities and expenses in
connection with their engagement. BT Alex. Brown renders various investment
banking and other advisory services to Parent and its affiliates and is
expected to continue to render such services, for which it has received and
will continue to receive customary compensation from Parent and its
affiliates.
 
  The Purchaser has retained MacKenzie Partners, Inc. to act as the
Information Agent and ChaseMellon Shareholder Services, L.L.C. to act as the
Depositary in connection with the Offer. Such firms each will receive
reasonable and customary compensation for their services. The Purchaser has
also agreed to reimburse each such firm for certain reasonable out-of-pocket
expenses and to indemnify each such firm against certain liabilities in
connection with their services, including certain liabilities under federal
securities laws.
 
  The Purchaser will not pay any fees or commissions to any broker or dealer
or other person (other than the Information Agent and the Dealer Manager) for
making solicitations or recommendations in connection with the Offer. Brokers,
dealers, banks and trust companies will be reimbursed by the Purchaser for
customary mailing and handling expenses incurred by them in forwarding
material to their customers.
 
  17. MISCELLANEOUS.
 
  The Offer is being made to all holders of Shares other than the Company. The
Purchaser is not aware of any jurisdiction in which the making of the Offer or
the tender of Shares in connection therewith would not be in compliance with
the laws of such jurisdiction. If the Purchaser becomes aware of any
jurisdiction in which the making of the Offer would not be in compliance with
applicable law, the Purchaser will make a good faith effort to comply with any
such law. If, after such good faith effort, the Purchaser cannot comply with
any such law, the Offer will not be made to (nor will tenders be accepted from
or on behalf of) the holders of Shares residing in such jurisdiction. In any
jurisdiction where the securities, blue sky or other laws require the Offer to
be made by a licensed broker or dealer, the Offer shall be deemed to be made
on behalf of the Purchaser by one or more registered brokers or dealers
licensed under the laws of such jurisdiction.
 
  NO PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY
REPRESENTATION ON BEHALF OF PARENT OR THE PURCHASER NOT CONTAINED HEREIN OR IN
THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR
REPRESENTATION MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED.
 
  The Purchaser and Parent have filed with the Commission the Schedule 14D-1
pursuant to Rule 14d-3 under the Exchange Act furnishing certain additional
information with respect to the Offer. The Schedule 14D-1 and any amendments
thereto, including exhibits, may be examined and copies may be obtained from
the offices of the Commission and the Nasdaq National Market in the manner set
forth in Section 9 of this Offer to Purchase (except that they will not be
available at the regional offices of the Commission).
 
                                          Rose Acquisition Corp.
 
February 2, 1998
 
                                      35
<PAGE>
 
                                  SCHEDULE I
 
                       DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
                                      OF
                            ROSE ACQUISITION CORP.
                                      AND
                              THE SAGE GROUP PLC
 
  1. ROSE ACQUISITION CORP. Set forth below is the name, business address and
present principal occupation or employment, and material occupations,
positions, offices or employments for the past five years, of each director
and executive officer of the Rose Acquisition Corp. Unless otherwise
indicated, (a) each such person is a citizen of the United Kingdom, and (b)
the business address of each such person is c/o Sage U.S. Holdings, Inc.,
17950 Preston Road, Suite 800, Dallas, Texas 75252.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                               PRESENT PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION OR
                               EMPLOYMENT; MATERIAL POSITIONS
       NAME AND ADDRESS        HELD DURING THE PAST FIVE YEARS
       ----------------        -------------------------------
 <C>                           <S>
 Aidan John Hughes             Director, Vice-President and Treasurer of Rose
                               Acquisition Corp. since formation; Finance Director of
                               The Sage Group plc since January 1994; Director of
                               Sagesoft Ltd. from 1993 to 1997.

 Michael Edward Wilson Jackson Director and President of Rose Acquisition Corp. since
                               formation; Director of The Sage Group plc from October
                               1988 to present, and Chairman from October 1997 to
                               present; Director of Sagesoft Ltd. since October 1988;
                               Director of Hat Pin plc since June 1996; Director of
                               Bywel Holdings Ltd. since June 1996; Director of Weyrad
                               Electronics Ltd. since February 1996; Director of
                               Quality & Safety Services Ltd. since November 1995;
                               Director of BR QAS Ltd. since November 1995; Director
                               of Steve Dudman Plant Ltd. since November 1995;
                               Director of Elderstreet Corporate Finance Ltd. since
                               June 1995; Director of Photoaward Ltd. since June 1995;
                               Director of Select Software plc since September 1992;
                               Director of Matrix Aegis plc since February 1992;
                               Director of A&M Furniture Hire Ltd. since January 1992;
                               Director of Faverwise Ltd. since October 1991; Director
                               of Elmbridge Village Ltd. since March 1991; Director of
                               ID Data Holdings Ltd. since December 1992; Director of
                               Micromuse plc since September 1993; Director of Golf
                               Park Developments Ltd. since September 1993; Director
                               of Baldwin & Francis Ltd since May 1994; Director of
                               Starburst Ltd. since May 1994; Director of Spargo
                               Consulting plc since May 1994; Director of Cedars
                               Village Ltd. since June 1994; Director of Elderstreet
                               Capital Partners Ltd. since June 1995; Director of
                               Service Power Business Solutions until December 1996;
                               Director of W Fearnehough Limited until February 1995;
                               Director of Target Resources Ltd. until January 1994;
                               Director of SLS Information Systems until October 1994;
                               Director of Brightstone Properties plc until October
                               1993; Director of Pharmasol Ltd. until February 1993.

 Paul Ashton Walker            Director, Vice President and Secretary of Rose
                               Acquisition Corp. since formation; Director of The Sage
                               Group plc from October 1988 to present, and Chief
                               Executive Officer from January 1994 to present;
                               Director of Sagesoft Ltd. since October 1987; Director
                               of DacEasy, Inc. since 1991; Director of Sage France SA
                               since November 1996; Director of KHK Software GmbH &
                               Co. KG since February 1997; Director of Cussins
                               Property Group plc since February 1997.

 Kevin Clyde Howe              Citizen of the United States of America; Vice President
                               of Rose Acquisition Corp. since formation; President of
                               Sage U.S. Holdings, Inc. since May 1991; Director of
                               The Sage Group plc since May 1991.
</TABLE>
 
                                      I-1
<PAGE>
 
  2. THE SAGE GROUP PLC. Set forth below is the name, business address and
present principal occupation or employment, and material occupations,
positions, offices or employments for the past five years, of the directors
and executive officers of The Sage Group plc. Unless otherwise indicated, (a)
each such person is a citizen of the United Kingdom, and (b) the business
address of each such person is c/o The Sage Group plc, Sage House, Benton Park
Road, Newcastle Upon Tyne, NE7 7LZ, England.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           PRESENT PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION OR
                                            EMPLOYMENT; MATERIAL POSITIONS
       NAME AND ADDRESS                    HELD DURING THE PAST FIVE YEARS
       ----------------                    -------------------------------
 <C>                           <S>
 Michael Edward Wilson         See Part 1 of this Schedule I.
  Jackson

 Aidan John Hughes             See Part 1 of this Schedule I.

 Paul Ashton Walker            See Part 1 of this Schedule I.

 Kevin Clyde Howe              See Part 1 of this Schedule I.

 Lindsay Claude Neils Bury     Director of The Sage Group plc since January 1996;
                               Chairman of Casewise Systems plc since 1997; Director
                               of Wray-Tech (UK) Ltd since 1995; Director of Electric
                               and General Investment Co. plc since 1995; Director of
                               Roxboro plc since 1993; Chairman of South Staffordshire
                               Water Holdings plc since 1979; Chairman of Unicorn
                               International plc from 1995 to 1997; Director of
                               Portals Group plc from 1973 to 1995; Director of ACT
                               plc from 1968 to 1995; Director of Christie Group plc
                               from 1988 to 1994.

 Charles John Constable        Director of The Sage Group plc since January 1996;
                               Director of NMBZ Holdings Ltd. since March 1997;
                               Chairman of Harpur Trust since 1997; Chairman of
                               Truesand Ltd. since 1992; Chairman of Brigtech
                               Developments Ltd. since 1989; Director of Foundation
                               for Management Education (FME) Ltd. since 1985;
                               Director of Lloyds Abbey Life PLC from 1987 to April
                               1997; Trustee of the Pensions Trust, 15 Rathbone
                               Street, London W1P 2AJ, England; Visiting Professor at
                               Cranfield School of Management, Cranfield University,
                               Cranfield, Bedfordshire, MK43 OAL, England; Visiting
                               Associate Professor at Ashridge Management College,
                               Berkhamstead, Hertfordshire, HP4 INS, England.

 Paul Lancelot Stobart         Business Development Director of The Sage Group plc
                               since January 1997; Director of Sagesoft Ltd. since
                               July 1996; Director of KHK Software GmbH & Co. KG since
                               February 1997; Director of Lopex plc since 1997;
                               Director of Interbrand Design UK Limited from 1988 to
                               1996; Director of Interbrand Group Limited from 1988 to
                               1996; Director of Interbrand UK Limited from 1988 to
                               1996; Director of Markforce Associates Limited from
                               1988 to 1992; Director of Asda Interactive Sampling
                               Limited from 1989 to 1995; Director of Novamark
                               International Limited from 1988 to 1996; Director of
                               Sportsmanager (Bisham Abbey) Limited from 1992 to 1994.

 Andrew William Graham Wylie   Director of The Sage Group plc since August 1988;
                               Managing Director of Sagesoft Ltd. since August 1988.

 Rupert Charles Edward         Secretary of The Sage Group plc since January 1995;
  Wyndham                      Secretary of Sagesoft Ltd. since January 1995; Company
                               Secretary of Harland and Wolff Holdings plc from
                               October 1989 to June 1994.
</TABLE>
 
                                      I-2
<PAGE>
 
  Facsimile copies of the Letter of Transmittal, properly completed and duly
signed, will be accepted. The Letter of Transmittal, certificates for Shares
and any other required documents should be sent or delivered by each
shareholder of the Company or his broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust
company or other nominee to the Depositary, at one of the addresses set forth
below:

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
 
                       The Depositary for the Offer is:
 
                   CHASEMELLON SHAREHOLDERS SERVICES, L.L.C.
 
        BY MAIL:                             BY HAND:                      BY OVERNIGHT DELIVERY:
<S>                                <C>                                <C>   
 ChaseMellon Shareholder             ChaseMellon Shareholder            ChaseMellon Shareholder 
      Services, L.L.C.                   Services, L.L.C.                    Services, L.L.C. 
    Post Office Box 3301             120 Broadway, 13th Floor       85 Challenger Road--Mail Drop-Reorg. 
  South Hackensack, NJ 07606            New York, NY 10271               Ridgefield Park, NJ 07660   
Attn: Reorganization Department   Attn: Reorganization Department     Attn: Reorganization Department
 
              BY FACSIMILE TRANSMISSION:                        CONFIRM RECEIPT OF FACSIMILE
          (FOR ELIGIBLE INSTITUTIONS ONLY)                             BY TELEPHONE:
                  (201) 329-8936                                      (201) 296-4860
 
</TABLE> 
  Questions and requests for assistance or additional copies of this Offer to
Purchase, the Letter of Transmittal, the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery and the
Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification on Substitute Form W-9
may be directed to the Information Agent at the locations and telephone
numbers set forth below. Shareholders may also contact BT Alex. Brown, Dealer
Manager for the Offer, or their broker, dealer, commercial bank or trust
company for assistance concerning the Offer.
 
                    The Information Agent for the Offer is:
 
                        [LOGO OF MACKENZIE PARTNERS]
 
                               156 Fifth Avenue
                           New York, New York 10010
                         (212) 929-5500 (Call Collect)
 
                         Call Toll-Free (800) 322-2885
 
                     The Dealer Manager for the Offer is:
 
                          BT ALEX. BROWN INCORPORATED
 
                       101 California Street, 48th Floor
                        San Francisco, California 94111
 
                         (415) 544-2800 (Call Collect)
                                      or
                         Call Toll-Free (800) 334-2640

<PAGE>
 
                             LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
                       TO TENDER SHARES OF COMMON STOCK
                                      OF
                            STATE OF THE ART, INC.
                       PURSUANT TO THE OFFER TO PURCHASE
                            DATED FEBRUARY 2, 1998
                                      BY
                            ROSE ACQUISITION CORP.
                             A DIRECT AND INDIRECT
                          WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF
                              THE SAGE GROUP PLC
 
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 THE OFFER AND WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS WILL EXPIRE AT 12:00 MIDNIGHT, NEW YORK CITY
   TIME, ON MONDAY, MARCH 2, 1998 (THE "INITIAL EXPIRATION DATE"),UNLESS THE
                              OFFER IS EXTENDED.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 
                       The Depositary for the Offer is:
 
                   ChaseMellon Shareholder Services, L.L.C.
 
        By Mail:                   By Hand:            By Overnight Delivery:
 
 
 
 ChaseMellon Shareholder
    Services, L.L.C.
                   ChaseMellon Shareholder Services, L.L.C.
                                                      ChaseMellon Shareholder
                           120 Broadway, 13th Floor       Services, L.L.C.
  Post Office Box 3301        New York, NY 10271      85 Challenger Road--Mail
  South Hackensack, NJ                                      Drop-Reorg.
          07606         Attn: Reorganization Department
                                                     Ridgefield Park, NJ 07660
  Attn: Reorganization                                  Attn: Reorganization
       Department                                            Department
 
      By Facsimile Transmission:            Confirm Receipt of Facsimile
   (For Eligible Institutions Only)                 by Telephone:
            (201) 329-8936                         (201) 296-4860
 
   DELIVERY OF THIS  LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL TO AN ADDRESS OTHER  THAN AS SET
       FORTH ABOVE WILL NOT CONSTITUTE  A VALID DELIVERY. YOU MUST SIGN
           THIS LETTER  OF  TRANSMITTAL  IN  THE  APPROPRIATE SPACE
              PROVIDED  THEREFORE  AND COMPLETE  THE  SUBSTITUTE
                  FORM W-9 PROVIDED BELOW.
         THE  INSTRUCTIONS ACCOMPANYING  THIS  LETTER OF  TRANSMITTAL
                  SHOULD  BE  READ   CAREFULLY  BEFORE  THIS
                            LETTER  OF TRANSMITTAL
                            IS COMPLETED.
 
                  DESCRIPTION OF COMMON STOCK SHARES TENDERED
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

NAME(S) AND ADDRESS(ES) OF REGISTERED HOLDER(S)
      (PLEASE FILL IN, IF BLANK, EXACTLY
           AS NAME(S) APPEAR(S)  ON                       SHARE CERTIFICATE(S) AND SHARES TENDERED
             SHARE CERTIFICATE(S))                         (ATTACH ADDITIONAL LIST, IF NECESSARY)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       TOTAL NUMBER OF
                                                 SHARE CERTIFICATE   SHARES EVIDENCED BY   NUMBER OF SHARES
                                                     NUMBER(S)*     SHARE CERTIFICATE(S)*     TENDERED**
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                              <C>                <C>                    <C>
                                   ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  TOTAL SHARES:
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

  * Need not be completed by stockholders delivering Shares by Book-
    Entry Transfer.
 ** Unless otherwise indicated, it will be assumed that all Shares
    evidenced by each Share Certificate delivered to the Depositary are
    being tendered hereby. See Instruction 4.
<PAGE>
 
  This Letter of Transmittal is to be used either if certificates are to be
forwarded herewith or if delivery of Shares (as defined below) is to be made
by book-entry transfer to an account maintained by the Depositary at The
Depository Trust Company ("DTC") or the Philadelphia Depository Trust Company
("PDTC," and together with DTC each a "Book-Entry Transfer Facility" and
collectively, the "Book-Entry Transfer Facilities") pursuant to the procedures
set forth in Section 3 of the Offer to Purchase (as defined below). Delivery
of documents to a Book-Entry Transfer Facility does not constitute delivery to
the Depository. Stockholders who deliver Shares by book-entry transfer are
referred to herein as "Book-Entry Stockholders" and other stockholders are
referred to herein as "Certificate Stockholders."
 
  Stockholders whose certificates evidencing Shares ("Share Certificates") are
not immediately available or who cannot deliver their Share Certificates and
all other documents required hereby to the Depositary or complete the
procedures for book-entry transfer prior to the Expiration Date (as defined in
Section 1 of the Offer to Purchase) must tender their Shares according to the
guaranteed delivery procedure set forth in Section 3 of the Offer to Purchase.
See Instruction 2.
 
[_]CHECK HERE IF TENDERED SHARES ARE BEING DELIVERED BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER
   MADE TO AN ACCOUNT MAINTAINED BY THE DEPOSITARY AT ONE OF THE BOOK-ENTRY
   TRANSFER FACILITIES, AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING (ONLY PARTICIPANTS IN A
   BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER FACILITY MAY DELIVER SHARES BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER):
 
   Name of Tendering Institution: _____________________________________________
 
   Check Box of Applicable Book-Entry Transfer Facility
 
   (check one)   [_] DTC   [_]  PDTC
 
   Account Number: ____________________________________________________________
 
   Transaction Code Number: ___________________________________________________
 
[_]CHECK HERE IF TENDERED SHARES ARE BEING DELIVERED PURSUANT TO A NOTICE OF
   GUARANTEED DELIVERY PREVIOUSLY SENT TO THE DEPOSITARY AND COMPLETE THE
   FOLLOWING:
 
   Name(s) of Registered Holder(s): ___________________________________________
 
   Window Ticket No. (if any): ________________________________________________
 
   Date of Execution of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery: ________________________
 
   Name of Institution which Guaranteed Delivery: _____________________________
 
   If Delivered by Book-Entry Transfer, Check Box of Applicable Book-Entry
   Transfer Facility:
 
      [_] DTC
      [_] PDTC
 
   Account Number (if delivered by Book-Entry Transfer): ______________________
 
   Transaction Code Number: ___________________________________________________
 
[_]CHECK HERE IF YOU CANNOT LOCATE YOUR CERTIFICATE(S) AND REQUIRE ASSISTANCE
   IN REPLACING THEM. UPON RECEIPT OF NOTIFICATION BY THIS LETTER OF
   TRANSMITTAL, THE COMPANY'S STOCK TRANSFER AGENT WILL CONTACT YOU DIRECTLY
   WITH REPLACEMENT INSTRUCTIONS.
 
               BOXES ABOVE FOR USE BY ELIGIBLE INSTITUTIONS ONLY
<PAGE>
 
                   NOTE: SIGNATURES MUST BE PROVIDED BELOW.
             PLEASE READ THE ACCOMPANYING INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY.
 
Ladies and Gentlemen:
 
  The undersigned hereby tenders to Rose Acquisition Corp., a Delaware
corporation (the "Offeror") and a direct and indirect wholly owned subsidiary
of The Sage Group plc, a company incorporated under the laws of England
("Parent"), the above-described shares of Common Stock, no par value (the
"Shares"), pursuant to the Offeror's offer to purchase all outstanding Shares
at a price of $22.00 per Share, net to the seller in cash, upon the terms and
subject to the conditions set forth in the Offer to Purchase dated February 2,
1998 (the "Offer to Purchase"), receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, and
in this Letter of Transmittal (which, together with the Offer to Purchase and
any amendments or supplements hereto or thereto, constitute the "Offer"). The
undersigned understands that the Offeror reserves the right to transfer or
assign, in whole or in part from time to time, to any affiliate of Parent the
right to purchase Shares tendered pursuant to the Offer.
 
  Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Offer (including, if the
Offer is extended or amended, the terms and conditions of any such extension
or amendment), effective upon acceptance for payment of and payment for the
Shares tendered herewith, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers
to, or upon the order of the Offeror, all right, title and interest in and to
all the Shares that are being tendered hereby (and any and all other Shares or
other securities issued or issuable in respect thereof (collectively,
"Distributions")) and irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Depositary the
true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact of the undersigned with respect to
such Shares and all Distributions, with full power of substitution (such power
of attorney being deemed to be an irrevocable power coupled with an interest),
to (a) deliver certificates for such Shares and all Distributions, or transfer
ownership of such Shares and all Distributions on the account books maintained
by a Book-Entry Transfer Facility, together, in any such case, with all
accompanying evidences of transfer and authenticity, to or upon the order of
the Offeror, upon receipt by the Depositary, as the undersigned's agent, of
the purchase price (adjusted, if appropriate, as provided in the Offer to
Purchase), (b) present such Shares and all Distributions for cancellation and
transfer on the Company's books and (c) receive all benefits and otherwise
exercise all rights of beneficial ownership of such Shares and all
Distributions, all in accordance with the terms of the Offer.
 
  The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned has full
power and authority to tender, sell, assign and transfer the tendered Shares
and all Distributions and that, when the same are accepted for payment by the
Offeror, the Offeror will acquire good, marketable and unencumbered title
thereto, free and clear of all liens, restrictions, claims, charges and
encumbrances, and the same will not be subject to any adverse claims. The
undersigned will, upon request, execute any signature guarantees or additional
documents deemed by the Depositary or the Offeror to be necessary or desirable
to complete the sale, assignment and transfer of the tendered Shares and all
Distributions. In addition, the undersigned shall promptly remit and transfer
to the Depositary for the account of the Offeror any such Distributions issued
to the undersigned, in respect of the tendered Shares, accompanied by
documentation of transfer, and pending such remittance or appropriate
assurance thereof, the Offeror shall be entitled to all rights and privileges
as owner of any such Distributions and, subject to the terms of the Merger
Agreement, may withhold the entire purchase price or deduct from the purchase
price the amount or value thereof, as determined by the Offeror, in its sole
discretion.
 
  All authority conferred or agreed to be conferred in this Letter of
Transmittal shall be binding upon the successors, assigns, heirs, executors,
administrators and legal representatives of the undersigned and shall not be
affected by, and shall survive, the death or incapacity of the undersigned.
Except as stated in the Offer to Purchase, this tender is irrevocable.
 
  The undersigned hereby irrevocably appoints Michael Jackson or Paul Walker
and each of them, and any other designees of the Offeror, the attorneys and
proxies of the undersigned, each with full power of substitution, to vote at
any annual, special or adjourned meeting of the Company's stockholders or
otherwise act (including pursuant to written consent) in such manner as each
such attorney and proxy or his or her substitute shall in his or her sole
discretion deem proper, to execute any written consent concerning any matter
as each such attorney and proxy or his or her substitute shall in his or her
sole discretion deem proper with respect to, and to otherwise act with respect
to, all the Shares tendered hereby which have been accepted for payment by the
Offeror prior to the time any such vote or action is taken (and any and all
Distributions issued or issuable in respect thereof) and with respect to which
the undersigned is entitled to vote. This appointment is effective when, and
only to the extent that, the Offeror accepts for payment such Shares as
provided in the Offer to Purchase.
<PAGE>
 
This power of attorney and proxy is coupled with an interest in the tendered
Shares, is irrevocable and is granted in consideration of the acceptance for
payment of such Shares in accordance with the terms of the Offer. Such
acceptance for payment shall revoke all prior powers of attorney and proxies
given by the undersigned at any time with respect to such Shares and no
subsequent powers of attorney or proxies may be given by the undersigned (and,
if given, will not be deemed effective). The Offeror reserves the right to
require that, in order for Shares to be deemed validly tendered, immediately
upon the Offeror's acceptance for payment of such Shares, the Offeror must be
able to exercise full voting and other rights with respect to such Shares,
including voting at any stockholders meeting then scheduled.
 
  The undersigned understands that the valid tender of Shares pursuant to any
one of the procedures described in Section 3 of the Offer to Purchase to
Offeror and in the instructions hereto will constitute a binding agreement
between the undersigned and the Offeror upon the terms and subject to the
conditions of the Offer. The undersigned recognizes that under certain
circumstances set forth in the Offer to Purchase, the Offeror may not be
required to accept for payment any of the tendered Shares. The Offeror's
acceptance for payment of Shares pursuant to the Offer will constitute a
binding agreement between the undersigned and the Offeror upon the terms and
subject to the conditions of the Offer.
 
  Unless otherwise indicated herein under "Special Payment Instructions,"
please issue the check for the purchase price of any Shares purchased, and/or
return any certificates for Shares not tendered or accepted for payment, in
the name(s) of the registered holder(s) appearing under "Description of Shares
Tendered." Similarly, unless otherwise indicated under "Special Delivery
Instructions," please mail the check for the purchase price of any Shares
purchased, and/or any certificates for Shares not tendered or accepted for
payment (and accompanying documents, as appropriate) to the address(es) of the
registered holder(s) appearing under "Description of Shares Tendered." In the
event that both the Special Delivery Instructions and the Special Payment
Instructions are completed, please issue the check for the purchase price of
any Shares purchased, and/or return any certificates for Shares not tendered
or accepted for payment in the name(s) of, and mail said check and/or any
certificates to, the person or persons so indicated. In the case of a book-
entry delivery of Shares, please credit the account maintained at a Book-Entry
Transfer Facility indicated above with any Shares not accepted for payment.
The undersigned recognizes that the Offeror has no obligation pursuant to the
Special Payment Instructions to transfer any Shares from the name of the
registered holder(s) thereof if the Offeror does not accept for payment any of
the Shares so tendered.
 
     SPECIAL PAYMENT INSTRUCTIONS            SPECIAL DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS
   (SEE INSTRUCTIONS 1, 5, 6 AND 7)         (SEE INSTRUCTIONS 1, 5, 6 AND 7)
 
 
 To be completed ONLY if the check        To be completed ONLY if the check
 for the purchase price of Shares or      for the purchase of Shares
 Share Certificates evidencing            purchased or Share Certificates
 Shares not tendered or not               evidencing Shares not tendered or
 purchased are to be issued in the        not purchased are to be mailed to
 name of someone other than the           someone other than the undersigned,
 undersigned.                             or to the undersigned at an address
                                          other than that shown under
                                          "Description of Shares Tendered."
 
 Issue check and/or certificate(s)
 to:
 
 
                                          Mail check and/or certificate(s) to:
 Name:                               
      -------------------------------
            (PLEASE PRINT)                Name: 
                                               --------------------------------
 Address:                                            (PLEASE PRINT)
         ----------------------------
 
                                          Address:
 ------------------------------------             -----------------------------
 
          (INCLUDE ZIP CODE)
                                          ------------------------------------
                                                     (INCLUDE ZIP CODE)
 ------------------------------------              
 
  Taxpayer Identification or Social
           Security Number                ------------------------------------
 (See Substitute Form W-9 on reverse
                side)
 
<PAGE>
 
                                   IMPORTANT
 
                           STOCKHOLDER(S): SIGN HERE
                (PLEASE COMPLETE SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9 ON REVERSE)
 

                    ----------------------------------------
 

                    ----------------------------------------
                           SIGNATURE(S) OF HOLDER(S)
 
 Dated: ________________________________________________________________ , 199
 
 (Must be signed by registered holder(s) exactly as name(s) appear(s) on Share
 Certificates or on a security position listing or by a person(s) authorized
 to become registered holder(s) by certificates and documents transmitted
 herewith. If signature is by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian,
 attorney-in-fact, officer of a corporation or other person acting in a
 fiduciary or representative capacity, please provide the following
 information. See Instruction 5.)
 
 Name(s): 
         ----------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  PLEASE PRINT
 
 Capacity: 
          ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                           PLEASE PROVIDE FULL TITLE
 
 Address: 
         ----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               INCLUDE ZIP CODE
 
 Telephone No.: 
               ----------------------------------------------------------------
                               INCLUDE AREA CODE
 
 Taxpayer Identification or
 Social Security Number: 
                        -------------------------------------------------------
                    SEE SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9 ON REVERSE SIDE
 
                           GUARANTEE OF SIGNATURE(S)
                    (IF REQUIRED--SEE INSTRUCTIONS 1 AND 5)
 
 SPACE BELOW IS FOR USE BY FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS ONLY. FINANCIAL
 INSTITUTIONS: PLACE MEDALLION GUARANTEE IN SPACE PROVIDED BELOW.
<PAGE>
 
                                 INSTRUCTIONS
 
             FORMING PART OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE OFFER
 
  1. GUARANTEE OF SIGNATURES. Except as otherwise provided below, all
signatures on this Letter of Transmittal must be guaranteed by a financial
institution (including most commercial banks, savings and loan associations
and brokerage houses) that is a participant in the Security Transfer Agent's
Medallion Program, the New York Stock Exchange Medallion Signature Guarantee
Program or the Stock Exchange Medallion Program (each an "Eligible
Institution," and collectively, "Eligible Institutions"). No signature
guarantee is required on this Letter of Transmittal (i) if this Letter of
Transmittal is signed by the registered holder(s) (which term, for purposes of
this document, shall include any participant in a Book-Entry Transfer Facility
whose name appears on a security position listing as the owner of Shares) of
Shares tendered herewith, unless such holder(s) has completed either the box
entitled "Special Delivery Instructions" or the box entitled "Special Payment
Instructions" in this Letter of Transmittal or (ii) if such Shares are
tendered for the account of an Eligible Institution. See Instruction 5.
 
  2. DELIVERY OF LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND CERTIFICATES; GUARANTEED DELIVERY
PROCEDURES. This Letter of Transmittal is to be completed by stockholders
either if Share Certificates are to be forwarded herewith or if a tender of
Shares is to be made pursuant to the procedures for delivery by book-entry
transfer set forth in Section 3 of the Offer to Purchase. For Shares to be
validly tendered pursuant to the Offer, either (i) a properly completed and
duly executed Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof), together with any
required signature guarantees, or in the case of a book-entry transfer, an
Agent's Message (as defined in the Offer to Purchase), and any other required
documents, must be received by the Depositary at one of the Depositary's
addresses set forth herein prior to the Expiration Date (as defined in the
Offer to Purchase) and either certificates for tendered Shares must be
received by the Depositary at one of such addresses or such Shares must be
delivered pursuant to the procedures for book-entry transfer (and a Book Entry
Confirmation received by the Depositary), in each case, prior to the
Expiration Date, or (ii) the tendering stockholder must comply with the
guaranteed delivery procedure set forth below.
 
  Stockholders whose Share Certificates are not immediately available or who
cannot complete the procedures for book-entry transfer on a timely basis or
time will not permit all required documents to reach the Depositary prior to
the Expiration Date, may tender their Shares pursuant to the guaranteed
delivery procedure set forth in Section 3 of the Offer to Purchase. Pursuant
to such procedures, (i) such tender must be made by or through an Eligible
Institution, (ii) a properly completed and duly executed Notice of Guaranteed
Delivery, substantially in the form provided by the Offeror (or facsimile
thereof), must be received by the Depositary prior to the Expiration Date and
(iii) the certificates for (or a Book-Entry Confirmation with respect to) such
Shares, together with this properly completed and duly executed Letter of
Transmittal (or facsimile thereof), with any required signature guarantees,
or, in the case of a book-entry transfer, an Agent's Message, and any other
required documents are received by the Depositary within three trading days
after the date of execution of such Notice of Guaranteed Delivery, all as
provided in Section 3 of the Offer to Purchase. A "trading day" is any day on
which the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation
System, Inc. is open for business. The Notice of Guaranteed Delivery may be
delivered by hand to the Depositary or transmitted by telegram, facsimile
transmission or mail to the Depositary and must include a guarantee by an
Eligible Institution in the form set forth in such Notice of Guaranteed
Delivery.
 
  THE METHOD OF DELIVERY OF SHARE CERTIFICATES, THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND
ALL OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS, INCLUDING DELIVERY THROUGH A BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER
FACILITY, IS AT THE ELECTION AND RISK OF THE TENDERING STOCKHOLDER. SHARE
CERTIFICATES WILL BE DEEMED DELIVERED ONLY WHEN ACTUALLY RECEIVED BY THE
DEPOSITARY (INCLUDING, IN THE CASE OF A BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER, BY BOOK-ENTRY
CONFIRMATION). IF DELIVERY IS BY MAIL, REGISTERED MAIL WITH RETURN RECEIPT
REQUESTED, PROPERLY INSURED, IS RECOMMENDED. IN ALL CASES, SUFFICIENT TIME
SHOULD BE ALLOWED TO ENSURE TIMELY DELIVERY.
 
  No alternative, conditional or contingent tenders will be accepted and no
fractional Shares will be purchased. All tendering stockholders, by execution
of this Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof), waive any right to
receive any notice of the acceptance of their Shares for payment.
 
  3. INADEQUATE SPACE. If the space provided herein under "Description of
Shares Tendered" is inadequate, the Share Certificate numbers and/or the
number of Shares evidenced by such Share Certificates and the number of Shares
tendered should be listed on a separate schedule attached hereto.
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
 
  4. PARTIAL TENDERS. If fewer than all the Shares evidenced by any Share
Certificate delivered to the Depositary herewith are to be tendered, fill in
the number of Shares which are to be tendered in the box entitled "Number of
Shares Tendered." In such case, new Share Certificate(s) for the remainder of
the Shares that were evidenced by the Share Certificate(s) delivered to the
Depositary herewith will be sent to the person(s) signing this Letter of
Transmittal, unless otherwise provided in the box entitled "Special Delivery
Instructions" on the reverse hereof, as soon as practicable after the
expiration or termination of the Offer. All Shares represented by Share
Certificates delivered to the Depositary will be deemed to have been tendered
unless otherwise indicated.
 
  5. SIGNATURES ON LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL, STOCK POWERS AND ENDORSEMENTS. If
this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the registered holder(s) of the Shares
tendered hereby, the signature(s) must correspond with the name(s) as written
on the face of the Share Certificate(s) evidencing such shares without any
change whatsoever.
 
  If any of the Shares tendered hereby are owned of record by two or more
joint owners, all such owners must sign this Letter of Transmittal.
 
  If any of the Shares tendered hereby are registered in different names on
several certificates, it will be necessary to complete, sign and submit as
many separate Letters of Transmittal as there are different registrations of
such Shares.
 
  If this Letter of Transmittal or any certificates or stock powers are signed
by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers
of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity,
such persons should so indicate when signing, and proper evidence satisfactory
to the Offeror of their authority so to act must be submitted.
 
  When this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the registered owner(s) of the
Shares listed and tendered hereby, no endorsements of Share Certificates or
separate stock powers are required unless payment or Share Certificates
evidencing Shares not tendered or not accepted for payment are to be issued in
the name of a person other than the registered holder(s), in which case the
Share Certificate(s) evidencing the Shares tendered hereby must be endorsed or
accompanied by appropriate stock powers, in either case signed exactly as the
name(s) of the registered holder(s) appear(s) or such Share Certificate(s).
Signatures on such Share Certificate(s) or stock powers must be guaranteed by
an Eligible Institution. See Instruction 1.
 
  If this Letter of Transmittal is signed by a person other than the
registered holder(s) of the shares tendered hereby, the certificates
evidencing the Shares tendered hereby must be endorsed or accompanied by
appropriate stock powers, in either case, signed exactly as the name(s) of the
registered holder(s) appear(s) on such Share Certificates. Signatures on such
Share Certificate(s) or stock powers must be guaranteed by an Eligible
Institution. See Instruction 1.
 
  6. STOCK TRANSFER TAXES. Except as set forth in this Instruction 6, the
Offeror will pay, or cause to be paid, any stock transfer taxes with respect
to the transfer and sale of Shares to it or its assignee pursuant to the
Offer. If, however, payment of the purchase price of any Shares is to be made
to, or if Share Certificates evidencing Shares not tendered or accepted for
payment are to be issued in the name of, a person other than the registered
holder(s), or if tendered Shares Certificates are registered in the name of a
person other than the person(s) signing this Letter of Transmittal, the amount
of any stock transfer taxes (whether imposed on the registered holder(s) or
such person or otherwise payable on the account of the transfer to such other
person will be deducted from the purchase price of such Shares purchased,
unless evidence satisfactory to the Offeror of the payment of such taxes, or
exemption therefrom, is submitted. Except as provided in this Instruction 6,
it will not be necessary for transfer tax stamps to be affixed to the Share
Certificates evidencing the Shares tendered hereby.
 
  7. SPECIAL PAYMENT AND DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS. If a check is to be issued in
the name of and/or Shares Certificates not accepted for payment are to be
returned to a person other than the signer of this Letter of Transmittal or if
a check is to be sent and/or such Share Certificates are to be returned to a
person other than the signer of this Letter of Transmittal or to an address
other than that shown in the box entitled "Description of Shares Tendered" on
the reverse hereof, the appropriate boxes on the reverse side of this Letter
of Transmittal should be completed. Any stockholder tendering Shares by book-
entry transfer will have any Shares not accepted for payment returned by
crediting the account maintained by such stockholder at a Book-Entry Transfer
Facility from which such transfer was made.
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
 
  8. WAIVER OF CONDITIONS. Except as otherwise provided in the Offer to
Purchase, the Offeror reserves the absolute right, in its sole discretion, to
waive any of the conditions of the Offer or any defect or irregularity in the
tender of any Shares of any particular stockholder, whether or not similar
defects or irregularities are waived in the case of other stockholders.
 
  9. SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9. The tendering stockholder (or other payee) is
required, unless an exemption applies, to provide the Depositary with a
correct Taxpayer Identification Number ("TIN"), generally the stockholder's
social security or federal employer identification number, and with certain
other information, on Substitute Form W-9, which is provided under "Important
Tax Information" below, and to certify under penalties of perjury, that such
number is correct and that the stockholder (or other payee) is not subject to
backup withholding. If a tendering stockholder is subject to backup
withholding, he or she must cross out item (2) of the Certification Box on
Substitute Form W-9 before signing such Form. Failure to furnish the correct
TIN on the Substitute Form W-9 may subject the tendering stockholder (or other
payee) to a $50 penalty imposed by the Internal Revenue Service and payments
of cash to the tendering stockholder (or other payee) pursuant to the Offer
may be subject to backup withholding of 31%. If the tendering stockholder has
not been issued a TIN and has applied for a number or intends to apply for a
number in the near future, he or she should write "Applied For" in the space
provided for the TIN in Part I, sign and date the Substitute Form W-9 and sign
and date the Certificate of Awaiting Taxpayer Identification Number. If
"Applied For" is written in Part I and the Depositary is not provided with a
TIN by the time of payment, the Depositary will withhold 31% of all such
payments for surrendered Shares thereafter until a TIN is provided to the
Depositary.
 
  10. LOST OR DESTROYED CERTIFICATES. If any Share Certificate(s) has (have)
been lost or destroyed, the stockholder should check the appropriate box on
the reverse side of the Letter of Transmittal. The Company's stock transfer
agent will then instruct such stockholder as to the procedure to be followed
in order to replace the Share Certificate(s). The stockholder will have to
post a surety bond of approximately 2% of the current market value of the
stock. This Letter of Transmittal and related documents cannot be processed
until procedures for replacing lost or destroyed Share Certificates have been
followed.
 
  11. REQUESTS FOR ASSISTANCE OR ADDITIONAL COPIES. Questions and requests for
assistance or additional copies of the Offer to Purchase, the Letter of
Transmittal, the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery and the Guidelines for
Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9 may be
directed to the Information Agent at the locations and telephone numbers set
forth below.
 
  IMPORTANT: THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL (OR A FACSIMILE COPY THEREOF),
TOGETHER WITH ANY REQUIRED SIGNATURE GUARANTEES, OR IN THE CASE OF A BOOK-
ENTRY TRANSFER, AN AGENT'S MESSAGE, AND SHARE CERTIFICATES, OR A BOOK-ENTRY
CONFIRMATION, FOR SHARES AND ALL OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS MUST BE RECEIVED BY
THE DEPOSITARY, OR THE NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY (OR A FACSIMILE COPY
THEREOF) MUST BE RECEIVED BY THE DEPOSITARY, ON OR PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION
DATE.
 
                           IMPORTANT TAX INFORMATION
 
  Under federal income tax law, a stockholder surrendering Shares must, unless
an exemption applies, provide the Depositary (as payor) with his correct TIN
on Substitute Form W-9 included in this Letter of Transmittal. If the
stockholder is an individual, his TIN is such stockholder's social security
number. If the correct TIN is not provided, the stockholder may be subject to
a $50 penalty imposed by the Internal Revenue Service and payments of cash to
the tendering stockholder (or other payee) pursuant to the Offer may be
subject to backup withholding of 31% of all payments of the purchase price.
 
  Certain stockholders (including, among others, all corporations and certain
foreign individuals and entities) are not subject to backup withholding. In
order for an exempt foreign stockholder to avoid backup withholding, such
person should complete, sign and submit a Form W-8, Certificate of Foreign
Status, signed under penalties of perjury, attesting to his exempt status. A
Form W-8 can be obtained from the Depositary. Exempt stockholders, other than
foreign stockholders, should furnish their TIN, write "Exempt" on the face of
the Substitute Form W-9 and sign, date and return the Substitute Form W-9 to
the Depositary. See the enclosed "Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer
Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9" for additional instructions.
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
 
  If backup withholding applies, the Depositary is required to withhold 31% of
any payment made to payee. Backup withholding is not an additional tax.
Rather, the federal income tax liability of persons subject to backup
withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If backup
withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund may be obtained from
the Internal Revenue Service.
 
PURPOSE OF SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9
 
  To prevent backup withholding on payments that are made to a stockholder
with respect to Shares purchased pursuant to the Offer, the stockholder is
required to notify the Depositary of his correct TIN (or the TIN of any other
payee) by completing the Substitute Form W-9 included in this Letter of
Transmittal certifying (1) that the TIN provided on the Substitute Form W-9 is
correct (or that such stockholder is awaiting a TIN), and that (2) the
stockholder is not subject to backup withholding because (i) the stockholder
has not been notified by the Internal Revenue Service that the stockholder is
subject to backup withholding as a result of a failure to report all interest
and dividends or (ii) the Internal Revenue Service has notified the
stockholder that the stockholder is no longer subject to backup withholding.
 
WHAT NUMBER TO GIVE THE DEPOSITARY
 
  The stockholder is required to give the Depositary the TIN, generally the
social security number or employer identification number, of the record holder
of the Shares tendered hereby. If the Shares are in more than one name or are
not in the name of the actual owner, consult the enclosed Guidelines for
Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9 for
additional guidance on which number to report. If the tendering stockholder
has not been issued a TIN and has applied for a number or intends to apply for
a number in the near future, he or she should write "Applied For" in the space
provided for the TIN in Part I, sign and date the Substitute Form W-9 and sign
and date the Certificate of Awaiting Taxpayer Identification Number, which
appears in a separate box below the Substitute Form W-9. If "Applied For" is
written in Part I and the Depositary is not provided with a TIN by the time of
payment, the Depositary will withhold 31% of all payments of the purchase
price until a TIN is provided to the Depositary.
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
 
 
         PAYOR'S NAME: CHASEMELLON SHAREHOLDER SERVICES, AS DEPOSITARY
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       PART I--Taxpayer
 SUBSTITUTE            Identification Number--For     ------------------------
                       all accounts, enter your        Social Security Number
                       TIN in the box at right.
 FORM W-9              (For most individuals, this     OR _____________________
 DEPARTMENT OF THE     is your social security         Employer Identification 
     TREASURY          number. If you do not have               Number          
 INTERNAL REVENUE      a TIN, see Obtaining a
     SERVICE           Number in the enclosed            (If awaiting TIN write
                       Guidelines.) Certify by               "Applied For")     
                       signing and dating below.
                       Note: If the account is in
                       more than one name, see the
                       chart in the enclosed
                       Guidelines to determine
                       which number to give the
                       payer.
 
 PAYER'S REQUEST FOR   ---------------------------------------------------------
 TAXPAYER              PART II--For Payees Exempt from backup Withholding,   
 IDENTIFICATION NUMBER see the enclosed Guidelines and complete as instructed
 (TIN)                 therein.                                               
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 CERTIFICATION--Under penalties of perjury, I certify that:
 (1) The number shown on this form is my correct Taxpayer Identification
     Number (or I am waiting for a number to be issued to me), and
 (2) I am not subject to backup withholding either because (a) I am exempt
     from backup withholding, (b) I have not been notified by the Internal
     Revenue Service (the "IRS") that I am subject to backup withholding as a
     result of failure to report all interest or dividends, or (c) the IRS has
     notified me that I am no longer subject to backup withholding.
 
 CERTIFICATION INSTRUCTIONS--You must cross out item (2) above if you have
 been notified by the IRS that you are subject to backup withholding because
 of underreporting interest or dividends on your tax return. However, if after
 being notified by the IRS that you were subject to backup withholding you
 received another notification from the IRS that you are not longer subject to
 backup withholding, do not cross out item (2). (Also see instructions in the
 enclosed Guidelines.)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SIGNATURE _____________________________________________ DATE ___________, 199__
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 

NOTE: FAILURE TO COMPLETE AND RETURN THIS FORM MAY RESULT IN A $50 PENALTY
      IMPOSED BY THE INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE AND IN BACKUP WITHHOLDING OF 31%
      OF ANY PAYMENTS MADE TO YOU PURSUANT TO THE OFFER. PLEASE REVIEW THE
      ENCLOSED GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER ON
      SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9 FOR ADDITIONAL DETAILS.
 
              YOU MUST COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING CERTIFICATE IF YOU
             WROTE "APPLIED FOR" IN PART I OF SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9.
            CERTIFICATE OF AWAITING TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
 
  I CERTIFY UNDER THE PENALTIES OF PERJURY THAT A TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION
NUMBER HAS NOT BEEN ISSUED TO ME, AND EITHER (A) I HAVE MAILED OR DELIVERED AN
APPLICATION TO RECEIVE A TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER TO THE APPROPRIATE
INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE CENTER OR SOCIAL SECURITY ADMINISTRATION OFFICE, OR
(B) I INTEND TO MAIL OR DELIVER AN APPLICATION IN THE NEAR FUTURE. I
UNDERSTAND THAT IF I DO NOT PROVIDE A TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER BY THE
TIME OF PAYMENT, 31% OF ALL REPORTABLE PAYMENTS MADE TO ME THEREAFTER WILL BE
WITHHELD UNTIL I PROVIDE A NUMBER.
 
__________________________________    DATE ____________________________________
 

                                      10
<PAGE>
 
  Questions and requests for assistance or additional copies of the Offer to
Purchase, Letter of Transmittal and other tender offer materials may be
directed to the Dealer Manager and the Information Agent at the locations and
telephone numbers set forth below:
 
                    The Information Agent for the Offer is:
 
                [LOGO OF MACKENZIE PARTNERS, INC. APPEARS HERE]

                               156 Fifth Avenue
                           New York, New York 10010
                 Banks and Brokers Call Collect (212) 929-5500
                   All others Call Toll-Free: (800) 322-2885
 
                     The Dealer Manager for the Offer is:
                          BT ALEX. BROWN INCORPORATED
 
                       101 California Street, 48th Floor
                        San Francisco, California 94111
 
                         (415) 544-2800 (Call Collect)
                                      or
                         Call Toll-Free (800) 334-2640

<PAGE>
                                                                Exhibit (A)(3)
 
                          OFFER TO PURCHASE FOR CASH
                    ALL OUTSTANDING SHARES OF COMMON STOCK
                                      OF
                            STATE OF THE ART, INC.
                                      AT
                             $22.00 NET PER SHARE
                                      BY
                            ROSE ACQUISITION CORP.
                             A DIRECT AND INDIRECT
                          WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF
                              THE SAGE GROUP PLC
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 THE OFFER AND WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS WILL EXPIRE AT 12:00 MIDNIGHT, NEW YORK CITY
 TIME, ON MONDAY, MARCH 2, 1998 (THE "INITIAL EXPIRATION DATE"), UNLESS THE
 OFFER IS EXTENDED.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                               February 2, 1998
 
To Brokers, Dealers, Commercial Banks,
Trust Companies and Other Nominees:
 
  We have been appointed by Rose Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation
(the "Offeror") and a direct and indirect wholly owned subsidiary of The Sage
Group plc, a company organized under the laws of England ("Parent"), to act as
Dealer Manager in connection with the Offeror's offer to purchase all
outstanding shares (the "Shares") of common stock, no par value (the "Common
Stock") of State Of The Art, Inc., a California corporation (the "Company"),
at a price of $22.00 per Share, net to the seller in cash, without interest,
upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Offeror's Offer
to Purchase, dated February 2, 1998 (the "Offer to Purchase"), and the related
Letter of Transmittal (which, as amended or supplemented from time to time,
together constitute the "Offer") enclosed herewith. The Offer is being made in
connection with the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of January 27,
1998, by and among Parent, the Offeror and the Company. Please furnish copies
of the enclosed materials to those of your clients for whose accounts you hold
Shares registered in your name or in the name of your nominee.
 
  For your information and for forwarding to your clients for whom you hold
Shares registered in your name or in the name of your nominee we are enclosing
copies of the following documents:
 
    1. Offer to Purchase;
 
    2. Letter of Transmittal to tender Shares for your use and for the
  information of your clients;
 
    3. Notice of Guaranteed Delivery to be used to accept the Offer if
  certificates for Shares are not immediately available or time will not
  permit all required documents to reach the Depositary by the Expiration
  Date (as defined in the Offer to Purchase) or if the procedure for book-
  entry transfer cannot be completed on a timely basis.
 
    4. A letter to stockholders of the Company from David W. Hanna, President
  and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, together with a
  Solicitation/Recommendation Statement on Schedule 14D-9 filed with the
  Securities and Exchange Commission by the Company;
 
    5. A letter which may be sent to your clients for whose accounts you hold
  Shares registered in your name or in the name of your nominee, with space
  provided for obtaining such clients' instructions with regard to the Offer;
 
    6. Guidelines of the Internal Revenue Service for Certification of
  Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9; and
 
    7. Return envelope addressed to ChaseMellon Shareholder Services, L.L.C.
  (the "Depositary").
<PAGE>
 
  WE URGE YOU TO CONTACT YOUR CLIENTS AS PROMPTLY AS POSSIBLE. PLEASE NOTE
THAT THE OFFER AND WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS EXPIRE AT 12:00 MIDNIGHT, NEW YORK CITY
TIME, ON MONDAY, MARCH 2, 1998, UNLESS THE OFFER IS EXTENDED.
 
  In all cases, payment for Shares tendered and accepted for payment pursuant
to the Offer will be made only after timely receipt by the Depositary of (i)
the certificates evidencing such Shares or timely confirmation of a book-entry
transfer of such Shares into the Depositary's account at one of the Book-Entry
Transfer Facilities (as defined in the Offer to Purchase), (ii) a Letter of
Transmittal (or facsimile thereof), properly completed and duly executed, with
any required signature guarantees, or an Agent's Message (as defined in the
Offer to Purchase) in connection with a book-entry delivery, and (iii) and any
other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal.
 
  If holders of Shares wish to tender Shares, but cannot deliver such holders'
certificates or other required documents, or cannot comply with the procedure
for book-entry transfer, prior to the expiration of the Offer, a tender may be
effected by following the guaranteed delivery procedure described in Section 3
of the Offer to Purchase.
 
  Neither the Offeror or the Parent will pay any fees or commissions to any
broker, dealer or other person (other than BT Alex. Brown Incorporated (the
"Dealer Manager") and MacKenzie Partners, Inc. (the "Information Agent") for
soliciting tenders of Shares pursuant to the Offer. However, upon request, the
Offeror will reimburse you for customary mailing and handling expenses
incurred by you in forwarding any of the enclosed materials to your clients.
The Offeror will pay or cause to be paid any stock transfer taxes payable with
respect to the transfer of Shares to it, except as otherwise provided in the
Letter of Transmittal.
 
  Any inquiries you may have with respect to the Offer should be addressed to
the Information Agent or to the Dealer Manager, at the respective addresses
and telephone numbers set forth on the back cover page of the Offer to
Purchase.
 
  Additional copies of the enclosed material may be obtained from the
Information Agent at the address and telephone number set forth on the back
cover page of the Offer to Purchase.
 
                                          Very truly yours,
 
                                          BT ALEX. BROWN INCORPORATED
 
  NOTHING CONTAINED HEREIN OR IN THE ENCLOSED DOCUMENTS SHALL AUTHORIZE YOU OR
ANY OTHER PERSON TO ACT ON BEHALF OF OR AS THE AGENT OF THE PARENT, THE
PURCHASER, THE COMPANY, THE DEALER MANAGER, THE INFORMATION AGENT OR THE
DEPOSITARY, OR OF ANY AFFILIATE OF ANY OF THEM, OR AUTHORIZE YOU OR ANY OTHER
PERSON TO USE ANY DOCUMENT OR TO MAKE ANY STATEMENT ON BEHALF OF ANY OF THEM
IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFER OTHER THAN THE ENCLOSED DOCUMENTS AND THE
STATEMENTS CONTAINED THEREIN.

<PAGE>
                                                                Exhibit (A)(4)
 
                          OFFER TO PURCHASE FOR CASH
                    ALL OUTSTANDING SHARES OF COMMON STOCK
                                      OF
                            STATE OF THE ART, INC.
                                      AT
                             $22.00 NET PER SHARE
                                      BY
                            ROSE ACQUISITION CORP.
                             A DIRECT AND INDIRECT
                          WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF
                              THE SAGE GROUP PLC
 
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
THE OFFER AND WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS WILL EXPIRE AT 12:00 MIDNIGHT, NEW YORK CITY
TIME, ON MONDAY, MARCH 2, 1998 (THE "INITIAL EXPIRATION DATE"), UNLESS THE OFFER
IS EXTENDED.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                                                               February 2, 1998
 
To Our Clients:
 
  Enclosed for your consideration are an Offer to Purchase, dated February 2,
1998 (the "Offer to Purchase"), and a related Letter of Transmittal (which, as
amended or supplemented from time to time, together constitute the "Offer")
relating to the offer by Rose Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation (the
"Offeror") and a wholly owned subsidiary of The Sage Group plc, a company
organized under the laws of England ("Parent"), to purchase all outstanding
shares (the "Shares") of common stock, no par value (the "Common Stock"), of
State Of The Art, Inc., a California corporation (the "Company"), at a price
of $22.00 per Share, net to the seller in cash, without interest, upon the
terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Offer. The Offer is being
made in connection with the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of January
27, 1998, by and among Parent, the Offeror and the Company (the "Merger
Agreement"). Also enclosed is the Letter to Stockholders of the Company from
David W. Hanna, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, together
with a Solicitation/Recommendation Statement on Schedule 14D-9 filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission by the Company.
 
  WE ARE (OR OUR NOMINEE IS) THE HOLDER OF RECORD OF SHARES HELD BY US FOR
YOUR ACCOUNT. A TENDER OF SUCH SHARES CAN BE MADE ONLY BY US AS THE HOLDER OF
RECORD AND PURSUANT TO YOUR INSTRUCTIONS. THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL IS
FURNISHED TO YOU FOR YOUR INFORMATION ONLY AND CANNOT BE USED BY YOU TO TENDER
SHARES HELD BY US FOR YOUR ACCOUNT.
<PAGE>
 
  Accordingly, we request instructions as to whether you wish to have us
tender on your behalf any or all of the Shares held by us (or our nominee) for
your account, upon the terms and subject to the condition set forth in the
Offer.
 
  Your attention is invited to the following:
 
    1. The tender price is $22.00 per Common Stock, net to the seller in
  cash, without interest.
 
    2. The Offer is being made for all outstanding Shares although under
  certain circumstances described in the Offer to Purchase, the Offer may be
  amended such that the Offer will be for 49.9999% of the outstanding Shares.
 
    3. The Board of Directors of the Company has unanimously determined that
  each of the Merger Agreement, the Offer and the Merger is fair to and in
  the best interests of the shareholders of the Company and recommends that
  the shareholders of the Company accept the Offer and tender their Shares to
  the Purchaser pursuant to the Offer.
 
    4. The Offer and withdrawal rights will expire at 12:00 midnight, New
  York City time, on Monday, March 2, 1998, unless the Offer is extended.
 
    5. Tendering stockholders will not be obligated to pay brokerage fees or
  commissions or, except as otherwise provided in the Letter of Transmittal,
  stock transfer taxes with respect to the purchase of Shares by the Offeror
  pursuant to the Offer. However, U.S. federal income tax backup withholding
  at a rate of 31% may be required, unless an exemption is provided or unless
  the required taxpayer identification information is provided. See
  Instruction 9 of the Letter of Transmittal.
 
  If you wish to have us tender any or all of your Shares, please so instruct
us by completing, executing, detaching and returning to us the instruction
form contained in this letter. An envelope in which to return your
instructions to us is enclosed. If you authorize the tender of your Shares,
all such Shares will be tendered unless otherwise specified in your
instructions. YOUR INSTRUCTIONS SHOULD BE FORWARDED TO US IN AMPLE TIME TO
PERMIT US TO SUBMIT A TENDER ON YOUR BEHALF PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE
OFFER.
 
  The Offer is made solely by the Offer to Purchase and the related Letter of
Transmittal and any supplements or amendments thereto, and is being made to
all holders of Shares. The Offer is not being made to (nor will tenders be
accepted from or on behalf of) holders of Shares in any jurisdiction in which
the making of the Offer or the acceptance thereof would not be in compliance
with the laws of such jurisdiction. In any jurisdiction where the securities,
blue sky or other laws require the Offer to be made by a licensed broker or
dealer, the Offer shall be deemed to be made on behalf of the Offeror by BT
Alex. Brown Incorporated or one or more registered brokers or dealers licensed
under the laws of such jurisdiction.
<PAGE>
 
          INSTRUCTIONS WITH RESPECT TO THE OFFER TO PURCHASE FOR CASH
                    ALL OUTSTANDING SHARES OF COMMON STOCK
                                      OF
                            STATE OF THE ART, INC.
                                      BY
                            ROSE ACQUISITION CORP.
                             A DIRECT AND INDIRECT
                          WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF
                              THE SAGE GROUP PLC
 
  The undersigned acknowledge(s) receipt of your letter and the enclosed Offer
to Purchase, dated February 2, 1998, and the related Letter of Transmittal
(which, as amended or supplemented from time to time, together constitute the
"Offer") in connection with the offer by Rose Acquisition Corp., a Delaware
corporation and a direct and indirect wholly owned subsidiary of The Sage
Group plc, a company organized under the laws of England, to purchase all
outstanding shares (the "Shares") of common stock, no par value (the "Common
Stock"), of the Company.
<PAGE>
 
  This will instruct you to tender the number of Shares indicated below (or,
if no number is indicated below, all Shares) that are held by you for the
account of the undersigned, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set
forth in the Offer.
 
Dated:         , 1998                    SIGN HERE
 
 
                                       ---------------------------------------
                                 
                                 
                                       ---------------------------------------
                                              Signature(s) of Holder(s)
 
                                       Name(s) of Holder(s)
- -----------------------------------
 Number of Shares to be Tendered:      ---------------------------------------
                                
                                
 ________ shares of Common Stock*      ---------------------------------------
- -----------------------------------    Please Type or Print
 

                                       ---------------------------------------
                                       Address
 

                                       ---------------------------------------
                                       Zip Code
 

                                       ---------------------------------------
                                       Area Code and Telephone Number
 

                                       ---------------------------------------
                                       Taxpayer Identification or Social
                                       Security Number
 
- --------
 * Unless otherwise indicated, it will be assumed that all Shares held by us
   for your account are to be tendered.
 

<PAGE>
                                                                Exhibit (A)(5)
 
  THIS DOCUMENT IS IMPORTANT AND REQUIRES YOUR IMMEDIATE ATTENTION. If you are
in any doubt as to the action to be taken, you should seek your own financial
advice immediately from your own appropriately authorized independent
financial advisor.
 
  If you have sold or transferred all of your registered holdings of Common
Stock of State Of The Art, Inc., please forward this document and all
accompanying documents to the stockbroker, bank or other agent through whom
the sale or transfer was effected, for submission to the purchaser or
transferee.
 
                         NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY
                                      FOR
                       TENDER OF SHARES OF COMMON STOCK
                                      OF
                            STATE OF THE ART, INC.
                       PURSUANT TO THE OFFER TO PURCHASE
                            DATED FEBRUARY 2, 1998
                                      TO
                            ROSE ACQUISITION CORP.
                             A DIRECT AND INDIRECT
                          WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF
                              THE SAGE GROUP PLC
                   (NOT TO BE USED FOR SIGNATURE GUARANTEES)
 
  This Notice of Guaranteed Delivery, or one substantially in the form hereof,
must be used to accept the Offer (as defined below) if certificates evidencing
shares (the "Shares") of common stock, no par value (the "Common Stock") of
State Of The Art, Inc., a California corporation (the "Company"), are not
immediately available or time will not permit all required documents to reach
ChaseMellon Shareholder Services, L.L.C., as Depositary (the "Depositary"),
prior to the Expiration Date (as defined in Section 1 of the Offer to Purchase
(as defined below)) or the procedure for delivery by book-entry transfer
cannot be completed on a timely basis. This Notice of Guaranteed Delivery may
be delivered by hand or transmitted by telegram, facsimile transmission or
mail to the Depositary. See Section 3 of the Offer to Purchase.
 
                       THE DEPOSITARY FOR THE OFFER IS:
 
                   CHASEMELLON SHAREHOLDER SERVICES, L.L.C.
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 

<S>                                   <C>                          <C> 
         By Mail:                      By Hand:                             By Overnight Delivery:
 
 ChaseMellon Shareholder              ChaseMellon Shareholder              ChaseMellon Shareholder
  Services, L.L.C. Post                Services, L.L.C. 120                   Services, L.L.C.
  Office Box 3301 South              Broadway, 13th Floor New       85 Challenger Road - Mail Drop - Reorg. 
   Hackensack, NJ 07606                   York, NY 10271                  Ridgefield Park, NJ 07660 
   Attn: Reorganization                Attn: Reorganization            Attn: Reorganization Department
        Department                         Department          
                         
                    By Facsimile Transmission:            Confirm Receipt of Facsimile
                 (For Eligible Institutions Only)                 by Telephone:
                         (201) 329-8936                         (201) 296-4860
</TABLE> 
 
  DELIVERY OF THIS NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS
SET FORTH ABOVE, AND TRANSMISSION OF INSTRUCTIONS VIA FACSIMILE TRANSMISSION
OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE, WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY.
 
  This form is not to be used to guarantee signatures. If a signature on a
Letter of Transmittal is required to be guaranteed by an "Eligible
Institution" under the instructions thereto, such signature guarantee must
appear in the applicable space provided in the signature box on the Letter of
Transmittal.
 
  Shares may not be tendered pursuant to the Guaranteed Delivery Procedures.
<PAGE>
 
Ladies and Gentlemen:
 
  The undersigned hereby tenders to Rose Acquisition Corp., a Delaware
corporation and a direct and indirect wholly owned subsidiary of The Sage
Group plc, a company organized under the laws of England, upon the terms and
subject to the conditions set forth in the Offer to Purchase, dated February
2, 1998 (the "Offer to Purchase"), and the related Letter of Transmittal
(which, as amended or supplemented from time to time, together constitute the
"Offer"), receipt of each of which is hereby acknowledged, the number of
Shares specified below pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedure described
in Section 3 of the Offer to Purchase.
 
PLEASE CHECK RELEVANT BOX BELOW
 
Series and Certificate Nos. of Shares (if available):
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Common Stock, par value $.01            Name(s) of Record Holder(s)
 
                                         _____________________________________
 
 Certificate Nos._____________________
 
 Number of Shares Tendered________ [_]   _____________________________________
                                                 PLEASE TYPE OR PRINT
 
                                         _____________________________________
 
                                         Address(es):_________________________
 
                                         _____________________________________
                                                                    ZIP CODE
 
                                         Area Code and Tel. No.: _____________
 
                                         Signature(s): _______________________
 
                                         Dated: ______________________________
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
Check one box if Shares
will be delivered by
book-entry transfer:
 
[_] The Depositary Trust Company
 
[_] Philadelphia Depositary Trust Company
 
Account No.: __________________________
<PAGE>
 
                                   GUARANTEE
                 (NOT TO BE USED FOR THE SIGNATURE GUARANTEE)
 
  The undersigned, an Eligible Institution (as defined in the Offer to
Purchase), hereby guarantees delivery to the Depositary, at one of its
addresses set forth above, certificates ("Share Certificates") evidencing the
Shares tendered hereby, in proper form for transfer, or confirmation of book-
entry transfer of such Shares into the Depositary's account at The Depositary
Trust Company or the Philadelphia Depositary Trust Company, in each case with
delivery of a Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof) properly completed
and duly executed, or an Agent's Message (as defined in the Offer to Purchase)
in the case of a book-entry delivery, and any other required documents, all
within three days on which the National Association of Securities Dealers
Automated Quotation System, Inc. is open for business after the date hereof.
 
  The Eligible Institution that completes this form must communicate the
guarantee to the Depositary and must deliver the Letter of Transmittal and
Share Certificates to the Depositary within the time period shown here herein.
Failure to do so could result in a financial loss to such Eligible
Institution.
 
_____________________________________     _____________________________________
            NAME OF FIRM                            AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE
 
                                                  

 
_____________________________________     TITLE: ______________________________
               ADDRESS


 
_____________________________________     NAME: _______________________________
              ZIP CODE                            PLEASE TYPE OR PRINT
                                      

 
_____________________________________     DATED:                , 199
     AREA CODE AND TELEPHONE NO.      
                                      
 
            DO NOT SEND SHARE CERTIFICATES WITH THIS NOTICE. SHARE 
         CERTIFICATES SHOULD BE SENT WITH YOUR LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.

<PAGE>
                                                                Exhibit (A)(6)
 
            GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION
                         NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9
 
GUIDELINES FOR DETERMINING THE PROPER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER TO GIVE THE
PAYER.--Social Security numbers have nine digits separated by two hyphens,
e.g., 000-00-0000. Employer identification numbers have nine digits separated
by only one hyphen, e.g., 00-0000000. The table below will help determine the
number to give the payer.
 
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
- -----------------------------------------------         -----------------------------------------------
                             GIVE THE                                                GIVE THE EMPLOYER 
                             SOCIAL SECURITY                                         IDENTIFICATION    
  FOR THIS TYPE OF ACCOUNT:  NUMBER OF--                  FOR THIS TYPE OF ACCOUNT:  NUMBER OF--       
- -----------------------------------------------         -----------------------------------------------
<S>                          <C>                        <C>                          <C>               
1. An individual's account   The individual              8. Sole proprietorship      The owner(4)      
                                                            account                                    
2. Two or more individuals   The actual owner                                                          
   (joint account)           of the account              9. A valid trust, estate,   The legal entity  
                             or, if combined                or pension trust         (do not furnish   
                             funds, the first                                        the identifying   
                             individual on                                           number of the     
                             the account(1)                                          personal          
                                                                                     representative    
3. Husband wife (joint       The actual owner                                        or trustee        
   account)                  of the account                                          unless the legal  
                             or, if joint                                            entity itself is  
                             funds, either                                           not designated    
                             person(1)                                               in the account    
                                                                                     title)(5)         
4. Custodian account of a    The minor(2)                                                              
   minor (Uniform Gift to                               10. Corporate account        The corporation   
   Minors Act)                                                                                         
                                                        11. Religious, charitable,   The organization  
5. Adult and minor (joint    The adult or, if               or educational                             
   account)                  the minor is the               organization account                       
                             only                                                                      
                             contributor, the           12. Partnership account      The partnership   
                             minor(1)                       held in the name of the                    
                                                            business                                   
6. Account in the name of    The ward, minor,                                                          
   guardian or committee     or incompetent             13. Association, club, or    The organization  
   for a designated ward,    person(3)                      other tax-exempt                           
   minor, or incompetent                                    organization                               
   person                                                                                              
                                                        14. A broker or registered   The broker or     
7. a. A revocable savings    The grantor-                   nominee                  nominee           
      trust account (in      trustee(1)                                                                
      which grantor is also                             15. Account with the         The public        
      trustee)                                              Department of            entity            
   b. Any "trust" account    The actual                     Agriculture in the name                    
      that is not a legal    owner(1)                       of a public entity                         
      or valid trust under                                  (such as a State or                        
      State law                                             local government,                          
                                                            school district, or                        
                                                            prison) that receives                      
                                                            agricultural program                       
                                                            payments                                   
                                                        ----------------------------------------------- 
</TABLE> 
 
(1) List first and circle the name of the person whose number you furnish.
(2) Circle the minor's name and furnish the minor's social security number.
(3) Circle the ward's, minor's or incompetent person's name and furnish such
    person's social security number.
(4) Show the name of the owner. If the owner does not have an employer
    identification number, furnish the owner's social security number.
(5) List first and circle the name of the legal trust, estate or pension
    trust.
 
NOTE: IF NO NAME IS CIRCLED WHEN THERE IS MORE THAN ONE NAME, THE NUMBER WILL
      BE CONSIDERED TO BE THAT OF THE FIRST NAME LISTED.
<PAGE>
 
            GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION
                         NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9
                                    PAGE 2
OBTAINING A NUMBER
If you do not have a taxpayer identification number or you do not know your
number, obtain form SS-5, Application for a Social Security Number Card (for
resident individuals), Form SS-4, Application for Employer Identification
Number (for businesses and all other entities), for Form W-7 for International
Taxpayer Identification Number (for alien individuals required to file U.S.
tax returns), at an office of the Social Security Administration or the
Internal Revenue Service.
 To complete Substitute Form W-9, if you do not have a taxpayer identification
number, write "Applied For" in the space for the taxpayer identification
number in Part I, sign and date the Form, and give it to the requester.
Generally, you will then have 60 days to obtain a taxpayer identification
number and furnish it to the requester. If the requester does not receive your
taxpayer identification number within 60 days, backup withholding, if
applicable, will begin and will continue until you furnish your taxpayer
identification number to the requester.
 
PAYEES EXEMPT FROM BACKUP WITHHOLDING PENALTIES
Payees specifically exempted from backup withholding on ALL payments include
the following:*
 . A corporation.
 . A financial institution.
 . An organization exempt from tax under section 501(a), or an individual
   retirement plan, or a custodial account under section 403(b)(7).
 . The United States or any agency or instrumentality thereof.
 . A State, the District of Columbia, a possession of the United States, or
   any political subdivision or instrumentality thereof.
 . A foreign government or a political subdivision, agency or instrumentality
   thereof.
 . An international organization or any agency or instrumentality thereof.
 . A registered dealer in securities or commodities registered in the United
   States or a possession of the United States.
 . A real estate investment trust.
 . A common trust fund operated by a bank under section 584(a).
 . An exempt charitable remainder trust, or a non-exempt trust described in
   section 4947(a)(1).
 . An entity registered at all times during the tax year under the Investment
   Company Act of 1940.
 . A foreign central bank of issue.
- --------
 * Unless otherwise noted herein, all references below to section numbers or
   to regulations are references to the Internal Revenue Code and the
   regulation promulgated thereunder.
 
EXEMPT PAYEES DESCRIBED ABOVE SHOULD FILE A SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9 TO AVOID
POSSIBLE ERRONEOUS BACKUP WITHHOLDING. FILE THIS FORM WITH THE PAYER, FURNISH
YOUR TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER, WRITE "EXEMPT" ON THE FACE OF THE FORM,
SIGN AND DATE THE FORM AND RETURN IT TO THE PAYER.
 
Certain payments other than interest, dividends and patronage dividends that
are not subject to information reporting are also not subject to backup
withholding. For details, see the regulations under sections 6041, 6041A(a),
6045, and 6050A.
PRIVACY ACT NOTICES. Section 6109 requires most recipients of dividends,
interest or other payments to give taxpayer identification numbers to payers
who must report the payments to the IRS. The IRS uses the numbers for
identification purposes and to help verify the accuracy of your tax return.
Payers must be given the numbers whether or not recipients are required to
file tax returns. Payers must generally withhold 31% of taxable interest,
dividends, and certain other payments to a payee who does not furnish a
taxpayer identification number to a payer. Certain penalties may also apply.
 
Payments of dividends and patronage dividends not generally subject to backup
withholding include the following:
 
 . Payments to nonresident aliens subject to withholding under section 1441.
 . Payments to partnerships not engaged in a trade or business in the United
   States and which have at least one nonresident partner.
 . Payments of patronage dividends where the amount received is not paid in
   money.
 . Payments made by certain foreign organizations.
 . Payments made to a nominee.
 
Payments of interest not generally subject to backup withholding include the
following:
 
 . Payments of interest on obligations issued by individuals. NOTE: You may
   be subject to backup withholding if (i) this interest is $600 or more,
   (ii) the interest is paid in the course of the payer's trade or business
   and (iii) you have not provided your correct taxpayer identification
   number to the payer.
 . Payments of tax-exempt interest (including exempt-interest dividends under
   section 852).
 . Payments described in section 6049(b)(5) to non-resident aliens.
 . Payments on tax-free covenant bonds under section 1451.
 . Payments made by certain foreign organizations.
 . Payments made to a nominee.
 
PENALTIES
 
(1) PENALTY FOR FAILURE TO FURNISH TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER.--If you
fail to furnish your taxpayer identification number to a payer, you are
subject to a penalty of $50 for each such failure unless your failure is due
to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect.
 
(2) CIVIL PENALTY FOR FALSE STATEMENTS WITH RESPECT TO WITHHOLDING.--If you
make a false statement with no reasonable basis which results in no imposition
of backup withholding, you are subject to a penalty of $500.
 
(3) CRIMINAL PENALTY FOR FALSIFYING INFORMATION.--If you falsify
certifications or affirmations, you are subject to criminal penalties
including fines and/or imprisonment.
 
(4) FAILURE TO REPORT CERTAIN DIVIDEND AND INTEREST PAYMENTS.--If you fail to
include any portion of an includible payment for interest, dividends or
patronage dividends in gross income and such failure is due to negligence, a
penalty of 20% is imposed on any portion of any underpayment attributable to
the failure.
 
FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CONTACT YOUR TAX CONSULTANT OR THE INTERNAL REVENUE
SERVICE.
                                       2

<PAGE>
 
                                                                  Exhibit (a)(7)

                                                               27th January 1998

                               The Sage Group plc

          Recommended tender offer for State of the Art, Inc. ("SOTA")

 .    Recommended tender offer to acquire SOTA, listed on NASDAQ, for
     approximately $263 million ((Pounds)159 million)

 .    The tender offer is $22.00 in cash per share, a 33 per cent. premium to the
     current price

 .    The tender offer will be financed partly by a vendor placing of 7,826,694
     new shares representing 7.2 per cent. of the current issued share capital
     of Sage to raise at least (Pounds)70 million, with the balance being
     financed by bank debt. SOTA had net cash holdings at 31st December 1997
     of $45.0 million ((Pounds)27.2 million)

 .    SOTA is a leading player in the US market for PC accounting software

 .    SOTA distributes its products through an established value added reseller
     network, a channel strategy which is very similar to that employed by Sage
     in Europe

 .    The acquisition of SOTA will provide Sage with a strong platform from which
     to grow its US business

Commenting on today's announcement, the Chairman, Michael Jackson, said

          "The acquisition of SOTA represents an exciting opportunity for the
          Sage Group. SOTA has excellent products, a powerful value added
          reseller network and a substantial customer base. Sage's expertise in
          brand management, product marketing and channel management together
          with SOTA's leading position in the US PC accounting software market
          provides us with a strong platform from which to grow our US business
          substantially."

Press enquiries:
- --------------- 

Sage                                      0171-831-3113 today
Paul Walker, Chief Executive         0191-255-3000 thereafter
Aidan Hughes, Finance Director
<PAGE>
 
Schroders                                  0171-658-6000
Mark Warham
William Barter

Financial Dynamics                         0171-831-3113
Steve Jacobs
Giles Sanderson

Schroders, which is regulated by the Securities and Futures Authority Limited,
is acting for Sage in relation to the acquisition of SOTA and the vendor placing
and for no one else and will not be responsible to any other person for
providing the protections afforded to its customers or for advising any other
person in relation to the acquisition of SOTA and the vendor placing.




                                       2
<PAGE>
 
Introduction

Sage is today announcing a recommended offer to be made by its US subsidiary
(Rose Acquisition Corp.) for the entire issued, fully diluted share capital of
SOTA for a consideration of $263 million ((Pounds)159 million) payable on
completion.

Sage is partly financing the acquisition through a vendor placing of Sage shares
to raise not less than (Pounds)70 million (net of commissions) by the issue of
7,826,694 new ordinary shares (representing 7.2 per cent. of the current issued
share capital of Sage) at not less than 900p per share. The placing has been
fully underwritten by Schroders. The balance of the consideration of (Pounds)89
million will be financed through a five year term facility.

The offer of $22.00 per share represents a premium of 33 per cent. over the
middle market quotation of $16.50, the closing price of a SOTA share yesterday.

Background to the acquisition of SOTA

The principal activity of the Sage Group is the development, distribution and
support of branded PC accounting software and related products for small to
medium sized enterprises ('SMEs').

Since flotation in December 1989, the Group has grown both organically and by
acquisition.  In the last five years, the Sage Group has increased turnover and
earnings per share at an average annual compound rate of 41 per cent. to
(Pounds)152 million and 31 per cent. to 23.4p respectively.

The Group's expansion into overseas markets has been effected over the past five
years through a series of strategic accusations.  This growth strategy reflects
the Board's belief that acquiring a leading brand in an overseas market with an
established distribution network, a substantial customer base, and in
particular, a product range that has been specifically developed to comply with
that market's legislative, fiscal and accounting conventions, is more effective
than developing a product in one market and attempting to sell that product
cross-border into other markets.

Sage's acquisition strategy over the past five years has resulted in the Group
acquiring interests in significant businesses in France and Germany as well as
additional acquisitions in the UK and the USA.  These businesses have benefited
from Sage's skills in brand management, product marketing and channel management
as well as from its expertise in installed base marketing (the marketing of
products and services to existing customers to generate increasing streams of
recurring revenues). The successful integration of these businesses into the
Group has contributed significantly to the Group's performance over this period
and to Sage's position as one of the leading European players in PC accounting
software products and services.

The Sage brand, the Group's substantial reseller network and its strong customer
base provide a powerful platform from which it can continue to grow organically
in Europe.  The Group's strategy is 



                                       3
<PAGE>
 
also to develop further into international growth markets; the offer announced
today to acquire SOTA represents a major step in this expansion programme.

Reasons for the acquisition

The Board believes that the acquisition of SOTA will provide the Group with a
significant strategic presence in the important US PC accounting software
market.  SOTA has excellent products, a strong value added reseller network and
a substantial customer base.  the Board further believes that SOTA's existing
experienced management team will benefit from Sage's expertise in brand
management, product marketing, channel management and installed base marketing
to achieve enhanced returns. The acquisition of SOTA will provide Sage with a
platform from which to grow its business in the US.

The Board believes that the acquisition of SOTA will enhance Sage's earnings per
share in the year to September 1999, the first full year of ownership.

Information on SOTA

SOTA, a NASDAQ listed company, has its headquarters in Irvine, California.  Its
principal activity is the development, distribution and support of PC accounting
software for the US market.  SOTA has an extensive network of value added
resellers throughout the US through which it distributes its products and
services to the SME marketplace.

SOTA has three main product lines positioned to provide solutions to SMEs:

 .    BusinessWorks is an entry-level accounting software product for the smaller
     business customer. There were some 22,000 users of this product in the US
     market of which approximately 17 per cent. have software support contracts
     with SOTA. Distribution is through a large network of 3,000 authorized
     value added resellers, the significant majority of which are accountancy
     practices.

 .    MAS 90 is an accounting software product for small to medium sized business
     customers. It is available in DOS, Windows and also, more recently, in an
     NT/Client Server version. There are around 65,000 users in the market of
     which approximately 20 per cent. have software support contracts. MAS 90 is
     distributed by some 6000 authorized value added resellers and accountancy
     firms.

 .    Acuity Financials is a new client server product designed to address the
     needs of the larger business. Distribution is currently through 130 Acuity
     solution providers; 140 units have been shipped to date.


                                       4
<PAGE>
 
Management

SOTA's management team is led by David Hanna who has considerable experience of
the US accounting software industry.  Over the past four years, David Hanna has
built up a professional management team at SOTA which has put in place a much
improved product range, a well-organized proactive sales force, enhanced channel
communications and strong financial controls.  This management team will remain
in place post acquisition to effect Sage's strategic plans for the future
development of SOTA's US business.

Financial performance of SOTA

Set out below is a summary of key financial information for SOTA as reported
under US GAAP. This information includes SOTA's annual results for 1997 which
were formally announced in the USA today.




                                       5
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
  Year ended 31 December           1995        1996        1997       1997/(1)/
                                    $m          $m          $m        (Pounds)m

<S>                               <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Turnover                           46.1        52.0        64.0             39.1

Operating profit                    7.4         2.9         7.8              4.8

Profit before tax                   8.6         4.3         9.7              5.9

Profit after tax                    5.7         2.9         6.5              4.0

Net cash inflow from                
 operating activities               5.6         5.8        12.8              7.8

Net assets                         42.3        47.0        54.0             33.0

Net cash balances                  33.8        37.1        45.0             27.5
</TABLE> 

 
(1) Basis of exchange rate: (Pounds)1 = $1.6368, being the prevailing exchange
    rate at 31st December 1997.


                                       6

 
<PAGE>
 
Financial Record

In 1995 the company was largely dependent on revenues from its range of DOS
products.  During 1995, the development of Windows versions of the MAS 90 and
BusinessWorks product ranges was commenced.

In 1996, R&D investment was increased substantially to ensure the timely launch
of the MAS 90 for Windows range of products and to accelerate development of the
Acuity client server product range. Launch of the MAS 90 for Windows range
during 1996 resulted in significant marketing costs.  In addition, the
increasing number of customers on support contract led to an increase in
customer support costs.  Overall, improvements in revenue, largely due to the
launch of MAS 90 for Windows and an increase in installed base revenues were
offset by a substantial increase in operating expenses which led to a decline in
profit before taxation.

In 1997, revenues increased by 23 per cent. largely due to growth in MAS 90 for
Windows sales as well as increasing support revenues.  However, continued
investment in R&D to ensure the satisfactory development of the MAS 90 and
Acuity product ranges again had an impact on operating expenses.  A
significant investment was also made in sales and marketing with the launch of
the MAS 90 Client Server product range and the Acuity product range.  Profit
before taxation increased significantly over the prior year.

Over the three year period, the mix of revenues has changed substantially.  In
1995, SOTA was largely dependent on its DOS product range with a small revenue
stream being derived from the sale of business forms.  By 1997, the mix
reflected the introduction of new Windows and Client Server products.  In 1997,
Windows products represented 48 per cent. of the total revenues, with the new
Acuity range accounting for a further 14 per cent. Installed base revenues
resulted in a further 20 per cent. and DOS revenues declined to only 18 per 
cent. of the total.

Current Trading and Prospects

The outlook for 1998 is positive.  With the MAS 90 product range now complete,
the financial modules of the Acuity product range now launched and well accepted
by the market and further modules in the Acuity range planned for launch later
in 1998, further growth in primary software sales is expected.

Sage's skills in installed base marketing should provide an opportunity to
increase installed base revenues. At present only some 20 per cent. of MAS 90
customers and some 17 per cent. of BusinessWorks customers have support
contracts with SOTA and there is a clear opportunity to increase these levels.
Upgrade campaigns to encourage customers to continue to move from DOS to Windows
and from less powerful products like BusinessWorks up to the more powerful MAS
90 range represent further opportunities to stimulate installed base sales. The
Board of Sage believes that this revenue growth can be achieved whilst keeping
operating expenses firmly under control.

                                       7
<PAGE>
 
Principal Terms of the Acquisition

The acquisition will be effected in a two stage process.  A US subsidiary of
Sage (Rose Acquisition Corp.) will make a tender offer to SOTA shareholders by
means of a document containing an offer to purchase (the US equivalent of an
offer document) which is expected to be filed with the SEC and mailed to SOTA
shareholders on 2nd February, 1998.  It is expected that the offer will
initially be open until immediately after midnight New York time on Monday, 2nd
March.

The conditions to the tender offer will include an acceptance condition
(described in further detail below) and various other conditions, including the
expiry of applicable waiting periods under the US Hart-Scott-Rodino Act and the
admission to listing of the Sage shares which are to be issued in connection
with the acquisition becoming effective.

The above arrangements are reflected in a merger agreement between Sage, Rose
Acquisition Corp. and SOTA, which also provides that, following the purchase of
SOTA shares under the tender offer, a merger between Rose Acquisition Corp. and
SOTA will be effected, under California law, with SOTA being the surviving
entity, pursuant to which SOTA will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of Sage.
If tenders in respect of more than 90 per cent. of the SOTA shares are received,
the merger will occur shortly after the closing of the tender offer.  If less
than 90 per cent. (but more than 50 per cent.) tenders are achieved, Rose
Acquisition Corp. will accept tenders in respect of 49.999 per cent. of the SOTA
shares, following which, to effect the merger under California law, it will be
necessary to obtain more than 50 per cent. shareholder approval at a special
meeting of SOTA shareholders at which Rose Acquisition Corp. would be entitled
to vote its shares.  In this circumstance, it is expected that the merger would
become effective approximately three months after the tender offer closes with
the result that SOTA would then become a wholly-owned subsidiary of Sage.

There merger agreement may be terminated in certain circumstances, including if
the conditions have not been met or if a higher offer is made for the SOTA
shares.  A break up fee may be payable in the event of termination, either by
Rose Acquisition Corp. or by SOTA, depending on the circumstances of the
termination, of an amount equal to $8 million (plus out of pocket expenses up to
a maximum of $1.25 million).

                                       8
<PAGE>
 
                                   APPENDIX

                         Financial Information on SOTA
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
 Profit and loss account
 
                                        Year to 31 December
                                      -----------------------
                              1995       1996       1997         1997
                             $'000s     $'000s     $'000s    (Pounds)'000s
                             ------     ------     ------    -------------
<S>                        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Turnover                     46,118     52,046     63,956          39,074
Cost of Sales               (10,268)   (10,377)   (12,637)         (7,721)
                           --------   --------   --------         ------- 

Gross profit                 35,850     41,669     51,319          31,353
Operating expenses          (28,488)   (38,752)   (43,503)        (26.578)
                           --------   --------   --------         ------- 

Operating profit              7,362      2,917      7,816           4,775
Net interest income           1,234      1,381      1,844           1,127
                           --------   --------   --------         ------- 

Profit before tax             8,596      4,298      9,660           5,902
Tax                          (2,933)    (1,406)    (3,117)         (1,904)
                           --------   --------   --------         ------- 

Profit after tax              5,663      2,892      6,543           3,998
                           ========   ========   ========          ======

EPS                           $0.51      $0.25      $0.56          34.21p
</TABLE>

                                       9
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
Cash flow
 
                                             As at 31 December
                                           ---------------------
                                   1995      1996      1997        1997
                                  $'000s    $'000s    $'000s  (Pounds)'000s
<S>                              <C>       <C>       <C>         <C>
Fixed Assets:                                                
  Tangible                         4,357     5,334     5,106          3,120
  Intangible                       2,226     1,630     3,421          2,090
                                                             
Current assets:                                              
  Stock                            1,086     1,494       777            475
  Debtors                          6,180     6,780    13,071          7,986
Cash and cash equivalents         33,783    37,093    45,049         27,523
                                 -------   -------   -------        -------
                                  41,049    45,367    58,897         35,984
                                                             
Creditors: Falling due                                       
within 1 year                     (5,180)   (4,029)   (6,887)        (4,208)
                                 -------   -------   -------        -------
                                                             
Net Current Assets                35,869    41,338    52,010         31,776
                                                             
Total Assets less Current                                    
Liabilities                       42,452    48,302    60,737         37,107
                                                             
Creditors: Falling due                                       
 within 1 year Deferred             (202)     (244)     (217)          (133)
 Maintenance Income                    -    (1,046)   (6,568)        (4,013)
                                 -------   -------   -------        -------
Shareholder Funds                 42,250    47,012    53,952         32,961
                                 =======   =======   =======        =======
</TABLE> 

                                       10
<PAGE>
 
Balance Sheet

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                          Year to 31 December
                                        -----------------------
                                 1995      1996      1997        1997
                                $'000s    $'000s    $'000s  (Pounds)'000s
<S>                             <C>       <C>       <C>         <C> 
Net Cash inflow from             
 operating activities                                          
 (after tax)                     5,556     5,811    12,782          7,809
                                                               
Investing activities:                                                      
  Purchase of fixed assets      (3,160)   (3,827)   (2,337)        (1,428) 
  Purchase of subsidiary             -         -    (2,618)        (1,599) 
   undertakings                 ------    ------    ------         ------  
                              
Net cash inflow/(outflow)                                                  
 from investing activities      (3,160)   (3,827)   (4,955)        (3,027) 
                              
Financing:                                                     
  Shares issues                  1,475     1,326     1,893          1,157
  Shares repurchased                 -         -    (1,764)        (1,078)
                                ------    ------    ------         ------ 
                              
  Net cash outflow from                                                
   financing                     1,475     1,326      (129)           (79)
                                ------    ------    ------         ------
                              
Increase in cash and cash                                                 
 equivalents                     3,871     3,310     7,956          4,860 
                              
Opening cash and cash                                                     
 equivalents                    29,912    33,783    37,093         22,663 
                              
Closing cash and cash                                                     
 equivalents                    33,783    37,093    45,049         27,523 
                               =======   =======   =======         ======
</TABLE> 
 
Note: Values shown have been translated from US dollars to Sterling (for
      illustrative purposes only) using the 31 December 1997 exchange rate of
      (Pounds) 1:$1.6368 

                                       11

<PAGE>
 
                                                                  Exhibit (a)(8)

                                 NEWS RELEASE


                               STATE OF THE ART
                               ----------------

                              Accounting Software


                                                          Company Contact:
                                                          --------------- 
                                                        James R. Eckstaedt
                                                   Chief Financial Officer
                                                        714/753-1222 x3805


FOR IMMEDIATE RELEASE
- ---------------------

       The Sage Group plc to Acquire State Of The Art, Inc.

          IRVINE, Calif., - January 26, 1998 - State Of The Art, Inc.
(NASDAQ:SOTA), a leading mid-range accounting software provider, and The Sage
Group plc (Reuters: SGE.L), of Newcastle upon Tyne, England, the world's leading
supplier of personal computer accounting software to small- and medium-sized
businesses, jointly today announced that they have signed a definitive merger
agreement, pursuant to which Sage will acquire all of the outstanding stock of
State Of The Art at $22.00 per share, or approximately $263 million. To
implement the agreement Sage will commence a cash tender offer within five
business days.  The completion of the offer is subject to a number of customary
conditions.

          The offer of $22.00 per share represents a premium of 33% over State
Of The Art's closing price on January 26, 1998.  Under the terms of the
agreement, 
<PAGE>
 
NEWS RELEASE                                              STATE OF THE ART, INC.
Page 2                      The Sage Group plc to Acquire State Of The Art, Inc.

State Of The Art will become a wholly owned subsidiary of The Sage Group.

          With this acquisition, Sage gains market leadership of the U.S. mid-
range accounting software market, complementing similar market positions in the
United Kingdom, France and Germany.  This combination is another important step
in Sage's strategy to build a global franchise in the accounting software
market.

          "This acquisition brings important benefits to our customers, channel
partners and our employees," said David Hanna, president and chief executive
officer of State Of The Art.  "For our 90,000 U.S. customers, this combination
offers exciting opportunities for new products, higher levels of service and
support, and a broader product functionality.  For channel partners, there are
additional opportunities for growth and profits.  For our employees, this is the
next step in strengthening our market leadership position on a global basis.  In
addition, our shareholders obtain an attractive cash buyout."

          "The acquisition of State Of The Art provides The Sage Group with a
much enhanced strategic presence in the U.S. State Of The Art has an excellent
product range, a strong value added reseller network, and a substantial customer
base," said Paul Walker, chief executive of Sage.  "In the United States, our
combined product lines have virtually no overlap.  We see opportunities to
increase sales by marketing products and services to our 

<PAGE>
 
NEWS RELEASE                                              STATE OF THE ART, INC.
Page 3                      The Sage Group plc to Acquire State Of The Art, Inc.

expanded customer base. State Of The Art is a profitable, well-run company whose
experienced management team will greatly contribute to the success of our Sage
U.S. operation."

          When the acquisition is complete, State Of The Art will join the group
of U.S. software companies owned by Sage called Sage U.S. Group; its other
members include DacEasy, Inc., Timeslips, Inc., and Telemagic Inc. The State Of
The Art management team, led by David W. Hanna, will remain in place after the
transaction closes.

          Consummation of the merger is conditioned on, among other things, the
tender of at least 90% of the outstanding shares of State Of The Art, on a fully
diluted basis, in the tender offer.

About State Of The Art
- ----------------------

          State Of The Art is a leader in providing accounting software for
small- to medium-sized businesses.  The company develops and markets Acuity
Financials(TM) accounting software, a client-server solution optimized for
Microsoft(R) Windows NT(R)/SQL Server(TM) platforms; MAS 90(R) accounting
software, which offers a broad range of applications for virtually any type of
business; and Business Works(R) accounting software for small and growing
businesses.  State Of The Art reported revenues for its fiscal year ending
December 31, 1997, of $64.0 million, an increase of 23% over 1996 revenues.

<PAGE>
 
NEWS RELEASE                                              STATE OF THE ART, INC.
Page 4                      The Sage Group plc to Acquire State Of The Art, Inc.

About The Sage Group
- --------------------

          Sage is the world's leading supplier of mainstream PC accounting
software.  Sage's product offerings encompass accounting, payroll, time and
billing, and contact management software, for the entire spectrum of users: from
small entrepreneurial business, to large multinational corporations.  Sage's
revenues for its fiscal year ending September 30, 1997 were (Pounds)152.1
million ($250 million).

                                      ###

State Of The Art Acuity Financials, MAS 90, and Business Works are trademarks
and registered trademarks of State Of The Art, Inc. Microsoft, Windows NT and
MICROSOFT SQL Server are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Microsoft
Corporation in the U.S. and/or other countries.  All other trademarks and
registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.

UBS Securities acted as a financial advisor to State Of The Art, Inc.



<PAGE>
 
                                                                  EXHIBIT (a)(9)
 
This announcement is neither an offer to purchase nor a solicitation of an offer
to sell Shares (as defined below). The Offer (as defined below) is made solely
by the Offer to Purchase, dated February 2, 1998 (the "Offer to Purchase"), and
the related Letter of Transmittal and is being made to all holders of Shares.
The Offer is not being made to (nor will tenders be accepted from or on behalf
of) holders of Shares in any jurisdiction in which the making of the Offer or
the acceptance thereof would not be in compliance with the laws of such
jurisdiction or any administrative or judicial action pursuant thereto. In any
jurisdictions where securities, blue sky or other laws require the Offer to be
made by a licensed broker or dealer, the Offer shall be deemed to be made on
behalf of the Purchaser (as defined below) by BT Alex. Brown Incorporated (the
"Dealer Manager") or one or more registered brokers or dealers licensed under
the laws of such jurisdiction.

Notice of Offer to Purchase for Cash

All Outstanding Shares of Common Stock of State Of The Art, Inc. at $22.00 Net
Per Share by Rose Acquisition Corp. a direct and indirect wholly owned
subsidiary of The Sage Group plc Rose Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation
(the "Purchaser") and a direct and indirect wholly owned subsidiary of The Sage
Group plc, a company organized under the laws of England ("Sage Group"), is
offering to purchase all of the issued and outstanding shares (the "Shares") of
common stock, no par value (the "Common Stock"), of State Of The Art, Inc., a
California corporation (the "Company"), for $22.00 per Share or any higher price
paid in the Offer, net to the seller in cash (the "Offer Price"), upon the terms
and subject to the conditions set forth in the Offer to Purchase and in the
related Letter of Transmittal (which, together with any amendments or
supplements thereto, collectively constitute the "Offer"). Tendering
shareholders will not be obligated to pay brokerage fees or commissions or,
except as set forth in Instruction 6 of the Letter of Transmittal, transfer
taxes on the purchase of Shares pursuant to the Offer. The Purchaser is offering
to acquire all Shares as a first step in acquiring the entire equity interest in
the Company. Following consummation of the Offer, the Purchaser intends to
effect the merger described below.

THE OFFER AND WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS WILL EXPIRE AT 12:00 MIDNIGHT, NEW YORK CITY
TIME, ON MONDAY, MARCH 2, 1998 (THE "INITIAL EXPIRATION DATE"), UNLESS THE OFFER
IS EXTENDED.

The Offer is being made pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated
January 27, 1998 (the "Merger Agreement"), by and among Sage Group, the
Purchaser and the Company pursuant to which, as soon as practicable after the
completion of the Offer and satisfaction or waiver, if permissible, of all
conditions to the Merger (as defined below), the Purchaser will be merged with
and into the Company and the separate corporate existence of the Purchaser will
thereupon cease. The merger, as effected pursuant to the immediately preceding
sentence, is referred to herein as the "Merger," and the Company as the
surviving corporation of the Merger is sometimes herein referred to as the
"Surviving Corporation." At the effective time of the Merger (the "Effective
Time"), each share of Common Stock then outstanding (other than Shares held by
Sage Group or the Purchaser and Shares held by shareholders of the Company who
perfect their dissenters' rights under California law) will be canceled and
retired and converted into the right to receive the Offer Price, in cash payable
to the holder thereof without interest.

The Board of Directors of the Company has unanimously determined that each of
the Merger Agreement, 
<PAGE>
 
the Offer, the Merger, and the Option Agreement (as defined below) is fair to
and in the best interests of the shareholders of the Company and recommends that
the shareholders of the Company accept the Offer and tender their Shares to the
Purchaser pursuant to the Offer.

The Offer is conditioned upon, among other things, there being validly tendered
and not withdrawn prior to the expiration of the Offer, that number of shares of
Common Stock which, when added to the Shares then owned by the Purchaser,
represents at least 90% of the shares outstanding on a fully diluted basis
(without giving pro forma effect to the potential issuance of any Shares
issuable under the Option Agreement described below) on the date of purchase
(the "Minimum Condition"). The Purchaser will not be required to accept for
payment or pay for any tendered Shares until the expiration of all applicable
waiting periods under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976,
as amended. The Offer is also subject to other terms and conditions described in
Section 14 of the Offer to Purchase. As used herein "fully diluted basis" takes
into account the conversion or exercise of all outstanding options and other
rights and securities exercisable or convertible into shares of Common Stock.

In the event that the Minimum Condition is not satisfied on the Initial
Expiration Date pursuant to the Offer, the Purchaser is required to extend the
Offer and may waive, and in certain circumstances thereafter is required to
waive, the Minimum Condition and amend the Offer to reduce the number of Shares
subject to the Offer to such number of Shares that when added to the Shares then
owned by the Purchaser will equal 49.9999% of the Shares then outstanding (the
"Revised Minimum Number") and, if a greater number of Shares is tendered into
the Offer and not withdrawn, purchase, on a pro rata basis, the Revised Minimum
Number of Shares (it being understood that the Purchaser may, but shall not in
any event be required to accept for payment, or pay for, any Shares if less than
the Revised Minimum Number of Shares is tendered pursuant to the Offer and not
withdrawn at the applicable expiration date of the Offer). Concurrently with the
execution and delivery of the Merger Agreement, the Purchaser, Sage Group and
the Company entered into a Stock Option Agreement, dated January 27, 1998 (the
"Option Agreement"), pursuant to which, upon the terms set forth therein, the
Company granted to the Purchaser an irrevocable option (the "Stock Option") to
purchase up to the number of Shares (the "Option Shares") that, when added to
the number of shares owned by the Purchaser and its affiliates immediately
following consummation of the Offer, would constitute 90% of the Shares then
outstanding on a fully diluted basis (assuming the issuance of the Option
Shares) at a purchase price per Option Share equal to the Offer Price, subject
to the terms and conditions set forth in the Option Agreement, including,
without limitation, that the number of Shares to be issued under the Stock
Option shall not exceed the number of authorized Shares available for issuance.

As a condition and inducement to Sage Group's and the Purchaser's entering into
the Merger Agreement and incurring the liabilities therein, certain shareholders
of the Company (the "Shareholders"), who have voting power and dispositive power
with respect to an aggregate of 1,290,868 Shares, concurrently with the
execution and delivery of the Merger Agreement entered into a Shareholder
Agreement, dated January 27, 1998 (the "Shareholder Agreement"), with Sage
Group and the Purchaser. Pursuant to the Shareholder Agreement, the
Shareholders have agreed, among other things, to tender the Shares held by
them in the Offer, and to grant Sage Group a proxy with respect to the voting
of such Shares in favor of the Merger (which proxy will terminate in the event
that the Purchaser waives the Minimum Condition and accepts for payment the
Revised Minimum Number of Shares).

For the purposes of the Offer, the Purchaser will be deemed to have accepted for
payment, and thereby purchased, Shares properly tendered to the Purchaser and
not withdrawn as of and when the Purchaser gives oral or written notice to
ChaseMellon Shareholder Services, L.L.C. (the "Depositary") of the Purchaser's
acceptance for payment of such Shares. Upon the terms and subject to the
conditions of the Offer, payment for Shares accepted for payment pursuant to the
Offer will be made by deposit of the purchase price therefor with the
Depositary, which will act as agent for tendering shareholders for the purpos-
<PAGE>
 
es of receiving payment from the Purchaser and transmitting payment to tendering
shareholders. In all cases, payment for Shares accepted for payment pursuant to
the Offer will be made only after timely receipt by the Depositary of (i)
certificates for such Shares (or a timely Book-Entry Confirmation (as defined in
the Offer to Purchase) with respect thereto), (ii) a Letter of Transmittal (or
facsimile thereof), properly completed and duly executed, with any required
signature guarantees, or, in the case of a book-entry transfer, an Agent's
Message (as defined in the Offer to Purchase) and (iii) any other documents
required by the Letter of Transmittal. The per share consideration paid to any
holder of a Share pursuant to the Offer will be the highest per share
consideration paid to any other holder of Shares pursuant to the Offer. Under no
circumstances will interest be paid on the purchase price to be paid by the
Purchaser for the tendered Shares, regardless of any extension of the Offer or
any delay in making such payment. Except as otherwise provided in the Offer to
Purchase, tenders of Shares are irrevocable. Shares tendered pursuant to the
Offer may be withdrawn pursuant to the procedures set forth below at any time
prior to the Expiration Date (as defined in the Offer to Purchase) and, unless
theretofore accepted for payment and paid for by the Purchaser pursuant to the
Offer, may also be withdrawn at any time after April 2, 1998, as described in
Section 4 of the Offer to Purchase.

For a withdrawal to be effective, a written, telegraphic or facsimile
transmission notice of withdrawal must be timely received by the Depositary at
one of its addresses set forth on the back cover of the Offer to Purchase and
must specify the name of the person having tendered the Shares to be withdrawn,
the number of Shares to be withdrawn and the name of the registered holder of
the Shares to be withdrawn, if different from the name of the person who
tendered the Shares. If certificates for Shares have been delivered or otherwise
identified to the Depositary, then, prior to the physical release of such
certificates, the serial numbers shown on such certificates must be submitted to
the Depositary and, unless such Shares have been tendered by an Eligible
Institution (as defined in Section 3 of the Offer to Purchase), the signatures
on the notice of withdrawal must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution. If
Shares have been delivered pursuant to the procedures for book-entry transfer as
set forth in Section 3 of the Offer to Purchase, any notice of withdrawal must
also specify the name and number of the account at the appropriate Book-Entry
Transfer Facility (as defined in the Offer to Purchase) to be credited with the
withdrawn Shares and otherwise comply with such Book-Entry Transfer Facility's
procedures. Withdrawals of tenders of Shares may not be rescinded, and any
Shares properly withdrawn will thereafter be deemed not validly tendered for
purposes of the Offer. However, withdrawn Shares may be tendered again by
following one of the procedures described in Section 3 of the Offer to Purchase
any time prior to the Expiration Date.

The term "Expiration Date" shall mean 12:00 midnight, New York City time, on
Monday, March 2, 1998, unless and until the Purchaser, in accordance with the
terms of the Offer, shall have extended the period of time during which the
Offer is open, in which event the term "Expiration Date" shall mean the latest
time and date at which the Offer, as so extended by the Purchaser, shall expire.

All questions as to the form and validity (including time of receipt) of notices
of withdrawal will be determined by the Purchaser, in its sole discretion, which
determination will be final and binding. None of the Purchaser, Sage Group, the
Depositary, MacKenzie Partners, Inc. (the "Information Agent"), the Dealer
Manager or any other person will be under any duty to give notification of any
defects or irregularities in any notice of withdrawal or incur any liability for
failure to give any such notification.

Subject to the terms of the Merger Agreement, the Purchaser expressly reserves
the right, in its sole discretion, at any time or from time to time, to extend
the period of time during which the Offer is open and thereby delay acceptance
for payment of, and the payment for, any Shares, by giving oral or written
notice of such extension to the Depositary and by making a public announcement
of such extension by no later than 9:00 a.m. New York City time on the next
business day after the previously scheduled expiration date. During any such
extension, all Shares previously tendered and not withdrawn will remain subject
to the Offer, subject to the right of a tendering shareholder to withdraw such
shareholder's Shares.

The information required to be disclosed by paragraph (e)(1)(vii) of Rule 14d-6
under the Securities 
<PAGE>
 
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is contained in the Offer to Purchase and is
incorporated herein by reference.

The Company has provided the Purchaser with the Company's shareholder lists and
security position listings for the purpose of disseminating the Offer to holders
of Shares. The Offer to Purchase, the related Letter of Transmittal and other
relevant documents will be mailed by the Purchaser to record holders of Shares,
and will be furnished by the Purchaser to brokers, dealers, commercial banks,
trust companies and similar persons whose names, or the names of whose nominees,
appear on the shareholder lists, or, if applicable, who are listed as
participants in a clearing agency's security position listing, for subsequent
transmittal to beneficial owners of Shares. 

The Offer to Purchase and the Letter of Transmittal contain important
information and should be read in their entirety before any decision is made
with respect to the Offer.

Questions and requests for assistance or additional copies of the Offer to
Purchase, Letter of Transmittal and other tender offer documents may be directed
to the Information Agent or the Dealer Manager, at the respective addresses and
telephone numbers set forth below, and copies will be furnished at the
Purchaser's expense. The Purchaser will not pay any fees or commissions to any
broker or dealer or other person (other than the Information Agent, Depositary
and Dealer Manager) for soliciting tenders of Shares pursuant to the Offer.

The Information Agent for the Offer is:

156 Fifth Avenue
New York, New York 10010
(212) 929-5500 (Call Collect)

or

Call Toll-Free (800) 322-2885

The Dealer Manager for the Offer is:
BT Alex.BrownIncorporated
101 California Street, 48th Floor
San Francisco, California 94111
(415) 544-2800 (Call Collect)

or

Call Toll-Free (800) 334-2640

February 2, 1998


<PAGE>
 
                                                                 EXHIBIT (a)(10)
 
                               January 26, 1998


Board of Directors
State of The Art, Inc.
56 Technology Drive
Irvine, CA 92618

Members of the Board of Directors:

     You have requested our opinion as to the fairness, from a financial point
of view, to the shareholders of State of The Art, Inc., a California corporation
(the "Company"), of the consideration to be received by such holders pursuant to
the terms of that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger, to be dated January 27,
1998 (the "Merger Agreement"), by and among The Sage Group plc, a company
organized under the laws of England ("Parent"), Rose Acquisition Corp., a
Delaware corporation and a direct and indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Parent
("Purchaser"), and the Company. The Merger Agreement provides, among other
things, for a tender offer (the "Offer") by Purchaser to acquire all of the
issued and outstanding shares of common stock, no par value, of the Company (the
"Company Common Stock") pursuant to which Purchaser will pay to the holders of
such shares of Company Common Stock $22.00 per share in cash for each share of
Company Common Stock accepted, and following completion of the Offer, Purchaser
will be merged with and into the Company and each outstanding share of Company
Common Stock (other than shares of Company Common Stock already owned by Parent
or Purchaser) will be converted into the right to receive $22.00 in cash
(together with the Offer, the "Transaction"). The terms and conditions of the
Transaction are more fully set forth in the Merger Agreement.

     UBS Securities LLC ("UBS"), as part of its investment banking business, is
continually engaged in the valuation of businesses and their securities in
connection with mergers and acquisitions, negotiated underwritings, secondary
distributions of listed and unlisted securities, private placements and
valuations for corporate and other purposes. In the ordinary course of our
business, we and our affiliates actively trade the securities of the Company and
Parent for our own account and for the accounts of our customers and,
accordingly, may at any time hold a long or short position in such securities.
We are acting as exclusive financial advisor to the Company in connection with
the Transaction and will receive a fee from the Company for our services
pursuant to the terms of our engagement letter with the Company, dated as of
January 12, 1998 (the "Engagement Letter").

     In connection with our opinion, we have reviewed and considered such
financial and other matters as we have deemed relevant, including, among other
things: (i) a substantially final draft of the Merger Agreement; (ii) certain
publicly available information for the Company, including the annual report of
the Company filed on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996, and the
quarterly report of the Company filed on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
September 30, 1997; (iii) certain internal financial analyses, financial
forecasts, reports and other information concerning the Company prepared by the
management of the Company; (iv) discussions we have had with certain members of
the management of the Company concerning the historical and current business
<PAGE>
 
State of The Art, Inc.
January 26, 1998
Page 2


operations, financial condition and prospects of the Company and such other
matters we deemed relevant; (v) the reported price and trading history of the
shares of the Company Common Stock as compared to the reported price and trading
histories of certain publicly traded companies we deemed relevant; (vi) the
financial condition of the Company as compared to the financial condition of
certain other companies we deemed relevant; (vii) certain financial terms of the
Transaction as compared to the financial terms of selected other business
combinations we deemed relevant; and (viii) such other information, financial
studies, analyses and investigations and such other factors that we deemed
relevant for the purposes of this opinion.

     In conducting our review and arriving at our opinion, we have, with your
consent, assumed and relied, without independent investigation, upon the
accuracy and completeness of all financial and other information provided to us
by the Company or publicly available, and we have not undertaken any
responsibility for the accuracy, completeness or reasonableness of, or
independently to verify, such information. We have, with your consent, assumed
that the financial forecasts which we examined were reasonably prepared by the
management of the Company on bases reflecting the best currently available
estimates and good faith judgments of such management as to the competitive,
operating and regulatory environments and the related financial performance of
the Company for the relevant periods. We have not made or obtained any
independent evaluations, valuations or appraisals of the assets or liabilities
of the Company, nor have we been furnished with such materials. Our services to
the Company in connection with the Transaction have been comprised solely of
financial advisory services, as described in the Engagement Letter. Our opinion
is necessarily based upon economic and market conditions and other circumstances
as they exist and can be evaluated by us on the date hereof. Additionally, we
have not been authorized or requested to, and did not, solicit alternative
offers for the Company or its assets, nor have we investigated any other
alternative transactions that may be available to the Company.

     It is understood that this letter is intended for the benefit and use of
the Board of Directors of the Company in its consideration of the Transaction
and may not be used for any other purpose or reproduced, disseminated, quoted or
referred to at any time, in any manner or for any purpose without our prior
written consent; provided, however, that this letter may be disclosed if
required by law and may be included in its entirety and referred to in any
filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission of the
Solicitation/Recommendation Statement of the Company relating to the
Transaction. Our opinion does not address the underlying decision by the Company
to engage in the Transaction and does not constitute a recommendation to any
shareholder of the Company as to whether such stockholder should tender his or
her shares of the Company Common Stock in the Offer or how such shareholder
should vote with respect to the merger or to take any other action in connection
with the Transaction or otherwise.
 
     Based upon and subject to the foregoing, including the various assumptions
and limitations set forth herein, it is our opinion that, as of the date hereof,
the consideration to be received by the holders of shares of the Company Common
Stock (other than Parent, Purchaser and any affiliates thereof) in the
Transaction is fair, from a financial point of view, to such holders.

                                   Very truly yours,


                                   UBS SECURITIES LLC

<PAGE>
 
                                                                 EXHIBIT (a)(11)
 
                               AUDITORS' REPORTS
 
AUDITORS' REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF THE SAGE GROUP PLC
 
  We have audited the financial statements on pages 28 to 46 which have been
prepared under the historical cost convention and the accounting policies set
out on pages 33 to 34.
 
RESPECTIVE RESPONSIBILITIES OF DIRECTORS AND AUDITORS
 
  As described on page 24 the Company's directors are responsible for the
preparation of the financial statements. It is our responsibility to form an
independent opinion, based on our audit, on those statements and to report our
opinion to you.
 
BASIS OF OPINION
 
  We conducted our audit in accordance with Auditing Standards issued by the
Auditing Practices Board. An audit includes examination, on a test basis, of
evidence relevant to the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.
It also includes an assessment of the significant estimates and judgements made
by the directors in the preparation of the financial statements, and of whether
the accounting policies are appropriate to the company's circumstances,
consistently applied and adequately disclosed.
 
  We planned and performed our audit so as to obtain all the information and
explanations which we considered necessary in order to provide us with
sufficient evidence to give reasonable assurance that the financial statements
are free from material mis-statement, whether caused by fraud or other
irregularity or error. In forming our opinion we also evaluated the overall
adequacy of the presentation of information in the financial statements.
 
OPINION
 
  In our opinion the financial statements give a true and fair view of the
state of affairs of the Company and of the Group as at 30 September 1997 and of
the profit and cash flows of the Group for the year then ended and have been
properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 1985.
 
[LOGO OF PRICE WATERHOUSE] .
 
Chartered Accountants and Registered Auditors
Newcastle upon Tyne
22 December 1997
 
                                      F-1
<PAGE>
 
                THE SAGE GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 1997

REPORT BY THE AUDITORS TO THE DIRECTORS OF THE SAGE GROUP PLC ON CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE MATTERS
 
  In addition to our audit of the financial statements we have reviewed your
statements on pages 22 and 23 concerning the Group's compliance with the
paragraphs of the Code of Best Practice specified for our review by the London
Stock Exchange and the adoption of the going concern basis in preparing the
financial statements. The objective of our review is to draw attention to non-
compliance with Listing Rules 12.43(j) and 12.43(v) if not otherwise disclosed.
 
BASIS OF OPINION
 
  We carried out our review in accordance with guidance issued by the Auditing
Practices Board. That guidance does not require us to perform the additional
work necessary to, and we do not, express any opinion on the effectiveness of
either the Group's system of internal financial control or corporate governance
procedures nor on the ability of the Group to continue in operational
existence.
 
OPINION
 
  In our opinion, your statements on internal financial controls and on going
concern on page 23 have provided the disclosures required by the Listing Rules
referred to above and are consistent with the information which came to our
attention as a result of our audit work on the financial statements.
 
  In our opinion, based on enquiry of certain directors and officers of the
Company and examination of relevant documents, your statements on pages 22 and
23 appropriately reflect the Group's compliance with the other aspects of the
Code specified for our review by Listing Rule 12.43(j).
 
[LOGO OF PRICE WATERHOUSE] .
 
Chartered Accountants
Newcastle upon Tyne
22 December 1997
 
                                      F-2
<PAGE>
 
                      CONSOLIDATED PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT
                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 1997
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 EXISTING                    1997         1996
                                OPERATIONS  ACQUISITION     TOTAL        TOTAL
                          NOTE (Pounds)'000 (Pounds)'000 (Pounds)'000 (Pounds)'000
                          ---- ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
<S>                       <C>  <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Turnover................     2   134,671       17,418      152,089      136,236
Cost of sales...........         (21,273)        (759)     (22,032)     (21,121)
                                 -------      -------      -------      -------
Gross profit............         113,398       16,659      130,057      115,115
Selling and administra-
 tive expenses..........         (75,099)     (14,878)     (89,977)     (83,021)
                                 -------      -------      -------      -------
Operating profit .......  2, 3    38,299        1,781       40,080       32,094
Interest receivable.....                                       529          291
Interest payable........     4                              (2,974)      (2,332)
                                                           -------      -------
Profit on ordinary ac-
 tivities before taxa-
 tion...................                                    37,635       30,053
Taxation on profit on
 ordinary activities....     6                             (12,420)     (10,218)
                                                           -------      -------
Profit on ordinary ac-
 tivities after taxa-
 tion...................                                    25,215       19,835
Equity minority inter-
 ests...................                                        --           (7)
Profit for the financial
 year attributable to
 shareholders...........                                    25,215       19,828
Equity dividends........     7                              (3,137)      (2,837)
                                                           -------      -------
Amount transferred to
 reserves ..............    16                              22,078       16,991
                                                           -------      -------
Earnings per share
 (pence)................    23                               23.43p       18.50p
                                                           -------      -------
Net dividend per share
 (pence)................     7                                2.90p        2.64p
                                                           -------      -------
</TABLE>
 
  All operations in the year and in the comparative year were continuing. There
is no material difference between profits and losses as reported above and
historical cost profits and losses in either the current or comparative year.
 
                                      F-3
<PAGE>
 
                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
                            AS AT 30 SEPTEMBER 1997
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           1997         1996
                                                  NOTE (Pounds)'000 (Pounds)'000
                                                  ---- ------------ ------------
<S>                                               <C>  <C>          <C>
Fixed assets:
 Tangible assets................................    8      25,188       24,838
                                                         --------     --------
Current assets:
 Stocks.........................................   10       3,299        3,350
 Debtors........................................   11      28,915       19,453
 Cash at bank and in hand.......................            7,372        5,249
                                                         --------     --------
                                                           39,586       28,052
Creditors: amounts falling due within one year..   12     (49,758)     (41,393)
                                                         --------     --------
Net current liabilities.........................          (10,172)     (13,341)
                                                         --------     --------
  Total assets less current liabilities.........           15,016       11,497
Creditors: amounts falling due after more than
 one year.......................................   13     (40,974)     (18,495)
Deferred maintenance income.....................          (20,283)     (16,112)
                                                         --------     --------
                                                          (46,241)    (23,110)
                                                         --------     --------
Capital and reserves:
 Called up equity share capital.................   15       1,081        1,073
 Share premium..................................   15       9,512        9,076
 Profit and loss account........................   16      77,260       52,229
                                                         --------     --------
                                                           87,853       62,378
Goodwill reserve................................   17    (134,094)     (85,592)
                                                         --------     --------
Equity shareholders' funds......................          (46,241)     (23,214)
Minority equity interests.......................              --           104
                                                         --------     --------
                                                          (46,241)     (23,110)
                                                         ========     ========
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-4
<PAGE>
 
                             COMPANY BALANCE SHEET
 
                            AS AT 30 SEPTEMBER 1997
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           1997        1996
                                                   NOTE (Pounds)000 (Pounds)000
                                                   ---- ----------- -----------
<S>                                                <C>  <C>         <C>
Fixed assets
  Investments.....................................   9     62,062     21,196
                                                   ---    -------     ------
Current assets
  Stocks..........................................  10        694        300
  Debtors.........................................  11     35,810     33,032
  Cash at bank and in hand........................          2,384      1,169
                                                   ---    -------     ------
                                                           38,888     34,501
Creditors: amounts falling due within one year....  12    (12,028)    (9,767)
                                                   ---    -------     ------
Net current assets................................         26,860     24,734
                                                   ---    -------     ------
Total assets less current liabilities.............         88,922     45,930
Creditors: amounts falling due after more than 1
 year.............................................  13    (29,500)       --
                                                   ---    -------     ------
                                                           59,422     45,930
                                                   ---    -------     ------
Capital and reserves 
  Called up equity share capital..................  15      1,081      1,073
  Share premium...................................  15      9,512      9,076
  Profit and loss account.........................  16     48,829     35,781
                                                   ---    -------     ------
Equity shareholders' funds........................         59,422     45,930
                                                   ---    -------     ------
</TABLE>
 
  The financial statements on pages 28 to 46 were approved by the Board of
Directors on 22 December 1997 and are signed on their behalf by:
 
P.A. Walker
Director
 
A. J. Hughes
Director
 
 
                                      F-5
<PAGE>
 
                        CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW STATEMENT
 
                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 1997
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           1997         1996
                                               NOTE    (Pounds)'000 (Pounds)'000
                                               ----    ------------ ------------
<S>                                            <C>     <C>          <C>
Net cash inflow from operating activities.....  24(a)     40,400       37,024
Returns on investments and servicing of
 finance
  Interest received...........................               529          291
  Interest paid...............................            (2,403)      (1,557)
  Interest element of finance lease rental
   payments...................................              (545)        (877)
                                               ---       -------      -------
Net cash outflow from returns on investments
 and servicing of finance.....................            (2,419)      (2,143)
Taxation
  Corporation tax (including ACT) paid........            (9,981)      (8,542)
Capital Expenditure
  Purchase of tangible fixed assets...........            (4,733)      (8,953)
  Sale of tangible fixed assets...............               873          326
                                               ---       -------      -------
Net cash outflow from capital expenditure.....            (3,860)      (8,627)
Acquisitions
Purchase of subsidiary undertakings:
  Net cash consideration - current year.......  18(c)    (42,648)     (16,979)
  Net cash consideration - prior year.........            (3,993)      (3,406)
                                               ---       -------      -------
  Net cash outflow from acquisitions..........           (46,641)     (20,385)
  Equity dividends paid.......................            (2,943)      (2,657)
                                               ---       -------      -------
  Net cash outflow before financing...........           (25,444)      (5,330)
Financing
  Shares issued...............................  24(c)        444          319
  Movement in loan funding....................  24(c)     26,697        4,420
  Finance lease funding net of capital
   payments...................................  24(c)       (124)        (235)
                                               ---       -------      -------
  Net cash inflow from financing..............            27,017        4,504
                                               ---       -------      -------
  Increase/(Decrease) in cash in the year.....  24(b)      1,573         (826)
                                               ---       -------      -------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-6
<PAGE>
 
                 STATEMENT OF TOTAL RECOGNISED GAINS AND LOSSES
 
                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 1997
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           1997         1996
                                                       (Pounds)'000 (Pounds)'000
                                                       ------------ ------------
<S>                                                    <C>          <C>
Profit for the financial year attributable to
 shareholders.........................................    25,215       19,828
Translation of foreign currency net investments and
 related borrowings...................................     2,953          949
                                                          ------       ------
  Total recognised gains and losses relating to the
   year...............................................    28,168       20,777
                                                          ======       ======
</TABLE>
 
               RECONCILIATION OF MOVEMENTS IN SHAREHOLDERS' FUNDS
 
                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 1997
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          1997         1996
                                                      (Pounds)'000 (Pounds)'000
                                                      ------------ ------------
<S>                                                   <C>          <C>
Profit for the financial year attributable to
 shareholders........................................    25,215       19,828
Dividends............................................    (3,137)      (2,837)
                                                        -------      -------
Amount transferred to reserves.......................    22,078       16,991
Translation of foreign currency net investments and
 related borrowings..................................     2,953          949
Movement in goodwill reserve in year.................   (48,502)     (25,821)
Shares issued for options............................       444          319
                                                        -------      -------
Movement for the year................................   (23,027)      (7,562)
Opening shareholders' funds..........................   (23,214)     (15,652)
                                                        -------      -------
Closing shareholders' funds..........................   (46,241)     (23,214)
                                                        =======      =======
</TABLE>
 
 
                                      F-7
<PAGE>
 
                THE SAGE GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 1997
 
                             NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS
 
                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 1997
 
1. ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
 (a) Basis of accounting
 
  The financial statements are prepared under the historical cost convention
and in accordance with applicable accounting standards in the United Kingdom.
 
 (b) Basis of consolidation
 
  The financial statements of the Group comprise the financial statements of
the Company and its subsidiaries prepared to 30 September 1997. The results of
subsidiary undertakings acquired during the year are included from the
effective date of acquisition.
 
 (c) Goodwill
 
  Goodwill, being the excess of the cost of shares in subsidiary undertakings
over the fair value of assets acquired, is written off directly to a goodwill
reserve in the year it is incurred.
 
 (d) Turnover
 
  Turnover represents invoiced sales to third parties after deducting credit
notes, allowances, trading discounts and value added tax and is adjusted to
include maintenance income on a straight line basis over the life of each
maintenance agreement.
 
 (e) Tangible fixed assets
 
  Tangible fixed assets are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation.
 
  Depreciation on tangible fixed assets is provided for as follows:
 
Freehold land and buildings          - 0%
Long leasehold land and buildings    - over period of lease
Plant and equipment                  - 33.3% per annum on reducing balance
Fixtures and fittings                - 15% per annum on reducing balance
Motor vehicles                       - 25% per annum on reducing balance
 
  No depreciation is charged on the Group's freehold buildings because it is
the Group's practice to maintain these assets in a continual state of sound
repair and the directors consider that the economic life of these properties
and their residual values are such that depreciation is not significant.
 
 (f) Development costs and other intangible assets
 
  All costs associated with the development of software are written off as
incurred.
 
 (g) Stocks
 
  Stocks are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value.
 
 (h) Leasing
 
  Where plant and equipment is acquired by finance leasing arrangements which
give rights approximating to ownership the amount representing the purchase
price of such assets is included in tangible fixed assets and the related
obligations are included in creditors.
 
                                      F-8
<PAGE>
 
                THE SAGE GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 1997
 
                       NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS--(CONTINUED)

1. ACCOUNTING POLICIES--CONTINUED
 
  All other leases are classified as operating leases and the annual rentals
are charged to the profit and loss account as they fall due.
 
 (i) Foreign currency translation
 
  Foreign currency assets and liabilities are translated into sterling at rates
of exchange ruling at the year end. Trading results are translated at the
average rate prevailing during the year. Differences arising on the re-
translation of the net investments and the results for the year are taken
directly to reserves together with differences on foreign currency borrowings
to the extent that they are used to finance or provide a hedge against Group
equity investments in foreign enterprises. All other exchange differences are
dealt with in the profit and loss account.
 
 (j) Deferred taxation
 
  Provision is made for deferred taxation to the extent that there is a
reasonable probability that a liability will arise in the foreseeable future.
 
 (k) Pension scheme
 
  The Group operates defined contribution pension schemes for certain of its
employees. The costs are charged to the profit and loss account as they fall
due.
 
2. SEGMENT INFORMATION
 
  The directors consider there to be only one class of business and therefore
only geographical segment information is given below.
 
 (a) The geographical analysis of turnover by destination is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           1997         1996
                                                       (Pounds)'000 (Pounds)'000
                                                       ------------ ------------
<S>                                                    <C>          <C>
United Kingdom........................................    62,162       53,714
Mainland Europe.......................................    68,553       59,644
United States of America..............................    18,255       19,779
Rest of World.........................................     3,119        3,099
                                                         -------      -------
                                                         152,089      136,236
                                                         =======      =======
</TABLE>
 
 (b) The geographical analysis of turnover, operating profit and net
liabilities by origin is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       1997                                   1996
                                       OPERATING       NET                    OPERATING       NET
                           TURNOVER      PROFIT    LIABILITIES    TURNOVER      PROFIT    LIABILITIES
                         (Pounds)'000 (Pounds)'000 (Pounds)'000 (Pounds)'000 (Pounds)'000 (Pounds)'000
                         ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
<S>                      <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
United Kingdom..........    62,982       24,464      (36,281)      54,231       20,153      (12,399)
Mainland Europe.........    70,077       11,763       (8,978)      61,343        8,292       (9,040)
United States of
 America................    19,030        3,853         (982)      20,662        3,649       (1,671)
                           -------       ------      -------      -------       ------      -------
                           152,089       40,080      (46,241)     136,236       32,094      (23,110)
                           =======       ======      =======      =======       ======      =======
</TABLE>
 
  In 1997 Mainland Europe includes the results of the KHK acquisition which
contributed (Pounds)17,418,000 to turnover and (Pounds)1,781,000 to operating
profit and had net liabilities at 30 September 1997 of (Pounds)2,483,000.
 
                                      F-9
<PAGE>
 
                THE SAGE GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 1997
 
                       NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS--(CONTINUED)
 
3. OPERATING PROFIT
   Operating profit is stated after charging: 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           1997         1996
                                                       (Pounds)'000 (Pounds)'000
                                                       ------------ ------------
<S>                                                    <C>          <C>
Staff costs (including directors' emoluments):
  - Wages and salaries................................    40,715       34,158
  - Social security costs.............................     9,857        9,536
  - Other pension costs...............................       639          560
Research and development (including staff costs)......    14,193       10,597
Depreciation of tangible fixed assets - owned.........     3,119        2,662
Depreciation of tangible fixed assets - leased........        38          228
Loss on sale of tangible fixed assets.................        99           46
Operating lease rentals:
  - Hire of plant and machinery                            1,453          697
  - Other.............................................     2,136        1,583
Auditors' remuneration................................       181          159
Exceptional costs (see below).........................         -        1,157
                                                          ======       ======
</TABLE>
 
  Auditors' remuneration shown above includes (Pounds)13,000 (1996:
(Pounds)12,000) in respect of the Company. Non-audit services supplied by the
Company's auditors amounted to (Pounds)46,000 (1996: (Pounds)17,000).
Exceptional costs in 1996 comprised (Pounds)713,000 incurred in restructuring
Sybel and (Pounds)444,000 of costs incurred in successfully defending an
important legal case in the UK.
 
4. INTEREST PAYABLE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           1997         1996
                                                       (Pounds)'000 (Pounds)'000
                                                       ------------ ------------
<S>                                                    <C>          <C>
Interest payable on bank borrowings...................    2,429        1,455
Finance charges on finance leases.....................      545          877
                                                          -----        -----
                                                          2,974        2,332
                                                          =====        =====
</TABLE>
 
5. EMPLOYEES AND DIRECTORS
 
 (a) Employees
 
  The average number of persons employed by the Group during the year was:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     1997  1996
                                                                     ----- -----
<S>                                                                  <C>   <C>
United Kingdom and Europe........................................... 1,493 1,415
United States of America............................................   275   300
                                                                     ----- -----
                                                                     1,768 1,715
                                                                     ===== =====
</TABLE>
 
 
                                      F-10
<PAGE>
 
                THE SAGE GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 1997
 
                       NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS--(CONTINUED)

5. EMPLOYEES AND DIRECTORS--CONTINUED
 
 (b) Directors
 
  The directors and their interests and those of their families in the ordinary
share capital of the Company at the dates given below were as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 AT 30 SEPTEMBER AT 30 SEPTEMBER
SHARES                                                1997            1996
- ------                                           --------------- ---------------
<S>                                              <C>             <C>
A D Goldman (Resigned 30 September 1997)........    8,603,225       8,822,325
L C N Bury......................................       50,000             --
C J Constable...................................        2,000           2,000
K C Howe........................................      250,000         150,000
A J Hughes......................................          --              --
M E W Jackson...................................       53,925          53,925
T P Maxfield....................................    2,540,700       2,990,700
P L Stobart.....................................          --              --
P A Walker......................................      900,465         900,465
A W G Wylie.....................................   12,442,140      12,542,140
                                                   ----------      ----------
                                                   24,842,455      25,461,555
                                                   ==========      ==========
</TABLE>
 
  The above interests in the ordinary share capital of the Company are
beneficial other than Mr A D Goldman's holding which includes 3,494,075 shares
(1996: 3,594,075) held by him as trustee in a non-beneficial capacity and Mr A
W G Wylie's holding which includes 4,000,000 (1996:nil) held by him as trustee
in a non-beneficial capacity.
 
  There have been no changes in the directors' interests in the share capital
of the Company between 30 September 1997 and 10 December 1997.
 
  Three executive directors exercised share options during the year as set out
in the table below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                           EXERCISE AT 30 SEPTEMBER EXERCISED IN AT 30 SEPTEMBER
OPTIONS                     PRICE        1996         THE YEAR        1997
- -------                    -------- --------------- ------------ ---------------
<S>                        <C>      <C>             <C>          <C>
K C Howe..................   62.0p       250,000      (250,000)           --
A J Hughes................   99.6p       250,000      (100,000)      150,000
T P Maxfield..............    6.6p        11,060           --         11,060
P L Stobart...............  432.0p       115,741           --        115,741
P A Walker................    6.6p       428,315      (130,000)      298,315
  *.......................   99.6p       250,000           --        250,000
  *.......................  339.0p       156,000           --        156,000
                            ------     ---------      --------       -------
                                       1,461,116      (480,000)      981,116
                            ======     =========      ========       =======
</TABLE>
Notes:
 
(1) All share options exercised above were exercised on 28 May 1997 when the
    prevailing market price was (Pounds)6.50.
 
(2) Total gains on the exercise of share options were (Pounds)2,856,820 (1996:
    nil).
 
(3) Including gains on share options, the total emoluments of the highest paid
    director were (Pounds)1,662,000 (1996: (Pounds)297,000).
 
Exercise dates for these options are disclosed in note 15 as is relevant market
price information.
 
                                      F-11
<PAGE>
 
                THE SAGE GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 1997
 
                       NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS--(CONTINUED)

5. EMPLOYEES AND DIRECTORS--CONTINUED
 
  Directors' emoluments for the year ended 30 September 1997 were as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      BENEFITS       PENSION
                             SALARY       BONUS      IN KIND/3/  CONTRIBUTIONS/1/  TOTAL 1997   TOTAL 1996
                          (Pounds)'000 (Pounds)'000 (Pounds)'000   (Pounds)'000   (Pounds)'000 (Pounds)'000
                          ------------ ------------ ------------ ---------------- ------------ ------------
<S>                       <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>              <C>          <C>
A D Goldman/4/ (Resigned
 30 September 1997).....       160          64           16             32             272          297
L C N Bury..............        19         --           --             --               19           11
C J Constable...........        19         --           --             --               19           11
K C Howe................       177         --             8              7             192          195
A J Hughes..............        93          33           13             16             155          130
M E W Jackson/2/........        72         --             1            --               73           65
T P Maxfield/4/.........       100          35           11             17             163          158
P L Stobart (Appointed 1
 January 1997)..........        97          50           10             17             174          --
P A Walker..............       185          74           13             32             304          245
A W G Wylie.............       115          50           15             18             198          178
B R Fisher (Resigned 31
 December 1995).........       --          --           --             --              --             3
                             -----         ---          ---            ---           -----        -----
                             1,037         306           87            139           1,569        1,293
                             =====         ===          ===            ===           =====        =====
</TABLE>
- --------
Notes:
 
(1) Retirement benefits were accruing to 7 directors (1996: 6). All pension
    contributions accrued under money purchase schemes.
 
(2) This amount includes payments of (Pounds)28,750 (1996: (Pounds)24,996) for
    corporate advisory services.
 
(3) Benefits in kind include the provision of a company car, fuel, telephone
    and medical insurance.
 
(4) In addition to the above, (Pounds)62,000 (1996: (Pounds)nil) was payable to
    A D Goldman and (Pounds)20,000 (1996: nil) was payable to T P Maxfield upon
    their retirement being non-cash benefits representing motor vehicles.
 
6. TAXATION
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           1997         1996
                                                       (Pounds)'000 (Pounds)'000
                                                       ------------ ------------
<S>                                                    <C>          <C>
UK Corporation tax....................................     8,281        6,785
Overseas Corporation tax..............................     4,139        3,612
Deferred tax..........................................       --          (179)
                                                          ------       ------
                                                          12,420       10,218
                                                          ======       ======
</TABLE>
 
7. DIVIDENDS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           1997         1996
                                                       (Pounds)'000 (Pounds)'000
                                                       ------------ ------------
<S>                                                    <C>          <C>
Interim paid 0.97p per share (1996: 0.88p)............    1,052          948
Final proposed 1.93p per share (1996: 1.76p)..........    2,085        1,889
                                                          -----        -----
Total 2.90p (1996: 2.64p).............................    3,137        2,837
                                                          =====        =====
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-12
<PAGE>
 
                THE SAGE GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 1997
 
                       NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS--(CONTINUED)
 
8. TANGIBLE FIXED ASSETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          LONG
                           FREEHOLD    LEASEHOLD
                           LAND AND     LAND AND    PLANT AND     FIXTURES      MOTOR
                          BUILDINGS    BUILDINGS    EQUIPMENT   AND FITTINGS   VEHICLES      TOTAL
                         (Pounds)'000 (Pounds)'000 (Pounds)'000 (Pounds)'000 (Pounds)'000 (Pounds)'000
                         ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
<S>                      <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Cost
 At 1 October 1996......    17,304        217         10,003       5,623        1,951        35,098
 Additions..............        64        --           3,131         795          743         4,733
 Disposals..............       --          (5)        (3,057)       (532)        (647)       (4,241)
 Business acquired......       --         --           4,206         260           53         4,519
 Exchange rate
  movements.............      (687)       --            (877)       (577)         (79)       (2,220)
                            ------        ---         ------       -----        -----        ------
 At 30 September 1997...    16,681        212         13,406       5,569        2,021        37,889
                            ======        ===         ======       =====        =====        ======
Depreciation
 At 1 October 1996......       --          92          6,715       2,643          810        10,260
 Charge for the year....       --           5          1,744       1,026          382         3,157
 Disposals..............       --          (5)        (2,727)       (164)        (373)       (3,269)
 Business acquired......       --         --           3,305         111           21         3,437
 Exchange rate
  movements.............       --         --            (546)       (290)         (48)         (884)
                            ------        ---         ------       -----        -----        ------
At 30 September 1997....       --          92          8,491       3,326          792        12,701
                            ======        ===         ======       =====        =====        ======
 Net book amount
 At 30 September 1997...    16,681        120          4,915       2,243        1,229        25,188
                            ------        ---         ------       -----        -----        ------
 At 30 September 1996...    17,304        125          3,288       2,980        1,141        24,838
                            ======        ===         ======       =====        =====        ======
</TABLE>
 
  Included above are fixed assets purchased under finance leases at a cost of
(Pounds)5,250,000 (1996: (Pounds)6,469,000). The accumulated depreciation on
these assets at 30 September 1997 amounted to (Pounds)1,231,000 (1996:
(Pounds)1,296,000).
 
9. INVESTMENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      COMPANY
                                                                        1997
                                                                    (Pounds)'000
                                                                    ------------
<S>                                                                 <C>
Cost
 At 1 October 1996.................................................    21,492
 Additions.........................................................    40,866
                                                                       ------
 At 30 September 1997..............................................    62,358
                                                                       ======
Provision for diminution in value
 At 1 October 1996 and at 30 September 1997........................      (296)
                                                                       ======
Net book amount
 At 30 September 1997..............................................    62,062
                                                                       ------
 At 30 September 1996                                                  21,196
                                                                       ======
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-13
<PAGE>
 
                THE SAGE GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 1997
 
                       NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS--(CONTINUED)

9. INVESTMENTS--CONTINUED
 
  Principal subsidiary undertakings at 30 September 1997, all of which are
wholly owned and are included in the Group accounts, were as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 COUNTRY OF
                                                                                INCORPORATION
                COMPANY                         NATURE OF BUSINESS              AND OPERATION
                -------                         ------------------              -------------
 <C>                                    <S>                                     <C>
 Sagesoft Limited                       Software Development and Publication       England
 Yorkshire Business Forms Limited       Distribution of Computer Forms             England
 Multisoft Financial Systems Limited    Software Development and Publication       England
 DacEasy Inc*                           Software Development and Publication           USA
 Telemagic Inc*                         Software Development and Publication           USA
 Timeslips Inc*                         Software Development and Publication           USA
 Prosoft Corp. (trading as Carpe Diem)* Software Development and Publication           USA
 Ciel SA*                               Software Development and Publication        France
 Sage France*                           Software Development and Publication        France
 KHK Software AG*                       Software Development and Publication       Germany
</TABLE>
- --------
*  Shares held by subsidiary undertaking
  All investments are in ordinary share capital.
 
10. STOCKS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 1997      GROUP 1996      1997     COMPANY 1996
                             (Pounds)'000 (Pounds)'000 (Pounds)'000 (Pounds)'000
                             ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
<S>                          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Materials...................      886          950          88          120
Finished goods..............    2,413        2,400         606          180
                                -----        -----         ---          ---
                                3,299        3,350         694          300
                                =====        =====         ===          ===
</TABLE>
 
11. DEBTORS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                1997      GROUP 1996      1997     COMPANY 1996
                            (Pounds)'000 (Pounds)'000 (Pounds)'000 (Pounds)'000
                            ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
<S>                         <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Trade debtors..............    19,642       15,986        7,468        4,423
Amounts owed by Group
 undertakings..............       --           --        27,491       27,916
Debts factored with
 recourse (note 12)........     5,580          --           --           --
Other debtors..............     1,549        1,559           32           23
Prepayments................     1,623        1,436          298          198
Taxation recoverable.......       521          472          521          472
                               ------       ------       ------       ------
                               28,915       19,453       35,810       33,032
                               ======       ======       ======       ======
</TABLE>
 
  Taxation recoverable represents advance corporation tax which is recoverable
more than one year after the balance sheet date.
 
                                      F-14
<PAGE>
 
                THE SAGE GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 1997
 
                       NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS--(CONTINUED)
 
12. CREDITORS: AMOUNTS FALLING DUE WITHIN ONE YEAR
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           GROUP                     COMPANY
                             1997          1996          1997          1996
                         (Pounds)'000  (Pounds)'000  (Pounds)'000  (Pounds)'000
                         ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------
<S>                      <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
Current portion of bank
 loans and bank
 overdraft..............     5,110         3,158         4,500          --
Current portion of
 finance lease
 obligations............       422           730           --           --
Trade creditors.........     9,374         8,555         1,345        1,469
Provision for debts
 factored with recourse
 (note 11)..............     5,580           --            --           --
Amounts owed to Group
 undertakings...........       --            --            204          591
Corporation tax.........    11,041         8,574            29          --
Other taxes and social
 security costs.........     7,285         7,889         1,525        1,048
Accruals................     6,789         4,915         1,819        1,819
Deferred consideration
 on acquisitions........       --          3,241           --         2,149
Advance corporation
 tax....................       521           472           521          472
Proposed dividend.......     2,085         1,889         2,085        1,889
Other creditors.........     1,551         1,970           --           330
                            ------        ------        ------        -----
                            49,758        41,393        12,028        9,767
                            ======        ======        ======        =====
</TABLE>
 
  Included in current portion of bank loans and bank overdraft is
(Pounds)4,500,000 (1996: (Pounds)3,098,000) of unsecured loans which are
repayable by instalments in less than five years and (Pounds)550,000 of bank
overdraft.
 
13. CREDITORS: AMOUNTS FALLING DUE AFTER MORE THAN ONE YEAR
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           GROUP                     COMPANY
                             1997          1996          1997          1996
                         (Pounds)'000  (Pounds)'000  (Pounds)'000  (Pounds)'000
                         ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------
<S>                      <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
Finance lease
 obligations:
  1-2 years.............       181           141           --          --
  2-5 years.............       790         1,334           --          --
  5 years and over......     5,112         6,066           --          --
Bank loans:
  1-2 years.............     8,748         3,158         8,400         --
  2-5 years.............    25,558         7,151        21,100         --
  5 years and over......       585           645           --          --
                            ------        ------        ------         ---
                            40,974        18,495        29,500         --
                            ======        ======        ======         ===
</TABLE>
 
  Included in Group bank loans above and in note 12 is (Pounds)38,278,000
(1996: (Pounds)10,069,000) of unsecured loans repayable by instalments in less
than five years which were taken out in connection with the Sybel and KHK
acquisitions. Loans repayable in excess of five years are secured on a Group
freehold property and accrue interest at a rate of 1.75% over the UK base rate
and are repayable at (Pounds)60,000 per annum.
 
                                      F-15
<PAGE>
 
                THE SAGE GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 1997
 
                       NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS--(CONTINUED)
 
14. PROVISIONS FOR LIABILITIES AND CHARGES
 
  The provision for deferred taxation at 30 September 1997 was (Pounds) nil
(1996: (Pounds) nil).
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             GROUP                    COMPANY
                                 1997         1996         1997         1996
                             (Pounds)'000 (Pounds)'000 (Pounds)'000 (Pounds)'000
                             ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
<S>                          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Full potential deferred tax
 (asset)/liability:
Tax deferred by accelerated
 capital allowances........        714          126        --           --
Short term timing
 differences...............     (9,814)      (2,788)       --             1
                                ------       ------        ---          ---
                                (9,100)      (2,662)       --             1
                                ======       ======        ===          ===
</TABLE>
 
  Deferred tax has been calculated at 31% (1996: 33%) in respect of UK
companies and at the respective prevailing rates for the overseas subsidiaries.
No deferred tax has been provided in respect of the remittance of earnings
retained overseas, as there is no intention in the foreseeable future to remit
these earnings to the UK.
 
15. CALLED UP EQUITY SHARE CAPITAL AND SHARE PREMIUM ACCOUNT
 
 (a) Ordinary share capital
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                   <C>          <C>
                                                              1997         1996
                                                      (Pounds)'000 (Pounds)'000
                                                      ------------ ------------
Allotted and fully paid 108,072,478 Ordinary shares
 of 1p each (1996: 107,326,095)......................        1,081        1,073
                                                      ============ ============
</TABLE>
 
  The authorised share capital of the Company at 30 September 1997 and 30
September 1996 was (Pounds)1,438,500 comprising 143,850,000 ordinary shares of
1p each.
 
  During the year, 745,950 1p ordinary shares were issued in respect of options
exercised under executive share option schemes which were exercised at prices
of 6.6p, 37.8p, 62.0p, 98.0p and 99.6p. Proceeds received in respect of these
shares were (Pounds)442,502. The following share options were outstanding at 30
September 1997:
 
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DATE OPTION GRANTED  OPTION PRICE PER SHARE          DATE EXERCISABLE           NUMBER OF SHARES
- -------------------  ----------------------- ---------------------------------- ----------------
<S>                  <C>                     <C>                                <C>
16 March 1989                  6.6p           6 December 1989--16 March 1999        309,375
11 January 1991               37.8p          11 January 1994--11 January 2001       103,160
20 December 1991              62.0p          20 December 1994--20 December 2001     130,000
 5 January 1993               98.0p           5 January 1996--5 January 2003         75,000
16 December 1993              99.6p          16 December 1996--16 December 2003     400,000
15 January 1996              339.0p          15 January 1999--15 January 2006       156,000
 3 May 1996                  432.0p           3 May 1999--3 May 2006                160,741
10 February 1997             539.0p          10 February 2000--10 February 2007      15,000
19 May 1997                  652.0p          19 May 2000--19 May 2007               150,000
 
  In addition options as follows were granted on 20 September 1996 under the
terms of The Sage Group plc 1996 Savings Related Share Option Scheme approved by
members on 7 February 1996:
 
20 September 1996            346.0p            20 September 1999--19 March 2000      56,023
20 September 1996            346.0p            20 September 2001--19 March 2002     119,747
20 September 1996            346.0p            20 September 2003--19 March 2004      32,680
</TABLE>
 
  Under the above scheme, 433 1p ordinary shares were issued during the year
for proceeds of (Pounds)1,498.
 
                                      F-16
<PAGE>
 
                THE SAGE GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 1997
 
                       NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS--(CONTINUED)

15. CALLED UP EQUITY SHARE CAPITAL AND SHARE PREMIUM ACCOUNT--CONTINUED
 
  The market price of the shares of the Company at 30 September 1997 was 696p
and the highest and lowest prices during the year were 720p and 458p
respectively.
 
(B) SHARE PREMIUM
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     GROUP AND
                                                                      COMPANY
                                                                    (Pounds)'000
                                                                    ------------
<S>                                                                 <C>
At 1 October 1996..................................................    9,076
Shares issued for options exercised................................      436
                                                                       -----
At 30 September 1997...............................................    9,512
                                                                       =====
</TABLE>
 
16. PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          GROUP       COMPANY
                                                       (Pounds)'000 (Pounds)'000
                                                       ------------ ------------
<S>                                                    <C>          <C>
At 1 October 1996.....................................    52,229       35,781
Retained profit for the year..........................    22,078       13,048
Foreign currency translation differences..............     2,953          --
                                                          ------       ------
At 30 September 1997..................................    77,260       48,829
                                                          ======       ======
</TABLE>
 
  Currency translation adjustments in the Group profit and loss account include
gains of (Pounds)1,172,000 (1996:(Pounds)545,000) relating to foreign currency
borrowings used to finance overseas investments.
 
17. GOODWILL RESERVE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       GROUP
                                                                    (Pounds)'000
                                                                    ------------
<S>                                                                 <C>
At 1 October 1996..................................................    85,592
Goodwill arising in the year.......................................    48,502
                                                                      -------
At 30 September 1997...............................................   134,094
                                                                      =======
</TABLE>
 
  Goodwill arising in the year comprises (Pounds)45.0m in respect of the
acquisition of KHK (see note 18(a)), (Pounds)2.5m in respect of the acquisition
of Prosoft Corp. (trading as Carpe Diem), (see note 18(b)), (Pounds)0.8m in
respect of the acquisition of minority interests in Ciel SA and (Pounds)0.2m
principally in respect of the final determination of fair values on the
acquisition of Sybel.
 
  The cumulative amount of goodwill written off to reserves, before utilisation
of section 131(2) of the Companies Act 1985, amounts to (Pounds)137,871,000 at
30 September 1997 (1996: (Pounds)89,369,000).
 
                                      F-17
<PAGE>
 
                THE SAGE GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 1997
 
                       NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS--(CONTINUED)
 
18. ACQUISITIONS
 
 (a) KHK
 
  On 27 February 1997 the Group completed the acquisition of KHK Software AG
for a net cash consideration of (Pounds)40.7m (inclusive of (Pounds)0.6m
costs). Total goodwill arising on the acquisition is (Pounds)45.0m. The fair
value of net assets acquired are based on provisional assessments pending final
determination of certain assets and liabilities.
 
  The assets and liabilities of KHK at fair value were:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          FAIR VALUE ADJUSTMENTS
                           ----------------------------------------------------
                                          ALIGNMENT
                                        OF ACCOUNTING               FAIR VALUE
                            BOOK VALUE  POLICIES(/1/)  OTHER(/2/)    TO GROUP
                           (Pounds)'000 (Pounds)'000  (Pounds)'000 (Pounds)'000
                           ------------ ------------- ------------ ------------
<S>                        <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>
Fixed assets..............     1,585         (503)          --         1,082
Stocks....................       568          --            (42)         526
Debtors...................    11,125        6,033        (5,859)      11,299
Cash at bank..............       573          --            --           573
Creditors falling due
 within one year..........    (4,558)      (6,033)         (931)     (11,522)
Provision for
 reorganisation(3)........    (1,246)         --            --        (1,246)
Deferred income...........    (4,964)         --            --        (4,964)
                              ------       ------        ------      -------
                               3,083         (503)       (6,832)      (4,252)
Goodwill arising (note
 17)......................                                            45,011
                              ------       ------        ------      -------
Cash consideration
 including costs (note
 18(c))...................                                           (40,759)
                              ======       ======        ======      =======
</TABLE>
Notes:
 
(1) Alignment of accounting policies relates to the elimination of intangible
    fixed assets and the grossing up of debtors and borrowings to reflect trade
    sales under a debt financing facility with full recourse.
 
(2) Other adjustments include a reappraisal of the provision for bad and
    doubtful debts and an assessment of product warranty and recall costs.
 
(3) Relates to the reorganisation of an Austrian subsidiary which was a
    commitment of management prior to acquisition.
 
  Prior to acquisition the last full set of financial statements of KHK were
prepared to 31 December 1996 and showed a profit after taxation and minority
interests of DM 5.3m.
 
  The pre-acquisition results for KHK for the period from 1 January 1997 to 26
February 1997 prepared under KHK's accounting policies and principles prior to
acquisition were as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         DM'000
                                                                         ------
<S>                                                                      <C>
Turnover................................................................ 11,291
                                                                         ------
Operating Loss before exceptional items.................................   (313)
Exceptional Items--provision for reorganisation......................... (3,414)
                                                                         ------
Operating Loss after exceptional items.................................. (3,727)
Net Interest receivable.................................................    212
                                                                         ------
Loss before taxation.................................................... (3,515)
Taxation and minority interests.........................................    (40)
                                                                         ------
Loss after taxation..................................................... (3,555)
                                                                         ======
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-18
<PAGE>
 
                THE SAGE GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 1997
 
                       NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS--(CONTINUED)
18. ACQUISITIONS--CONTINUED
 
  Other than the loss for the period there were no other gains or losses.
 
 (b) Other
 
  Other acquisitions comprise the purchase of Prosoft Corp. (trading as Carpe
Diem) for (Pounds)2.2m. The book value of assets acquired was (Pounds)0.2m.
Fair value adjustments relating to the deferral of maintenance revenues in
accordance with Group accounting policies and to adjustments to working capital
amounted to (Pounds)(0.5)m resulting in goodwill of (Pounds)2.5m. A maximum of
$2.8m further consideration is potentially payable for this acquisition
dependent upon achievement of revenue thresholds however none of this
additional consideration has been provided as it is considered unlikely that
further contractual payments will be made.
 
 (c) Analysis of net outflow of cash in respect of acquisitions
 
Cash consideration:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    (Pounds)'000
                                                                    ------------
<S>                                                                 <C>
KHK (note 18(a))...................................................    40,759
Prosoft Corp. (note 18(b)).........................................     2,180
Net cash acquired..................................................      (291)
                                                                       ------
                                                                       42,648
                                                                       ======
</TABLE>
 
19. PARENT COMPANY PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT
 
  As permitted by Section 230(1) of the Companies Act 1985, The Sage Group plc
has not presented its own profit and loss account. The amount of profit for the
financial year before dividends dealt with in the accounts of the parent
company is (Pounds)16,185,000 (1996: (Pounds)12,926,000). There is no material
difference between the profits and losses as reported above and historical cost
profits and losses.
 
20. OPERATING LEASE COMMITMENTS
 
  The Group's annual commitment under non-cancellable operating leases
comprises:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             1997                      1996
                             PLANT AND     LAND AND    PLANT AND     LAND AND
                             EQUIPMENT    BUILDINGS    EQUIPMENT    BUILDINGS
                            (Pounds)'000 (Pounds)'000 (Pounds)'000 (Pounds)'000
                            ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
<S>                         <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Expiring within 1 year.....    1,159          291         122           496
Expiring between 1 and 2
 years.....................      600          716         108           421
Expiring between 2 and 5
 years.....................    1,123        3,433         325            90
Expiring after more than 5
 years.....................      --           --          --            439
                               -----        -----         ---         -----
                               2,882        4,440         555         1,446
                               =====        =====         ===         =====
</TABLE>
 
  The Company has no operating lease commitments (1996: nil).
 
                                      F-19
<PAGE>
 
                THE SAGE GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 1997
 
                       NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS--(CONTINUED)
 
21. CAPITAL COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES
 
  The Group has no contracted capital commitments at 30 September 1997 (1996:
(Pounds)0.2m). The Group has no contingent liabilities at 30 September 1997
(1996: (Pounds)nil) with the exception of deferred consideration in respect of
the acquisition of Prosoft Corp.
 
22. PENSION COMMITMENTS
 
  The Group operates one principal Group personal pension plan which is managed
by Norwich Union Life Assurance Society and covers the majority of its UK full
time employees. The Group also operates a fully insured executive pension plan
managed by the Scottish Equitable Life Assurance Society for its Executive
Directors. Both are defined contribution pension schemes.
 
23. EARNINGS PER SHARE
 
  Earnings per share are calculated based on a weighted average number of 1p
shares in issue during the year of 107,641,176 (1996: 107,149,618).
 
24. CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW STATEMENT
 
(A) RECONCILIATION OF OPERATING PROFIT TO NET CASH INFLOW FROM OPERATING
ACTIVITIES
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          1997         1996
                                                      (Pounds)'000 (Pounds)'000
                                                      ------------ ------------
<S>                                                   <C>          <C>
Operating profit (1996--after exceptional costs of
 (Pounds)1,157,000)..................................    40,080       32,094
Depreciation charges.................................     3,157        2,890
Loss on sale of tangible fixed assets................        99           46
Exchange differences.................................    (1,356)          26
Decrease/(Increase) in stocks........................       578         (321)
Decrease/(Increase) in debtors.......................     2,298         (455)
(Decrease)/Increase in creditors.....................    (4,650)         768
Increase in provision for deferred maintenance.......       194        1,976
                                                         ------       ------
 Net cash inflow from operating activities...........    40,400       37,024
                                                         ======       ======
</TABLE>
 
  Exceptional costs in 1996 include an amount of (Pounds)335,000 which had not
been paid at 30 September 1996.
 
                                      F-20
<PAGE>
 
                THE SAGE GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 1997
 
                       NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS--(CONTINUED)

24. CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW STATEMENT--CONTINUED
 
(B) ANALYSIS OF CHANGES IN NET CASH
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    (Pounds)'000
                                                                    ------------
<S>                                                                 <C>
At 1 October 1996..................................................    5,249
Net cash movement..................................................    1,573
                                                                       -----
 At 30 September 1997..............................................    6,822
</TABLE>
 
  KHK's overdraft balance was (Pounds)282,000 on acquisition and
(Pounds)550,000 at the year end, the movement resulting principally from
operating cash flows.
 
(C) ANALYSIS OF CHANGES IN FINANCING DURING THE YEAR
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                SHARE CAPITAL                 OBLIGATIONS UNDER
                             (INCLUDING PREMIUM)    LOANS      FINANCE LEASES
                                (Pounds)'000     (Pounds)'000   (Pounds)'000
                             ------------------- ------------ -----------------
<S>                          <C>                 <C>          <C>
At 1 October 1996...........       10,149           14,112          8,271
Acquisitions................          --               399            --
Exchange differences........          --            (1,757)        (1,642)
Net cash flow from
 financing..................          444           26,697           (124)
                                   ------           ------         ------
 At 30 September 1997.......       10,593           39,451          6,505
                                   ======           ======         ======
</TABLE>
 
(D) RECONCILIATION OF NET CASH FLOW TO MOVEMENT IN NET DEBT (INCLUSIVE OF
FINANCE LEASES)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    (Pounds)'000
                                                                    ------------
<S>                                                                 <C>
Increase in cash in the year.......................................     1,573
Cash inflow from increase in debt..................................   (26,573)
                                                                      -------
Change in net debt resulting from cash flows.......................   (25,000)
Loan acquired with subsidiary......................................      (399)
Exchange difference................................................     3,399
                                                                      -------
Movement in net debt in the year...................................   (22,000)
Net debt at 1 October 1996.........................................   (17,134)
                                                                      -------
 Net debt at 30 September 1997.....................................   (39,134)
                                                                      =======
</TABLE>
 
(E) ANALYSIS OF CHANGE OF NET DEBT (INCLUSIVE OF FINANCE LEASES)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                AT 1                                  AT 30
                              OCTOBER                   EXCHANGE    SEPTEMBER
                                1997      CASH FLOW     MOVEMENT       1997
                            (Pounds)'000 (Pounds)'000 (Pounds)'000 (Pounds)'000
                            ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
<S>                         <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Net cash at bank and in
 hand......................     5,249        1,573         --          6,822
Debt due within one year...    (3,888)      (1,655)        561        (4,982)
Debt due after one year....   (18,495)     (25,317)      2,838       (40,974)
                              -------      -------       -----       -------
  Total....................   (17,134)     (25,399)      3,399       (39,134)
                              =======      =======       =====       =======
</TABLE>
 
25. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
  In addition to fees in connection with services as a director as disclosed in
note 5, the Company rents premises from Elderstreet Investments Limited, a
company in which Mr M E W Jackson has an interest. The rental paid during the
year was (Pounds)15,000 and (Pounds) nil was due to Elderstreet Investments
Limited at 30 September 1997.
 
  During the year the Group purchased for (Pounds)0.9m the 5% minority interest
held in Ciel SA of which (Pounds)0.5m was paid to Mr P Y Morlet who was, at the
time, Managing Director of the Group's French subsidiaries.
 
                                      F-21
<PAGE>
 
                THE SAGE GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 1997
 
                       NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS--(CONTINUED)
 
26. POST BALANCE SHEET EVENT
 
  On 18 December 1997, the Company's print management business, Dataform
(comprising Yorkshire Business Forms Limited and Venture Business Forms) was
sold to its management team for a gross consideration of (Pounds)7.2m inclusive
of a pre-disposal dividend of (Pounds)1.1m giving a net consideration of
(Pounds)6.1m. Dataform's operating profit for the year ended 30 September 1997
was (Pounds)0.9m.
 
                                      F-22

<PAGE>
 
                                                                  EXHIBIT (b)(1)
 
                                                                  CONFORMED COPY
                                                                  --------------

                 DATED         27th January              1998
                 ____________________________________________


                              THE SAGE GROUP PLC
                            ROSE ACQUISITION CORP.

                                    - and -

                     THE BANKS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS
                              named in Schedule 1

                                    - and -


                                LLOYDS BANK PLC
                                CAPITAL MARKETS
                                  as Arranger

                                    - and -


                                LLOYDS BANK PLC
                                CAPITAL MARKETS
                                    as Agent


                 _____________________________________________

                              FACILITIES AGREEMENT

                  in relation to a $218,000,000 multi-currency
                               Term Loan Facility
                                     and a
              $15,000,000 multi-currency Revolving Credit Facility

                 _____________________________________________


                                Cameron McKenna
                                  Mitre House
                             160 Aldersgate Street
                                London EC1A 4DD
                              T +44(0)171 367 3000
                              F +44(0)171 367 2000

                            (Ref: FMO/0X2244.08689)
<PAGE>
 
                                    CONTENTS
                                    --------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CLAUSE         DESCRIPTION                                                       PAGE NO   
- ------         -----------                                                       -------  
<S>            <C>                                                               <C>      
1.             Definitions and interpretation                                             
               ------------------------------                                             
                                                                                          
1.1            Definitions                                                       1        
1.2            Interpretation                                                    18       
                                                                                          
2.             The Facilities                                                             
               --------------                                                             
                                                                                          
2.1            Amount and Purpose                                                19       
2.2            Utilisation Procedures - Drawdown of the Advances                 20       
2.3            Utilisation Procedures - Tranches under the Term Loan Facility    22       
2.4            Interest                                                          24       
2.5            Variation of Margin                                               27       
2.6            Repayment and Prepayment                                          28       
2.7            Currency Option                                                   30       
2.8            Default Interest                                                  31       
2.9            Payments                                                          32       
2.10           Reduction, Cancellation and Termination                           33       
2.11           Obligations and Rights of the Banks,                              34       
               Arranger and Agent                                                         
                                                                                          
3.             Conditions precedent                                                       
               --------------------                                                       
                                                                                          
3.1            Conditions precedent to the Facilities                            34       
3.2            Conditions precedent to the making of                                      
               an Advance or Tranche                                             34       
3.3            Rollover                                                          35       
3.4            Certain Funds Period                                              35       
                                                                                          
4.             Taxes                                                                      
               -----                                                                      
                                                                                          
4.1            Grossing up                                                       36       
4.2            Bank's obligation to lodge relevant                               36       
               declarations etc                                                           
4.3            Qualifying Bank                                                   36       
4.4            US Taxes                                                          37       
                                                                                          
5.             Tax receipts                                                               
               ------------                                                               
                                                                                          
5.1            Notification                                                      38       
5.2            Delivery of tax receipts                                          38       
5.3            Benefit of tax credits etc                                        38       
                                                                                          
6.             Increased costs                                                            
               ---------------                                                            
                                                                                          
6.1            Reimbursement for increased costs                                 39       
6.2            Exceptions                                                        40       
6.3            Notification                                                      40        
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 
<S>            <C>                                                               <C> 
7.             Illegality and Market Disruption                                    
               --------------------------------                                    
                                                                                   
7.1            Illegality                                                        41      
7.2            Market Disruption                                                 41
                                                                                   
8.             Mitigation of additional costs                                      
               ------------------------------                                      
                                                                                   
8.1            Banks' obligation to mitigate                                     43
                                                                                   
9.             Representations and warranties                                      
               ------------------------------                                      
                                                                                   
9.1            Representations and warranties                                    44
9.2            Target and Subsidiaries                                           48
9.3            Repetition                                                        48
                                                                                   
10.            Financial covenants and undertakings                                
               ------------------------------------                                
                                                                                   
10.1           Financial covenants                                               49
10.2           Undertakings                                                      51 
10.3           Target and subsidiaries                                           55 
                                                                                   
11.            Events of Default                                                   
               -----------------                                                   
                                                                                   
11.1           Events of Default                                                 55
11.2           Target and Subsidiaries                                           60 
11.3           Delay                                                             60 
11.4           Interest                                                          60 
                                                                                   
12.            Costs, Expenses and Indemnities                                     
               -------------------------------                                     
                                                                                   
12.1           Costs and expenses                                                60
12.2           Indemnity by the Parent                                           61 
12.3           Indemnity by Banks                                                62 
                                                                                   
13.            Fees                                                                
               ----                                                                
                                                                                   
13.1           Agency fee                                                        62
13.2           Underwriting Fee                                                  62 
13.3           Syndication Fee                                                   62 
13.4           Commitment fee                                                    62 
                                                                                   
14.            Notices                                                             
               -------                                                             
                                                                                   
14.1           Service                                                           63
14.2           Deemed delivery                                                   63
                                                                                   
15.            Miscellaneous                                                       
               -------------                                                       
                                                                                   
15.1           Waiver                                                            64
15.2           Governing law                                                     64
15.3           Jurisdiction and Submission                                       64 
</TABLE> 
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 
<S>            <C>                                                               <C> 
15.4           Accounts                                                          65
15.5           Schedules                                                         65
15.6           Illegality                                                        65
15.7           Currency                                                          65
15.8           Provision of payments                                             66
15.9           Turnover taxes                                                    67
15.10          Set-off                                                           67
15.11          Excess payments                                                   67
15.12          Redistribution of payments                                        68
15.13          Amendments                                                        68
                                                                                  
16.            Assignment and Transfer and Facility Offices                       
               --------------------------------------------                       
                                                                                  
16.1           Successors, assigns and transferees                               69
16.2           Restriction on assignment and transfer                            69
               by Borrowers                                                       
16.3           Assignment or transfer by a Bank                                  69
16.4           Transfer                                                          70
16.5           Additional cost to the Borrowers                                  70
16.6           Facility Office                                                   70
16.7           Confidential information                                          71
16.8           Fee                                                               71
                                                                                  
17.            The Agent, the Arranger and the Reference Banks                    
               -----------------------------------------------                    
                                                                                  
17.1           Appointment of Agent                                              71
17.2           Waiver etc                                                        71
17.3           No fiduciary relationship                                         72
17.4           Agent not required to take certain action                         73
17.5           Exclusion of liability                                            73
17.6           No reliance                                                       73
17.7           Extent of Agent's and Arranger's responsibility                   73
17.8           No liability to account                                           74
17.9           Indemnity                                                         74
17.10          Retirement of Agent                                               74
17.11          Reference Banks                                                   75
17.12          Agent's costs                                                     75
17.13          Agency and syndication division                                   76
17.14          No requirement to disclose                                        76
17.15          Agent and Arranger not deemed to have actual                      76
               knowledge or notice of certain matters                             
17.16          Meetings of Banks                                                 76
17.17          Conflict of interest                                              77
                                                                                  
18.            Hedging                                                           77
               -------                                                            
                                                                                  
19.            Releases                                                          78
               --------                                                           
                                                                                  
20.            Counterparts                                                      78
               ------------                                                        
</TABLE> 
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
Schedules
- ---------
<S>                                                                   <C> 
1         The Banks and their Commitments                              79         
2         Associated Costs Rate                                        80        
3         Transfer Certificate                                         82        
4         Utilisation Requests                                         86        
5         Conditions Precedent                                         91        
6         Material Subsidiaries                                        98        
7         Permitted Encumbrances                                       99        
                                                                                 
          Execution pages                                              100         
          ---------------
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
 
THIS FACILITIES AGREEMENT is made the_______of________1998
BETWEEN:

(1)   THE SAGE GROUP PLC incorporated in England (Registration No 2231246) and
      having its registered office at Sage House, Benton Park Road, Newcastle
      upon Tyne NE7 7LZ (THE "PARENT");

(2)   ROSE ACQUISITION CORP., a company incorporated in the State of Delaware,
      United States of America (the "PURCHASER");

(3)   THE BANKS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS whose names and present Facility
      Offices are set forth in Schedule 1;

(4)   LLOYDS BANK PLC CAPITAL MARKETS, whose address for this purpose is St
      George's House, 6/8 Eastcheap, London EC3M 1LL in its capacity as arranger
      (the "ARRANGER"); and

(5)   LLOYDS BANK PLC CAPITAL MARKETS, whose address for this purpose is St
      George's House, 6/8 Eastcheap, London EC3M 1LL  in its capacity as agent
      of and trustee for the Banks.


NOW IT IS HEREBY AGREED as follows:

1.    DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

1.1   Definitions

      In this agreement and the schedules, except where the context otherwise
      requires, each of the expressions set out in the left hand column shall
      bear the meaning shown opposite it in the right hand column:


      "ACCEPTABLE FORM" means in relation to any document a form which is agreed
      between the Parent and the Agent or, in default of agreement, in a form
      which is acceptable to the Agent and which shall have been designated as
      such by the Agent

      "ACCOUNTING REFERENCE DATE" has the meaning given to it in Part VII of the
      Companies Act 1985 (as amended by the Companies Act 1989)

      "ACQUISITION" means the acquisition by way of purchase and merger of the
      Target by the Purchaser according to the terms of the Offer to Purchase,
      the Option Agreement, the Shareholders' Agreements and the Merger
      Agreement

      "ACQUISITION DOCUMENTS" means the Offer to Purchase, the Merger Agreement,
      the Option Agreement, the Shareholders' Agreements and the Schedule 14D-1
<PAGE>
 
      "ADVANCE" means an advance (as from time to time reduced by repayment)
      made or to be made by the Banks hereunder

      "AGENT" means Lloyds Bank Plc acting in its capacity as agent and trustee
      of the Banks and such expression shall include any successor to that
      office appointed pursuant to clause 17

      "AGENT'S FEES LETTER" means the letter of even date herewith addressed by
      the Agent to the Parent

      "ANNOUNCEMENT" means the announcement issued by the Purchaser of the
      Tender Offer to acquire not less than 49.9% of the entire issued share
      capital of Target

      "ASSOCIATED COSTS RATE" means, in relation to any Advance or Tranche or
      unpaid sum denominated in Sterling, the cost to any Bank of complying with
      the requirements of the Bank of England or other regulatory authority
      affecting mandatory liquid assets, special deposits or other requirements
      of any regulatory authority of whatever nature in accordance with the
      additional cost provisions as set out in Schedule 2

      "AVAILABLE COMMITMENT" means, in relation to a Bank and a proposed Advance
      or Tranche under this agreement and for the purposes of clause 13.4 of
      this agreement, its Commitment less its Outstandings

      "AVAILABILITY PERIOD" means:

      (a)   in respect of Advances under the Term Loan Facility, the period
            beginning on the date of this agreement and ending on 31st July 1998

      (b)   in respect of Advances under the Revolving Advances Facility, the
            period beginning on the date of this agreement and ending on the
            Termination Date

      "AVAILABLE REVOLVING FACILITY AMOUNT" means, in relation to any proposed
      Utilisation under the Revolving Advances Facility, the aggregate of the
      Revolving Commitments of all the Banks at the time of such Utilisation,
      adjusted (as indicated below) so as to take into account:

      (a)   the aggregate of the Revolving Outstandings at the time of such
            Utilisation (an adjustment downwards);

      (b)   (to the extent not already taken into account) any reduction in the
            Revolving Commitment of a Bank which will occur prior to the
            commencement of, or during, the Term relating to the proposed
            Utilisation in question consequent upon a cancellation or reduction
            of the whole or any part of the Revolving Commitment of such Bank,
            pursuant to the terms hereof (an adjustment downwards);

      (c)   the aggregate of the Original Dollar Amounts of any Advances which
            the Banks are then obliged to make under the Revolving Advances

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
            Facility on, before or after the proposed Utilisation Date by virtue
            of a Utilisation Request having been made (an adjustment downwards);
            and

      (d)   the aggregate of the Original Dollar Amounts of any Advances which
            have been made under the Revolving Advances Facility by the Banks
            and which are due to be repaid on or before the proposed Utilisation
            Date (an adjustment upwards)

      "AVAILABLE TERM LOAN FACILITY AMOUNT" means, in relation to any proposed
      Utilisation under the Term Loan Facility, the aggregate of the Term Loan
      Commitments of all the Banks at the time of such Utilisation, adjusted (as
      indicated below) so as to take into account:

      (a)   the aggregate of the amounts of the Term Loan Outstandings under the
            Term Loan Facility at the date of or before the time of the proposed
            Utilisation and whether or not still outstanding (an adjustment
            downwards);

      (b)   (to the extent not already taken into account) any reduction in the
            Term Loan Commitment of a Bank which will occur prior to or during
            the term of such proposed Utilisation consequent upon a cancellation
            or reduction of the whole or any part of the Term Loan Commitment of
            such Bank, pursuant to the terms hereof (an adjustment downwards);
            and

      (c)   the aggregate of the Original Dollar Amounts of any Advances (or
            Tranches comprised therein) under the Term Loan Facility which the
            Banks are then obliged to make on, before or after the date of the
            proposed Utilisation by virtue of a Utilisation Request having been
            made (an adjustment downwards).

      "BANKS" means at the date hereof, the Bank whose name is set out in
      Schedule 1, and thereafter such Bank to the extent that it remains with a
      Commitment hereunder and those banks and financial institutions which,
      from time to time, acquire a Commitment by virtue of the provisions of
      this agreement and remain with such a Commitment, and the successors in
      title and permitted assigns thereof

      "BASE ACCOUNTS" means the unaudited consolidated profit and loss account
      and balance sheet of the Group for the Financial Year ended 30th September
      1997

      "BASE ACCOUNTS DATE" means 30th September 1997

      "BORROWERS" means the Parent and the Purchaser; and "BORROWER" means
      either of them as the context may require

      "BORROWINGS" means any Indebtedness incurred in respect of:

      (a)   money borrowed or raised of any kind (whether or not for a cash
            consideration) and premiums (if any) and accrued interest in respect
            thereof;

                                       3
<PAGE>
 
      (b)   the principal, premiums (if any) and accrued interest in respect of
            any debenture, bond, note, commercial paper, loan stock or similar
            debt instrument;

      (c)   any share capital or other amounts payable thereon, to the extent
            that such share capital or amounts are redeemable or payable prior
            to the Final Repayment Date pursuant to the terms of issue thereof
            or the terms of any other obligation of the issuer or another person
            to purchase the same or make payment thereon;

      (d)   any acceptance credits, documentary credits, note or bond
            facilities;

      (e)   rental or hire payments due under hire-purchase agreements or
            finance leases (whether in respect of land, machinery, equipment or
            otherwise) entered into as a method of financing the acquisition of
            the asset leased or hired;

      (f)   the deferred purchase price of assets or services where such
            payments are deferred for a period of more than 90 days (if the
            creditor is a person resident in the United Kingdom) or 120 days (if
            the creditor is a person resident somewhere other than the United
            Kingdom);

      (g)   any receivables sold or discounted (otherwise than on a non-recourse
            basis) to the extent of any recourse to the vendor;

      (h)   any other transaction having the commercial effect of borrowing; and

      (i)   guarantees, indemnities or other suretyship obligations in respect
            of any of the foregoing.

      For the purposes of this definition, no item shall be counted more than
      once.  Where it is necessary to calculate Borrowings in Sterling then any
      of the foregoing which is denominated in or calculated by reference to a
      currency other than Sterling shall be converted into Sterling at such rate
      as the Agent shall determine to be the spot rate at which the Agent is
      able, at or about 11.00 am on the day in question, to purchase Sterling
      with that amount of the currency concerned in the London foreign exchange
      market

      "BUSINESS DAY" means:

      (a)   a day (not being a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks and foreign
            exchange markets are open for business (including dealing in US
            Dollars) in London; and

      (b)   (in respect of a day on which a payment or other transaction in US
            Dollars or an Optional Currency is required under this agreement in
            a place other than London) a day (not being a Saturday or Sunday) on
            which banks and foreign exchange markets are also open for business
            in the place of the principal domestic market of the currency
            concerned or 

                                       4
<PAGE>
 
            where there is more than one such place of principal domestic
            market, the place designated by the Agent for such purpose

      "CAPITAL EXPENDITURE" means expenditure which should be treated as capital
      expenditure in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles,
      standards and practices in the United Kingdom from time to time

       "CASH EQUIVALENT INVESTMENTS" means:

       (a)  debt securities denominated in Deutschemarks, French Francs,
            Sterling or US Dollars (or a currency readily convertible into the
            aforegoing) issued by the Government of a country which is a member
            of the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development where
            there is outstanding sovereign debt issued by that country which is
            rated at least BBB+ by Standard & Poor's Corporation ("S&P's") or
            Baal by Moody's Investor Services Inc. ("Moody's"), where such debt
            securities have not more than 3 months to final maturity and are not
            by their terms convertible into any other form of security

      (b)   debt securities denominated in Deutschemarks, French Francs,
            Sterling or US Dollars (or a currency readily convertible into the
            aforegoing) which have not more than 3 months to final maturity, are
            not convertible into any other form of security, are rated P1 by
            Moody's or A-1 by S&P's and are not issued or guaranteed by any
            member of the Group

      "CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE" has the meaning given to it by clause
      10.1(c)(vii)

      "CERTIFIED COPY" means any copy certified as true, complete and up to date
      by the company secretary or a director of the Parent

      "CLOSE OF SYNDICATION" means the date upon which the Agent (acting
      reasonably) determines that the primary syndication of the Facilities has
      closed

      "COMMITMENT" in relation to a Bank, means (save as otherwise provided
      herein) the aggregate amount in US Dollars of its Revolving Commitment and
      Term Loan Commitment set opposite its name in the First Schedule or (as
      the case may be) the amounts in US Dollars of Revolving Commitment and
      Term Loan Commitment specified as the portion thereof transferred pursuant
      to the terms hereof to such Bank in the Transfer Certificate pursuant to
      which such Bank became a party hereto, in each case to the extent not
      cancelled or reduced pursuant to the provisions hereof

      "COMMITMENT FEE" means the fee payable to the Agent pursuant to clause
      13.4

      "CONSOLIDATED EBITDA " means in respect of any period Consolidated Profit
      before Interest and Tax for that period but after adding back an amount
      equal to any depreciation or amortisation in respect of the Group charged
      during such period

                                       5
<PAGE>
 
      "CONSOLIDATED FINANCE COSTS" means, in relation to any relevant period,
      the aggregate of:

      (a)   Consolidated Net Interest Payable;

      (b)   any repayments of principal required to be made during and in
            respect of such period in respect of any Borrowings (including
            repayments of principal required to be made pursuant to the terms of
            this agreement which for the avoidance of doubt shall include any
            repayments which would have been required to have been made but for
            any prepayment made during such period)

      "CONSOLIDATED NET INTEREST PAYABLE" the aggregate of all amounts of
      interest and recurrent financial expenses or charges of the Parent and its
      Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, commitment commission)
      payable to persons who are not the Parent or such a Subsidiary (calculated
      on a consolidated basis but after deducting any interest receivable from
      persons who are not the Parent or such a Subsidiary) attributable to the
      period in question, and shall include any discount, fees and any element
      attributable to interest comprised in payments to lessors under finance
      leases or to owners under hire-purchase agreements, and also to include
      (without limitation and for the avoidance of doubt) any amounts of such
      interest and expenses which may not have accrued payable in any such
      period and which are payable in a later period but are attributable to
      that period.  In calculating Consolidated Net Interest Payable for any
      period, due account shall be taken of (and a consequential adjustment,
      whether positive or negative shall be made to reflect) the net benefit or
      loss (as the case may be) to the Parent and its Subsidiaries for or in
      respect of any payments accruing to or from them in such period pursuant
      to any interest rate swaps, hedging or analogous contracts for the
      mitigation of interest rate fluctuations or movements which they have
      entered into with third parties (which for these purposes may include one
      or more of the Banks) in respect of Indebtedness

      "CONSOLIDATED PROFIT BEFORE INTEREST AND TAX" means the consolidated net
      profit of the Parent and its Subsidiaries attributable to the period in
      question (before taxation, minority interests, exceptional items, profits
      or losses on the sale or termination of operations, costs of a fundamental
      reorganisation or restructuring, results of discontinued operations,
      interest payable and any element attributed to interest comprised in
      payments to lessors under finance leases or to owners under hire-purchase
      agreements and other matters to be taken into account in calculating
      Consolidated Net Interest Payable)

      "CONSOLIDATED PROFIT BEFORE TAX" means the consolidated net profit of the
      Parent and its Subsidiaries attributable to the period in question before
      taxation

      "CONSOLIDATED TOTAL BORROWINGS" means at any time, a sum in Sterling equal
      to the aggregate (calculated on a consolidated basis) of the amount of
      Borrowings of the Parent and its Subsidiaries after deducting Cash
      Equivalent Investments and the aggregate amounts of cash in hand and cash
      at bank which can at that time immediately and readily be withdrawn by the
      Parent or any such Subsidiary and remitted to the United Kingdom

                                       6
<PAGE>
 
      "CONSOLIDATED TURNOVER" means the consolidated turnover of the Parent and
      its Subsidiaries attributable to the period in question

      "CONVERSION DATE" means in relation to any Tranche or Advance under the
      Term Loan Facility denominated in an Optional Currency:

      (a)   if the relevant Tranche or Advance has at all times been outstanding
            in that Optional Currency and has not been repaid and re-advanced
            pursuant to clause 2.7(c), the date of drawing of the same; or

      (b)   if the relevant Tranche or Advance has been repaid and re-advanced
            pursuant to clause 2.7, the date on which such Tranche or Advance
            was last repaid and re-advanced;

      "DEUTSCHEMARKS" means the lawful currency of Germany

      "DOCUMENTS" has the meaning given to it by clause 12.1

      "DOLLAR EQUIVALENT" means, in relation to any amount of Optional Currency
      on any relevant date, the amount of US Dollars determined by the Agent as
      being required to purchase that amount of Optional Currency at its spot
      rate for the purchase of that Optional Currency with US Dollars at or
      about 11.00am on the third Business Day immediately preceding that date

      "DRAWDOWN UTILISATION" means a utilisation of one of the Facilities by the
      drawing down of an Advance and where relevant, the division at such time
      of that Advance in Tranches

      "DRAWDOWN UTILISATION REQUEST" means a request by one of the Borrowers for
      a Drawdown Utilisation

      "EFFECTIVE DATE" has the meaning given to it by clause 3.1

      "ENCUMBRANCE" means, without limitation, any mortgage, debenture, standard
      security, charge (whether fixed or floating), pledge, hypothecation or
      lien (other than a lien arising by operation of law), assignment,
      agreement or other arrangement which is for the purpose of and has the
      same commercial effect as the granting of security, or other security
      interest of any kind

      "ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS" means all laws (statutory common law or otherwise)
      from time to time regulating the carrying on of any process or activity on
      premises and any emissions from and all waste produced by such process or
      activity with any chemicals or substances relating to the same whether
      relating to health and safety, the workplace, the environment or the
      provision of energy from time to time in force

      "ENVIRONMENTAL LICENCE" means any permit, licence, authorisation, consent
      or other approval required by or given pursuant to any Environmental Laws

                                       7
<PAGE>
 
      "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (as
      amended from time to time) and the rules and regulations promulgated
      thereunder from time to time in effect

      "ERISA AFFILIATE" means any trade or business (whether or not
      incorporated) that is treated as a single employer together with the
      Target under section 414 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (as amended
      from time to time)

      "EQUIVALENT AMOUNT" means, in relation to any amount of US Dollars on any
      relevant date, the amount of Optional Currency determined by the Agent as
      being capable of being purchased with that amount of US Dollars at its
      spot rate for the purchase of that Optional Currency with US Dollars at
      our about 11.00am on the third Business Day immediately preceding that
      date

      "EVENT OF DEFAULT" means any one of the events or circumstances listed in
      clause 11.1

      "FACILITIES" means the Revolving Advances Facility and the Term Loan
      Facility; and "FACILITY" means the relevant one of them (as the context
      may require)

      "FACILITY OFFICE" means in relation to a Bank, the office specified in
      Schedule 1 (or, in the case of a Transferee, the office specified in the
      relevant Transfer Certificate) or such other office as it may from time to
      time notify in writing to the Parent and the Agent for the purposes of
      this agreement in accordance with clause 16.6

      "FINAL REPAYMENT DATE" means the date being five years from the date
      hereof

      "FINANCIAL YEAR" means any period of 12 months ending on or about 30th
      September in any year

      "FINANCE DOCUMENTS" means this agreement, the Security Documents and any
      agreement supplemental, ancillary or collateral thereto, in each case as
      the same may from time to time be amended, varied, modified or
      supplemented

      "FIRST QUARTERLY PERIOD" means the period of three calendar months ending
      on 31st December in each Financial Year

      "FRENCH FRANCS" means the lawful currency at any relevant time of The
      Republic of France

      "GROUP" means the Parent and all its Subsidiaries from time to time
      (including, without limitation, the Guarantors) and "member of the Group"
      or "Group Company" means any and each of them

      "GUARANTEE" means the guarantee in Acceptable Form of even date herewith
      of the obligations of the Borrowers given by the Guarantors to the Agent
      and the Banks and includes, for the avoidance of doubt, any deeds of
      admission executed pursuant thereto

                                       8
<PAGE>
 
      "GUARANTORS" means the Parent and the Material Subsidiaries from time to
      time parties to the Guarantee and "Guarantor" means any one of them and
      includes any company which becomes a Guarantor pursuant to clause 10.2(d)

      "HEDGING AGREEMENTS" means any interest rate or currency agreement or
      other hedging transaction (including, without limitation, a "swap",
      "collar", "cap", or "floor") entered into from time to time between the
      Parent and Lloyds Bank Plc

      "INDEBTEDNESS" means any obligation for the payment or repayment of money,
      whether as principal or surety and whether present or future, actual or
      contingent

      "INFORMATION MEMORANDUM" means the document concerning the Parent which,
      at the Parent's request and on its behalf, was or is to be prepared in
      relation to the Facilities and distributed by the Arranger to selected
      banks

      "INTEREST PAYMENT DATE" means, in relation to an Advance or Tranches under
      the Term Loan Facility, the last day of any Interest Period applicable
      thereto  (and, if applicable, each day falling on the expiry of each
      period of six months during such an Interest Period)

      "INTEREST PERIOD" means, in relation to the Term Loan Facility, a period
      for the calculation of interest on an Advance under the Term Loan Facility
      or (where an Advance is sub-divided into Tranches) on such a Tranche, to
      be ascertained in accordance with clause 2.4 and in relation to any
      overdue amount, each period determined in accordance with clause 2.8

      "LATEST ACCOUNTS" means the audited financial statements of the Parent and
      its Subsidiaries (including the notes thereto) most recently submitted to
      the Agent pursuant to this agreement or, prior to the submission of any
      such accounts, the Base Accounts

      "LIBOR" means in relation to any Advance or Tranche or unpaid sum the rate
      per annum determined by the Agent to be equal to the arithmetic mean
      (rounded upwards, if not already such a multiple, to the nearest whole
      multiple of one-sixteenth of one per cent) of the rates (as notified to
      the Agent) at which each of the Reference Banks was offering to prime
      banks in the London Interbank Market deposits in the currency in which
      such Advance or Tranche or unpaid sum is to be denominated and for the
      specified period at or about 11.00 am on the Quotation Date for such
      period and, for the purposes of this definition, "specified period" means
      the Interest Period of the relevant Advance or Tranche (in the case of the
      Term Loan Facility) or the relevant Term (in the case of the Revolving
      Advances Facility) or, as the case may be, the period in respect of which
      LIBOR falls to be determined in relation to such unpaid sum

      "MAJORITY BANKS" means a Bank or Banks whose Outstandings amount in
      aggregate to at least sixty-six and two thirds per cent (66 2\3 %)
      of the total Outstandings of all the Banks or, if there are no
      Outstandings, a Bank or group of Banks whose Commitments amount (or, if
      each Bank's Commitment has been reduced to zero, immediately before such
      reduction to zero amounted) in aggregate to at least sixty-six and two
      thirds per cent (66 2/3 %) of the total Commitments of all the
      Banks; and for this purpany Advance or Tranche that 

                                       9
<PAGE>
 
      is outstanding otherwise than in US Dollars shall be deemed to be
      outstanding in US Dollars in its Original Dollar Amount

      "MARGIN" means, subject to the terms of clause 2.5 (Variation of Margin)
      0.85% per annum

      "MARGIN RATIO" has the meaning given to it in clause 2.5

      "MARGIN REGULATIONS" means Regulations G, T, U and X of the Board of
      Governors of the United States Federal Reserve System, as in effect from
      time to time and any successor regulations

      "MARGIN STOCK" shall have the meaning provided in Regulation U of the
      Board of Governors of the United States Federal Reserve System

      "MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT" means any effect which would be reasonably
      likely to:

      (a)   be materially adverse to the ability of either Borrower or the other
            Obligors (taken as a whole) to perform their respective obligations
            under any of the Finance Documents to which they are a party; or

      (b)   (for the purposes only of clause 9.1(e)(ii) and clause 9.1(l)) be
            materially adverse to the business, assets or financial condition of
            either Borrower or of the Group taken as a whole

      "MATERIAL SUBSIDIARY" means the companies whose names, registered numbers
      and registered offices are set out in Schedule 6 hereto, any Subsidiary
      which becomes a Guarantor pursuant to clause 10.2(d) and any Subsidiary
      save for Multisoft Financial Systems Limited of which (itself or together
      with its own Subsidiaries) by reference to the accounts most recently
      delivered pursuant to clause 10.1(c) accounts for at least five per cent
      of turnover, gross assets or Consolidated Profit before Interest and Tax
      of the Group for the period or as at the last day of the period in respect
      of which such accounts have been prepared

      "MERGER" means the merger of the Purchaser with and into the Target

      "MERGER AGREEMENT" means the agreement and plan of merger by and among the
      Purchaser, the Parent and Target to be dated as of 27th January 1998

      "MERGER AGREEMENT CLOSING DATE" means the earlier of (i) the date on which
      the Merger is consummated or (ii) 31st July 1998

      "NON-OBLIGOR" means a member of the Group which is not an Obligor

      "OBLIGORS" means the Borrowers and the Guarantors and "OBLIGOR" means any
      one of them

      "OFFER TO PURCHASE" means the document(s) to be despatched to the
      shareholders of the Target in respect of the Tender Offer

                                       10
<PAGE>
 
      "OPTION AGREEMENT" has the meaning given to it in the Merger Agreement

      "OPTIONAL CURRENCY" means Deutschemarks, French Francs, Sterling or any
      other immediately available freely transferable and convertible currency
      which is available to the Banks in sufficient amounts to fund the relevant
      Advance or Tranche

      "ORIGINAL DOLLAR AMOUNT" means:

      (a)   in relation to an Advance or Tranche denominated in US Dollars, the
            actual principal amount of such Advance or Tranche; and

      (b)   in relation to an Advance or Tranche denominated in an Optional
            Currency, the Dollar Equivalent of the principal amount of such
            Advance as of the Conversion Date (in the case of any Tranche or any
            Advance which is or is to be outstanding under the Term Loan
            Facility) or the date on which the same was drawn or made originally
            or is to be drawn or made originally (including prior to any
            previous conversions) in any other case

      "OUTSTANDINGS" means, in relation to a Bank at any time, the aggregate of
      the Original Dollar Amount of its share of all outstanding Advances (and
      Tranches comprised therein)

      "PERMITTED ENCUMBRANCE" means:

      (i)   any lien arising automatically and solely by operation of law in the
            ordinary course of business

      (ii)  any Encumbrance arising in the ordinary course of day to day trading
            by way of retention of title to goods in favour of the supplier of
            goods where such goods are supplied in such ordinary course subject
            to the retention of title

      (iii) any right of any bank or financial institution of set-off or
            combination of accounts arising in favour of such bank or financial
            institution by operation of law or pursuant to any of its written
            standard terms of business as a result of day to day operation of
            banking arrangements or as a result of any back to back deposit or
            currency hedging operations carried out in the ordinary course of
            business

      (iv)  any Encumbrance set out in Schedule 7 or expressly disclosed in
            writing to the Agent prior to the date hereof and further provided
            that the principal amount of any actual or contingent Indebtedness
            from time to time secured by such Encumbrance shall not be increased
            at any time thereafter

      (v)   any Encumbrance created with the prior written consent of the Agent
            (acting on the instructions of the Majority Banks);

                                       11
<PAGE>
 
     (vi)   any Encumbrance over goods or documents evidencing title to goods
            arising in the ordinary course of a documentary credit transaction
            carried out in the ordinary course of business;

     (vii)  any Encumbrance on assets acquired after the date of this Agreement,
            or on assets of a body corporate which becomes a Subsidiary by
            acquisition after the date of this agreement, provided that:

            (a)   any such Encumbrance is in existence prior to such acquisition
                 and is not created in contemplation of such acquisition; and

            (b)  the amount secured by such Encumbrance does not exceed, at any
                 time, the maximum amount secured or agreed to be secured by it
                 (in accordance with the original terms on which such
                 Encumbrance was created and further provided that the principal
                 amount of any actual or contingent indebtedness from time to
                 time secured by such Encumbrance shall not be increased at any
                 time thereafter) as at the date of acquisition; and

            (c)  such Encumbrance is discharged within a period of 6 months
                 after the acquisition or (only in the case of an acquisition of
                 a body corporate) where the terms of such Encumbrance do not
                 permit repayment of the amount secured by such Encumbrance
                 within such period, on the earliest date or dates permitted by
                 the terms of such Encumbrance for such repayment; and

            (d)  no guarantee is given by the Parent or any other member of the
                 Group in respect of such Encumbrance or the amount secured by
                 it;

     (viii) encumbrances covering assets the subject of equipment and finance
            leases, hire purchase or conditional sale or similar arrangements
            entered into by a Group Company, provided that:

            (a)  such Encumbrances in existence prior to the date of this
                 agreement shall be included within the definition of "PERMITTED
                 ENCUMBRANCE" only to the extent that the Agent has prior to the
                 date of this agreement confirmed to the Parent that it has
                 received adequate written details as to the general nature and
                 extent of the same (such confirmation not to be unreasonably
                 withheld or delayed); or

            (b)  the amount secured by any such Encumbrances created after the
                 date of this agreement covering assets other than computers or
                 office telecommunications equipment required for the business
                 of the Group does not at any time exceed (Pounds)2,500,000;

      (ix)  any Encumbrance arising in respect of any escrow arrangements
            relating to the payment of deferred consideration (not exceeding
            (Pounds)1,000,000 or its equivalent) on a disposal or acquisition by
            a Group Company; and

                                       12
<PAGE>
 
      (x)   any other Encumbrance created in respect of Borrowings in an
            aggregate principal amount not exceeding (Pounds)1,000,000 or its
            equivalent

      "PLAN" means an "Employee Benefit Plan" (as defined in section 3(2) of
      ERISA) that is or, within the preceding 5 years has been established or
      maintained, or to which contributions are or, within the preceding 5
      years, have been made or required to be made, by the Target or any ERISA
      Affiliate or with respect to which the Target or any ERISA Affiliate may
      have any liability

      "POTENTIAL EVENT OF DEFAULT" means any event or circumstance which with
      the giving of notice, lapse of time, determination of materiality or
      fulfilment of other conditions (or a combination of them) (in each case as
      is specified in clause 11.1) would give rise to an occurrence of an Event
      of Default

      "QUALIFYING BANK":

      (a)   means a Bank which is a bank as defined for the purpose of Section
            349 of the Taxes Act and which is within the charge to United
            Kingdom corporation tax as respects interest payable to such Bank
            under this agreement at the time when such interest is paid

      (b)   means a Bank which is resident in a country with which the United
            Kingdom has a double taxation treaty pursuant to which a resident of
            such country is exempt from liability to United Kingdom tax on
            interest payable to it derived from a source within the United
            Kingdom, which has the benefit of such exemption for itself in
            relation to the Facilities, which takes interest payable under this
            agreement into account for the purposes of taxation in that country
            (notwithstanding the location of its Facility Office if in a
            different country) and which does not carry on business in the
            United Kingdom through a permanent establishment with which the
            Indebtedness under this agreement in respect of which the interest
            is paid is effectively connected

      "QUARTERLY PERIOD" means the period of three calendar months following the
      end of each of the Parent's financial years and every subsequent period of
      three calendar months following the end of the preceding three calendar
      month period

      "QUOTATION DATE" means, in relation to any period for which an interest
      rate is to be determined hereunder, the day on which quotations would
      ordinarily be given by prime banks in the London Interbank Market for
      deposits in the currency in relation to which such rate is to be
      determined for delivery on the first day of that period Provided that, if,
      for any such period, quotations would ordinarily be given on more than one
      date, the Quotation Date for that period shall be the last of those dates

      "REFERENCE BANKS" means the principal London office of Lloyds Bank Plc and
      such other bank or banks as may for the time being be appointed with the
      prior written consent of the Parent by the Agent (acting on the
      instructions of the Majority Banks) to act as "Reference Banks" for the
      purposes of this agreement

                                       13
<PAGE>
 
      "RELEVANT GROUP MEMBERS" means the Obligors and the Purchaser and
      "RELEVANT GROUP MEMBER" means any of them

      "RELEVANT INSTRUCTING GROUP" shall have the meaning ascribed to it in
      clause 17.16(d)

      "REPEATED REPRESENTATIONS" means all of those representations set out in
      clause 9.1 (except for those set out in clause 9.1(e)(ii), clause
      9.1(k)(i) and (ii) and clause 9.1(l))

      "REPAYMENT DATE" means:

      (a)   in relation to an Advance under the Term Loan Facility, a date on
            which one of the 10 semi-annual instalments are to be paid in
            accordance with the terms of clause 2.6(b); or

      (b)   in relation to an Advance under the Revolving Advances Facility, the
            last day of the Term of such Advance

      "REQUESTED AMOUNT" means, in relation to a Utilisation Request, the
      aggregate of the amounts of the Original Dollar Amount of the Advances or
      Tranches (as the case may be) therein requested

      "REVOLVING ADVANCES FACILITY" means the multi-currency advances facility
      granted by the Banks hereunder under clause 2.1(a)(ii)

      "REVOLVING COMMITMENT" means, with respect to a Bank, (and subject to this
      agreement) the amount thereof set opposite its name in Schedule 1 under
      the heading "Revolving Commitment" or (as the case may be) specified as
      the portion thereof transferred in the Transfer Certificate pursuant to
      which such Bank became a party hereto, in each case to the extent not
      cancelled or reduced pursuant to the provisions hereof

      "REVOLVING OUTSTANDINGS" means, at any time, the aggregate of the
      Outstandings attributable to the Revolving Advances Facility;

      "ROUND AMOUNT" means:

      (a)   in the context of  the Term Loan Facility:


            (i)   in relation to a Utilisation in US Dollars, a minimum amount
                  of $10,000,000 and, if more, being also an integral multiple
                  of $1,000,000; and

            (ii)  in relation to a Utilisation in an Optional Currency, a
                  minimum amount of the equivalent in such Optional Currency of
                  $10,000,000 and, if more being also an integral multiple of
                  the equivalent in such Optional Currency of $1,000,000; and

      (b)   in the context of the Revolving Advances Facility:

                                       14
<PAGE>
 
            (i)  in relation to a Utilisation in US Dollars, a minimum amount of
                 $2,000,000 and, if more, being also an integral multiple of
                 $1,000,000; and

           (ii)  in relation to a Utilisation in an Optional Currency, a minimum
                 amount of the equivalent in such Optional Currency of
                 $2,000,000 and, if more being also an integral multiple of the
                 equivalent in such Optional Currency of $1,000,000;

      Provided always that the Agent shall have the discretion exercisable for
      any relevant purpose required by this agreement to round up or down
      amounts denominated in any relevant currency to the nearest sub-unit or
      unit or cent (as the case may be)

      "SCHEDULE 14D-1" means the Schedule 14D-1 Tender Offer Statement to be
      filed by the Purchaser with the United States Securities and Exchange
      Commission in connection with the Tender Offer

      "SECURITY DOCUMENT" means the Guarantee and any guarantee entered into
      pursuant to clause 10.2(d) and any other guarantee or security document
      from time to time and for the time being entered into or created by any
      Group Company in favour of the Agent as trustee for or agent of the Banks
      in relation to the obligations of the Borrowers hereunder

      "SHAREHOLDERS' AGREEMENTS" has the meaning given to it in the Merger
      Agreement

      "STERLING" and the sign "(Pounds)" means the lawful currency at any
      relevant time of the United Kingdom

      "SUBSIDIARIES" means:

      (a)   (except for the purpose of clause 10.2(d)) the companies which are
            for the time being or from time to time subsidiary undertakings of
            the Parent; and

      (b)   for the purposes of clause 10.2(d), any companies which are for the
            time being or from time to time subsidiaries as defined in section
            736 of the Companies Act 1985

      and "SUBSIDIARY" means any one of such Subsidiaries

      "SYNDICATION CONFIRMATION LETTER" means the letter of even date herewith
      addressed by the Agent to the Parent

      "TARGET" means State of the Art, Inc.

      "TAXES" means all present and future income and other taxes levies imposts
      deductions charges fees compulsory loans or withholdings of whatsoever
      nature

                                       15
<PAGE>
 
      together with interest thereon and penalties in respect thereof if any and
      "Taxation" and "Tax" shall be construed accordingly

      "TAXES ACT" means the Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988

      "TENDER OFFER" means the offer for Target made, or to be made, by the
      Purchaser (or on its behalf) or as such offer made from time to time be
      amended, revised or renewed pursuant to the Merger Agreement and the Offer
      to Purchase

      "TENDER OFFER CLOSING DATE" means the date on which the Purchaser notifies
      the transmittal agent specified in the Offer to Purchase that the Tender
      Offer has closed

      "TERM" means:

      (a)   in relation to an Advance under the Revolving Advances Facility, the
            period for which such Advance is to be borrowed, as specified in the
            Utilisation Request relating thereto; and

      (b)   in relation to an Advance under the Term Loan Facility, the period
            commencing on the relevant Utilisation Date and ending on the Final
            Repayment Date

      "TERM LOAN COMMITMENT" means, with respect to a Bank (and subject to this
      agreement) the amount thereof set opposite its name in Schedule 1 under
      the heading "Term Loan Commitment" or (as the case may be) specified as
      the portion thereof transferred in the Transfer Certificate pursuant to
      which such Bank became a party hereto, in each case to the extent not
      cancelled or reduced pursuant to the provisions hereof

      "TERM LOAN FACILITY" means the multi-currency term loan facility granted
      by the Banks hereunder under clause 2.1(a)(i)

      "TERM LOAN OUTSTANDINGS" means, at any time, the aggregate of the
      Outstandings attributable to the Term Loan Facility

      "TERMINATION DATE" means the earlier of

      (a)   the Final Repayment Date;

      (b)   the date on which the Commitments are reduced to zero pursuant to
            this agreement; and

      (c)   the date on which demand shall be made pursuant to and in accordance
            with the terms of clause 11.1

      "THIRD QUARTERLY PERIOD" means the period of three calendar months ending
      on 30th June in each Financial Year

      "TOTAL COMMITMENTS" means, in relation to the Banks, the aggregate for the
      time being of their respective Commitments (being, for the avoidance of
      doubt,

                                       16
<PAGE>
 
      the aggregate of their respective Revolving Commitments and their
      Term Loan Commitments)

      "TOTAL REVOLVING COMMITMENTS" means, in relation to the Banks, the
      aggregate for the time being of their respective Revolving Commitments

      "TOTAL TERM LOAN COMMITMENTS" means, in relation to the Banks, the
      aggregate for the time being of their respective Term Loan Commitments

      "TRANCHE" means each part or parts of an Advance into which the same is
      divided in accordance with clause 2.2 or 2.3 and any amount into which the
      same may be subdivided, consolidated or converted in accordance with
      clause 2.3 and the principal amount of each of them for the time being
      outstanding

      "TRANCHE UTILISATION" means the division, sub-division, consolidation or
      conversion of an Advance or Tranche pursuant to clause 2.3

      "TRANCHE UTILISATION REQUEST" means a request by one of the Borrowers for
      a Tranche Utilisation

      "TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS" means this agreement, the Offer to Purchase, the
      Guarantee, the Merger Agreement, the Option Agreement, the Shareholders'
      Agreements and any agreement supplemental, ancillary or collateral
      thereto, in each case as the same may from time to time be amended,
      varied, modified or supplemented

      "TRANSFER CERTIFICATE" means an instrument entered into pursuant to clause
      16.4, in the form or substantially in the form set out in schedule 3,
      whereby:

      (a)   a Bank transfers, or seeks to procure the transfer of, inter alia,
            all or part of such Bank's rights and benefits and obligations
            hereunder; and

      (b)   a Transferee undertakes to perform the obligations it will assume as
            a result of delivery of such instrument

      "TRANSFER DATE" in relation to any Transfer Certificate means the date for
      the making of the transfer as specified in such Transfer Certificate

      "TRANSFEREE" means a Qualifying Bank to which a Bank is entitled to
      transfer and assign and transfers or seeks to assign or transfer all or
      part of such Bank's rights and/or obligations hereunder

      "TRANSFEROR" means a Bank which assigns or transfers or seeks to assign or
      transfer all or part of its rights and/or obligations hereunder

      "UTILISATION" means a Drawdown Utilisation or a Tranche Utilisation

      "UTILISATION DATE" means the date on which the relevant Utilisation is to
      be made

                                       17
<PAGE>
 
      "UTILISATION REQUEST" means a request for a Utilisation by means of a
      Drawdown Utilisation Request or ( as the case may be) a Tranche
      Utilisation Request

      "US DOLLARS" and the sign "$" means the lawful currency of the United
      States of America

      "VAT" means value added tax or any similar tax substituted therefor

      "VENDOR PLACING AGREEMENT" means the agreement between the Parent and J
      Henry Schroder & Co Limited (2) in connection with the Acquisition.

1.2   INTERPRETATION

      In this agreement and in the schedules (unless the context otherwise
      requires):


      (a)   references to persons include firms, corporations, societies and/or
            associations (whether incorporated or not) states and administrative
            and governmental entities, whether or not any of the foregoing is a
            separate legal entity;

      (b)   references to the masculine gender include the feminine and neuter
            genders and vice versa and references to the singular number include
            the plural and vice versa;

      (c)   references to this agreement include its schedules and references to
            schedules, clauses, sub-clauses, paragraphs and sub-paragraphs are
            to the schedules to and the clauses, sub-clauses, paragraphs and
            sub-paragraphs of this agreement;

      (d)   the index to and the headings of the clauses are inserted for ease
            of reference only and shall be ignored in construing this agreement;

      (e)   the expressions "subsidiary", "subsidiary undertaking" and "holding
            company" shall bear the meanings respectively ascribed to those
            terms in Sections 258 and 736 Companies Act, 1985 (as amended by the
            Companies Act 1989);

      (f)   references to any statute, law, decree or regulation herein shall be
            deemed to be references to such statute, law, decree or regulation
            as re-enacted, amended or extended from time to time;

      (g)   references herein to any document (including this agreement) shall
            be deemed to include references to such document as varied
            supplemented or replaced from time to time;

      (h)   references to time are to London time;

      (i)   the "equivalent" (save as otherwise referred to herein) on any given
            date in one currency (the "first currency") of an amount denominated
            in another currency (the "second currency") is a reference to the
            amount of

                                       18
<PAGE>
 
            the first currency which could be purchased with the amount of the
            second currency at the spot rate of exchange quoted by the Agent at
            or about 11.00 am on such date for the purchase of the first
            currency with the second currency.

2.    THE FACILITIES

2.1   AMOUNT AND PURPOSE

      (a)   Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Banks
            have agreed to make available:


            (i)         to the Borrowers a multi-currency term loan facility of
                        up to $218,000,000; and

            (ii)        to the Parent a revolving multi-currency facility in an
                        aggregate amount at any one time of up to $15,000,000 by
                        way of short term advances

            denominated in US Dollars and Optional Currencies.

      (b)   The Term Loan Facility shall be used by the Borrowers solely for the
            following purposes:

            (i)         as to $49,000,000 thereof by the Purchaser to fund part
                        of the consideration payable by it under the Offer to
                        Purchase, the Option Agreement, the Shareholders'
                        Agreements and the Merger Agreement in respect of the
                        acquisition of Target;

            (ii)        by the Parent:

                        (A)         to on-lend or invest to or in the Purchaser
                                    to fund the consideration payable by the
                                    Purchaser under the Offer to Purchase, the
                                    Option Agreement, the Shareholders'
                                    Agreements and the Merger Agreement in
                                    respect of the acquisition of Target and
                                    costs and expenses in connection with the
                                    Acquisition;

                        (B)         to repay in full all indebtedness of the
                                    Parent under the facilities agreement dated
                                    25th February 1997 and made between the
                                    Parent (1) Lloyds Bank Plc and Banque
                                    Nationale de Paris (2) Lloyds Bank Plc (as
                                    Arranger) (3) and Lloyds Bank Plc (as Agent)
                                    (4).

      (c)   The Revolving Advances Facility shall be used by the Parent for
            general working capital purposes and, to any extent necessary, for
            the funding of the Acquisition.

      (d)   No part of the Facilities may be used for any purpose which would
            cause the execution of any of the Transaction Documents by any Group
            Company or the performance by any Group Company of its obligations

                                       19
<PAGE>
 
            thereunder to constitute, or would otherwise result in the provision
            of, unlawful financial assistance for the purposes of Part V,
            Chapter VI of the Companies Act 1985 (or its equivalent in any other
            relevant jurisdiction) or any other applicable legislation or for
            any other unlawful purpose.  Without prejudice to the obligations of
            the Borrowers under this clause, none of the Agent, the Arranger or
            any of the Banks shall be obliged to concern themselves with the
            application of amounts drawn by the Borrowers hereunder.

      (e)   The obligations of each Borrower hereunder are several.

2.2   UTILISATION PROCEDURES - DRAWDOWN OF THE ADVANCES

      (a)   Subject to the provisions of this agreement, a Borrower may request
            a Drawdown Utilisation by delivering a Drawdown Utilisation Request
            to the Agent, not later than 10.30 am one Business Day before the
            proposed Utilisation Date (in the case of a Drawdown Utilisation in
            Sterling) and 10.30 am three Business Days before the proposed
            Drawdown Utilisation (in the case of a Drawdown Utilisation in US
            Dollars or an Optional Currency other than Sterling). The Drawdown
            Utilisation Request shall be in the form set out in Part I of
            Schedule 4 (in the case of the Term Loan Facility) and in the form
            set out in Part II of Schedule 4 (in the case of the Revolving
            Advances Facility).

      (b)   Unless otherwise agreed with the Agent, only one Drawdown
            Utilisation Request under each of the Facilities may be made on any
            one day and subject to clause 2.7 (Currency Option) no more than two
            Drawdown Utilisations may be made under the Term Loan Facility
            during the term of this agreement.  However, each Advance under the
            Term Loan Facility may comprise more than one and up to three
            Tranches.

      (c)   Each Drawdown Utilisation Request made pursuant to clause 2.2(a)
            shall be irrevocable and binding upon the relevant Borrower and
            shall specify (inter alia):

            (i)         that the Drawdown Utilisation Request is for an Advance
                        or Advances under the Term Loan Facility or the
                        Revolving Advances Facility (as the case may be) and in
                        the case of a Drawdown Utilisation Request relating to
                        an Advance under the Term Loan Facility specifies (if
                        relevant) the number of Tranches into which such Advance
                        is to be split;

            (ii)        the proposed Utilisation Date, which shall be a Business
                        Day during the relevant Availability Period;

            (iii)       the Requested Amount of the proposed Drawdown
                        Utilisation (which must be a Round Amount not exceeding
                        the Available Term Loan Facility Amount or the Available
                        Revolving Facility Amount (as the case may be));

                                       20
<PAGE>
 
            (iv)        the currency of each Advance or (where relevant) each
                        Tranche comprised in an Advance requested under the
                        proposed Drawdown Utilisation (being either US Dollars
                        or an Optional Currency);

            (v)         (in the case of a Drawdown Utilisation under the Term
                        Loan Facility) the first Interest Period that is to
                        apply with respect to each Advance (or Tranche comprised
                        therein) under such Drawdown Utilisation, to be selected
                        in accordance with clause 2.4;

            (vi)        (in the case of a Drawdown Utilisation under the
                        Revolving Advances Facility) the Term of the proposed
                        Drawdown Utilisation, being a period of one, two, three
                        or six months (or such other period as may exceptionally
                        be agreed by all of the Banks), which will begin on the
                        proposed Utilisation Date and end on a Business Day
                        which is or precedes the Final Repayment Date; and

            (vii)       an account of the relevant Borrower to which the
                        proceeds of the proposed Drawdown Utilisation are to be
                        paid.

      (d)   Whenever the Banks are required to participate in a Drawdown
            Utilisation under this clause 2.2, the aggregate amount of the
            Advances or Tranches to be made under such Drawdown Utilisation
            shall be allocated to and apportioned amongst the Banks by the Agent
            rateably according to their respective Term Loan Commitments or
            Revolving Commitments (as the case may be).

      (e)   The Agent shall, promptly after receipt by it of a Drawdown
            Utilisation Request, notify each Bank of the details of such
            Drawdown Utilisation Request and of the amount of that Bank's share
            of the Advances or Tranches to be made to the relevant Borrower.

      (f)   If a Bank's Commitment is reduced, in accordance with the terms of
            this agreement, after the Agent has received a Drawdown Utilisation
            Request or made an allocation hereunder, then such part of the
            proposed Drawdown Utilisation as is attributable to that Bank and
            exceeds its Available Commitment (as so reduced) in respect of the
            relevant Facility shall not be made and the amount of such Drawdown
            Utilisation shall be reduced accordingly. Notwithstanding any other
            provision of this agreement, no Bank shall be required to
            participate in any Advance or Tranche which exceeds that Bank's
            Available Commitment in respect of the relevant Facility.

      (g)   If any Advance or Tranche comprised in an Advance to be made by a
            Bank pursuant to clause 2.2 or 2.3 is to be denominated in an
            Optional Currency, each Bank shall determine whether or not in its
            opinion:

            (i)         it is or will be impossible for it to obtain at 11.00 am
                        on the Quotation Date for such proposed Advance or
                        Tranche

                                       21
<PAGE>
 
                        deposits of the Optional Currency in amounts comparable
                        with the amount of such proposed Advance or Tranche for
                        a period corresponding to the Interest Period of an
                        Advance or Tranche (under the Term Loan Facility) or the
                        Term of an Advance (under the Revolving Advances
                        Facility); or

            (ii)        any law binding on it, or any request or requirement of
                        any applicable central bank or other governmental agency
                        or regulatory authority compliance with which is
                        customary, would be contravened if it were to
                        participate in such Advance or Tranche in the Optional
                        Currency.

      (h)   If any Bank determines that it is or will be impossible for it to
            obtain deposits as provided for by clause 2.2(g)(i) or that any law
            or request or requirement compliance with which is customary would
            be contravened as provided for by clause 2.2(g)(ii), such Bank shall
            give notice of such determination to the Agent prior to 5.00pm on
            the Business Day immediately preceding the proposed Quotation Date
            for such Advance or Tranche. Forthwith upon receipt of such notice,
            the Agent shall notify the relevant Borrower which may either cancel
            the Drawdown Utilisation or (as the case may be) Tranche Utilisation
            in so far as it affects the Bank in question, or request that the
            participation in the Advance or Tranche to be made by such Bank be
            made by such Bank in US Dollars or, where US Dollars is the affected
            currency, in Sterling, in either case prior to 9.00 am on the second
            Business Day before the proposed Utilisation Date and the Agent
            shall promptly notify the Bank in question accordingly.

      (i)   If a Borrower requests that participation in an Advance or Tranche
            be made by a Bank in US Dollars or Sterling pursuant to clause
            2.2(h) then, subject to the terms of clause 2, the Advance or
            Tranche to be made by such Bank shall be made in US Dollars or (as
            the case may be) in Sterling in an amount equal to the Original
            Dollar Amount thereof.

      (j)   If any Advance or Tranche to be made by a Bank pursuant to clause
            2.2 is to be denominated in an Optional Currency, then, subject to
            the terms of clause 2, the Advance or Tranche to be made by such
            Bank shall be made in such Optional Currency in the amount requested
            or such lesser amount as is required to ensure that the Original
            Dollar Amount of that Advance and all other Outstandings under the
            relevant Facility does not exceed the aggregate Commitments under
            that Facility.

      (k)   If it has not already been cancelled or otherwise reduced to zero
            prior to such time, the Commitment of each Bank shall be reduced to
            zero at close of business in London on the Termination Date.

2.3   UTILISATION PROCEDURES - TRANCHES UNDER TERM LOAN FACILITY (OTHER THAN ON
      FIRST DRAWDOWN OF ADVANCES UNDER SUCH FACILITY)

      (a)   Subject to the provisions of this agreement, a Borrower may request
            a Tranche Utilisation by delivering a Tranche Utilisation Request to
            the 

                                       22
<PAGE>
 
            Agent not later than 10.30am one Business Day before the proposed
            Utilisation Date (in the case of a Tranche Utilisation in Sterling)
            and 10.30am three Business Days before the proposed Utilisation Date
            (in the case of a Tranche Utilisation in US Dollars or an Optional
            Currency other than Sterling). The Tranche Utilisation Request shall
            be in the form set out in Part III of Schedule 4.

      (b)   A Tranche Utilisation may comprise one or more of the following:

            (i)   the sub-division of an Advance or existing Tranche into two or
                  more Tranches;

            (ii)  the consolidation into one Tranche or Advance of two or more
                  existing Tranches and/or Advances ;

            (iii) the conversion of an existing Tranche or Advance , if
                  denominated in US Dollars, into an Optional Currency or if
                  denominated in an Optional Currency into another Optional
                  Currency or US Dollars,

            Provided that:

            (A)   at no time shall there be more than 6 Tranches outstanding;

            (B)   unless otherwise agreed by the Majority Banks, the amount of
                  each Tranche shall at all times be in a minimum amount of
                  $5,000,000, or if more, an integral multiple of $1,000,000 or,
                  if denominated in an Optional Currency, such other comparable
                  and convenient amounts as may be agreed by the Agent from time
                  to time;

            (C)   Tranches in the same currency and with Interest Periods of the
                  same duration and commencing on the same date shall be
                  consolidated automatically into one Tranche;

            (D)   in the case of a conversion in accordance with paragraph (iii)
                  above, it is carried out subject to and in accordance with
                  clause 2.7;

            (E)   (subject to clause 2.7(d)), at no time shall the aggregate of
                  Tranches outstanding in respect of any Advance exceed the
                  Original Dollar Amount of that Advance (or the Tranches
                  comprised therein);

            (F)   no Tranche made available to one Borrower shall be
                  consolidated with a Tranche made available to the other
                  Borrower.

      (e)   Whenever the Banks are required to participate in a Tranche
            Utilisation, the amount of each Tranche to be advanced shall be
            allocated to and

                                       23
<PAGE>
 
            apportioned amongst the Banks by the Agent rateably according to
            their respective Term Loan Commitments.

      (f)   The Agent shall, promptly after receipt by it of a Tranche
            Utilisation Request, notify each Bank of the details of such Tranche
            Utilisation Request and of the amount of that Bank's share of the
            Tranches to be made to the relevant Borrower.

      (g)   If a Bank's Commitment is reduced, in accordance with the terms of
            this agreement, after the Agent has received a Tranche Utilisation
            Request or made an allocation hereunder, then such part of the
            proposed Tranche Utilisation as is attributable to that Bank and
            exceeds its Available Commitment (as so reduced) in respect of the
            Term Loan Facility shall not be made and the amount of such Tranche
            Utilisation shall be reduced accordingly.  Notwithstanding any other
            provision of this agreement, no Bank shall be required to
            participate in any Tranche Utilisation which exceeds that Bank's
            Available Commitment in respect of the Term Loan Facility or which,
            when added to the Original Dollar Amounts of all other Tranches
            outstanding in respect of the relevant Advance exceeds or would
            exceed the Original Dollar Amount of such Advance.

2.4   INTEREST

      (a)   The following provisions of this clause 2.4(a) shall apply with
            respect to interest on an Advance made under the Revolving Advances
            Facility, that is to say:

            (i)   on the Repayment Date (and, if applicable, on the expiry of
                  each period of 6 months during the Term of such Advance)
                  relating to such Advance, the Borrower shall pay to the Agent
                  accrued interest on that Advance, for the account of the Banks
                  which made such Advance. Each Term shall, up to and including
                  the earlier of (1) the date falling ninety days after the
                  Merger Agreement Closing Date; and (2) the Close of
                  Syndication have a duration of one month.  Thereafter, each
                  Term shall have such a duration as the relevant Borrower may
                  request pursuant to this agreement provided that the first
                  such successive Term may be of such a duration as is necessary
                  to ensure that it terminates on 30th September 1998;

            (ii)  the rate of interest applicable to such Advance for the Term
                  thereof shall be the rate per annum determined by the Agent to
                  be the sum of:

                  (A)   LIBOR for such Advance;

                  (B)   the Margin; and

                  (C)   the Associated Costs Rate applicable thereto (in the
                        case of an Advance in Sterling).

                                       24
<PAGE>
 
            (iii) if any Term would otherwise end on a day which is not a
                  Business Day, that Term shall be extended to the next
                  succeeding Business Day, unless the result of such extension
                  would be to carry such Term over to another calendar month in
                  which event such Term shall end on the last preceding Business
                  Day;

            (iv)  any Term which commences on the last day of a calendar month
                  and any Term which commences on a day for which there is no
                  numerically corresponding day in the calendar month during
                  which such Term is to end shall end on the last Business Day
                  of the calendar month during which such Term is due to end;

            (v)   any Term which would otherwise end during the month of or at
                  any time after the Final Repayment Date shall end on the Final
                  Repayment Date.

      (b)   The following provisions of this clause 2.4(b) shall apply with
            respect to interest on an Advance or a Tranche made under the Term
            Loan Facility, that is to say:

            (i)   the first such Interest Period shall commence on the
                  Utilisation Date of the relevant Advance or Tranche and such
                  Interest Period and each successive Interest Period (which
                  shall commence immediately upon the end of the preceding
                  Interest Period) in relation to such Advance or Tranche shall,
                  up to and including the earlier of (1) the date falling 90
                  days after the Merger Agreement Closing Date and (2) the Close
                  of Syndication have a duration of one month.  Thereafter, each
                  successive Interest Period shall have such a duration as the
                  relevant Borrower may request pursuant to the terms of clause
                  2.4(b)(ii) below, provided that the first such successive
                  Interest Period may be of such a duration as is necessary to
                  ensure that it terminates on 30th September 1998;

            (ii)  the relevant Borrower may by notice received by the Agent not
                  later than 10.30 am one Business Day (in the case of an
                  Advance or a Tranche in Sterling) or three Business Days (in
                  the case of an Advance or a  Tranche in US Dollars or an
                  Optional Currency other than Sterling) before the first day of
                  an Interest Period specify (subject to clause 2.4(b)(i) above)
                  whether that Interest Period shall have a duration of one,
                  two, three or six months (or such other period as may
                  exceptionally be agreed to by all of the Banks);

            (iii) Interest Periods shall be of the duration specified by the
                  relevant Borrower pursuant to (ii) above, but so that:

                                       25
<PAGE>
 
                  (A)   (in the case of an Advance which has been sub-divided
                        into Tranches) Tranches are designated and Interest
                        Periods are selected such that, on each Repayment Date
                        in respect of the Term Loan Facility, there mature
                        Tranches the principal amount of which, in the view of
                        the Agent, will be at least equal to the principal
                        amount to be repaid on such Repayment Date or the
                        equivalent in any Optional Currency (where relevant);

                  (B)   no Interest Period for an Advance or a Tranche shall
                        overrun the Final Repayment Date;

                  (C)   if the relevant Borrower otherwise fails to specify the
                        duration of an Interest Period in accordance with the
                        foregoing provisions, that Interest Period shall have a
                        duration of three months or other period complying with
                        the foregoing;

                  (D)   if any Interest Period would otherwise end on a day
                        which is not a Business Day, that Interest Period shall
                        be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, unless
                        the result of such extension would be to carry such
                        Interest Period over to another calendar month in which
                        event such Interest Period shall end on the last
                        preceding Business Day; and

                  (E)   any Interest Period which commences on the last day of a
                        calendar month and any Interest Period which commences
                        on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding
                        day in the calendar month during which such Interest
                        Period is to end shall end on the last Business Day of
                        the calendar month during which such Interest Period is
                        due to end;

            (iv)  on the last day of each Interest Period relating to an Advance
                  or Tranche (and, if applicable, on the expiry of each period
                  of 6 months during such an Interest Period), the relevant
                  Borrower shall pay to the Agent the accrued interest on that
                  Advance or Tranche,  for the account of the Banks which made
                  such Advance or Tranche;

            (v)   the rate of interest applicable to such an Advance or Tranche
                  for an Interest Period shall be the rate per annum determined
                  by the Agent to be the sum of:

                  (A)   LIBOR on the Quotation Date for the relevant Advance or
                        Tranche;

                  (B)   the Margin; and

                                       26
<PAGE>
 
                  (C)   (in the case of an Advance or Tranche denominated in
                        Sterling) the Associated Costs Rate applicable thereto.

      (c)   If on the Utilisation Date of any proposed Advance or Tranche to a
            Borrower under the Term Loan Facility there is an existing Advance
            or Tranche outstanding under that Facility from the same Borrower,
            the relevant Borrower shall be entitled to elect, by serving notice
            on the Agent not later than 10.30am one Business Day before the
            proposed Utilisation Date (in the case of a Utilisation in Sterling)
            and 10.30am three Business Days before the proposed Utilisation Date
            (in the case of Utilisation in an US Dollars or an Optional Currency
            other than Sterling) that the first Interest Period relating to the
            proposed Advance or Tranche shall terminate on the same day as the
            Interest Period relating to the outstanding Advance or Tranche and
            that on the last day of those Interests Periods the Advances or
            Tranches to which they relate shall be consolidated (and thereafter
            be treated in all respects) as a single Advance or Tranche (as the
            case may be).

      (d)   The Agent shall promptly notify the Borrowers and the Banks of each
            rate of interest determined by it under this clause 2.4.

      (e)   All interest and other payments under this agreement which are to be
            calculated by reference to a rate per annum shall accrue from day to
            day and be calculated on the basis of the actual days elapsed and
            (in the case of amounts denominated in Sterling) a 365 day year or
            (in the case of amounts denominated in US Dollars or an Optional
            Currency other than Sterling) a 360 or 365 day year, as is customary
            in the London Interbank Market..

      (f)   Each determination of a rate of interest or of other amounts
            hereunder by the Agent shall, in the absence of manifest error, be
            conclusive and binding upon the parties to this agreement.

2.5   VARIATION OF MARGIN

      For the purposes of this agreement, Margin means the rate per annum
      determined by the Agent pursuant to this Clause 2.5.  The Agent shall
      determine the Margin promptly following receipt of the quarterly
      management accounts of the Group (as referred to in clause 10.1(c)(iv)),
      together with the Certificate of Compliance (as referred to in clause
      10.1(c)(vii))which the Parent is obliged to deliver to the Agent pursuant
      to clause 10.1(c).  Based upon the aforegoing, the Margin shall be
      determined by reference to the following ratios (the "MARGIN RATIO"):

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
      MARGIN RATIO                                        MARGIN
      ------------                                        ------
      <S>                                                 <C> 
      The ratio of Consolidated Total Borrowings
      to Consolidated EBITDA is greater
      than 3:1                                            0.85%

      The ratio of Consolidated Total Borrowings
      to Consolidated EBITDA is equal to or
</TABLE> 

                                       27
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 
      <S>                                                 <C> 
      less than 3:1                                       0.75%

      The ratio of Consolidated Total Borrowings
      to Consolidated EBITDA is equal to or
      less than 2:1                                       0.65%
</TABLE> 

      Provided that:

      (i)    the first determination of the Margin by the Agent shall only be
             made following the expiry of six calendar months after the earlier
             of (i) the date falling 90 days after the Merger Agreement Closing
             Date and (ii) the Close of Syndication (the "INITIAL MARGIN
             PERIOD");

      (ii)   until the first determination of the Margin by the Agent, the
             Margin shall be 0.85%;

      (iii)  for the three calendar months following the expiry of the Initial
             Margin Period, the Margin shall not reduce below 0.75%;

      (iv)   the Margin Ratio will be calculated by reference to the twelve
             month period ending on the last day of each Quarterly Period or (as
             the case may be) financial year of the Parent;

      (v)    any determination by the Agent of a reduction or increase in the
             Margin shall take effect as from 5 Business Days after receipt by
             the Agent of the Certificate of Compliance for the Quarterly Period
             in which compliance or non-compliance (as the case may be) with the
             Margin Ratio occurs;

      (vi)   there shall be no decrease in the Margin if an Event of Default has
             occurred which is continuing and the Margin shall revert to 0.85%
             until such time as such Event of Default is no longer continuing
             whereupon the Margin shall be determined as set out above.

2.6   REPAYMENT AND PREPAYMENT

      (a)    Subject to this agreement, the Parent shall repay in full each
             Advance under the Revolving Advances Facility on its Repayment Date
             in accordance with the terms of this agreement.

      (b)    Subject to this agreement and to each Borrower only being
             responsible for the repayment of the Advances drawn down by that
             Borrower, the Borrowers shall repay the Term Loan Outstandings on
             the following dates and in the following amounts (or their
             equivalent in an Optional Currency where the Term Loan Outstandings
             to be repaid are denominated in an Optional Currency):

                                       28
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
            Date                                          Instalments
            ----                                          -----------
                                                               $
            <S>                                           <C>
             6 months after the date of this agreement    21,800,000  
            12 months after the date of this agreement    21,800,000  
            18 months after the date of this agreement    21,800,000  
            24 months after the date of this agreement    21,800,000  
            30 months after the date of this agreement    21,800,000  
            36 months after the date of this agreement    21,800,000  
            42 months after the date of this agreement    21,800,000  
            48 months after the date of this agreement    21,800,000  
            54 months after the date of this agreement    21,800,000  
            60 months after the date of this agreement    21,800,000   
</TABLE>

      (c)   If the aggregate of the monies advanced under the two Advances
            permitted to be drawn under the Term Loan Facility amount to less
            than 18,000,000 the repayment instalments specified in clause 2.6(b)
            above shall be reduced rateably and pro rata.

      (d)   Any prepayment of the Term Loan Outstandings shall reduce each
            outstanding repayment instalment under clause 2.6(b) on a pro rata
            basis between the outstanding repayment instalments, provided that
            the first $49,000,000 (or the equivalent thereof in any relevant
            Optional Currency, where relevant) of any prepayments shall reduce
            each outstanding repayment instalment in chronological order.
 
      (e)   By giving not less than 5 Business Days' prior written notice to the
            Agent, the Borrowers may prepay the whole or any part of an Advance
            or Tranche under the Term Loan Facility (but, if part, then in a
            minimum amount of $1,000,000 or, if more, in integral multiples of
            $500,000 or the approximate equivalent thereof (as determined by the
            Agent) in the relevant Optional Currency (should the relevant
            Advance or Tranche be denominated in an Optional Currency) on the
            last day of any Interest Period for that Advance or Tranche without
            penalty or premium or on any other date subject to the Parent
            indemnifying the Agent and each Bank pursuant to clause 12.2 of this
            agreement in respect of any loss, cost or expense sustained or
            incurred as a consequence thereof. Any amount so prepaid may not
            subsequently be redrawn. Upon such prepayment, (i) the amount which
            the relevant Borrower may draw under the Term Loan Facility shall be
            reduced permanently by a corresponding amount, (ii) the Total Term
            Loan Commitments shall be reduced permanently by a corresponding
            amount and (iii) the Term Loan Commitment of each of the Banks
            therein will be correspondingly reduced pro rata in proportion to
            their respective Term Loan Commitments. Each notice of prepayment
            given pursuant to this clause shall be irrevocable and shall specify
            the date upon which such prepayment is to take effect (which must be
            a Business Day).

      (f)   By giving not less than 5 Business Days' prior written notice to the
            Agent, the Borrower may prepay the whole or any part of an Advance
            under the Revolving Advances Facility (but, if part, then in a
            minimum 

                                       29
<PAGE>
 
            amount of $1,000,000 or, if more, integral multiples of $500,000 or
            the approximate equivalent thereof (as determined by the Agent) in
            the relevant Optional Currency (should the relevant Advance be
            denominated in an Optional Currency) on any day during its Term
            without penalty or premium subject to the Parent indemnifying the
            Agent and each Bank pursuant to clause 12.2 of this agreement in
            respect of any loss, cost or expense including, without limitation,
            breakage costs or liability sustained or incurred as a consequence
            thereof. Any amounts so prepaid may subsequently be redrawn up to
            the amount of the Available Revolving Facility Amount. Each notice
            of prepayment given pursuant to this clause shall be irrevocable and
            shall specify the date upon which such prepayment is to take effect
            (which must be a Business Day).
 
      (g)   The Borrowers may not repay or prepay all or any part of any Advance
            or Tranche except at the times and in the manner provided for in
            this agreement.

      (h)   The Borrowers shall not be entitled to reborrow, in whole or in
            part, any amount repaid or prepaid under the Term Loan Facility
            other than pursuant to the terms of clause 2.7 (Currency Option).

2.7   CURRENCY OPTION

      (a)   A Borrower may elect to take, convert in accordance with clause
            2.7(c) or maintain any Advance or Tranche in or into an Optional
            Currency and to convert the same back into US Dollars and, unless
            the Agent has determined that the circumstances referred to in
            clause 2.2(g) and in clause 7.2 are applicable, that Borrower shall,
            subject to the provisions of this agreement, be so entitled.


      (b)   If the Agent makes a determination under clauses 2.2(g) or 7.2 in
            relation to the unavailability of an Optional Currency, then the
            relevant Advance or Tranche shall be drawn in, maintained in or, as
            appropriate, converted into US Dollars on the first day of the
            relevant Interest Period.

      (c)   If pursuant to this agreement any Advance or Tranche under the Term
            Loan Facility is to be:

            (i)   converted from US Dollars into an Optional Currency;

            (ii)  converted from an Optional Currency into US Dollars; or

            (iii) converted from one Optional Currency into another Optional
                  Currency,

            then, the relevant Borrower shall on the last day of the relevant
            Interest Period and subject to clause 2.7(d) repay the relevant
            Advance or Tranche in the currency in which it is then denominated
            and the Bank's obligations shall (after making any repayments or
            prepayments due on that date and subject as provided in this
            agreement) be as follows:

                                       30
<PAGE>
 
            (A)   if the Advance or Tranche was, immediately prior to such
                  repayment, denominated in US Dollars and is to be converted
                  into an Optional Currency, the Banks will advance on such date
                  the Equivalent Amount in the relevant Optional Currency of the
                  relevant Advance or Tranche;

            (B)   if the Advance or Tranche was immediately prior to such
                  repayment denominated in an Optional Currency and is to be
                  converted into US Dollars, the Banks will advance on such date
                  the Original Dollar Amount of the relevant Advance or Tranche;
                  and

            (C)   if the Advance or Tranche was immediately prior to such
                  repayment denominated in one Optional Currency and is to be
                  maintained in the same Optional Currency or converted from one
                  Optional Currency into another Optional Currency, the Banks
                  will advance on such date the Equivalent Amount in the
                  relevant Optional Currency of the Original Dollar Amount of
                  the relevant Advance or Tranche.

      (d)   The obligation of a Borrower in sub-paragraph (c) above to repay an
            Advance or Tranche in an Optional Currency (and for the Banks to re-
            advance any such Advance or Tranche) shall not apply where:

            (i)   pursuant to the provisions of sub-paragraph (c), the Advance
                  or Tranche would have fallen to be repaid and re-advanced in
                  the same Optional Currency; and

            (ii)  the Dollar Equivalent of the Advance or Tranche on the last
                  day of the current Interest Period does not differ from the
                  Original Dollar Amount of the Advance or Tranche by more than
                  5%.

2.8   DEFAULT INTEREST

      If any sum (whether of principal, interest or otherwise) is not paid in
      full when due, the relevant Borrower shall pay interest on the unpaid sum
      from the due date until the date of actual payment both before and after
      judgment at a rate being the aggregate of:

      (a)   1% per annum;

      (b)   the Margin;

      (c)   LIBOR; and

      (d)   (if the currency in which such unpaid sum is denominated is
            Sterling) the Associated Costs Rate attributable to the unpaid sum.

      For this purpose:

                                       31
<PAGE>
 
      (i)   LIBOR shall be determined by the Agent by reference to such
            consecutive periods (including overnight deposits) as the Agent may
            in its absolute discretion from time to time select;

      (ii)  the Associated Costs Rate shall be computed on the day on which such
            unpaid amount was due and such other days as the Bank referred to in
            the definition of "Associated Costs Rate" may select in accordance
            with the provisions of Schedule 2 (as the same may be amended from
            time to time as provided for in such definition) (a certificate of
            the relevant Bank in each case as to the amount of such cost being
            conclusive in the absence of manifest error); and

      (iii) interest under this clause 2.8 shall be calculated on a day to day
            basis and (in the case of amounts denominated in Sterling) a year of
            365 days or (in the case of amounts denominated in US Dollars or an
            Optional Currency other than Sterling) a year of 360 or 365 day
            year, as is customary in the London Interbank Market and compounded
            on the last day of each such consecutive period referred to in
            paragraph (i) above but shall nevertheless be payable on demand.

2.9   PAYMENTS

      All payments to be made by a Borrower under or in respect of the
      Facilities shall be made on the due date:


      (i)   where such amount is denominated in Sterling, by payment in Sterling
            in immediately available cleared funds to the Agent's Account No
            0002727 with Lloyds Bank Plc, Treasury Division, Faryner's House, PO
            Box 545, 25 Monument Street, London EC3R 3BP (Chaps Sort Code 30-15-
            57), Quoting Ref: Loans Admin re Sage or such other account as the
            Agent may from time to time direct;

      (ii)  where such amount is denominated in US Dollars, by payment in US
            Dollars in immediately available cleared funds to the Agent's
            Account with The Bank of New York, NY Swift Code IRVT US 3N XXX
            Account Lloyds Bank Plc  Loans Administration  Bristol No:
            8900047003 Reference: Sage or such other account as the Agent may
            from time to time direct;

      (iii) where such amount is denominated in an Optional Currency (other than
            Sterling), by payment in the relevant Optional Currency in
            immediately available funds to such account, office or bank as the
            Agent may from time to time designate.

      All such payments shall be made in full without any set-off or
      counterclaim whatsoever and, subject to clause 4.1, free and clear of any
      deductions or withholdings.

                                       32
<PAGE>
 
2.10  REDUCTION, CANCELLATION AND TERMINATION

      (a)   The Term Loan Commitment shall be automatically reduced and
            cancelled by an amount equal to any part of the Term Loan Facility
            which remains undrawn at the close of business on the last day of
            the Availability Period, which amount shall be applied against the
            Term Loan Commitment of each Bank pro rata.

      (b)   The Revolving Commitment shall be automatically reduced and
            cancelled by an amount equal to any part of the Revolving Advances
            Facility which remains undrawn at the close of business on the last
            day of the Availability Period, which amount shall be applied
            against the Revolving Commitment of each Bank pro rata.

      (c)   Each Borrower (in the case of the Total Term Loan Commitments) or,
            as the case may be, the Parent (in the case of the Total Revolving
            Commitments) may at any time, and from time to time, cancel the
            whole or any part of the Total Term Loan Commitments or, as the case
            may be,  the Total Revolving Commitments relevant to its portion of
            the Facilities by giving to the Agent not less than 5 Business Days
            prior written notice to that effect, specifying the date on which
            such cancellation is to take effect and the amount or amounts of the
            proposed cancellation or cancellations thereof Provided that:

            (i)    any partial cancellation shall be in a minimum aggregate
                   amount of $1,000,000 and (if more) integral multiples of
                   $500,000; and

            (ii)   no such cancellation shall be effective if, as a result
                   thereof, the Total Term Loan Commitments or the Total
                   Revolving Commitments (as the case may be) would be reduced
                   to an amount which would be less than, respectively, the Term
                   Loan Outstandings or the Revolving Outstandings at the time
                   the cancellation is to come into effect.

            Any such cancellation shall be taken to reduce the relevant
            Revolving Commitments or (as the case may be) Term Loan Commitments
            of each of the Banks rateably by reference to the Total Revolving
            Commitments or (as the case may be) Total Term Loan Commitments.

      (d)   Each notice of cancellation given pursuant to this clause 2.10 shall
            be irrevocable and shall specify the date upon which such
            cancellation is to take effect.

      (e)   If at any time:

            (i)    the Commitment of any Bank is cancelled or reduced in
                   aggregate to zero; and

            (ii)   all obligations (actual or contingent) and all Indebtedness
                   due or owing to such Bank by the Borrowers hereunder has been
                   satisfied in full, then such Bank (other than for the
                   purposes of 

                                       33
<PAGE>
 
                   clause 15.11 and 15.12) shall cease to be a Bank hereunder
                   and shall cease to be a party to this agreement.

2.11  OBLIGATIONS AND RIGHTS OF THE BANKS, ARRANGER AND AGENT

      (a)   If the Agent notifies a Bank that it is to make an Advance or
            Tranche in accordance with clause 2.2 then, on the relevant
            Utilisation Date but subject to this agreement, such Bank shall make
            available its participation in such Advance (or Tranche)  through
            its Facility Office in accordance with this agreement.

      (b)   The obligations and rights of the Banks, the Arranger and the Agent
            hereunder are several.  The failure by a Bank (not acting in its
            capacity of Agent) to perform its obligations hereunder shall not
            affect the obligations of any other Bank, the Arranger, the Agent,
            the Parent or the Purchaser to perform any of their respective
            obligations under this agreement towards any other party hereto, nor
            shall the Arranger, the Agent or any Bank be responsible for the
            obligations of any other of them under this agreement.

      (c)   Notwithstanding any other provision of this agreement, the interests
            of the Banks, the Arranger and the Agent are several and the amounts
            from time to time due to the Agent or the Arranger (for its own
            account) and to each Bank shall be separate and independent debts.
            The Agent, the Arranger and each Bank shall have the right to
            protect and enforce their rights arising under this agreement
            separately and it shall not be necessary for the Agent, the Arranger
            or any Bank (as the case may be) to be joined as an additional party
            in any proceedings to that end.

3.    CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

3.1   CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO THE FACILITIES

      It is a condition precedent to the obligations of the Banks to make the
      Facilities available that the Agent shall first have received the various
      documents and evidence referred to in Part I of Schedule 5 in form and
      substance satisfactory to it (acting reasonably) prior to the termination
      of the Availability Period. Once all such conditions precedent have been
      satisfied or fulfilled or waived by the Majority Banks, the Agent shall on
      that day give notice in writing to the Parent and the Banks (other than
      itself) to that effect, which day shall be the "EFFECTIVE DATE".

3.2   CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO THE MAKING OF AN ADVANCE OR TRANCHE

      Notwithstanding any other provision of this agreement, none of the Banks
      shall be obliged to make its participation in an Advance or Tranche or any
      part of either thereof and no Utilisation Request may be made by a
      Borrower unless the following further conditions are satisfied at the same
      time as the giving of a Utilisation Request hereunder:

                                       34
<PAGE>
 
      (a)   no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or will result
            from the proposed Utilisation; and

      (b)   no Potential Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or will
            result from the proposed Utilisation; and

      (c)   the Repeated Representations are true and will be true on and as of
            the relevant Utilisation Date with reference to the facts and
            circumstances then subsisting; and

      (d)   in the case of a Utilisation Request made immediately prior to the
            Tender Offer Closing Date, receipt by the Agent of the various
            documents and evidence referred to in Part II of Schedule 5 in form
            and substance satisfactory to it (acting reasonably); and

      (e)   in the case of a Utilisation Request made immediately prior to the
            Merger Agreement Closing Date, receipt by the Agent of the various
            documents and evidence referred to in Part III of Schedule 5 in form
            and substance satisfactory to it (acting reasonably).

3.3   ROLLOVER

      (a)   Without prejudice to clause 11.1, the provisions of clause 3.2(b)
            shall not apply to:


            (i)    any Advance under the Revolving Advances Facility (the "NEW
                   ADVANCE") which is to be made on the Repayment Date of
                   another Advance under the Revolving Advances Facility the
                   amount of which is equal to or greater than the New Advance;
                   and

            (ii)   any Tranche under the Term Loan Facility (the "NEW TRANCHE")
                   which is to be made on the repayment of another Tranche or
                   Tranches (in respect of the same Advance) the amount or (as
                   the case may be) the aggregate amount of which is equal to
                   the New Tranche.

3.4   CERTAIN FUNDS PERIOD

      To assist the Group to have sufficient funds available to fulfil its
      obligations in connection with the Acquisition, the Banks shall not on or
      prior to the Merger Completion Date decline to permit any Facility to be
      utilised hereunder as a consequence of:

      (a)   the occurrence of any Potential Event of Default or Event of Default
            under Clause 11.1(b), (e)(ii), (m), (p), (r) or (to the extent
            referable to a representation and warranty suspended by this Clause
            3.4) (d);

      (b)   the occurrence of any Potential Event of Default under Clause
            11.1(g) or (to the extent referable to Clause 10.2(h)) (c);

                                       35
<PAGE>
 
      (c)   any misrepresentation under Clause 9.1(h), (i), (j), (k)(i) or (l),

      provided that this clause 3.4 shall not prevent the Agent or any of the
      Banks exercising any of their respective rights and remedies under this
      Agreement (including, without limitation, under clause 11.1) after the
      earlier of (i) 1st August 1998 and (ii) the Merger Completion Date and
      notwithstanding any such utilisation.

4.    TAXES

4.1   GROSSING UP

      All payments to be made by a Borrower to any person hereunder shall be
      made free and clear of and without deduction for or on account of Tax
      unless such Borrower is required to make such a payment subject to the
      deduction or withholding of Tax, in which case the sum payable by such
      Borrower in respect of which such deduction or withholding is required to
      be made shall be increased to the extent necessary to ensure that, after
      the making of such deduction or withholding, such person receives and
      retains (free from any liability in respect of any such deduction or
      withholding) a net sum equal to the sum which it would have received and
      so retained had no such deduction or withholding been made or required to
      be made.

4.2   BANK'S OBLIGATION TO LODGE RELEVANT DECLARATION

      Neither Borrower is obliged to pay any additional amount pursuant to
      clause 4.1 in respect of any deduction which would not have been required
      if the relevant Bank had completed and properly lodged, as soon as
      practically possible after becoming a Bank hereunder a declaration, claim,
      exemption or other form which it is required to complete.

4.3   QUALIFYING BANK

      If:

      (a)   at the date of this agreement any Bank is not a Qualifying Bank; or

      (b)   a Bank ceases to be a Qualifying Bank other than as a result of the
            introduction of, suspension, withdrawal or cancellation of, or
            change in, or change in the general understanding, interpretation,
            administration or application of, any law or regulation or tax
            treaty compliance with which is customary or any practice or
            concession of the United Kingdom Inland Revenue or any other
            relevant taxing or fiscal authority in any jurisdiction with which
            the relevant Bank has a connection, occurring after the date of this
            agreement; or

      (c)   on the date of any assignment, transfer or novation under clause 16
            the Transferee is not a Qualifying Bank,

      then no Borrower shall be liable to pay to that Bank under clause 4.1 any
      amount in respect of taxes levied or imposed by the United Kingdom or any
      taxing 

                                       36
<PAGE>
 
      authority of or in the United Kingdom in excess of the amount it would
      have been obliged to pay if that Bank had been or remained a Qualifying
      Bank.

4.4   U.S. TAXES

      (a)   The Purchaser shall not be required to pay any additional amount
            pursuant to Clause 4.1 (Gross-up) in respect of United States
            federal income taxes with respect to a sum payable by it pursuant to
            this agreement to a Bank if such Bank:

            (i)    on the date it becomes a Party to this agreement either:

                   (1)  is not a "United States Person" (as such term is defined
                        in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Internal Revenue Code of
                        1986, as amended (the "Code")) and is not entitled to
                        submit either (x) an Internal Revenue Service Form 1001
                        (or such successor Form as shall be adopted from time to
                        time by the United States taxation authorities) relating
                        to such Bank and claiming complete exemption from
                        withholding on all amounts (to which such withholding
                        would otherwise apply) to be received by such Bank,
                        including fees, pursuant to this agreement in connection
                        with any borrowing by the Purchaser as a result of a tax
                        treaty concluded with the United States or (y) an
                        Internal Revenue Service Form 4224 (or such successor
                        Form as shall be adopted from time to time by the United
                        States taxation authorities) relating to all amounts (to
                        which such withholding would otherwise apply) to be
                        received by such Bank, including fees, pursuant to this
                        agreement in connection with any borrowing by the
                        Purchaser; or

                   (2)  is a United States Person; or

            (ii)   has (unless the Purchaser failed to give the notification
                   referred to in paragraph (c) below) failed to submit any
                   form, certificate or other information with respect to such
                   sum payable that it was required to file pursuant to
                   paragraph (b) below and is entitled to file under applicable
                   law.

      (b)   If a Bank is not a United States Person it shall (if and to the
            extent that it is entitled to do so under applicable law) submit as
            soon as reasonably practicable after the date such Bank becomes a
            party to this agreement in duplicate to the Purchaser duly completed
            and signed copies of either Form 1001 of the United States Internal
            Revenue Service (or such successor Form as shall be adopted from
            time to time by the United States taxation authorities) (relating to
            such Bank and claiming complete exemption from withholding on all
            amounts (to which such withholding would otherwise apply) to be
            received by such Bank, including fees, pursuant to this agreement in
            connection with any borrowing by the 

                                       37
<PAGE>
 
            Purchaser as a result of a tax treaty concluded with the United
            States) or Form 4224 of the United States Internal Revenue Service
            (or such successor Form as shall be adopted from time to time by the
            United States taxation authorities) (relating to all amounts (to
            which such withholding would otherwise apply) to be received by such
            Bank, including fees, pursuant to this agreement in connection with
            any borrowing by the Purchaser). Thereafter and from time to time,
            such Bank shall (if and to the extent that it is entitled to do so
            under applicable law) submit to the Purchaser such additional duly
            completed and signed copies of one or the other such Forms (or such
            successor Forms as shall be adopted from time to time by the
            relevant United States taxation authorities) or any additional
            information as may be required under then current United States law
            or regulations to claim the inapplicability of or exemption from
            United States withholding taxes on payments in respect of all
            amounts (to which such withholding would otherwise apply) to be
            received by such Bank, including fees, pursuant to this agreement in
            connection with any borrowing by the Purchaser.

      (c)   To the extent that the Purchaser becomes aware of the need for any
            Form or information referred to in the second sentence of paragraph
            (b) above, it will notify the relevant Banks as soon as reasonably
            practicable thereafter.

5.    TAX RECEIPTS

5.1   NOTIFICATION

      If, at any time, a Borrower is required by law to make any deduction or
      withholding from any sum payable by it hereunder (or if thereafter there
      is any change in the rates at which or the manner in which such deductions
      or withholdings are calculated), that Borrower shall promptly notify the
      Agent of the same.

5.2   DELIVERY OF TAX RECEIPTS

      If a Borrower makes any payment hereunder in respect of which it is
      required to make any deduction or withholding, it shall pay the full
      amount required to be deducted or withheld to the relevant taxation or
      other authority within the time allowed for such payment under applicable
      law and shall deliver to the Agent for each Bank affected, within 30 days
      after it has made such payment to the applicable authority, an original
      receipt issued by such authority evidencing the payment to such authority
      of all amounts so required to be deducted or withheld in respect of that
      Bank's share of such payment.

5.3   BENEFIT OF TAX CREDITS ETC

      In the event that an additional payment is made by a Borrower to or for
      the benefit of any Bank under clause 4 and, such Bank in its sole opinion,
      determines that it has received or been granted a credit against or relief
      or remission for, or repayment of tax paid or payable by it in respect of
      or calculated with reference to the deduction or withholding giving rise
      to such additional payment or, in the case 

                                       38
<PAGE>
 
      of an additional payment under clause 4 with reference to the liability,
      expense or loss to which the payment giving rise to the additional payment
      relates, such Bank shall, to the extent that it can do so without
      prejudice to the retention of the amount of such credit, relief, remission
      or repayment, pay to that Borrower such amount as it shall in its sole
      opinion have concluded to be attributable to such deduction or withholding
      or, as the case may be, such liability, expense or loss. Any such payment
      shall be conclusive evidence (save in the case of manifest error) of the
      amount due to such Borrower hereunder and shall be accepted by such
      Borrower in full and final settlement of its rights of reimbursement
      hereunder in respect of such deduction or withholding. Nothing herein
      contained shall interfere with the right of any person to arrange its tax
      affairs in whatever manner it thinks fit and, in particular, no person
      shall be under any obligation to claim credit, relief, remission or
      repayment from or against its corporate profits or similar tax liability
      in respect of the amount of such deduction or withholding in priority to
      any other claims, reliefs, credits or deductions available to it, nor
      oblige any person to disclose any information relating to its tax affairs
      or any calculations in respect thereof.

6.    INCREASED COSTS

6.1   REIMBURSEMENT FOR INCREASED COSTS

      If, by reason of (a) any change in law or in its interpretation or
      administration and/or (b) compliance with any request from or requirement
      of any central bank or other fiscal, monetary or other authority
      (including, without limitation, a request or requirement which affects the
      manner in which a Bank or any holding company of such Bank allocates
      capital resources to its obligations hereunder) whether or not having the
      force of law but which is commonly complied with by banks in the relevant
      jurisdiction:

      (i)    a Bank or any holding company of such Bank incurs an additional
             cost as a result of its having entered into and/or performing its
             obligations under this agreement and/or assuming or maintaining a
             Commitment under this agreement and/or participating in an Advance
             or Tranche hereunder;

      (ii)   a Bank or any holding company of such Bank is unable to obtain the
             rate of return on its overall capital which it would have been able
             to obtain but for its having entered into and/or performing its
             obligations and/or assuming or maintaining a Commitment under this
             agreement and/or participating in an Advance or Tranche;

      (iii)  there is any increase in the cost to a Bank or any holding company
             of such Bank of funding or maintaining all or any of the Advances
             or Tranches;

      (iv)   a Bank or a holding company of such Bank becomes liable to make any
             payment on account of tax or otherwise (not being a tax imposed on
             the overall net income of the Bank or the net income of its
             Facility Office by the jurisdiction in which it is incorporated or
             in which its Facility Office is located) on or calculated by
             reference to the amount of the Advances 

                                       39
<PAGE>
 
             or Tranches made or to be made by it hereunder and/or by reference
             to any sum received or receivable by it hereunder,

      then the Parent shall (unless the same is dealt with by any other
      provision of this agreement), from time to time on demand of the Agent,
      promptly pay to the Agent for the account of that Bank amounts sufficient
      to indemnify that Bank or any such holding company of such Bank against,
      as the case may be, (i) such additional cost, (ii) such reduction in such
      rate of return (or such proportion of such reduction as is, in the opinion
      of that Bank, attributable to its obligations hereunder), (iii) such
      increased cost (or such proportion of such increased cost as is, in the
      opinion of that Bank, attributable to its (or any holding company of such
      Bank) funding or maintaining any Advances or Tranches hereunder) or (iv)
      such liability.

6.2   EXCEPTIONS

      Clause 6.1 does not apply to any amount:


      (a)   compensated for by the payment of the Associated Costs Rate or the
            operation of clause 4.1;

      (b)   which is, or is attributable to, any tax on the overall net income,
            profits or gains of a Bank or any of its holding companies (or the
            overall net income, profits or gains of a division or branch of the
            Bank or any of its holding companies);

      (c)   arising directly out of the implementation by the applicable
            authorities having jurisdiction over such Bank and/or its Facility
            Office of the matters set out in the statement of the Basle
            Committee on Banking Regulations and Supervisory Practices dated
            July 1988 and entitled "International Convergence of Capital
            Measurement and Capital Standards" (the "Guidance") except where a
            higher level of capital adequacy is imposed than that stipulated in
            the Guidance at the date of this agreement;

      (d)   which arises directly out of a change to an applicable law or
            regulation affecting a Bank which has come into effect at the time
            that Bank becomes a party to this agreement or takes a transfer
            under clause 16 of which that Bank is aware and compliance with
            which is in accordance with the normal practice of banks and
            financial institutions to which such law or regulation applies.

6.3   NOTIFICATION

      A Bank intending to make a claim pursuant to clause 6.1 shall notify the
      Agent of the event by reason of which it is entitled to do so as soon as
      reasonably practicable after becoming aware thereof, giving reasons for
      such claim, whereupon the Agent shall notify the Parent thereof.

                                       40
<PAGE>
 
7.    ILLEGALITY AND MARKET DISRUPTION

7.1   ILLEGALITY

      If, at any time, it is unlawful, or contrary to any official directive or
      request (being a directive or request with which the relevant Bank is
      accustomed to comply) of any central bank or other fiscal, monetary or
      other authority, or impossible for a Bank to make, fund or allow to remain
      outstanding its participation in an Advance or Tranche made or to be made
      by it hereunder, then that Bank shall promptly after becoming aware of the
      same, deliver to the Parent through the Agent a certificate to that effect
      and:


      (i)    such Bank shall not thereafter be obliged to make available its
             participation in any Advance or Tranche hereunder and the amount of
             its Commitment shall be immediately reduced to zero; and

      (ii)   if the Agent on behalf of such Bank so requires, the relevant
             Borrower shall on such date as the Agent shall have specified
             (being a date which is not before, the earlier to occur of (a) 30
             days after the date of the Agent's notice and (b) the latest date
             permitted by the relevant law, official directive or request)
             prepay such Bank's participation in the relevant Advance(s) or
             Tranche(s) together with accrued interest thereon and all other
             amounts owing to such Bank hereunder.

7.2   MARKET DISRUPTION

      (a)   If in relation to any Advance or Tranche and any proposed Interest
            Period or Term relating thereto:


            (i)    the Agent determines that, at or about 11.00 a.m. on the
                   Quotation Date, it is not possible to determine LIBOR for the
                   currency in which such Advance or Tranche is denominated and
                   none or one only of the Reference Banks is supplying a
                   quotation for the purposes of determining LIBOR for the
                   currency in which such Advance or Tranche is denominated; or

            (ii)   the Agent is notified by the Banks to whom in aggregate fifty
                   per cent. (50%) or more of the Outstandings are (or, if that
                   Advance or Tranche were then made, would be) owed that (i)
                   they are unable to obtain matching deposits in the London
                   Interbank Market at or about 11.00 a.m. on the Quotation Date
                   in sufficient amounts to fund their respective shares of such
                   Advance or Tranche during that Interest Period or Term or
                   (ii) the cost to those Banks of obtaining such deposits is in
                   excess of the quotations used for determining LIBOR for the
                   currency in which such Advance or Tranche is denominated in
                   accordance with the definition of LIBOR,

            then the Agent shall promptly give notice thereof to the relevant
            Borrower and the Banks and, notwithstanding the provisions of clause
            2, the Interest Period or Term relating to that Advance or Tranche
            and the 

                                       41
<PAGE>
 
            amount of interest payable in respect of such Advance or Tranche
            during that Interest Period or Term shall be determined in
            accordance with the following provisions of this clause 7.2.

      (b)   If clause 7.2(a) applies in relation to an Advance or Tranche then,
            subject to clause 2.4, the duration of the Interest Period or Term
            relating to that Advance or Tranche shall be one month or, if less,
            such that it shall end on the Final Repayment Date and the rate of
            interest applicable to that Advance or Tranche during the Interest
            Period or Term relating to it shall, subject to the provisions of
            clause 7.2(c), be the rate per annum which is the sum of (i) the
            Margin, (ii) (in the case of an Advance or Tranche denominated in
            Sterling) the Associated Costs Rate applicable thereto and (iii) the
            rate per annum determined by the Agent (and notified to the relevant
            Borrower) to be the weighted average of the rates of each Bank (as
            notified to the Agent and advised by the Agent to the relevant
            Borrower(s) before the last day of such Interest Period) each of
            which expresses as a percentage rate per annum the cost to each Bank
            of funding from whatever sources and in whatever manner it may
            reasonably select its portion of such Advance or Tranche during such
            Interest Period or Term.

      (c)   The Agent shall, as soon as is reasonably practicable after it has
            given the notice referred to in clause 7.2(a), enter into
            negotiations with the relevant Borrower with a view to agreeing a
            substitute basis (i) for determining the rates of interest from time
            to time applicable to the Advances and/or (ii) upon which the
            Advances or Tranches may be maintained thereafter and any such
            substitute basis that is agreed within 20 days of the giving of such
            notice (but in any event by no later than the date falling five
            Business Days prior to the last day of the Interest Period referred
            to in clause 7.2(b)) shall take effect in accordance with its terms
            and be binding on each party hereto Provided that the Agent may not
            agree any such substitute basis without the prior consent of each
            Bank.

      (d)   If a substitute basis in respect of the Advances or Tranches is not
            agreed pursuant to clause 7.2(c), the relevant Borrower shall be
            entitled, by giving to any Bank not less than ten Business Days'
            notice:

            (i)    to cancel all (but not part only) of the Bank's Commitment,
                   in respect of such Advances or Tranches, whereupon that
                   Bank's Commitment shall be reduced to zero; and

            (ii)   to prepay all (but not part only) of that Bank's Outstandings
                   in respect of such Advances or Tranches,

            in each such case without premium or penalty (save as provided in
            clause 12.2) together with accrued interest thereon and all other
            amounts owing to such Bank under this agreement Provided that the
            relevant Borrower may not elect to cancel the Commitment and/or
            prepay the Outstandings of a Bank whose rate of interest as advised
            to such Borrower by the Agent under clause 7.2(b) is equal to or
            lower than the 

                                       42
<PAGE>
 
            rate as so advised to it by the Agent in relation to another Bank
            unless that other Bank's Commitment in respect of such Advances or
            Tranches, is also cancelled and/or, as the case may be, its
            Outstandings in respect of such Advances or Tranches, are also
            prepaid at the same time.

      (e)   Interest on an Advance or Tranche during an Interest Period relating
            to it calculated at the rates specified in clauses 7.2(b) shall be
            distributed by the Agent to the Banks in proportion to the amounts
            which represent the cost to each Bank of funding its share of such
            Advance or Tranche during such Interest Period Provided that any
            such interest which is attributable to the Margin shall be
            distributed by the Agent to the Banks in proportion to their
            respective shares in such Advance or Tranche.

      (f)   So long as any alternative basis for the calculation of interest as
            provided in clauses 7.2(b) or 7.2(c) is in force the Agent, in
            consultation with the relevant Borrower and the Banks, shall from
            time to time, but not less often than fortnightly, review whether or
            not the circumstances referred to in clause 7.2(a) still prevail
            with a view to returning to the normal provisions of this agreement
            relating to the determination of the rates of interest applicable to
            any Advance or Tranche.

8.    MITIGATION OF ADDITIONAL COSTS

8.1   BANKS' OBLIGATION TO MITIGATE

      (a)   If, in respect of any Bank, circumstances arise which would or would
            upon the giving of notice result in:

            (i)    the reduction of its Commitment to zero pursuant to clause
                   7.1(i);

            (ii)   a payment being made pursuant to clause 7.1(ii);

            (iii)  an increase in the amount of any payment to be made to it or
                   for its account pursuant to clause 4.1;

            (iv)   a claim for indemnification pursuant to clause 6.1;

            then, without in any way limiting, reducing or otherwise qualifying
            either Borrower's obligations under any of the clauses referred to
            in sub-clauses (i) to (iv), such Bank shall promptly after its
            Facility Office becomes aware of the same notify the Agent thereof
            and, in consultation with the Agent and the Parent, for a period not
            exceeding 30 days, take such reasonable steps as it considers may be
            reasonably open to it to mitigate the effects of such circumstances
            including, if it considers appropriate, the transfer of its Facility
            Office for the Facilities to another jurisdiction acceptable to the
            Parent and in which it has an office carrying on a similar business
            or the transfer of its rights and obligations in accordance with,
            and subject to the provisions of, clause 16 to another financial
            institution willing to participate in the Facilities provided that
            (a) such Bank shall be under no obligation to make any such transfer
            if, in the 

                                       43
<PAGE>
 
            bona fide opinion of such Bank, such transfer would or might have an
            adverse effect upon its business, operations or financial condition
            or cause it to incur significant costs and (b) such Bank shall,
            notwithstanding the foregoing, be under no obligation to achieve any
            particular result and shall incur no liability to either Borrower by
            virtue of any such steps resulting in less than complete mitigation.

      (b)   Nothing in clauses 5, 6, 7 and 8.1 shall oblige any Bank to disclose
            to the Parent or any other person any information concerning its
            financial affairs or to arrange its tax affairs in any particular
            manner or at any particular time or to claim relief from tax in
            respect of any particular payment in priority to any other claims,
            reliefs, credits or deductions available to it.

9.    REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

9.1   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

      To induce each of the Banks, the Arranger and the Agent to enter into this
      agreement and to make available its participation in the Facilities, the
      Parent represents and warrants to and for the benefit of each of the
      Banks, the Agent and the Arranger that:

      (a)   INCORPORATION AND EXISTENCE:  each Relevant Group Member is a
            limited company, duly incorporated and validly existing under the
            laws of the country or state of its incorporation and has the power
            and the full authority and right to own its properties, assets and
            revenues and to carry on its business as it is now being conducted;

      (b)   POWER AND AUTHORITY:  each Relevant Group Member has the power to
            enter into, execute, deliver and perform the Transaction Documents
            to which it is a party and the transactions contemplated thereby and
            all necessary corporate, shareholder or other action has been taken
            to authorise the entry into, execution, delivery and performance of
            each Transaction Document to which the Relevant Group Member is a
            party and the other transactions contemplated thereby (and all such
            authorisations are in full force and effect);

      (c)   OBLIGATION AND ENFORCEABILITY:  this agreement constitutes and each
            of the other Transaction Documents to which any Relevant Group
            Member is a party (when executed) will constitute its legal, valid
            and binding obligations, and, subject to laws relating to
            bankruptcy, insolvency and liquidation and the existence of
            equitable remedies, are enforceable against such Relevant Group
            Member in accordance with their respective terms;

      (d)   NO CONFLICT:  the entry into by each Relevant Group Member of each
            Transaction Document to which such Relevant Group Member is a party
            and the performance of their respective obligations thereunder, the
            drawing and/or conversion of any Advance or Tranche and the use of
            the proceeds thereof and the transactions contemplated by the

                                       44
<PAGE>
 
            Transaction Documents to which such Relevant Group Member is a party
            do not conflict with or exceed (i) any applicable law or regulation
            or instrument or any official or judicial order, (ii) the Memorandum
            and Articles of Association (or equivalent constitutive documents)
            of such Relevant Group Member, (iii) any limits on the borrowing or
            other powers of any Relevant Group Member or the exercise of such
            powers by the directors or other officers of any Relevant Group
            Member, (iv) any material charge, contract, instrument, undertaking
            or restriction to which any Relevant Group Member is a party, or (v)
            any material agreement or document to which any Relevant Group
            Member is a party or which is binding upon it or any of the
            undertaking, property, assets or revenues of it, nor will any such
            matter result in the creation or imposition of any Encumbrance on
            any of the property, assets or revenues of any Relevant Group
            Member.

      (e)   NO DEFAULT:

            (i)    no event has occurred and is subsisting which constitutes an
                   Event of Default; and

            (ii)   save as and only to the extent expressly disclosed in writing
                   by the Parent to the Agent prior to the date hereof, no event
                   has occurred and is subsisting which constitutes a material
                   default under or in respect of any other material agreement
                   or document to which it or any other Group Company is a party
                   or by which it or any of the Group Companies is bound which
                   would be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect;

      (f)   AUTHORISATIONS AND CONSENTS:  all authorisations, approvals,
            consents, licences, exemptions, filings, registrations,
            notarisations and other matters, official or otherwise, required in
            connection with each Relevant Group Member's entry into and
            performance of, and the validity and enforceability against them of
            the Transaction Documents to which the relevant one of them is a
            party and the transactions contemplated thereby have been obtained
            or effected and are in full force and effect;

      (g)   ACCOUNTS:  the Base Accounts and the consolidated and unconsolidated
            audited and unaudited accounts of the Group for each subsequent
            financial period delivered by the Parent to the Agent have been
            prepared in accordance with accounting principles and practices
            generally accepted in the United Kingdom consistently applied and
            (when taken with the notes thereto) present a true and fair view of
            (in the case of the audited accounts) or fairly present (in the case
            of the unaudited accounts) the financial condition of the Group as
            at the date to which they have been prepared;

      (h)   NO LITIGATION:  no litigation, arbitration or administrative
            proceedings are current or pending or, to the knowledge of its
            officers, threatened against any Group Company or any part of the
            undertaking assets or revenues of any Group Company which has a
            reasonable likelihood of 

                                       45
<PAGE>
 
            success and which when resolved is likely to have a Material Adverse
            Effect;

      (i)   TAXATION:  the Parent and each other Group Company has complied in
            all material respects with all Taxation laws in all jurisdictions in
            which it is subject to Taxation; no material claims (which are not
            being contested in good faith) are being asserted against either
            Borrower or any of the Guarantors with respect to Taxes;

      (j)   ENVIRONMENTAL LAW:  no Group Company has breached any Environmental
            Law and the Group Companies are in possession of all Environmental
            Licences required for the conduct of their respective businesses and
            none of them has breached in any material respect any of the terms
            or conditions of any such Environmental Licence which in any such
            case would have a Material Adverse Effect;

      (k)   INFORMATION:

            (i)    General Information provided prior to the date of this
                   ------------------------------------------------------
                   agreement:
                   --------- 

                   all written information provided to the Agent and/or any of
                   the Banks by the Parent or any other Group Company in
                   connection with any of the Transaction Documents prior to the
                   date of this agreement (and identified by the Agent and
                   notified in writing to the Parent prior to the date of this
                   agreement as being information upon which it has placed
                   reliance) is true and correct in all material respects and
                   the Parent is not aware of any material facts or
                   circumstances that have not been disclosed to the Agent
                   and/or any of the Banks prior to the date of this agreement
                   and which might, if disclosed, adversely affect the decision
                   of a person considering whether or not to provide finance to
                   either Borrower or to provide such finance against the
                   security of a guarantee issued by the Guarantors;

            (ii)   Information Memorandum:
                   ---------------------- 

                   (A)   the factual information in the Information Memorandum
                         supplied by the Group will be true and accurate in all
                         material respects as at the date to which it speaks;

                   (B)   the opinions, projections and forecasts in the
                         Information Memorandum and the assumptions upon which
                         they are to be based will be arrived at after due and
                         careful consideration and enquiry and will generally
                         reflect the Parent's views as at the date of the
                         Information Memorandum, all assumptions made will be
                         reasonably made and all statements of opinion will be
                         genuinely and honestly held;

                                       46
<PAGE>
 
                   (C)   to the best of the knowledge and belief of the Parent
                         having made all reasonable and proper enquiries, as of
                         the date of the Information Memorandum, there will be
                         no material facts or circumstances which had not been
                         disclosed to the Arranger or Agent, which would have
                         made any such information, opinions, projections,
                         forecasts or assumptions untrue, inaccurate or
                         misleading in any material respect or which, if
                         disclosed, might have reasonably been expected
                         adversely to affect the decision of a person
                         considering whether to provide finance to either
                         Borrower on the terms contained herein;

            (iii)  Continuing Information after the date of this agreement:
                   ------------------------------------------------------- 

                   (A)   all financial information provided to the Agent under
                         clause 10.1(c)(ix) will, to the best of the Parent's
                         knowledge, information and belief (after due enquiry
                         has been made), be true and correct in all material
                         respects;

                   (B)   any certificates delivered by the Parent or any other
                         Group Company to the Agent or any of the Banks pursuant
                         to the terms of this agreement will be true and correct
                         in all material respects;

                   (C)   all information delivered by the Parent or any other
                         Group Company to the Agent or any of the Banks for the
                         purpose of obtaining any consents, releases or waivers
                         from or by the Banks or the Agent under or pursuant to
                         this agreement will be true and correct in all material
                         respects;

                   (D)   any information supplied by any Group Company to the
                         Agent or any Bank pursuant to clause 10.2(k) will, to
                         the best of that Group Company's knowledge, information
                         and belief (after due enquiry has been made), be true
                         and correct in all material respects;

                   (E)   any financial projections provided to the Agent have
                         been be prepared with due care and skill and based upon
                         assumptions believed by the management of the Parent to
                         be reasonable;

      (l)   NO MATERIAL ADVERSE CHANGE:  there has been no material adverse
            change in the Parent's financial condition since the date to which
            the Base Accounts were made up, nor in the consolidated financial
            condition of the Group since that date, in each case which has had
            or is likely to have a Material Adverse Effect;

                                       47
<PAGE>
 
      (m)   NO ENCUMBRANCES: no Encumbrances (other than Permitted Encumbrances)
            exist over all or any of the present or future undertaking, revenues
            or assets of any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries;

      (n)   MARGIN STOCK:  The execution and delivery by the Purchaser of this
            agreement, and the performance of its obligations hereunder and any
            on-lending of the proceeds of any Advance by the Parent to the
            Purchaser, do not and will not result in a breach or violation of
            Regulation G, T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal
            Reserve System;

      (o)   INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT:  Neither the Purchaser nor any of its
            subsidiaries is an "investment company" or a "company controlled by
            an investment company" within the meaning of the United States
            Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended;

      (p)   PUBLIC UTILITY HOLDING COMPANY ACT:  Neither the Purchaser nor any
            of its subsidiaries is a "holding company" or an "affiliate" of a
            "holding company" within the meaning of the United States Public
            Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, as amended;

      (q)   TENDER OFFER AND MERGER DOCUMENTS:  Neither the Offer to Purchase,
            the Schedule 14D-1 nor any document delivered to shareholders of the
            Target in connection with the Tender Offer or the Merger will
            contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any
            material fact necessary to make the statements therein not
            misleading in the light of the circumstances under which they were
            made;

      (r)   CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION:  The certificate of incorporation of
            the Target permits the Merger to occur with the consent of the
            holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock of
            the Target.

9.2   TARGET AND SUBSIDIARIES

      Until the expiry of a period of six months after completion of the
      Acquisition, the representations and warranties contained in paragraphs
      (h) (No litigation), (i) (Taxation), (j) (Environmental Law) and (m) (No
      Encumbrances) above shall, to the extent only that they apply to any or
      all of Target and its subsidiaries, be qualified by reference to the
      actual knowledge, information and belief of the Parent at the time such
      representation or warranty falls to be made hereunder.

9.3   REPETITION

      The representations and warranties set out in clause 9.1 shall survive the
      execution of this agreement and each of the Repeated Representations shall
      be repeated on the last day of each Interest Period and upon the date of
      delivery of each Utilisation Request hereunder by reference to the then
      existing facts and circumstances. In the case of the representation and
      warranty contained in paragraph 9.1(g), such repetition shall be deemed to
      be made by reference to the accounts of the Group most recently delivered
      hereunder as at the relevant time.

                                       48
<PAGE>
 
10.   FINANCIAL COVENANTS AND UNDERTAKINGS

10.1  FINANCIAL COVENANTS

      The Parent undertakes to each of the Banks and the Agent that, so long as
      any amount remains unpaid in respect of principal, interest or otherwise
      hereunder or any Bank is under any obligation to make or maintain its
      participation in the Facilities or any part thereof (unless the Agent
      acting on the instructions of the Majority Banks otherwise agrees):

      (a)   CONSOLIDATED TOTAL BORROWINGS:  CONSOLIDATED EBITDA  it will procure
            that the ratio of Consolidated Total Borrowings to Consolidated
            EBITDA shall not, as at the last day of each of the periods referred
            to in clause 10.1(e), exceed the ratio 4:1, in the first 12 months
            commencing from the date hereof.  For the remainder of the term of
            this agreement the ratio shall not, as at the last day of each of
            the periods referred to in clause 10.1(e), exceed the ratio 3:1.

      (b)   CONSOLIDATED PROFIT BEFORE INTEREST AND TAX:  CONSOLIDATED NET
            INTEREST PAYABLE:  it will procure that the ratio of Consolidated
            Profit before Interest and Tax to Consolidated Net Interest Payable,
            as at the last day of each of the periods referred to in clause
            10.1(e), shall not be less than the ratio 4.1;

      (c)   INFORMATION:  the Parent will provide to the Agent (with sufficient
            copies for each of the Banks) the following:

            (i)    as soon as is practicable and in any event within 270 days
                   after the end of its Financial Years, the audited accounts of
                   the Parent and its Material Subsidiaries for that year;

            (ii)   as soon as is practicable and in any event within 150 days
                   after the end of each of its Financial Years, the
                   consolidated audited accounts of the Group for that year;

            (iii)  no later than 60 days after the end of each half year
                   commencing with the half year ending on 31st March 1998, the
                   unaudited interim accounts of the Parent and the unaudited
                   consolidated results of the Group, in each case in Acceptable
                   Form for the immediately preceding six month period
                   including, without limitation, a balance sheet, profit and
                   loss account and cashflow statement of the Group;

            (iv)   no later than 45 days after the end of each Quarterly Period
                   commencing with the Quarterly Period ending on 31st March
                   1998, the quarterly management accounts of the Group, in an
                   Acceptable Form for the immediately preceding Quarterly
                   Period, including a balance sheet and a profit and loss
                   account as at the last day of each quarter (including details
                   of all off balance sheet financing arrangements entered into
                   during such period) together with a profit and loss forecast
                   for the Group 

                                       49
<PAGE>
 
                   (on a consolidated basis) for the remainder of the then
                   current Financial Year;

            (v)    by no later than 6 weeks before the end of each of its
                   Financial Years, the budgeted cash flow forecast for the
                   Group (on a consolidated basis) in an Acceptable Form;

            (vi)   by no later than the end of each of its Financial Years, the
                   budgeted cash flow forecast for the Group (on a consolidated
                   basis) in an Acceptable Form as ratified by the board of
                   directors of the Parent;

            (vii)  by no later than 45 days after the end of each quarter
                   commencing with the quarter ending on 31st March 1998 a
                   certificate signed by two directors of the Parent or by one
                   director of the Parent and by the Secretary of the Parent
                   advising:

                   (aa)  that the undertakings set out in clauses 10.1(a) and
                         (b) have been complied with as at the end of that
                         quarter; and

                   (bb)  which of the ratios (if any) set out in clause 2.5 have
                         been achieved;

                   and containing computations in form and substance reasonably
                   satisfactory to the Majority Banks necessary to demonstrate
                   such compliance or non-compliance if such is the case (the
                   "CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE");

            (viii) copies of all notices and other documents sent by any Group
                   Company to its shareholders (or any class thereof) and/or its
                   creditors generally (or any class thereof) on the date that
                   such documents are dispatched;

            (ix)   as soon as practicable, such other information as the Agent
                   may reasonably require in respect of the business and
                   financial condition of the Parent or any other Group Company;

     (d)    PREPARATION OF ACCOUNTS: it will procure that all accounts required
            under paragraph (c) above will be prepared in accordance with
            generally accepted accounting principles and practices in the United
            Kingdom and consistently applied, will comply with all applicable
            laws and (when taken with the notes thereto) will give a true and
            fair view of (in the case of the audited accounts) and fairly
            present (in the case of the unaudited accounts), as the case may be,
            the financial condition of the Parent and each of its Subsidiaries
            and the consolidated financial condition of the Parent and its
            Subsidiaries as at the date thereof.
           
     (e)    TESTING OF COVENANTS: the covenants contained in clause 10.1(a) and
            clause 10.1(b) shall be tested quarterly, first by reference to the
            unaudited

                                       50
<PAGE>
 
                   consolidated accounts of the Group produced pursuant to
                   clause 10.1(c)(iii) (in respect of the 12 month period ending
                   on the last day of the first half-year period in each
                   Financial Year), by reference to the relevant consolidated
                   audited accounts of the Group produced pursuant to clause
                   10.1(c)(ii) (in respect of the relevant Financial Year) and
                   by reference to the relevant quarterly management accounts of
                   the Group produced pursuant to clause 10.1(c)(iv) (in respect
                   of the 12 month period ending on the last day of the First
                   Quarterly Period and the Third Quarterly Period in each
                   Financial Year).

10.2  UNDERTAKINGS

      So long as any amount remains unpaid in respect of principal, interest or
      otherwise hereunder or any Bank is under any obligation to make or
      maintain its participation in the Facilities or any part thereof (unless
      the Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Banks otherwise
      agrees), each Borrower undertakes in relation to itself and the Parent
      undertakes in relation to (as relevant) each Group Company, Guarantor, and
      Material Subsidiary (as referred to in sub-clauses (a) to (o) (inclusive)
      below that:

      (a)   NEGATIVE PLEDGE:  save for Permitted Encumbrances, no Group Company
            will grant or permit to subsist any Encumbrance over all or any of
            its property, undertaking, assets, or revenues (whether present or
            future);

      (b)   DISPOSALS:  it will not, and will procure that no Group Company
            will, sell, transfer, lend, dispose of or otherwise cease to
            exercise direct control over (such transactions being hereunder
            referred to as "disposals") its present or future undertaking,
            assets or revenues, whether by one or a series of transactions
            related or not, except for:

            (i)    disposals of assets in the ordinary course of the relevant
                   company's trading on an arm's length basis;

            (ii)   the payment of cash in the ordinary course of the relevant
                   company's business on an arm's length basis;

            (iii)  payments made by it under this agreement or under any other
                   Borrowings permitted under this agreement;

            (iv)   disposals with the prior written consent of the Majority
                   Banks;

            (v)    disposals of assets whether by one or a series of
                   transactions related or not the book value or consideration
                   payable (whichever is the greater) in respect of which does
                   not exceed (Pounds)10,000,000 (or its equivalent in other
                   currencies) in respect of any one disposal or which when
                   aggregated with all other such disposals in any one calendar
                   year does not exceed (Pounds)20,000,000 (or its equivalent in
                   other currencies);

            (vi)   payments made by it in respect of the Acquisition;

                                       51
<PAGE>
 
            (vii)  disposals from any Group Company to any Obligor;

            (viii) disposals from any non-Obligor to any non-Obligor;

            (ix)   disposals of surplus assets at market value and on an arm's
                   length basis;

            (x)    disposals of assets in exchange for other assets of a
                   comparable value;

      (c)   OWNERSHIP OF GUARANTORS:  the Guarantors will at all times be and
            remain Subsidiaries of the Parent and all of the issued share
            capital of each of the Guarantors will at all time be and remain
            beneficially owned (directly or indirectly) by the Parent;

      (d)   NEW SUBSIDIARIES:  it will notify the Agent forthwith in writing if
            any company incorporated in the United Kingdom after the date hereof
            becomes a Material Subsidiary (whether or not such company was
            previously a Subsidiary of the Parent or any Guarantor) and will, if
            so required by the Agent, acting upon the instructions of the
            Majority Banks (but subject to any applicable law), within thirty
            days of being required to do so, in each case upon such terms as the
            Agent may reasonably specify, procure that such company will, by
            entering into a deed of admission in the form or substantially in
            the form set out in the Guarantee, guarantee the obligations of the
            Borrowers to the Agent and each of the Banks under this agreement
            and the other Finance Documents;

      (e)   EVENT OF DEFAULT/POTENTIAL EVENT OF DEFAULT:  it will promptly
            notify the Agent in writing of any Event of Default or any event or
            circumstances which with the giving of notice, lapse of time or
            fulfilment of other conditions (or a combination of any of them) (in
            each case as specified in clause 11.1) would constitute an Event of
            Default;

      (f)   CERTIFICATE OF NO EVENT OF DEFAULT:  it will upon request of the
            Agent from time to time (but subject to no more than one such
            request being made in any six month period), promptly supply the
            Agent with a certificate signed by two directors certifying, as far
            as it is aware due enquiry having been made, that no Event of
            Default has occurred and is subsisting;

      (g)   BUSINESS:  it will procure that no material change is made to the
            general nature of the business of the Group taken as a whole;

      (h)   INSURANCE: it will, and will procure that all other Group Companies
            will maintain insurances on or in relation to their respective
            businesses and assets with underwriters and insurance companies of
            repute against such risks of the kinds customarily insured against
            by, and in amounts reasonably and commercially prudent for,
            companies carrying on similar businesses and will comply and will
            procure that all such other Group 

                                       52
<PAGE>
 
            Companies will comply with all requirements of the policies of such
            insurance in respect of the maintenance and repair of any assets so
            insured to the extent that compliance with the same are required in
            order to keep such policies on foot;

      (i)   AUTHORISATIONS, LICENCES, ETC:  it will, and will procure that all
            other Group Companies will obtain and promptly renew from time to
            time, and will promptly (when requested) furnish, certified copies
            to the Agent of all such authorisations, approvals, consents,
            licences and exemptions as may be required under any applicable law
            or regulation to enable such companies to perform their respective
            obligations under the Transaction Documents to which any of them is
            a party or which may be required for the validity or enforceability
            thereof or which any Group Company may require for carrying on its
            business and it shall procure that the relevant Group Company shall
            in each case comply in all material respects with the terms of the
            same;

      (j)   RANKING:  it will ensure that its obligations under this agreement
            and its and each Guarantor's obligations under the Finance Documents
            to which it or (as the case may be) any such Guarantor is a party do
            and will rank at least pari passu with all their respective other
            present and future unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness, other
            than that indebtedness mandatorily preferred by law;

      (k)   ACQUISITION DOCUMENTS:

            (i)    it will perform and will procure that the Purchaser performs
                   its material obligations in accordance with the Acquisition
                   Documents;

            (ii)   it will and will procure that the Purchaser will take all
                   reasonable steps to protect, maintain and enforce its
                   material rights under the Acquisition Documents and not do or
                   omit to do anything which might prejudice such rights;

            (iii)  it will notify the Agent and on request supply reasonable
                   information to the Agent regarding:

                   (1)   any material breach of any representation, warranty or
                         other obligation under the Acquisition Documents;

                   (2)   any other material claims arising thereunder by reason
                         of breach of representation, warranty or other
                         obligation thereunder; and

                   (3)   any legal proceedings by or against it or any of its
                         Subsidiaries in connection with any claim under the
                         Acquisition Documents;

            (iv)   it will not, and it will procure that none of the other Group
                   Companies which is a party thereto will, without the consent
                   of 

                                       53
<PAGE>
 
                   the Majority Banks (not to be unreasonably withheld) agree to
                   any material amendment to or variation of the Acquisition
                   Documents or waive any material right thereunder;

      (l)   ACCOUNTING REFERENCE PERIOD:  it will ensure that no Group Company
            alters its Accounting Reference Period except so as to be the same
            as that of the Parent without the prior approval of the Agent
            (acting in accordance with the instructions of the Majority Banks);

      (m)   ACQUISITIONS:  it will not, and will procure that no Group Company
            will, in any one Financial Year, purchase or otherwise acquire
            whether by one or a series of transactions related or not, any
            interest whatsoever in the share capital (or equivalent) or the
            business or undertaking (including, but not limited to, any
            franchise rights) or assets constituting a separate business, line
            of business or undertaking of any company or other person for a
            consideration in cash or otherwise in an amount exceeding 15% of:

            (i)    Consolidated Profit Before Tax; or

            (ii)   Consolidated Turnover,

            (in each case as shown by the most recently delivered audited
            accounts of the Group) during the term of this agreement (excluding
            the acquisition of Target);

      (n)   LOANS AND CREDIT:  save in the ordinary course of business it will
            not and will procure that no other Group Company will make any
            loans, grant any credit or give any guarantee or indemnity (except
            as required hereby or in respect of the Hedging Agreements) to or
            for the benefit of any person (other than another Group Company) or
            otherwise voluntarily assume any liability, whether actual or
            contingent, in respect of any obligation of any other person being
            in an amount exceeding (Pounds)2,500,000 (or its equivalent in other
            currencies) in aggregate at any one time;

      (o)   INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY:  it will ensure that each member of the Group
            has and maintains all patents, patent licences, patent rights,
            service marks and licences, trademarks, trademark rights and
            licences, trade names, trade name rights, copyrights and licences
            under copyright and know-how rights and licences and all
            applications for any of the above which are in its opinion desirable
            to the running of the business of the Group.

      (p)   BORROWING:  it will not and it will procure that for so long as
            Multisoft Financial Systems Limited is a Subsidiary, it will not
            incur, directly or indirectly, any Indebtedness in respect of
            Borrowings or enter into any other arrangements whereby it is
            entitled to incur Indebtedness in respect of Borrowings, other than:

                                       54
<PAGE>
 
            (i)    Indebtedness owed by Multisoft Financial Systems Limited to
                   Barclays Bank PLC in a principal amount not exceeding
                   (Pounds)925,000; and

            (ii)   other Indebtedness of Multisoft Financial Systems Limited
                   which in aggregate does not exceed an amount of
                   (Pounds)250,000.

10.3  TARGET AND SUBSIDIARIES

      (a)   To the extent that any of Target or its subsidiaries shall (prior to
            31st July 1998) be contractually bound to do or cause to be done any
            act by any of them which on or after 31st July 1998 would cause a
            breach of the terms of clause 10.2(a) (Negative Pledge) or clause
            10.2(n) (Loans and Credit) and having used all reasonable endeavours
            to procure a release from such contractual obligations, such act
            shall not constitute a breach of the terms of this agreement.

      (b)   Until the expiry of a period of six months after 31st July 1998, the
            failure by Target or any of its subsidiaries to comply with the
            requirements of clause 10.2(o) (Intellectual Property) (having used
            reasonable endeavours so to do) shall not constitute a breach of the
            terms of this agreement.

11.   EVENTS OF DEFAULT

11.1  EVENTS OF DEFAULT

      In the event that any of the following events shall occur (each of which
      shall be an Event of Default):

      (a)   FAILURE TO PAY:  either Borrower or any Guarantor fails to pay any
            amount (whether of principal, interest or otherwise) payable under
            the terms of this agreement or the Guarantee (provided that no such
            failure or non-payment shall be an Event of Default if it occurs
            only by reason of: (i) technical difficulties beyond the reasonable
            control of the relevant  Borrower affecting the transfer of funds
            due from the relevant Borrower to the Agent and the Agent receives
            payment within three Business Days of the due date hereunder, or
            (ii) administrative error and the Agent receives payment within one
            Business Day of the due date hereunder);

      (b)   FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH FINANCIAL COVENANTS:  the Parent fails to
            comply with the covenants specified in clause 10.1(a) or (b) of this
            agreement;

      (c)   FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH OTHER COVENANTS:  either Borrower or any
            Guarantor fails to comply with any other provision of this agreement
            or any other Finance Document and either such breach is, in the
            reasonable opinion of the Agent, not capable of remedy or such
            breach is, in the reasonable opinion of the Agent, capable of remedy
            and is not remedied within 14 days;

                                       55
<PAGE>
 
      (d)   BREACH OF REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY:  any representation, warranty
            or statement which is made by either Borrower or any Guarantor in
            any of the Finance Documents or which is contained in any
            certificate, statement or notice provided under or pursuant to any
            of the Finance Documents proves to have been incorrect or misleading
            in any material respect when made (or deemed repeated);

      (e)   CROSS-DEFAULT:
 
            (i)    any Borrowings in an amount exceeding (Pounds)500,000 or its
                   equivalent of a Group Company are not paid when due (or
                   within any originally applicable grace period); or
 
            (ii)   an event of default howsoever described relating to a Group
                   Company occurs (taking into account any originally applicable
                   grace period) under any document relating to Borrowings in an
                   amount exceeding (Pounds)500,000 or its equivalent of such
                   Group Company which renders those Borrowings capable of being
                   declared prematurely due and payable (save in the case of
                   events of default under documents evidencing the principal
                   debt related to Borrowings under paragraph (i) of the
                   definition of that term where the relevant Group Company
                   satisfies its obligations under the relevant guarantee,
                   indemnity or other suretyship obligation); or
 
            (iii)  any Borrowings of any Group Company becomes prematurely due
                   and payable or is placed on demand (other than where
                   originally on demand) as a result of an event of default
                   (however described) under the document relating to those
                   Borrowings; or
 
            (iv)   any floating charge securing Borrowings over the assets of
                   the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary crystallises.
 
      (f)   INABILITY TO PAY DEBTS:

            (i)    either Borrower or any Material Subsidiary becomes insolvent
                   or unable to pay its debts as they fall due or admits its
                   inability to pay its debts as they fall due;
 
            (ii)   any order is made or resolution passed or other action taken
                   for the suspension of payments, protection from creditors or
                   bankruptcy of either Borrower or any Material Subsidiary or
                   either Borrower or any Material Subsidiary announces an
                   intention to suspend making payments to all or any class of
                   its creditors;

            (iii)  either Borrower or any Material Subsidiary, due to reasons
                   which in the opinion of the Majority Banks acting reasonably
                   relate to financial difficulty, convenes a meeting of all or
                   any class of its creditors for the purpose of proposing or
                   proposes 

                                       56
<PAGE>
 
                   or makes any arrangement or composition with, or any
                   assignment for the benefit of, all or any class of its
                   creditors;

            (iv)   either Borrower or any Material Subsidiary, due to reasons
                   which in the opinion of the Majority Banks acting reasonably
                   relate to financial difficulty, proposes or enters into any
                   negotiations for or in connection with, the re-scheduling,
                   restructuring or re-adjustment of any indebtedness or a
                   moratorium is declared in respect of any of its indebtedness;

      (g)   DISTRESS OR ATTACHMENT:  any distress, execution, attachment,
            sequestration or other legal process affects the whole or any part
            of the assets of either Borrower or any Material Subsidiary in
            respect of assets of a value exceeding (Pounds)50,000 or its
            equivalent in aggregate and is not discharged within 14 days;

      (h)   INSOLVENCY:

            (i)    an administrative or other receiver or manager or similar
                   officer is appointed of either Borrower or any Material
                   Subsidiary over the whole or any part of the assets of either
                   Borrower or any Material Subsidiary or either Borrower or any
                   Material Subsidiary requests any person to appoint such a
                   receiver or similar officer or any other procedural steps are
                   taken to enforce any Encumbrance over any property of either
                   Borrower or a Material Subsidiary or any encumbrancer takes
                   possession of all or any part of the assets of either
                   Borrower or a Material Subsidiary;

            (ii)   any order is made or any resolution is passed or any petition
                   is presented (other than a petition for a winding up which is
                   not advertised or notified to any other creditor and is
                   disputed by the relevant Borrower or the relevant Material
                   Subsidiary in good faith and which is dismissed or withdrawn
                   within a period of 14 days) or other procedural steps
                   (including the convening of any shareholders' meeting but
                   excluding steps taken by a creditor with a view to issuing or
                   presenting a petition to wind up) are taken for:

                   (1)   the receivership, winding up, dissolution or
                         liquidation of either Borrower or a Material Subsidiary
                         other than (a) for the purpose of a reconstruction or
                         amalgamation the terms of which have previously been
                         approved by the Agent in writing on the instructions of
                         the Majority Banks; or (b) the solvent winding-up or
                         dissolution of either Borrower or any Material
                         Subsidiary the assets of which have been previously
                         transferred to either Borrower or another Material
                         Subsidiary;

                                       57
<PAGE>
 
                   (2)   the making of an administration order against either
                         Borrower or any Material Subsidiary;

            (iii)  any order is made or resolution passed or other action taken
                   for the suspension of payments, protection from creditors or
                   bankruptcy of either Borrower or any Material Subsidiary;

      (i)   SECURITY DOCUMENTS:  The Guarantee or any other Security Document
            for the time being or any part thereof or this agreement shall in
            any respect no longer be in full force and effect or cease to be
            continuing or be or purport to be determined or be or become invalid
            or unenforceable or if the validity, enforceability or applicability
            thereof to any obligation purported to be guaranteed or payable
            shall be disputed by a member of the Group;

      (j)   OTHER JURISDICTIONS:  there is any occurrence or situation arising
            outside the jurisdiction of the High Court of Justice of England and
            Wales which shall have a substantially similar effect to clauses
            11.1 (e), (f) (g) or (h);

      (k)   UNLAWFULNESS:  At any time it is or becomes unlawful for either
            Borrower or any Guarantor to perform any of their respective
            obligations under any of the Transaction Documents;

      (l)   CESSATION OF BUSINESS:  any Obligor ceases, or announces an
            intention to cease to carry on all or a substantial part of its
            business other than by way of disposal permitted under clause
            10.2(b);

      (m)   CHANGE OF CONTROL:  at any time any person or group of connected
            persons, which does not at the date hereof have (or would not be
            held under section 416 Taxes Act to have at the date hereof) control
            of the Parent, acquires such control (for the purposes of this
            paragraph, "connected person" shall be construed in accordance with
            section 839 of the Taxes Act);

      (n)   TERMINATION OF MERGER AGREEMENT:  the Parent or the Target terminate
            or purport to terminate the Merger Agreement;

      (o)   OWNERSHIP OF TARGET:

            (i)    before completion of the Merger, the Purchaser does not hold,
                   directly or indirectly, at least 49.9% of the issued shares
                   of common stock of Target following any purchase of shares in
                   the Target by the Purchaser after the Tender Offer Closing
                   Date; or

            (ii)   after completion of the Merger, the Purchaser ceases to be a
                   Subsidiary of the Parent;

      (p)   QUALIFICATION OF ACCOUNTS:  any audited accounts or financial
            statement required to be supplied to the Agent and/or the Banks
            pursuant to the 

                                       58
<PAGE>
 
            provisions of clause 10.1(c) shall be the subject of any
            qualification by the auditors of the Group or any relevant Group
            Company to the effect that an Obligor is unable to continue trading
            as a going concern;

      (q)   ERISA:

            (i)    Any Plan which is covered by Title IV of ERISA but which is
                   not a multiemployer plan (as that term is defined in section
                   4001(a)(3) of ERISA) shall terminate under s.4001(c) or
                   s.4002 of ERISA;

            (ii)   any Obligor or any entity whether or not incorporated, which
                   is under common control with any other Obligor (within the
                   meaning of section 4001(a)(14) of ERISA) shall, or is, in the
                   reasonable opinion of the Majority Banks, likely to, incur
                   any liability in connection with a withdrawal from, or the
                   insolvency or reorganisation (as those terms are defined in
                   section 4245 and section 4241 respectively or ERISA) of, a
                   multiemployer plan; or

            (iii)  any other event or condition shall occur or exist with
                   respect to a Plan,

            and in each case in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above, such event or
            condition, together with all other such events or conditions, if
            any, would have a Material Adverse Effect;

      (r)   MATERIAL ADVERSE CHANGE:  any other event or series of events and
            whether related or not (including, without limitation, any material
            adverse change in the business, assets or financial position of the
            Group after the Base Accounts Date) occurs as a result of which
            either of the Parent or (for so long as it is indebted to the Banks)
            the Purchaser or the other Obligors (taken as a whole) could
            reasonably be expected to be unable to meet their respective
            obligations under this agreement to the Agent or any Bank,

      the Agent, on behalf of the Banks, may by notice to the Borrowers given
      where the Event of Default is continuing:

      (i)   cancel and terminate its obligations and the obligations of the
            Banks in respect of the Facilities and this agreement (including
            their respective Commitments); and/or

      (ii)  declare all or any of the Advances, Tranches and any other sums
            (whether of principal, interest or otherwise and whether of a
            certain or contingent nature) in respect of the Facilities then
            remaining outstanding and not yet due to be immediately due and
            payable; and/or

      (iii) declare all or any of the Advances, Tranches and any other sums
            (whether of principal, interest or otherwise and whether of a
            certain or contingent nature) in respect of the Facilities then
            remaining outstanding

                                       59
<PAGE>
 
            and not yet due to be due and payable upon demand being made by the
            Agent at any time thereafter, whereupon:

            (A)    (if (i) applies) such obligations shall be cancelled and
                   terminated;

            (B)    (if (ii) applies) such Advances, Tranches and other sums
                   shall become immediately due and payable; and

            (C)    (if (iii) applies) the Agent may by written notice declare
                   such Advances, Tranches and other sums to be due and payable
                   on demand being made by the Agent so that, at any time
                   thereafter, the Agent may (if so instructed by the Majority
                   Banks) by written notice to the Borrowers call for repayment
                   of all or any of such Advances, Tranches and other sums on
                   such date in such notice (whereupon the same shall become due
                   and payable on such date) or withdraw its declaration with
                   effect from such date as it may specify in such notice.

11.2  TARGET AND SUBSIDIARIES

      Until the expiry of a period of three months following the Purchaser
      acquiring ownership of more than 50% of the issued share capital of the
      Target the Event of Default contained in paragraph 11.1(e)(ii) (cross-
      default) above shall not apply to any or all of Target and its
      Subsidiaries where the relevant agreements were entered into before the
      completion of the Merger


11.3  DELAY

      Without limiting the generality of clause 15.1, no delay of whatever
      length by the Agent or any Bank in giving written notice or in exercising
      its rights under clause 11.1 shall operate as a waiver.

11.4  INTEREST

      Interest shall be charged on all sums due under the Facilities at the
      relevant rate provided for under this agreement until such sums have been
      paid in full.

12.   COSTS, EXPENSES AND INDEMNITIES

12.1  COSTS AND EXPENSES

      The Parent will from time to time on demand of the Agent (whether or not
      it utilises the Facility available under this agreement) reimburse the
      Agent and the Arranger for:

      (a)   all reasonable costs and expenses (including legal fees and printing
            costs and other out-of-pocket expenses) together with VAT thereon
            properly incurred by the Agent and the Arranger in connection with
            the preparation, negotiation and documentation of this agreement,
            and any other Transaction Document and any documents executed
            pursuant 

                                       60
<PAGE>
 
            hereto or in connection herewith (all of which are together the
            "DOCUMENTS") and/or any amendment, variation or novation of,
            supplement to, or waiver in respect of, this agreement; and

      (b)   all costs and expenses (including legal fees) together with VAT
            thereon incurred by the Agent, the Arranger or any Bank in
            maintaining, preserving, protecting, enforcing or attempting to
            enforce any rights under the Documents; and

      (c)   any stamp, documentary, registration or similar tax payable in
            connection with the entry into, registration, performance,
            enforcement or admissibility in evidence of any of the Documents,
            and shall indemnify the Banks, the Arranger and the Agent against
            any liability with respect to or resulting from any failure to pay
            or any delay in paying any such tax except to the extent that the
            failure or delay is the result of the negligence or wilful default
            of the Bank, Arranger or Agent (as the case may be).

12.2  INDEMNITY BY THE PARENT

      (a)   The Parent shall indemnify the Agent, the Arranger and each Bank on
            a full and unqualified indemnity basis, without prejudice to any of
            their other rights hereunder, against any loss (excluding loss of
            margin but without prejudice to the Bank's right to recover margin
            against the relevant Borrower under clause 2.8) cost or expense
            (including legal expenses on a full indemnity basis and loss of
            profit) or liability which the Agent, the Arranger or any Bank shall
            certify as sustained or incurred by it as a consequence of:

            (i)    the occurrence of any Event of Default;

            (ii)   any default in payment by a Borrower of any sum hereunder
                   when due;

            (iii)  any repayment or prepayment of any Advance, Tranche or unpaid
                   sum hereunder otherwise than on the Interest Payment Date
                   applicable thereto;

            (iv)   any cancellation of any part of any Facility (other than any
                   loss of profit sustained by the Agent, the Arranger or any
                   Bank as a consequence of any cancellation permitted in
                   accordance with the terms and conditions of this agreement);

            (v)    an Advance or Tranche not being made available to a Borrower
                   for any reason unless caused by the failure of the Agent or a
                   Bank to perform its obligations under this agreement after a
                   Utilisation Request has been given,

            including in any such case but not limited to any loss or expense
            sustained or incurred in making available, maintaining or funding
            any amount utilised under either Facility or part thereof or in
            liquidating or 

                                       61
<PAGE>
 
            re-employing during the relevant Interest Period deposits acquired
            to make available, maintain or fund the relevant Facility or part
            thereof.

      (b)   Each of the indemnities in clause 12.2 (and that in clause 15.7(b))
            constitutes a separate and independent obligation from the other
            obligations in this agreement, shall give rise to a separate and
            independent cause of action, shall apply irrespective of any time or
            indulgence granted by any of the Agent, the Arranger or the Banks
            and shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any
            order, judgment, claim or proof for a liquidated amount in respect
            of any sum due under this agreement or any other judgment or order.

12.3  INDEMNITY BY BANKS

      If the Parent fails to perform any of its obligations under clause 12.1,
      each Bank shall, (i) in the proportion borne by its Outstandings to the
      aggregate of the Outstandings of all the Banks; or (ii) if there are no
      Outstandings at the time as may be specified by the Agent in the
      proportion borne by its Commitment to the Total Commitments of all Banks;
      or (iii) if there are no Outstandings and the Total Commitments have been
      cancelled at such time, in the proportion borne by its Commitment to the
      Total Commitments of all Banks immediately before they were cancelled,
      indemnify the Agent and the Arrangers against any loss incurred by any of
      them as a result of such failure and the Parent shall promptly reimburse
      each Bank for any payment made by it pursuant to this clause 12.3.

13.   FEES

13.1  AGENCY FEES

      The Parent shall pay to the Agent, for the Agent's own account, the agency
      fees specified in the Agent's Fees Letter at the times and in the amounts
      specified in such letter.

13.2  UNDERWRITING FEE

      The Parent shall pay to the Arranger, for the Arranger's own account, the
      underwriting fee specified in the Arranger's Fees Letter.

13.3  SYNDICATION FEE

      The Parent shall pay to the Arranger, for the Arranger's own account, the
      syndication fee specified in the Arranger's Fees Letter.

13.4  COMMITMENT FEE

      The Parent shall from the Effective Date until the Termination Date pay to
      the Agent for the account of the Banks in proportion to the unutilised
      Commitments a commitment fee of 50% (fifty per cent) of the Margin at the
      relevant time calculated on a daily basis on the aggregate of the undrawn
      amounts of the Revolving Advances Facility and the Term Loan Facility
      Amount. The commitment fee shall be calculated and payable quarterly in
      arrears and on the Termination Date. The first such payment date shall be
      the date falling 3 months 

                                       62
<PAGE>
 
      after the date of this agreement. For the purposes of this clause, the
      Dollar Equivalent of an Optional Currency shall be used in calculating the
      undrawn amounts of the relevant Facilities on the relevant date.

14.   NOTICES

14.1  SERVICE

      Unless otherwise specified in the agreement, any notice to be served in
      connection with this agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered:


      (a)   In the case of the Agent and/or the Arranger to: Lloyds Bank Plc,
            Bank House, Wine Street, Bristol BS1 2AN Attn: Loans Administration
            Department.

      (b)   In the case of the Parent to: The Sage Group PLC, Sage House, Benton
            Park Road, Newcastle upon Tyne NE7 7LZ Attn: Company Secretary.

      (c)   In the case of the Purchaser to:

                  C/o The Sage Group PLC
                  Sage House
                  Benton Park Road
                  Newcastle upon Tyne
                  NE7 7LZ

                  Attn: Company Secretary

      (d)   In the case of the Banks to their respective Facility Offices marked
            for the attention of the bank official nominated in schedule 1 or in
            the Transfer Certificate,

      or to such other address, telex and/or fax number or marked for such other
      attention as it may have by at least seven days' prior notice notified the
      other parties hereto.

14.2  DEEMED DELIVERY

      Notices under this agreement may be delivered by hand or by post or sent
      by telex or facsimile transmission and if by post shall be deemed to be
      delivered to the relevant party at 10.00 am London time two Business Days
      next following the date of posting and if by telex or facsimile
      transmission shall be deemed to be delivered on conclusion of the relevant
      transmission provided (in the case of telex) the correct answerback is
      received and (in the case of fax) that the transaction is effected on a
      Business Day between the hours of 9.00am and 5.00pm and a copy shall be
      delivered by hand or by post within 48 hours of the transmission of the
      fax.  In proving such service by post, it shall be sufficient to show that
      the letter containing the notice was properly addressed and posted (with
      postage prepaid).

                                       63
<PAGE>
 
15.   MISCELLANEOUS

15.1  WAIVER

      No failure or delay on the part of the Agent, the Arranger or any Bank to
      exercise its rights, powers or remedies provided by law or under this
      agreement, shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single exercise
      or any partial exercise or waiver of any such right, power or remedy
      exclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other
      right, power or remedy. The rights, powers and remedies provided herein
      are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, powers and remedies
      provided by law.

15.2  GOVERNING LAW

      This agreement shall be governed by, and shall be construed and
      interpreted in accordance with and be deemed a contract under the laws of
      England and Wales.

15.3  JURISDICTION AND SUBMISSION

      (a)   Each Borrower hereto irrevocably agrees for the benefit of the
            Agent, the Arranger and each of the Banks that the courts of England
            shall have jurisdiction to hear and determine any suit, action or
            proceeding, and to settle any disputes, which may arise out of or in
            connection with this Agreement and, for such purposes, irrevocably
            submits to the jurisdiction of such courts.

      (b)   Each Borrower irrevocably waives any objection which it might now or
            hereafter have to the courts referred to in Clause 15.3(a) being
            nominated as the forum to hear and determine any suit, action or
            proceeding, and to settle any disputes, which may arise out of or in
            connection with this Agreement and agrees not to claim that any such
            court is not a convenient or appropriate forum.

      (c)   The Purchaser agrees that the process by which any suit, action or
            proceeding is begun in relation to this Agreement may be served on
            it by being delivered to the Parent at the address of the Parent
            specified from time to time for the purposes of Clause 14.1.  If the
            appointment of the person mentioned in this Clause 15.3(c) ceases to
            be effective, the Purchaser shall immediately appoint a further
            person in England to accept service of process on its behalf in
            England and, failing such appointment within 15 days, the Agent
            shall be entitled to appoint such a person by notice to the
            Purchaser.  Nothing contained herein shall affect the right to serve
            process in any other manner permitted by law.

      (d)   The submission to the jurisdiction of the courts referred to in
            Clause 15.3(a) shall not (and shall not be construed so as to) limit
            the right of the Agent, the Arranger and the Banks or any of them to
            take proceedings against any Borrower in any other court of
            competent jurisdiction nor shall the taking of proceedings in any
            one or more jurisdictions preclude the taking of proceedings in any
            other jurisdiction 

                                       64
<PAGE>
 
            (whether concurrently or not) if and to the extent permitted by
            applicable law.

      (e)   Each Borrower hereby consents generally in respect of any legal
            action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this
            Agreement to the giving of any relief or the issue of any process in
            connection with such action or proceeding including, without
            limitation, the making, enforcement or execution against any
            property whatsoever (irrespective of its use or intended use) of any
            order or judgment which may be made or given in such action or
            proceeding.

      (f)   To the extent that any Borrower may in any jurisdiction claim for
            itself or its assets immunity from suit, execution, attachment
            (whether in aid of execution, before judgment or otherwise) or other
            legal process and to the extent that in any such jurisdiction there
            may be attributed to itself or its assets such immunity (whether or
            not claimed), such Borrower hereby irrevocably agrees not to claim
            and hereby irrevocably waives such immunity to the full extent
            permitted by the laws of such jurisdiction.

15.4  ACCOUNTS

      Accounts maintained by the Agent or any Bank in connection with this
      agreement shall (in the absence of manifest error) be conclusive evidence
      of the matters to which they relate.  All certificates or determinations
      given or made by the Agent or any Bank hereunder or in connection herewith
      shall be conclusive and binding upon the Borrowers (in the absence of
      manifest error).

15.5  SCHEDULES

      The schedules to this agreement shall be construed as forming an integral
      part of this agreement and (unless otherwise stated) words and expressions
      defined herein shall bear the same respective meanings in the schedules.


15.6  ILLEGALITY

      If at any time any provision hereof is or becomes illegal, invalid or
      unenforceable in any respect under the laws of any jurisdiction neither
      the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions
      hereof nor the legality, validity or enforceability of such provision
      under the laws of any other jurisdictions shall in any way be affected or
      impaired thereby.

15.7  CURRENCY

      (a)   US Dollars is the currency of account and payment for all sums at
            any time due from the Borrowers under or in connection with this
            Agreement (including damages) Provided that: (i) each payment in
            respect of costs and expenses shall be made in the currency in which
            the same were incurred; (ii) each payment in respect of fees payable
            under or pursuant to clause 13 shall be made in the currency in
            which the same are expressed to be payable thereunder; (iii) each
            repayment of an Advance or Tranche or a part thereof shall be made
            in the currency in 

                                       65
<PAGE>
 
            which such Advance or Tranche is denominated at the time of that
            repayment; and (iv) each payment of interest shall be made in the
            currency in which the sum in respect of which such interest is
            payable is denominated.

      (b)   Any amount received or recovered by any Bank or by the Agent or the
            Arranger in respect of any sum expressed to be due to it from a
            Borrower under this agreement in a currency other than the currency
            (the "contractual currency") in which such sum is so expressed to be
            due (whether as a result of, or as a result of the enforcement of,
            any judgment or order of a court or tribunal of any jurisdiction,
            the winding-up of the relevant Borrower or otherwise) shall only
            constitute a discharge to that Borrower to the extent of the amount
            of the contractual currency that the recipient is able, in
            accordance with its usual practice, to purchase with the amount of
            the currency so received or recovered on the date of receipt or
            recovery (or, if later, the first date on which such purchase is
            practicable).  If the amount of the contractual currency so
            purchased is less than the amount of the contractual currency so
            expressed to be due the relevant Borrower shall indemnify the
            recipient against any loss sustained by it as a result, including
            the cost of making any such purchase.

15.8  PROVISION OF PAYMENTS

      (a)   Where a sum is to be paid hereunder to the Agent for the account of
            another person, the Agent shall not be obliged (but shall be
            entitled) to make the same available to that other person until it
            has been able to establish to its satisfaction that it has actually
            received such sum, but if it does so, or gives an undertaking to do
            so, and it proves to be the case that it had not actually received
            the sum it paid out, then the person to whom such sum was so made
            available shall on request refund the same to the Agent together
            with an amount sufficient to reimburse the Agent for any amount it
            may have been required to pay out by way of interest on moneys
            borrowed to fund the sum in question during the period beginning on
            the due date for payment thereof and ending on the date on which it
            receives the same.

      (b)   The Agent may assume that each Bank on the due date thereof has made
            available each amount to be paid by such Bank to the Agent for the
            account of or by the direction of the relevant Borrower and may (but
            shall not be obliged to) pay, or give an undertaking to pay, to the
            relevant Borrower or other person to whose account the payment is to
            be made a corresponding amount.  To the extent that such Bank does
            not so make payment of the relevant amount, the Agent shall be
            entitled to recover the relevant amount from such Bank or, failing
            such Bank from the relevant Borrower, together with interest thereon
            sufficient to compensate the Agent for the cost of funding such
            amount for the period up to the date of such recovery.

                                       66
<PAGE>
 
15.9  TURNOVER TAXES

      The amounts (including, for the avoidance of doubt, interest) stated in
      this agreement to be payable by the Borrowers are exclusive of all
      turnover taxes (wherever imposed and including with respect to the UK,
      without limitation, VAT). Any payment by a Borrower will be made together
      with a sum in respect of VAT if such is payable.


15.10 SET-OFF

15.10 Whilst an Event of Default is subsisting, each Borrower authorises each
      Bank without prior notice to such Borrower to apply any credit balance
      (whether or not then due) to which such Borrower is at any time
      beneficially entitled on any account of such Borrower with that Bank in or
      towards satisfaction of any sum due and payable from such Borrower to such
      Bank hereunder but unpaid; for this purpose, each Bank is authorised to
      purchase with the moneys standing to the credit of any such account such
      other currencies as may be necessary to effect such application. In
      effecting such currency transaction, the applicable rate of exchange shall
      be that Bank's spot rate of exchange at 11.00 a.m. on the day such
      transaction was effected. No Bank shall be obliged to exercise any right
      given to it by this clause 15.10 which shall be without prejudice to and
      in addition to any right of set-off, combination of accounts, lien or
      other right to which it is at any time otherwise entitled (whether by
      operation of law, contract or otherwise).

15.11 EXCESS PAYMENTS

      If, at any time, the proportion which any Bank (a "Recovering Bank") has
      received or recovered (whether by payment, the exercise of a right of set-
      off or combination of accounts or otherwise) in respect of its portion of
      any payment (a "relevant payment") to be made under this agreement for
      account of such Recovering Bank and one or more other Banks is greater
      (the portion of such receipt or recovery giving rise to such excess
      proportion being herein called an "excess amount") than the proportion
      thereof so received or recovered by the Bank or Banks so receiving or
      recovering the smallest proportion thereof, then:

      (a)   such Recovering Bank shall promptly pay to the Agent an amount equal
            to such excess amount;

      (b)   there shall thereupon fall due from the relevant Borrower to the
            Recovering Bank an amount equal to the amount paid out by such
            Recovering Bank pursuant to paragraph (a), the amount so due being,
            for the purposes hereof, treated as if it were an unpaid part of
            such Recovering Bank's portion of such relevant payment; and

      (c)   the Agent shall treat the amount received by it from such Recovering
            Bank pursuant to paragraph (a) as if such amount had been received
            by it from the relevant Borrower in respect of such relevant payment
            and shall pay the same to the persons entitled thereto (including
            such Recovering Bank) pro rata to their respective entitlements
            thereto

                                       67
<PAGE>
 
      Provided that, notwithstanding anything contained herein, a Recovering
      Bank which shall have commenced an action or proceeding in any court to
      recover sums owing to it pursuant to this Agreement and as a result
      thereof, or in connection therewith, shall have received an excess amount
      shall not be required to pay any proportion of such excess amount to the
      Agent for the account of any Bank which has been notified in advance of
      such action or proceeding and has had an opportunity to, but does not,
      join in such action or proceeding or commence and diligently prosecute a
      separate action or proceeding to enforce its rights in the same or another
      court.

15.12 REDISTRIBUTION OF PAYMENTS

      If all or a part of a sum received or recovered by a Recovering Bank
      becomes repayable and is repaid by such Recovering Bank to the Borrower,
      then:

      (i)    each Bank which has received a share of such sum by reason of the
             implementation of clause 15.11 shall, if so requested by the Agent,
             promptly pay to the Agent for account of such Recovering Bank an
             amount equal to its share of such sum;

      (ii)   as between the relevant Borrower and such Bank the amount so paid
             shall be treated as if it had not been received or recovered by
             such Bank; and

      (iii)  the Agent shall determine whether, as a result of the
             implementation of the foregoing provisions of this clause 15.12,
             circumstances exist which necessitate the implementation of the
             provisions contained in clause 15.11.

15.13 AMENDMENTS

      (a)   In the event that:


            (i)    there is introduced into the country of origin of any
                   currency another currency (the "new currency") on the basis
                   that the new currency may be used for the payment of debts in
                   such country in parallel with such currency, each Borrower
                   shall have the option, by prior written notice to the Agent,
                   to elect that; or

            (ii)   any currency ceases to be the lawful currency for the time
                   being of its country of origin,

            any amount in respect of principal, interest or any other sum
            payable pursuant to this agreement denominated in such currency
            shall be converted to the new currency at the prescribed conversion
            rate then prevailing and all payments in respect thereof shall
            thereafter be made in such new currency.

      (b)   Without prejudice to clause 15.13(a), the Borrowers, the Agent, the
            Arrangers and the Banks will negotiate in good faith in order to
            agree any amendments to this agreement or any other document entered
            into 

                                       68
<PAGE>
 
            pursuant to this agreement in order to ensure: (a) that the terms of
            this agreement or any other such document reflect market practice at
            such time with regard to the introduction of monetary union within
            the European Communities; and (b) in so far as it is reasonably
            possible and without prejudice to market practice at such time, that
            the parties to this agreement shall be left in no worse position
            than they might otherwise have been had either of the events
            described in clause 15.13(a) not occurred.
 
      (c)   The parties hereto agree that the occurrence of economic and
            monetary union within the European Union or part(s) of it and/or any
            event associated with it and/or the introduction of the new currency
            into the United Kingdom will not of itself result in the discharge,
            cancellation, rescission or termination in whole or in part of this
            agreement, nor will it of itself give any party to this agreement
            the right to discharge, cancel, rescind, terminate or vary any
            Finance Document (save as provided in this clause 15.13) or give
            rise to an Event of Default.

16.   ASSIGNMENT AND TRANSFER AND FACILITY OFFICES

16.1  SUCCESSORS, ASSIGNS AND TRANSFEREES

      This agreement shall be binding upon and enure to the benefit of each of
      the parties to it, any Transferee which becomes a party to it pursuant to
      a Transfer Certificate and each of their respective successors and
      permitted assigns.

16.2  RESTRICTION ON ASSIGNMENT AND TRANSFER BY BORROWER

      The Borrowers shall not be entitled to assign or transfer all or any of
      their respective rights, benefits and obligations under this agreement.

16.3  ASSIGNMENT OR TRANSFER BY A BANK

      (a)   Any Bank may at any time with the prior written consent of the
            Parent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed)
            assign all or any of its rights and benefits hereunder and under the
            other Finance Documents, or transfer in accordance with clause 16.4
            all or any of its rights, benefits and obligations hereunder, to a
            Qualifying Bank.  All assignments and transfers hereunder shall be
            (i) in integral multiples of $2,500,000 or (ii) of the whole of the
            assignor or transferor Bank's Commitment.  For the purposes of this
            clause 16.3, the Parent shall be deemed to have given its consent to
            any such assignment or transfer if the Parent shall not have
            responded in writing within 10 Business Days of receipt by it of a
            request for any such consent.


      (b)   If any Bank assigns all or any of its rights and benefits under this
            agreement in accordance with this clause 16.3 then, unless and until
            the assignee has agreed with the other parties to this agreement
            that it shall be under the same obligations towards each of them as
            it would have been under if it had been an original party to this
            agreement, the other parties shall not be obliged to recognise such
            assignee as having the 

                                       69
<PAGE>
 
            rights against each of them which it would have had if it had been
            such a party to this agreement.

      (c)   If any Bank wishes to assign or transfer all or any part of its
            Commitment in one Facility then such Bank shall, at the same time,
            assign or transfer all or part of the other Facility.

16.4  TRANSFER

      If any Bank wishes to transfer all or any of its rights, benefits and
      obligations hereunder as contemplated by clause 16.3 then such transfer as
      shall be permitted by such clause may be effected by the delivery to the
      Agent of a duly completed and duly executed Transfer Certificate in which
      event, on the later of the Transfer Date specified in such Transfer
      Certificate and the fifth Business Day following the date of delivery
      thereof to the Agent:

      (i)   to the extent that in such Transfer Certificate the Transferor seeks
            to transfer all or part of its rights, benefits and obligations
            hereunder and under the Finance Documents, the Borrowers and the
            Guarantors, the Arranger, the other Banks and the Transferor shall
            each be released from further obligations to the other hereunder
            (including the appropriate reduction in the Commitment of the
            Transferor) and under the Finance Documents to that extent and their
            respective rights against each other shall be cancelled (such
            rights, benefits and obligations being referred to as "discharged
            rights and obligations");

      (ii)  each of the Borrowers and the Guarantors and the Transferee party
            thereto shall each assume obligations towards each other and acquire
            rights against each other which (except as to the identity of the
            parties thereto) are identical to the discharged rights and
            obligations;

      (iii) the Agent, the Arranger, such Transferee and the other Banks shall
            acquire the same rights and assume the same obligations between
            themselves as they would have acquired and assumed had such
            Transferee been an original party hereto and an original beneficiary
            of the Security Documents as a Bank with the rights and benefits and
            obligations acquired and/or assumed by it as a result of such
            transfer.

16.5  ADDITIONAL COST TO THE BORROWERS

      No Borrower shall, following an assignment or transfer as provided for in
      clause 16.3 or 16.4 or a change by a Bank of its Facility Office as
      provided for in clause 16.6, be obliged to pay any additional amount
      hereunder over what it would otherwise have been obliged to pay hereunder
      had such assignment, transfer or change not occurred.

16.6  FACILITY OFFICE

      Each Bank shall lend initially through the office of such Bank at the
      address specified in Schedule 1 or, as the case may be, in its Transfer
      Certificate, and subsequently through any other office of such Bank
      selected from time to time by 

                                       70
<PAGE>
 
      such Bank through which such Bank wishes to make available its Commitment
      for the purposes of this agreement. If the office through which a Bank is
      making available its Commitment is changed pursuant to this clause 16.6,
      such Bank shall notify the Borrowers and the Agent promptly of such
      change.

16.7  CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

      Any confidential information relating to the Group Companies or any of
      them which is given to the Arranger and/or a Bank pursuant to this
      agreement shall only be used by the Arranger and/or such Bank for the
      purposes of this agreement or obtaining advice on its rights hereunder and
      shall not be disclosed to any third party without the prior written
      consent of the relevant Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably
      withheld), except for disclosure to any actual or prospective Transferee,
      to the Bank's or the Arranger's auditors or other advisers or to the
      extent required by law or by any court, governmental, administrative or
      regulatory authority or organisation having jurisdiction, control or
      authority over the Arranger or such Bank or to the extent that the
      information is a matter of public knowledge.

16.8  FEE

      Any Bank which assigns or transfers all or any part of its rights,
      benefits or obligations under this agreement in accordance with this
      clause 16 shall pay to the Agent for the account of the Agent alone a fee
      of (Pounds)950.

17.   THE AGENT, THE ARRANGER AND THE REFERENCE BANKS

17.1  APPOINTMENT OF AGENT

      The Arranger and each Bank hereby irrevocably appoints the Agent to act as
      its agent for the purposes of this agreement and the other Finance
      Documents and authorises the Agent (whether or not by or through employees
      or agents) to hold the Finance Documents and to take such action on their
      behalf and to exercise such rights, remedies, powers and discretions as
      are specifically delegated to the Agent or contemplated by this agreement
      and the Finance Documents, together with such powers and discretions as
      are reasonably incidental thereto. Subject to clauses 15.8 and 15.11, any
      amounts received by the Agent on behalf of the Banks hereunder or under
      the Guarantee shall promptly following receipt of the same be distributed
      to each of the Banks pro rata in the proportion which each such Bank's
      Commitment bears to the aggregate amount of the Commitments of all of the
      Banks.

17.2  WAIVER ETC

      (a)   The Agent may, if previously so authorised in writing by the
            Majority Banks (or as expressly authorised by the other provisions
            of this agreement) and subject to clause 17.2(b), waive, modify,
            vary or otherwise amend or excuse performance of any provision of
            the Finance Documents with the written agreement of the Borrowers,
            in the case of a modification, variation or amendment.  Any such
            action so authorised and effected by the Agent shall be promptly
            notified to the Banks by the 

                                       71
<PAGE>
 
            Agent and shall be binding on all the Banks, and the Agent shall be
            under no liability whatsoever in respect of such action.

      (b)   Except with the prior written consent of all the Banks and the
            Borrowers or as otherwise contemplated in this agreement or as a
            consequence thereof, the Agent shall not be entitled to:

            (i)    increase or reduce any Bank's Commitment;

            (ii)   reduce the amount of any payment of principal interest or
                   other amount payable under this agreement;

            (iii)  change the currency in which any amount is payable under this
                   agreement;

            (iv)   extend the dates for expiry of the Facilities;

            (v)    release any guarantees or security constituted by the
                   Security Documents;

            (vi)   amend the definition of "Majority Banks" in clause 1.1;

            (vii)  amend this clause 17.

17.3  NO FIDUCIARY RELATIONSHIP

      (a)   Apart from holding the benefit of guarantees or security constituted
            by the Security Documents for the Banks, the Agent shall not by
            reason of this agreement, the other Finance Documents or the
            transactions referred to thereby, have a fiduciary relationship
            with, or be or be deemed to be a trustee of or for, the Arranger,
            any Bank or a Group Company.  With respect to its own Commitment and
            participation in each Advance or Tranche, the Agent shall have the
            same rights and powers under this agreement and the Finance
            Documents as any other Bank and may exercise the same as though it
            were not performing the duties and functions delegated to it under
            this agreement and the Finance Documents and the term "Banks" shall,
            unless the context otherwise requires, include the Agent in its
            individual capacity as a Bank.

      (b)   It is acknowledged by each of the other parties to this agreement
            that the role of the Arranger has been confined solely to arranging
            the Facilities in principle and that the Arranger does not and has
            not acted as the agent of such parties.  The Arranger shall not by
            reason of this agreement, the other Finance Documents or the
            transactions referred to thereby have a fiduciary relationship with,
            or be deemed to be a trustee of or for, any Bank or a Group Company.

                                       72
<PAGE>
 
17.4  AGENT NOT REQUIRED TO TAKE CERTAIN ACTION

      The Agent shall not be required to request any certificate or opinion
      hereunder or to make any enquiry as to the use of the proceeds or
      application of any Advance or Tranche unless so required in writing by any
      Bank or to make any enquiry as to any default by any Group Company in the
      performance or observance of any of the provisions of the Finance
      Documents or as to the existence of an Event of Default or any event or
      circumstance which with the giving of notice, lapse of time or other
      condition would constitute an Event of Default unless the Agent has actual
      knowledge thereof or has been notified in writing thereof by a Bank.

17.5  EXCLUSION OF LIABILITY

      Neither the Agent nor the Arranger nor any of their respective directors,
      officers, employees or agents shall be liable to any Bank for any action
      taken or omitted under or in connection with the Finance Documents unless
      caused by its or their negligence or wilful misconduct.


17.6  NO RELIANCE

      Each Bank acknowledges that it has not relied on any representation
      whether written or oral, express or implied made by the Agent or the
      Arranger to induce it to enter into this agreement and that it has made
      and will continue to make, without reliance on the Agent or the Arranger
      and based on such documents and investigations as it considers
      appropriate, its own independent appraisal of the financial condition and
      affairs of the Group Companies, the Finance Documents and the matters
      provided for thereby and has made its own appraisal of the
      creditworthiness of the Group Companies. Neither the Agent nor the
      Arranger shall have any duty or responsibility, either initially or on a
      continuing basis, to provide any Bank with any credit or other information
      with respect of the Group Companies whether coming into its possession
      before the making of any Advance or Tranche or at any time or times
      thereafter, other than such information as is provided to the Agent
      hereunder.

17.7  EXTENT OF AGENT'S AND ARRANGER'S RESPONSIBILITY

      Neither the Agent nor the Arranger shall have any responsibility to any
      Bank on account of the failure of any Group Company to perform its
      obligations under the Finance Documents or for the financial condition of
      the Group Companies or for the completeness or accuracy of any statements,
      representations or warranties (whether oral or in writing) in or by
      reference to this agreement or any document delivered under this agreement
      or for the execution, effectiveness, genuineness, validity,
      enforceability, admissibility in evidence or sufficiency of the Finance
      Documents or of any certificate, report or other document executed or
      delivered thereunder or otherwise in connection therewith or its
      negotiation, or for the collectability of any amounts under the Finance
      Documents or (in the case of the Agent) for acting (or, as the case may
      be, refraining from acting) in accordance with the instructions of the
      Majority Banks. The Agent and the Arranger shall be entitled to rely on
      any communication, instrument or document reasonably believed by it to be
      genuine and correct and to have been signed or sent by the proper person
      or persons and shall be entitled to rely as to legal or other

                                       73
<PAGE>
 
      professional matters on opinions and statements of any legal or
      professional advisers selected or approved by it.

17.8  NO LIABILITY TO ACCOUNT

      The Agent and the Arranger may, without any liability to account to the
      Banks, accept deposits from, lend money to, and generally engage in any
      kind of banking or trust business with, any Group Company or any of the
      Banks as if it was not the Agent or the Arranger (as the case may be).


17.9  INDEMNITY

      (a)   Each Bank shall reimburse the Agent (rateably in accordance with its
            Commitment), to the extent the Agent is not reimbursed by the
            Borrowers upon demand, for all charges and expenses incurred by the
            Agent and/or in contemplation of the enforcement of, or the
            preservation of any rights under, or in carrying out its duties
            under the Finance Documents including (in each case) the fees and
            expenses of legal or other professional advisers.  Each Bank shall
            indemnify the Agent (rateably in accordance with its Commitment)
            against all liabilities, damages, costs and claims whatsoever
            incurred by the Agent in connection with the Finance Documents or
            the exercise of its rights in the performance of its duties
            thereunder or any action taken or omitted by the Agent under the
            Finance Documents, unless such liabilities, damages, costs or claims
            arise from the Agent's own negligence or wilful misconduct.

      (b)   A Bank's proportion of liability set out in clause 17.9(a) above
            will be the proportion which the Bank's Commitment bears to the
            Total Commitments at the date of demand or, if the Total Commitments
            have been cancelled, bore to the Total Commitments immediately
            before being cancelled.

17.10 RETIREMENT OF AGENT

      (a)   The Agent may retire from its appointment as Agent having given to
            the Borrowers and each of the Banks not less than 30 days' notice of
            its intention to do so provided that no such retirement shall take
            effect unless there has been appointed as a successor agent with the
            prior written consent of the Borrowers (which shall not be
            unreasonably withheld) either:

            (i)    a Bank nominated by the Majority Banks or, failing such a
                   nomination,

            (ii)   any reputable and experienced bank or financial institution
                   nominated by the Agent.

      (b)   If no appointment of a successor agent has been made during the
            period of notice given by the Agent under clause 17.10(a) or if
            either Borrower withholds consent to a successor, whether nominated
            by the Majority 

                                       74
<PAGE>
 
            Banks or by the Agent, the Agent after consultation with the Banks
            will appoint as successor a Qualifying Bank.

      (c)   Upon any such successor as aforesaid being appointed, the retiring
            Agent shall be discharged from any further obligation under this
            agreement and its successor and each of the other parties to this
            agreement shall have the same rights and obligations among
            themselves as they would have had if such successor had been a party
            to this agreement.

      (d)   Upon its retirement becoming effective, this clause 17 (including,
            without limitation, the indemnity contained in clause 17.9) shall
            continue to benefit the retiring Agent in respect of any action
            taken or not taken by it under or in connection with the Finance
            Documents while it was the Agent.

17.11 REFERENCE BANKS

      In the event that the Commitment of any Reference Bank hereunder ceases in
      accordance with this agreement and such Reference Bank no longer
      participates in any Advance or Tranche or a Reference Bank assigns or
      transfers the whole of its rights and obligations under this agreement, it
      shall cease to be a Reference Bank and the Agent shall, if so instructed
      by the Majority Banks, appoint another Bank to replace such Bank as a
      Reference Bank after consulting with the Parent.

17.12 AGENT'S COSTS

      The Parent shall, from time to time on demand of the Agent, reimburse the
      Agent for its own account at such daily and/or hourly rates as the Agent
      shall from time to time determine, acting reasonably, for the cost of
      utilising its management time and/or other resources in connection with
      taking all such steps or other action which the Agent may deem
      appropriate, which the Majority Banks require or which either Borrower
      requests in connection with:

      (a)   the granting or proposed granting of any waiver or consent requested
            by a Borrower hereunder or under any Transaction Document;

      (b)   any amendment or proposed amendment hereto or to any Transaction
            Document;

      (c)   any breach by a Borrower of its obligations hereunder or under any
            Transaction Document or any investigation as to whether any such
            breach may have occurred consequent upon notice given by the
            relevant Borrower to the Agent where it could be reasonably
            concluded from the relevant notice that the relevant Borrower may
            have breached its obligations hereunder or under any Transaction
            Document; and

      (d)   the occurrence of any event which is or may become an Event of
            Default, any event or circumstance notified pursuant to clause
            10.2(e) or consequent upon any event or circumstance otherwise
            notified by the relevant Borrower to the Agent where it could be
            reasonably concluded 

                                       75
<PAGE>
 
            from the relevant notice that the Borrower may have breached its
            obligations hereunder or under any Transaction Document; and

      (e)   the release of any Guarantor from the Guarantee.

17.13 AGENCY AND SYNDICATION DIVISION

      In acting as Agent and Arranger for the Banks, that division of the Agent
      or the Arranger (as the case may be) which has responsibility for agency,
      arranging and syndication of this agreement shall be treated as a separate
      entity from any other of the divisions of the Agent or the Arranger (as
      the case may be) or its subsidiaries and, without detracting from the
      generality of the foregoing, in the event that any of the Agent's or the
      Arranger's divisions (including the divisions which have responsibility
      for agency, arranging and syndication of this agreement) or similar units
      or subsidiaries should act for either Borrower in any capacity whether as
      bankers or otherwise in relation to any other matter, any information
      given by either Borrower to such divisions, similar units or subsidiaries
      shall be treated as confidential and the Agent or (as the case may be) the
      Arranger shall as between itself and the Banks not be obliged to disclose
      the same to any Bank or any other person.

17.14 NO REQUIREMENT TO DISCLOSE

      Notwithstanding anything to the contrary expressed or implied herein and
      without prejudice to the generality of clause 17.13, the Agent shall as
      between itself and the Banks not be obliged to disclose to any Bank or
      other person any information supplied by a Borrower to it in its capacity
      as agent for the Banks which is identified by the relevant Borrower at the
      time of supply as being confidential and supplied solely for the purpose
      of evaluating in consultation with the Agent whether any waiver or
      amendment might be required to any of the provisions contained herein or
      in the Finance Documents  Provided that nothing in this clause 17.14 shall
      apply to any information supplied by the Parent pursuant to clause 10.1.

17.15 AGENT AND ARRANGER NOT DEEMED TO HAVE ACTUAL KNOWLEDGE OR NOTICE OF
      CERTAIN MATTERS

      For the purposes of this agreement and the Security Documents, neither the
      Agent nor the Arranger shall be deemed to have any actual knowledge or
      actual notice of the contents of any information obtained by it or
      supplied to it by or on behalf of a Borrower other than (in the case of
      the Agent) the contents of information obtained by or supplied to it as
      agent for the Banks under this agreement and the Security Documents and
      which information the Agent is not obliged to keep confidential pursuant
      to clause 17.14.

17.16 MEETINGS OF BANKS

      (a)   The Agent may at any time in its own discretion convene a meeting of
            the Banks.

                                       76
<PAGE>
 
      (b)   If authorised by a Relevant Instructing Group, the Agent shall at
            any time convene a meeting of the Banks.

      (c)   Whenever the Agent is to convene any such meeting it shall forthwith
            give notice in writing to the Banks of the day, time and place
            thereof and the nature of the business to be transacted thereat.

      (d)   For the purpose of this clause 17.16 A "RELEVANT INSTRUCTING GROUP"
            means:

            (i)    before an Advance has been made, a Bank or group of Banks
                   whose Commitments amount in aggregate to more than 50 per
                   cent. of all the Commitments;

            (ii)   after an Advance has been made, a Bank or group of Banks
                   which are participating to the extent of more than 50 per
                   cent of the Outstandings.

17.17 CONFLICT OF INTEREST

      (a)   The Agent may (without limitation to any other provision of this
            clause 17) act as agent or trustee or in a fiduciary or other
            capacity on behalf of any other group of banks or financial
            institutions providing facilities to Group Companies or any
            associated company or any such member without regard to the effect
            of exercising or omitting to exercise its rights, discretions,
            powers and duties in such capacity on the interests of the Banks and
            to act or omit to act in such capacity as freely in all respects as
            if the Agent had not been appointed to act as agent for the Banks;

      (b)   The Arranger may (without limitation to any other provision of this
            clause 17) act as arranger or in a fiduciary or other capacity on
            behalf of any other group of banks or financial institutions
            providing facilities to Group Companies or any associated company or
            any such member without regard to the effect of exercising or
            omitting to exercise its rights, discretions, powers and duties in
            such capacity on the interests of the Banks and to act or omit to
            act in such capacity as freely in all respects as if the Arranger
            were not acting as arranger under this agreement;

      (c)   Both the Agent and the Arranger may subscribe for, hold or be or
            become beneficially entitled to, or dispose of, shares or
            securities, or options or other rights to and interests in shares or
            securities in any member or members of the Group or any associated
            company of any such member (and, in each case, may do so without
            liability to account).

18.   HEDGING

      The Banks acknowledge that the Parent may enter into Hedging Agreements
      with Lloyds Bank Plc if, after discussion with Lloyds Bank Plc, the Parent
      is of the view that such Hedging Agreements are necessary to reduce to a
      level of risk 

                                       77
<PAGE>
 
      acceptable to the Parent the relevant Borrower's risk of exposure to
      increases and fluctuations in the rates of interest and/or currency
      payable by the relevant Borrower under this agreement. Further the Banks
      acknowledge that as a condition of entering into any such Hedging
      Agreements with the Parent Lloyds Bank Plc may take a guarantee from the
      Guarantors in respect of all present and future sums, liabilities or
      obligations which may from time to time be due, owing or incurred
      (actually or contingently) by the Parent to Lloyds Bank Plc under or in
      connection with any such Hedging Agreements.

19.   RELEASES

      If a Guarantor elects to dispense with the laying of accounts and reports
      before the company in general meeting in accordance with the provisions of
      section 252 of the Companies Act 1985 and the gross assets of any such
      Guarantor are at the relevant time less than (Pounds)1,000, the Agent
      shall upon receipt of a written request by the Borrowers (and is hereby
      authorised by the Banks and the Hedging Bank to) execute a deed of release
      in the form or substantially in the form set out in the Guarantee provided
      always that all continuing Guarantors consent to such release and confirm
      that their respective liabilities as Guarantors shall not be discharged or
      otherwise affected as a consequence of such release.

20.   COUNTERPARTS

      This agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which
      taken together and when delivered to the Agent shall constitute one and
      the same instrument.  Any party may enter into this agreement by executing
      any such counterpart.

AS WITNESS the hands of the duly authorised representatives of the parties
hereto the day and year first before written.

                                       78
<PAGE>
 
                                  SCHEDULE 1

                        The Banks and their Commitments
                        -------------------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME      FACILITY OFFICE  REVOLVING LOAN   TERM LOAN    TOTAL
- ----      ---------------  --------------   ---------    -----
                           COMMITMENT       COMMITMENT   COMMITMENTS
                           ----------       ----------   -----------
                               $                $             $
<S>       <C>              <C>              <C>          <C>
Lloyds    PO Box 96           $15,000,000  $218,000,000  $233,000,000
Bank      6/7 Park Row
Plc       Leeds LS1 1NX

          Tel: 0113 237 2262
          Fax: 0113 237 2176
          Telex:

          Attn: C. Taylor Esq
</TABLE> 

                                       79
<PAGE>
 
                                  SCHEDULE 2

                             Associated Costs Rate
                             ---------------------


For the purposes of this agreement, the cost of compliance with existing
requirements of the Bank of England in respect of Advances, Tranches or unpaid
sums will be calculated by the Agent in relation to each Advance or Tranche on
the basis of rates to be supplied by each of the Reference Banks by reference to
the circumstances existing on the first day of each Interest Period or (in the
case of the Revolving Advances Facility) Term in respect of such Advance,
Tranche or unpaid sum and, if any such Interest Period or Term exceeds three
months, at three calendar monthly intervals from the first day of such Interest
Period or Term during its duration in accordance with the following formula:

      A B + C (B - E) + D (B - F) per cent. per annum
      ---------------------------                    
          100 - (A+D)

Where:

      A     is the percentage of eligible liabilities which such Bank is from
            time to time required to maintain as an interest free cash deposit
            with the Bank of England to comply with cash ratio requirements.

      B     is the percentage rate per annum at which Sterling deposits are
            offered by such Reference Bank, in accordance with its normal
            practice, for the relevant Interest Period or Term (or remainder
            thereof) or three months, whichever is the shorter, to a leading
            bank in the London Interbank Market at or about 11.00 am in a sum
            approximately equal to the amount of the relevant Advance, Tranche
            or unpaid sum.

      C     is the percentage of eligible liabilities which such Bank is from
            time to time required by the Bank of England to maintain as secured
            money with members of the London Discount Market Association
            ("LDMA") and/or as secured call money with money brokers and gilt
            edged market makers.

      D     is the percentage of eligble liabilities which such Reference Bank
            is required from time to time to maintain as interest bearing
            special deposits with the Bank of England.

      E     is the percentage rate per annum at which members of the LDMA are
            offered Sterling deposits in a sum approximately equal to the amount
            of the relevant Advance, Tranche or unpaid sum as a callable fixture
            from such Reference Bank as determined in accordance with B above at
            or about 11.00 am.

      F     is the percentage rate per annum payable by the Bank of England to
            such Reference Bank on interest bearing special deposits.

                                       80
<PAGE>
 
For the purposes of this Schedule "eligible liabilities" and "special deposits"
shall bear the meanings ascribed to them from time to time by the Bank of
England.

1.    The percentages used in A, C and D above shall be those required to be
      maintained on the first day of each Interest Period or Term and, in the
      case of an Interest Period or Term longer than three months, on the first
      day of each three calendar monthly intervals from the date of the Advance
      or Tranche.

2.    In application of the above formula, A, B, C, D, E and F will be included
      in the formula as figures and not as percentages, eg if A is 0.5 per cent.
      and B is 12 per cent., AB will be calculated as 0.5 X 12 and not as 0.5
      per cent. X 12 per cent.

3.    Calculations will be made on the basis of a 365 day year.

4.    A negative result obtained by subtracting E from B or F from B shall be
      taken as zero.

5.    The resulting figure shall be rounded, if necessary, to the nearest whole
      multiple of 0.005 per cent. per annum and, if less than 0.005 per cent.
      shall be disregarded.

6.    Additional amounts calculated in accordance with this Schedule are payable
      on the last day of each Interest Period or Term and, additionally, in the
      case of a Interest Period or Term in excess of three months, at three
      monthly intervals from the date of the Advance or Tranche.

7.    The determination of the Associated Costs Rate in relation to any period
      shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all
      of the parties hereto.

8.    The Agent may from time to time, after consultation with the Borrowers and
      the Banks, determine and notify to all the parties hereto any amendments
      or variations which are required to be made to the formula set out above
      in order to comply with the existing or future requirements from time to
      time imposed by the Bank of England in relation to Advances or Tranches
      denominated in Sterling (including, without limitation, any requirements
      relating to Sterling primary liquidity) and, any such determination shall,
      in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all the
      parties hereto.

                                       81
<PAGE>
 
                                  SCHEDULE 3

                             Transfer Certificate
                             --------------------



To:   Lloyds Bank Plc
      St George's House
      6/8 Eastcheap
      London EC3M 1LL

      Attention:  Capital Markets Group



                             TRANSFER CERTIFICATE
                             --------------------

relating to the agreement (as the same may have been amended or novated from
time to time the "Facilities Agreement") dated [              ] 1998 whereby a
term loan facility and a revolving advances facility were made available to The
Sage Group PLC and Rose Acquisition Corp.  Terms defined in the Facilities
Agreement shall have the same meaning herein.

1.    [Transferor] (the "Transferor") confirms the accuracy of the summary of
      its Commitment and its participation in the Advances (and Tranches
      comprised therein) set out in the Schedule below and requests [Transferee]
      (the "Transferee") to accept and procure the transfer to the Transferee of
      [the whole/per cent] of such Commitment and its participation in the
      Advances (and Tranches comprised therein) by counter-signing and
      delivering this Transfer Certificate to the Agent at its address for the
      service of notices specified in the Facilities Agreement.

2.    The Transferee hereby requests the Agent to accept this Transfer
      Certificate as being delivered to the Agent pursuant to and for the
      purposes of clause 16.4 of the Facilities Agreement so as to take effect
      in accordance with the terms thereof on [date of transfer] or on such
      later date as may be determined in accordance with the terms of such
      clause 16.4.

3.    The Transferee warrants to the Transferor, the Agent, the Arranger and the
      Banks that it has received a copy of the Facilities Agreement and the
      other Finance Documents, together with such other information and
      documents as it has required in connection with this transaction and that
      it has not relied and will not hereafter rely on the Transferor, the
      Agent, the Arranger or the Banks to check or enquire on its behalf into
      the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy, accuracy or completeness
      of any such information and further agrees that it has not relied and will
      not rely on the Transferor, the Agent, the Arranger or the Banks to assess
      or keep under review on its behalf the financial condition,
      creditworthiness, condition, affairs, status or nature of any of the
      Borrowers, the Guarantors, the other Group Companies or any other person.

                                       82
<PAGE>
 
4.    The Transferee hereby undertakes with the Transferor and each of the other
      parties to the Facilities Agreement that it will perform in accordance
      with their terms all those obligations which by the terms of the
      Facilities Agreement will be assumed by it after delivery of this Transfer
      Certificate to the Agent and satisfaction of the conditions (if any)
      subject to which this Transfer Certificate is expressed to take effect.

5.    Neither the Transferor, the Agent, the Arranger nor any of the Banks has
      made or makes any representation or warranty whether written or oral,
      express or implied or assumes any responsibility with respect to the
      legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of the
      Facilities Agreement or the other Finance Documents and assumes no
      responsibility for the financial condition of the Borrowers, the
      Guarantors, the other Group Companies or any other person or for the
      performance and observance by the Borrowers, the Guarantors, the other
      Group Companies or any other person of any of their obligations under the
      Facilities Agreement or the Finance Documents or any document relating
      thereto and any and all such conditions and warranties, whether express or
      implied by law or otherwise, are hereby excluded.

6.    The Transferor hereby gives notice to the Transferee that the Transferor
      is under no obligation to repurchase all or any part of the rights and
      obligations hereby transferred at any time nor to support any losses
      directly or indirectly incurred or suffered by the Transferee for any
      reason whatsoever.  The Transferee hereby acknowledges the absence of any
      such obligation.

7.    The Transferee represents and warrants that it is a Qualifying Bank.

8.    This Transfer Certificate shall be governed by and construed in accordance
      with English law and the provisions of clause 15 of the Facilities
      Agreement shall (as they affect or either Borrower or any Guarantor) apply
      with respect to any agreement arising in consequence of this Transfer
      Certificate.



Note:
- ---- 

1.    No transfer of part of a Bank's Commitment shall be effective unless the
      amount of the Commitment expressed to be transferred is the whole thereof
      or otherwise an amount of not less than $[          ] or, if more, an
      integral multiple of $[          ].

2.    Banks and future Transferees are advised not to employ Transfer
      Certificates or otherwise to assign or transfer interests in the
      Facilities Agreement without first ensuring that the transaction complies
      with all applicable laws and regulations, including the Financial Services
      Act, 1986 and regulations made thereunder.

                                       83
<PAGE>
 
                                 THE SCHEDULE
                                 ------------
                                        
           (the Transferor's original commitment and participation)
           --------------------------------------------------------

Term Loan            Term Loan:             Participation in Term Loan
- ---------            ----------            ---------------------------
Commitment:          Total Advances/       Advances/Tranches Outstanding
- -----------          ---------------       -----------------------------
Undrawn Portion      Tranches Outstanding
- ---------------      --------------------

[               ]    [               ]     [               ]


                       (the Transferee's participation)
                        ------------------------------ 

                 Percentage of Commitment transferred: [   ]%.

                                 Transfer Date
                                 -------------

                               [           ] 19


Revolving Advances    Revolving Advances:   Participation in
- ------------------    -------------------   ----------------
Commitment:           Total Advances        Revolving Advances
- -----------           --------------        ------------------
Undrawn Portion       Outstanding           Outstanding
- ---------------       -----------           -----------

[               ]     [               ]    [              ]


                       (the Transferee's participation)
                       --------------------------------

                   Percentage of Commitment transfer: [   ]%

                                 Transfer Date
                                 -------------

                               [             ] 19
                                        

In witness whereof this Transfer Certificate has been executed on behalf of the
Transferor and the Transferee.


By ............           By ................
For: [Transferor]                  For: [Transferee]

Date:                               Date:

                        Address:


                        Fax:
                        Telephone:

                        Attention:

                                       84
<PAGE>
 
Agent
- -----

Agreed for and on behalf of itself as Agent and the other parties to the
Facilities Agreement.


By ......................


Date:


Arranger
- --------


By ......................


Date:

                                       85
<PAGE>
 
                                  SCHEDULE 4

                                    PART I
                                    ------

                                        

           Form of Drawdown Utilisation Request - Term Loan Facility
           ---------------------------------------------------------


To:         Lloyds Bank Plc (as Agent)

From:       [The Sage Group PLC [Rose Acquisition Corp.]

Dated:


Dear Sirs,

Facilities Agreement dated [               ] 1998
- -------------------------------------------------

1.    We refer to the facilities agreement dated [              ] 1998 and made
      between The Sage Group PLC and [Rose Acquisition Corp.] as Borrowers (each
      a "Borrower"), the banks and financial institutions parties thereto from
      time to time (the "Banks"), Lloyds Bank Plc as arranger (the "Arranger")
      and Lloyds Bank Plc as agent (the "Agent"), as the same has been amended
      and novated from time to time (the "Facilities Agreement").  Terms defined
      in the Facilities Agreement shall bear the same meaning herein.

2.    We hereby give you irrevocable notice that we, as a Borrower, wish the
      Banks to make an Advance pursuant to the Term Loan Facility under the
      Facilities Agreement, as follows:

      (i)      Utilisation Date:
      (ii)     Requested Amount in Sterling:
      (iii)    Requested Amount in Optional Currency:
      (iv)     First Interest Period (subject to clause 2.4):

3.    We request that the Advance be divided into the following Tranches each
      having the Interest Period and being denominated in currencies set out
      below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   Tranche    Tranche    Tranche
                                   -------    -------    -------
                                   No 1       No 2       No 3 
                                   ----       ----       -------
                                   <S>        <C>        <C>    
</TABLE>

      (i)   Amount:
      (ii)  Interest Period:
      (iii) Currency

4.    (A)   Maximum amount to be drawndown on the Tender Offer Closing Date
            shall be calculated as follows:

                                       86
<PAGE>
 
            (a)   An amount, in sterling, being the amount outstanding under the
                  Facility Agreement between the Parent and, among others,
                  Lloyds Bank Plc dated 25th February 1997.

            (b)   An amount, in US dollars, being the difference between the
                  total consideration payable by the Purchaser under the Tender
                  Offer and the net proceeds received by the Parent under the
                  Vendor Placing Agreement converted into US dollars.

      (B)   The amount to be received by the Company under the Vendor Placing
            must not be less than (Pounds)70,000,000.

5.    The account to which the proceeds of the Utilisation are to be sent, is:

6.    We confirm that, at the date hereof, the Repeated Representations are true
      and correct and will remain so at the proposed Utilisation Date, that no
      Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a result
      of the proposed Utilisation nor will an Event of Default occur as a result
      of the proposed Utilisation.

Yours faithfully,



___________________
For and on behalf of
[name of relevant Borrower]

                                       87
<PAGE>
 
                                  SCHEDULE 4

                                    PART II
                                    -------

                                        

      Form of Drawdown Utilisation Request - Revolving Advances Facility
      ------------------------------------------------------------------


To:         Lloyds Bank Plc (as Agent)

From:       The Sage Group PLC

Dated:


Dear Sirs,

Facilities Agreement dated [                ] 1998
- --------------------------------------------------

1.    We refer to the facilities agreement dated [              ] 1998 and made
      between ourselves and Rose Acquisition Corp. as Borrowers, the banks and
      financial institutions parties thereto from time to time (the "Banks"),
      Lloyds Bank Plc as arranger (the "Arranger") and Lloyds Bank Plc as agent
      (the "Agent"), as the same has been amended and novated from time to time
      (the "Facilities Agreement").  Terms defined in the Facilities Agreement
      shall bear the same meaning herein.

2.    We hereby give you irrevocable notice that we wish to utilise the
      Revolving Advances Facility as follows:

      (i)      Utilisation Date:
      (ii)     Requested Amounts in Sterling:
      (iii)    Requested Amounts in Optional Currency:
      (iv)     Term (subject to clause 2.4):

3.    The account to which the proceeds of the Utilisation are to be sent, is:

4.    We confirm that, at the date hereof, the Repeated Representations are true
      and correct and will remain so at the proposed Utilisation Date, that no
      Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a result
      of the proposed Utilisation nor will an Event of Default occur as a result
      of the proposed Utilisation.

Yours faithfully,



__________________
For and on behalf of
The Sage Group PLC

                                       88
<PAGE>
 
                                  SCHEDULE 4

                                   PART III
                                   --------

           Form of Tranche Utilisation Request - Term Loan Facility

To:   Lloyds Bank Plc (as Agent)
From: [name of relevant Borrower]

                                                     Dated: ........January 1998


Dear Sirs

FACILITIES AGREEMENT DATED [                 ] 1998
- ---------------------------------------------------

1.    We refer to the facilities agreement dated [            ] 1997 and made
      between The Sage Group PLC and Rose Acquisition Corp. as borrowers, Lloyds
      Bank Capital Markets as agent (the "AGENT") and the banks and financial
      institutions parties thereto from time to time (the "BANKS"), as the same
      has been amended and novated from time to time (the "FACILITIES
      AGREEMENT").  Terms defined in the Facilities Agreement shall bear the
      same meaning herein.

2.    [We advise that the following relevant Tranche(s) mature(s) on the
      Utilisation Date referred to in paragraph 3 below and that we wish to
      subdivide or consolidate or convert the relevant Tranche(s) in accordance
      with clause 2.3 of the Facilities Agreement by making a Tranche
      Utilisation as described in paragraph 3 below.

      Details of Relevant Tranche(s):
      -------------------------------

                            Relevant      Relevant      Relevant
                            Tranche No 1  Tranche No 2  Tranche No 3

      (i)   Amount:
      (ii)  Currency:]

      [We advise that we wish that the Advance of [amount] made on [          ]
      /Tranche(s) No(s) [         ] be divided into the Tranche(s) set out in
      paragraph 3 below.]
 
3.    We hereby give you notice that we wish to make a Tranche Utilisation as
      follows:

      Details of Relevant Tranche(s):
      -------------------------------

      (i)   Utilisation Date:

                            Relevant      Relevant      Relevant
                            Tranche No 1  Tranche No 2  Tranche No 3

      (ii)     Amount:

                                       89
<PAGE>
 
      (iii)    Interest Period:
      (iv)     Currency:

4.    We confirm that, at the date hereof, the Repeated Representations are true
      and correct and will remain so at the proposed Utilisation Date, that no
      Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a result
      of the proposed Utilisation nor will an Event of Default occur as a result
      of the proposed Utilisation.

Yours faithfully



_______________________
For and on behalf of
[relevant Borrower]

                                       90
<PAGE>
 
                                  SCHEDULE 5

                             Conditions Precedent
                             --------------------

                                    PART I
                                    ------
                                        

1.    The Facilities Agreement
      ------------------------

      This agreement duly executed by each of the parties hereto.

2.    Constitutional Documents of the Parent
      --------------------------------------

      Certified Copies of:

      (a)   the Certificate of Incorporation of the Parent and each Certificate
            of Incorporation on Change of Name (if any); and

      (b)   the Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Parent.

3.    Constitutional Documents of Guarantors
      --------------------------------------

      Certified Copies of:

      (a)   the Certificate of Incorporation of each Guarantor and each
            Certificate of Incorporation on Change of Name; and

      (b)   the Memorandum and Articles of Association of each Guarantor.

4.    Constitutional Documents of Purchaser
      -------------------------------------

      (a)   Certified Copy of Charter and By-Laws;

      (b)   evidence in form satisfactory to the Agent that the Purchaser is a
            wholly owned Subsidiary of the Parent.

5.    Board Resolutions of Parent and the Purchaser
      ----------------------------------------------

      Certified Copies of extracts from resolutions of the board of directors of
      the Parent and the Purchaser approving the acceptance of this agreement
      and the utilisation of the Facilities, the execution and delivery by the
      Parent and the Purchaser of the Transaction Documents to which either of
      them is to be a party (as the case may be), and the performance of the
      transactions contemplated thereby, and authorising a person or persons
      (specified by name or office) to execute, on behalf of the Parent and the
      Purchaser (as the case may be), the Transaction Documents to which either
      of them is a party and any other notices or documents to be given or
      delivered by it thereunder or in connection with them.

                                       91
<PAGE>
 
6.    Secretarial Certificates of Parent and the Purchaser
      -----------------------------------------------------

      A certificate of the secretary of the Parent and the Purchaser, setting
      out the names, offices and signatures of the persons referred to in 5 and
      6 above.

7.    Board Resolutions of Guarantors
      -------------------------------

      Certified Copies of extracts from resolutions of each Guarantor's board of
      directors and from resolutions of its shareholders, approving the
      execution and delivery by such Guarantor of the Transaction Documents to
      which it is to be a party and the performance of its obligations
      thereunder and authorising a person or persons (specified by name or
      office) to execute the same on behalf of such Guarantor and any other
      notices or documents to be given or delivered by it thereunder.

8.    Secretarial Certificates of Guarantors
      --------------------------------------

      A certificate of the secretary of each Guarantor, setting out the names,
      offices and signatures of the persons referred to in 7 above.

  9.  No breach of powers
      -------------------

      A certificate addressed to the Agent signed by each of the secretaries of
      the Parent, each Guarantor and the Purchaser, certifying (without personal
      liability save where the certificate is given fraudulently or with intent
      to mislead or deceive) that the entry into and performance by it of those
      Transaction Documents to which it is to be party and (in the case of the
      Parent and the Purchaser) the utilisation of the Facilities is within its
      corporate powers and have been duly approved by all necessary corporate
      action and will not infringe any limitation or restriction upon its powers
      or authorities or of its respective directors or other officers under its
      Memorandum and Articles of Association (or Charter and By-Laws as the case
      may be).

10.   Guarantee
      ---------

      The Guarantee duly executed by each Guarantor.

11.   Acquisition
      -----------

      (a)   the Merger Agreement;
 
      (b)   a copy of the Announcement;
 
      (c)   a certificate from a duly authorised director of the Parent
            certifying that the Merger Agreement and the Announcement sets out
            all material terms of the Tender Offer;

      (d)   a certified copy of the Vendor Placing Agreement executed by both
            parties.

                                       92
<PAGE>
 
12.   Fees
      ----

      Payment of the fees and expenses referred to in clause 13 of this
      agreement expressed to be payable prior to or upon signing of this
      agreement.

13.   Encumbrances
      ------------

      Evidence that any Encumbrances (other than Permitted Encumbrances)
      affecting the property, undertaking, and assets of Group Companies have
      been released.

14.   Syndication Confirmation Letter
      -------------------------------

      The Syndication Confirmation Letter.

15.   Legal Opinions
      --------------

      (a)   A legal opinion from the solicitors to the Agent relating to the
            legality, validity and enforceability of this Agreement.
 
      (b)   A legal opinion from Skadden Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom relating to
            the Facility Agreement.

                                       93
<PAGE>
 
                                  SCHEDULE 5

                      PART II (Tender Offer Closing Date)
                      -----------------------------------

                                  (Section A)


1.    Acquisition documents
      ---------------------

      (a)   a copy of the Offer to Purchase and all related documents delivered
            to shareholders of the Target in connection with the Tender Offer.

      (b)   a certificate from a duly authorised director of the Borrower
            containing the matters set out in Section B below.

      (c)   the Option Agreement duly executed by the parties.

      (d)   certificates from the depositary and a duly authorised director of
            the Borrower confirming that valid tenders had been received and
            not, where permitted, withdrawn in respect of not less than 50% of
            the Target's shares (or such lesser amount as the Bank may have
            previously agreed in writing); and

      (e)   (i)   a certificate from the depositary, in form satisfactory to the
                  Bank, confirming that it has received and has under its sole
                  control (other than funds to be made available under this
                  Agreement) an amount in US dollars (being not less than
                  (Pounds)70,000,000 and that the Tender Offer has become
                  unconditional in accordance with its terms); and/or

            (ii)  an escrow letter in form satisfactory to the Agent.

2.    Opinion
      -------

      An opinion from Skadden Arps Slate, Meagher & Flom as to certain US
      securities law and regulatory matters relating to the Tender Offer.

                                       94
<PAGE>
 
                                  SCHEDULE 5

                                    PART II
                                    -------

                                  (Section B)

                           (Contents of Certificate)


(a)   The Tender Offer has expired and there has been validly tendered to the
      Purchaser and not withdrawn and the Purchaser shall have accepted for
      payment and shall purchase concurrently with the Advance hereunder, that
      number of shares of common stock of the Target which when added to any
      shares then owned by the Purchaser, represents not less than 49.99% of the
      issued common stock of the Target. Every condition to the Tender Offer set
      forth in the Offer to Purchase has been satisfied or the Agent has
      consented in writing to the waiver thereof.

(b)   There does not (to the best of my knowledge and belief) exist (i) any
      judgment, order, injunction or other restraining order, or (ii) any
      pending or threatened litigation, proceeding or investigation which, if
      adversely determined, could prohibit, prevent, make unlawful or impose any
      material adverse condition upon, either (A) this Agreement, the Option
      Agreement, the Tender Offer, the Merger Agreement, or any transaction
      contemplated hereunder or thereunder, or (B) the ability of the Parent,
      the Purchaser, the Agent or any affiliate of any of the foregoing to
      perform its respective obligations in connection with the Tender Offer or
      the Merger or pursuant to any of the documents referred to in clause (A)
      above.

                                       95
<PAGE>
 
                                  SCHEDULE 5

                   PART III (Merger Agreement Closing Date)
                   ----------------------------------------

                                  (Section A)


1.    Certificate
      -----------

      A certificate from a duly authorised officer of the Parent confirming the
      matters in Section B below.

2.    Opinion
      -------

      An opinion from Skadden Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom that the Merger
      Agreement has been duly consummated in accordance with California law.

                                       96
<PAGE>
 
                                  SCHEDULE 5

                                   PART III
                                   --------


                                  (Section B)


Every condition precedent to the respective obligations of each of the parties
to the Merger Agreement, including without limitation, approval by the requisite
number of votes of the shareholders of the Purchaser and the Target, has been
satisfied; there exists no impediment or unsatisfied condition precedent to the
consummation of the merger in the manner contemplated by the Merger Agreement;
and the holders of 5% (or less) of the outstanding shares of common stock of the
Target have not asserted appraisal rights in connection with the merger; and no
provision of the General Corporation Law of the State of California prevents the
consummation of the merger as contemplated in the Merger Agreement.

                                       97
<PAGE>
 
                                  SCHEDULE 6

                             Material Subsidiaries
                             ---------------------

Name                    Registered  Registered
- ----                    ----------  ----------
                        Number      Office
                        ------      ------

Sagesoft Limited        1045967     Sage House
                                    Benton Park Road
                                    Newcastle upon Tyne
                                    NE7 7LZ

Sage Overseas Limited   2514472     Sage House
                                    Benton Park Road
                                    Newcastle upon Tyne
                                    NE7 7LZ

                                       98
<PAGE>
 

                                  SCHEDULE 7

                            Permitted Encumbrances
                            ----------------------


1.    Legal Charge dated 19th October 1990, granted by Multisoft Financial
      Systems Limited in favour of Barclays Bank Plc over Cross and Pillory
      House, Cross and Pillory Lane, Alton, Hampshire GU34 1HL securing a
      principal amount of (pounds)925,000.

2.    Debenture dated 19th October 1990, granted by Multisoft Financial Systems
      Limited to Barclays Bank Plc over all its present and future assets
      securing a principal amount of (pounds)925,000.

3.    Legal Charge dated 19th October 1990, granted by Multisoft Financial
      Systems Limited over Unit 13, The Waters Edge Business Park, Salford
      Quays, Salford, Greater Manchester, security a principal amount of
      (pounds)925,000.

4.    Pledge over 82,896 share of the company Sybel Informatique S.A. granted by
      Sage Overseas Limited in favour of Banque Nationale de Paris securing a
      facility in a principal amount of 125,000,000 French Francs.

5.    Charge dated 20th August 1991, granted by Multisoft Financial Systems
      Limited in favour of Close Brothers Limited over certain insurance
      policies and their proceeds.

6.    Charge dated 11th February 1994, granted by Multisoft Financial Systems
      Limited in favour of Centre-File Ltd over certain bank accounts with
      Barclays Bank Plc.



                                      99







<PAGE>
 
The Parent
- ----------

SIGNED for and on behalf of
THE SAGE GROUP PLC
by:  Paul Walker   Aidan Hughes



The Purchaser
- -------------

SIGNED for and on behalf of
ROSE ACQUISITION CORP.
by:  Paul Walker   Aidan Hughes



The Banks
- ---------

SIGNED for and on behalf of
LLOYDS BANK PLC
by:  C Taylor


The Arranger
- ------------

SIGNED for and on behalf of
LLOYDS BANK PLC
by:  T P Burgess


The Agent
- ---------

SIGNED for and on behalf of
LLOYDS BANK PLC
by:  L Tinsley


                                      100

<PAGE>
 
                                                                  EXHIBIT (b)(2)
 
                               27TH JANUARY 1998



                              THE SAGE GROUP PLC


                        J. HENRY SCHRODER & CO. LIMITED




                    =======================================

                           VENDOR PLACING AGREEMENT

                    =======================================



                                  FRESHFIELDS
<PAGE>
 
                                   CONTENTS

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
CLAUSE                                                                PAGE 
<S>                                                                   <C>  
1.   Definitions...................................................    1
2.   Conditions....................................................    3
3.   Placing.......................................................    4
4.   Delivery of documents.........................................    5
5.   Allotment, Payment and registration...........................    6
6.   Fees, Commissions and Expenses................................    7
7.   Further assurances of the Company.............................    8
8.   Warranties and undertakings of the Company....................   10
9.   Indemnity.....................................................   14
10.  Undertakings and Acknowledgement...............................  15
11.  Termination and continuing provisions.........................   16
12.  Notices.......................................................   16
13.  Miscellaneous.................................................   17
</TABLE> 
<PAGE>
 
AN AGREEMENT made on 27 JANUARY 1998

BETWEEN

THE SAGE GROUP PLC whose registered office is at Sage House, Benton Park Road,
Newcastle-upon-Tyne, NE7 7LZ (the COMPANY); and

J. HENRY SCHRODER & CO. LIMITED whose registered office is at 120 Cheapside,
London EC2V 6DS (SCHRODERS)

WHEREAS

(A)  By an agreement dated the same date as this Agreement (the MERGER
AGREEMENT), made between State of the Art Inc (SOTA), Sage Acquisition Corp.
(BIDCO) and the Company, Bidco has agreed to offer, by means of the Tender Offer
Documentation, to acquire from the Vendors all shares of the issued and
outstanding common stock, no par value, of SOTA (the STOCK) and proposes to
satisfy part of the consideration for such acquisition by the allotment and
issue to the persons nominated by Schroders or to Schroders (as the case may be)
of 7,826,694 new ordinary shares in the capital of the Company (the PLACING
SHARES), credited as fully paid (such shares to rank, upon issue, in all
respects pari passu with the existing issued ordinary shares of the Company,
save that they will not rank for any final dividend in respect of the year ended
30 September 1997 declared in respect of such ordinary shares).

(B)  Schroders is willing to procure investors (other than the Vendors) to
accept the allotment of or, to the extent that it does not do so, itself as
principal to accept the allotment of the Placing Shares in accordance with the
provisions of this Agreement (the PLACING) on terms that the aggregate value of
the Placing Shares will be used to enable Bidco to fulfil its obligations under
the Merger Agreement and the Tender Offer Documentation.

IT IS AGREED as follows:

DEFINITIONS

1.1  In this Agreement (including the Recitals and the Schedule) the following
expressions shall, except where the context requires otherwise, have the
following meanings:

ACQUISITION means the proposed acquisition by Bidco of the Stock pursuant to the
Tender Offer Documentation;

ACT means the Companies Act 1985;

ADMISSION means the admission of the Placing Shares to the Official List of the
London Stock Exchange;

ADMISSION CONDITION means the condition set out in clause 2.1(d);
<PAGE>
 
BIDCO has the meaning set out in Recital (A);

CONDITIONS has the meaning set out in clause 2.1;

DEALING DAY means any day on which the London Stock Exchange is open for
business in London;

DIRECTORS means the directors for the time being of the Company;

EXISTING SHARES means the ordinary shares of 1 pence each in the capital of the
Company in issue at the date of this Agreement;

FSA  means the Financial Services Act 1986;

GROUP has the meaning given in clause 8.1(d) and, for the avoidance of doubt,
will not be taken to include any entities acquired pursuant to the Acquisition;

LISTING RULES means the listing rules made by the London Stock Exchange pursuant
to Part IV of the FSA (as amended from time to time);

LONDON STOCK EXCHANGE means the London Stock Exchange Limited;

MERGER AGREEMENT means the agreement referred to in Recital (A);

ORDINARY SHARES means ordinary shares of 1 pence each in the capital of the
Company;

PLACING has the meaning set out in Recital (B);

PLACEES has the meaning set out in clause 3.1;

PLACING LETTER means the agreed form of letter to be despatched by Schroders (or
their agent) to the Placees inviting them to agree to acquire the Placing
Shares;

PLACING LIST has the meaning set out in clause 3.3;

PLACING PRICE means the price per Placing Share (which shall be not less than
900 p per share) at which those Placing Shares for which Schroders shall have
procured investors pursuant to clause 3.1(a) are to be issued as determined by
Schroders following the tender process and to be set out in the Placing Letters;

PLACING SHARES has the meaning set out in Recital (A);

PRESS ANNOUNCEMENTS means the press announcements to be issued in the United
Kingdom (the UK PRESS ANNOUNCEMENT) and the United States respectively, in the
form of the agreed drafts;

STOCK has the meaning set out in Recital (A);

TENDER OFFER means the US tender offer by Bidco to acquire the Stock;

                                                                          Page 2
<PAGE>
 
TENDER OFFER DOCUMENTATION means the Schedule 14-D-1 document and the associated
letter of transmittal to be issued by Bidco in connection with the Acquisition;

VENDORS means the holders of the Stock; and

WARRANTIES means the representations, warranties and undertakings set out in
clause 8.

1.2  References to the Recitals, clauses and the Schedule are to the Recitals
to, clauses of and Schedule to, this Agreement (except where the context
otherwise requires).

1.3  The expressions HOLDING COMPANY, SUBSIDIARY and SUBSIDIARY UNDERTAKING
shall have the meanings given to those terms by the Act.

1.4  Any reference to an "agreed draft" or "agreed form" is to the form of the
relevant document agreed by or on behalf of the Company and, for the purposes of
its commitments hereunder, by or on behalf of Schroders and initialled by them
or on their behalf (in each case with such amendments as may be agreed by or on
behalf of the Company and Schroders).

1.5  Any reference to an enactment is a reference to it as from time to time
amended, consolidated or re-enacted (with or without modification) and includes
all instruments or orders made thereunder.

1.6  Words denoting the singular include the plural and vice versa.  Words
importing gender shall include all genders and words denoting persons shall
include corporations, unincorporated associations and partnerships.

1.7  References in this Agreement to the word MATERIAL shall mean material in
the context of the Placing or the underwriting of the Placing.

CONDITIONS

2.1  Schroders' obligations under clause 3.1 are conditional upon each of the
following conditions (the CONDITIONS) having been satisfied:

(a)  the Tender Offer having closed in accordance with its terms (including in
     circumstances where Bidco accepts for purchase 49.9999% of the Stock);

(b)  the release of the UK Press Announcement in accordance with clause 7.1;

(c)  the Company having allotted the Placing Shares in accordance with clause 5
     (conditional only upon satisfaction of the Admission Condition); and

                                                                          Page 3
<PAGE>
 
(d)  the Admission of the Placing Shares becoming effective in accordance with
     paragraph 7.1 of the Listing Rules by not later than 9.00 a.m. on any day
     until and including 27 March 1998.

Schroders may, in its absolute discretion, agree to extend the time for
satisfaction of any of the Conditions to not later than 9.00 am on 27 March 1998
(in which case, references to such Condition in this Agreement shall be to such 
Condition as so varied) or to waive the satisfaction of any of the Conditions 
(except for the Admission Condition).

Schroders agrees that it shall waive the Condition in clause 2.1(a) (which 
waiver shall be subject to the Admission Condition being satisfied) if all the 
other Conditions have been satisfied on or by the required times or dates 
therefor, provided that the Company and/or Bidco (as appropriate) shall have 
undertaken in writing to Schroders to give an irrevocable and unconditional
instruction (in the agreed form) immediately following Admission that the Stock
be accepted for purchase.

2.2  The Company will use all reasonable endeavours to procure the satisfaction
of the Conditions by the specified times and dates.

2.3  If any of the Conditions is not satisfied or (except for the Admission
Condition) waived by Schroders in its absolute discretion on or by the required
times or dates therefor (including any extension pursuant to clause 2.1), the
obligations of Schroders under this Agreement shall cease and determine.

PLACING

3.1  Schroders hereby undertakes, subject to the Conditions and in reliance upon
the representations, undertakings, covenants and warranties of the Company set
out in this Agreement (including the Warranties):

(a)  as agent for the Company to procure investors (to such extent as Schroders
     shall in its absolute discretion determine) to acquire the Placing Shares
     (PLACEES) in accordance with a tender process discussed with the Company,
     and on the terms and conditions set out in the Placing Letter; and

(b)  to the extent it does not procure such investors who have agreed to acquire
     the Placing Shares at not less than 900p per share, itself to acquire as
     principal such Placing Shares at 900p per Placing Share,

in all cases free of all stamp duty, stamp duty reserve tax and other expenses.

3.2  The Company authorises Schroders, as its agent, to issue or cause to be
issued copies of the UK Press Announcement together with Placing Letters to such
persons as Schroders shall in its absolute discretion determine for the purpose
of arranging the Placing on the terms and conditions set out in the Placing
Letter.

                                                                          Page 4
<PAGE>
 
3.3  Schroders shall give the Company written notice, by 10.00 a.m. on 2 March
1998, listing the name and registration details of each Placee and the number of
Placing Shares to be allotted to each Placee (the PLACING LIST).  For the
avoidance of doubt, Schroders may (at its absolute discretion) nominate itself
in the Placing List to be a Placee at the Placing Price in respect of some or
all of the Placing Shares.

3.4  The Company hereby irrevocably and unconditionally appoints Schroders as
its agent for the purpose of effecting the Placing under clause 3.1(a) on the
terms and subject to the conditions set out in this Agreement and the Placing
Letter and solely on the basis of the information contained in the UK Press
Announcement and other information published by the Company. Schroders hereby
accepts such appointment.  The Company hereby confirms that this appointment
confers on Schroders all powers, authorities and discretions on behalf of the
Company which are reasonably necessary for, or reasonably incidental to, the
Placing and the Company hereby agrees to ratify and confirm everything which
Schroders may lawfully do in the exercise of that appointment and those powers,
authorities and discretions.

DELIVERY OF DOCUMENTS

4.1  The Company shall deliver to Schroders forthwith upon its execution of this
Agreement:

(a)  a certified copy of the minutes of a meeting of the Directors (or a duly
     authorised committee thereof) in the agreed form approving and authorising,
     inter alia, the execution by the Company of this Agreement and the Merger
     Agreement, the signing of a London Stock Exchange form of application for
     listing in respect of the Placing Shares on behalf of the Company and the
     issue of the Press Announcements;

(b)  a certified copy of the minutes of the meeting of the Directors at which
     any committee referred to in clause 4.1(a) was appointed;

(c)  a certified copy of the resolution of the members of the Company
     authorising the Directors to allot, inter alia, the Placing Shares; and

(d)  copies of the Press Announcements and the Merger Agreement in the agreed
     forms, signed for the purpose of identification by a Director or other
     person duly authorised to do so as stated in the minutes.

4.2  The Company shall, from time to time, procure to be communicated or
delivered to Schroders all such information and documents (signed by the
appropriate person where so required) as Schroders may reasonably require to
enable it to discharge its obligations hereunder or pursuant to the Placing or
as may be required to comply with the requirements of the London Stock Exchange.

                                                                          Page 5
<PAGE>
 
ALLOTMENT, PAYMENT AND REGISTRATION

5.1  The Company shall deliver to Schroders before 8.00 a.m. on the day of
Admission (or such later time and/or date as the Company and Schroders may agree
in writing) a certified copy of the minutes of a meeting of the Directors (or of
the duly authorised committee referred to at clause 4.1(a)) in the agreed form
allotting the Placing Shares to the Placees and at the price(s) stated, and in
the proportions specified, in the Placing List, subject only to the satisfaction
of the Admission Condition.

5.2  The Placing Shares shall be allotted and issued fully paid up and free from
all claims, charges, liens, equities, encumbrances and other third party rights
of any nature whatsoever and shall rank pari passu in all respects with the
Existing Shares including the right to receive dividends and other distributions
hereafter declared, paid or made in respect of such shares save that they shall
not rank for the proposed final dividend of 1.93p (net) per share in respect of
the year ended 30 September 1997.

5.3  Following allotment by the Company of the Placing Shares in accordance with
clause 5, Schroders shall on behalf of the Company inform the London Stock
Exchange that the Placing Shares have been allotted subject only to the
satisfaction of the Admission Condition and request the London Stock Exchange to
undertake all such steps as are necessary for Admission to occur as soon as
practicable thereafter and in any event by 8.30 a.m. on the day of allotment of
the Placing Shares (or such later time and/or the date as the Company and
Schroders may agree in writing).

5.4  On the day of Admission (or such later date as may be agreed between
Schroders and the Company), subject to the Admission Condition having been
satisfied, Schroders shall make or procure payment to the account of the Company
(acting as trustee for the benefit of Sage (South Gosforth) Limited and at such
bank account as the Company shall notify to Schroders) of (less any deductions
permitted to be made under clause 6.2):

(a)  an amount equal to the Placing Price multiplied by the number of Placing
     Shares for which Schroders procures investors pursuant to clause 3.1(a);
     and

(b)  an amount equal to  900p multiplied by the number of Placing Shares which
     Schroders itself is obliged to acquire pursuant to clause 3.1(b).

The receipt of such amounts in such account shall be an absolute discharge of
Schroders' obligations hereunder, and the obligations of the Placees, in respect
of all amounts payable (whether to the Vendors or otherwise) in respect of the
allotment and issue of the Placing Shares and the Company acknowledges that it

                                                                          Page 6
<PAGE>
 
shall have no right or interest whatsoever in any amounts received subsequently
by Schroders from the Placees.  Schroders acknowledges that it shall have no
recourse against the Company if it fails to receive the relevant amounts from
the Placees.

5.5  The Company shall procure that its registrars shall as soon as reasonably
practicable following Admission (without a registration fee being payable by
Schroders and/or the Placees) register Schroders and/or those Placees procured
by it as holders of the Placing Shares with effect from Admission and shall as
soon as reasonably practicable following Admission, and in any event by not
later than the second dealing day following Admission deliver to Schroders or as
it shall direct fully paid share certificates in respect of the Placing Shares
and shall, pending such delivery, certify all transfers of the Placing Shares
against the Company's register of members.

FEES, COMMISSIONS AND EXPENSES

6.1  The Company shall pay to Schroders for its services hereunder:

(a)  whether or not Schroders' obligations under clause 3.1 become unconditional
     or this Agreement is terminated by Schroders in accordance with its terms,
     a commitment commission of one half of one per cent. of a sum equal to the
     Placing Price multiplied by the number of Placing Shares in respect of the
     first thirty days of Schroders' commitment hereunder (such period
     commencing on the date of this Agreement) or if less the period commencing
     on the date of this Agreement up to and including the date on which
     Schroders' obligations hereunder shall cease and determine;

(b)  whether or not Schroders' obligations under clause 3.1 become unconditional
     or this Agreement is terminated by Schroders in accordance with its terms,
     an additional commitment commission of 1/8th of one per cent. of a sum
     equal to the Placing Price multiplied by the number of Placing Shares for
     each and every period of seven days or part thereof (if any) commencing on
     the day next following the expiry of the thirty day period referred to in
     paragraph (a) above, up to and including the earlier of (i) the date on
     which the Admission Condition is satisfied and (ii) the date on which
     Schroders' obligations hereunder shall cease and determine; and

(c)  an advisory and underwriting fee as provided in the engagement letter
     between Schroders and the Company dated 27 January 1998,

together in each case with value added tax thereon, if any.

Any fees and commissions payable to Placees shall be paid by Schroders.  For the
avoidance of doubt, the Company agrees that Schroders shall not be responsible
for the payment of any fees payable to NatWest Securities Limited by the Company
in respect of services to be provided by NatWest Securities Limited in relation
to the Placing.

                                                                          Page 7
<PAGE>
 
6.2  In addition to the commissions referred to in Clause 6.1, the Company shall
pay all other costs and expenses (excluding fees and/or commissions payable to
Placees) of, and in connection with, the Merger Agreement, the Tender Offer
Documentation, this Agreement, the allotment and issue of the Placing Shares,
the Placing and securing Admission including (but not limited to) the London
Stock Exchange listing fees, printing and advertising costs, postage, its own
and Schroders' legal expenses, Schroders' out-of-pocket expenses, all
accountancy and other professional fees and all stamp duty and stamp duty
reserve tax and other duties and taxes in relation to the acquisition of Placing
Shares by Schroders or persons procured to acquire Placing Shares pursuant to
this Agreement.  The Company shall promptly following a request by Schroders pay
or reimburse the amount of any costs and expenses incurred by Schroders which
are to be borne by the Company and which Schroders has paid on behalf of the
Company.  The Company hereby authorises Schroders to deduct from any sums
payable by it to the Company the commissions, fees and expenses (and related
value added tax, if any) payable by the Company pursuant to this Clause 6.

6.3  Where, pursuant to this Agreement, a sum is reimbursed to Schroders, the
Company shall, in addition, pay to Schroders in respect of value added tax:

(a)  where the payment (or any part of it) constitutes the consideration (or
     part of it) for any supply of services by Schroders to the Company, such
     amount as equals any value added tax payable thereon and on such
     irrecoverable value added tax, if any, as is referred to in (b) below;

(b)  (except where the payment falls within (c) below), such amount as equals
     any value added tax charged to Schroders in respect of any cost, charge,
     duty, tax or expense which gives rise to the payment and which is not
     recoverable by Schroders by repayment or credit; and

(c)  on any reimbursement of or other payment to Schroders in respect of or
     indemnification for costs, charges, duties, taxes or expenses incurred by
     Schroders as agent for the Company, such amount as equals the amount
     included in the costs, charges, duties, taxes or expenses in respect of
     value added tax.

6.4  The commissions and fee referred to in clause 6.1 (together with any value
added tax thereon) shall be paid (where applicable), if Admission occurs, by
deducting such amounts from the payments to be made by Schroders under clause
5.4 or, if earlier, not later than two dealing days after the date on which
Schroders' obligations under this Agreement cease and determine pursuant to
clause 2 or are terminated pursuant to clause 11.

FURTHER ASSURANCES OF THE COMPANY

7.1  The Company undertakes to Schroders at the Company's expense:

                                                                          Page 8
<PAGE>
 
(a)  to procure publication of the UK Press Announcement through the Regulatory
     News Service (as defined in the Listing Rules) by 8.00 a.m. today;

(b)  to deliver to the London Stock Exchange all such further documents as and
     when required by the London Stock Exchange in connection with the Company's
     application for the Admission of the Placing Shares in accordance with its
     rules and requirements;

(c)  to supply all such information, pay such fees, give such undertakings and
     do or procure to be done all such acts or things as may be required by the
     London Stock Exchange to procure Admission;

(d)  to procure that the Tender Offer Documentation is despatched to the Vendors
     on 2 February 1998; and

(e)  to execute and/or provide or procure to be executed or provided all such
     documents and to do or procure to be done all such other acts and things as
     are necessary to cause the Placees to receive the entire right, title and
     interest to and in the Placing Shares pursuant to this Agreement and the
     Placing and to enable the provisions of this Agreement and the Placing to
     be carried out and given full force and effect.

7.2  Schroders undertakes to give the Company all reasonable assistance (at the
expense of the Company) in connection with clause 7.1 and obtaining Admission.

7.3  The Company further undertakes that it will not, except as previously
agreed in writing by Schroders:

(a)  agree to any (i) alteration, revision or amendment of any of the terms or
     conditions of the Merger Agreement or the Tender Offer Documentation or
     waive, vary, compromise or release any obligation or condition (except with
     respect to the Minimum Condition and the Revised Minimum Number, each as
     defined in the Merger Agreement) or grant any other time for performance or
     completion thereof or other indulgence thereunder which, in any such case,
     is material in the context of the Placing; or (ii) alteration to or
     increase in the consideration payable to the Vendors under the Tender
     Offer; or

(b)  proceed to completion of the Merger Agreement or the Acquisition prior to
     the satisfaction of all of the terms and conditions set out in the Merger
     Agreement and the Tender Offer Documentation which are material in the
     context of the Placing; or

(c)  should it be aware prior to Admission that it is entitled to rescind or
     terminate the Merger Agreement or the Acquisition, exercise its right to
     proceed with completion of, or to terminate, the Merger Agreement or the
     Acquisition.

                                                                          Page 9
<PAGE>
 
7.4  The Company's obligations under clause 7.3 shall cease to apply in the
event of Schroders terminating its obligations under this Agreement.

WARRANTIES AND UNDERTAKINGS OF THE COMPANY

8.1  The Company represents, warrants and undertakes to Schroders that:

(a)  application will be made by the Company to the London Stock Exchange in
     accordance with section 143 of the Financial Services Act 1986 for
     admission of the Placing Shares to the Official List of the London Stock
     Exchange;

(b)  the information (other than expressions of opinion, intention or
     expectation) contained in each of the Press Announcements is true and
     accurate in all material respects, is in accordance with the facts and is
     not misleading and each expression of opinion, intention or expectation
     (including any forecast or estimate of profits or dividends) contained in
     each of the Press Announcements is fairly based and honestly held by each
     of the Directors and has been made reasonably and on reasonable grounds
     after due and careful consideration and there are no other facts known, or
     which could on reasonable enquiry have been known, to the Company or to its
     Directors which are not disclosed in each of the Press Announcements the
     omission of which would make any such statement of fact or expression of
     opinion, intention or expectation false or misleading or which would affect
     the import of any information contained therein or which, in the context of
     the Placing, is or would be material for disclosure to Schroders or to a
     Placee;

(c)  following the issue of the UK Press Announcement in accordance with clause
     7.1(a), all information which it is necessary for the Company to notify to
     comply with the FSA and the Listing Rules will have been notified to the
     Company Announcements Office of the London Stock Exchange and all
     statements of fact so notified will have been true and accurate in all
     material respects at that time and not misleading at that time (whether by
     omission or otherwise) and all expressions of opinion, intention or
     expectation so notified will have been made on reasonable grounds and will
     have been fairly based and honestly held; the Company is not aware of any
     circumstances (other than in connection with the Tender Offer or the Merger
     Agreement) now subsisting or proposed or likely to come about which are
     likely to lead to any obligation on the Company to make any announcement
     through or notification to the London Stock Exchange within a period of one
     month commencing on the date of Admission;

(d)  the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its subsidiary
     undertakings (GROUP) as at 30 September 1997, the audited consolidated
     profit and loss account of the Group for the financial year ended on such
     date and the statement of cash flows of the Group for such financial year
  

                                                                         Page 10
<PAGE>
 
     and the notes to such financial statements (together with the remainder of
     the annual report and accounts of the Company for that year being referred
     to herein as the ACCOUNTS) give a true and fair view of the assets,
     liabilities (including contingent liabilities whether for taxation or
     otherwise), reserves, profits (or losses) and state of affairs of the Group
     as at such date and the financial year ended on that day and the Accounts
     have been prepared in accordance with the Act and all applicable statements
     of standard accounting practice and with generally accepted accounting
     principles and practice consistently applied; that all statements of fact
     contained in the Accounts concerning the financial or trading position or
     prospects of the Group were at the date of approval of the Accounts by the
     board of directors of the Company true and accurate in all material
     respects and were not at the date of approval of the Accounts by the board
     of directors of the Company misleading in any material respect; that all
     expressions of opinion, intention or expectation on the part of the
     directors of the Company contained in the Accounts concerning the financial
     or trading position or prospects of the Group were at that date made on
     reasonable grounds and were fairly based and honestly held and that since
     such date and, save as disclosed in the Accounts or any document (PRIOR
     DOCUMENT) issued or announcement (PRIOR ANNOUNCEMENT) made to the public or
     the press or the London Stock Exchange by the Company since that date, the
     operations of the Group have been carried on in the ordinary and usual
     course and there has been no material adverse change in the financial or
     trading position or prospects of the Group and no contracts or commitments
     of an unusual or onerous nature (other than the Merger Agreement) have been
     entered into by any member of the Group which are material in the context
     of the Placing;

(e)  the entry into of this Agreement and the Merger Agreement and the
     publication of the Tender Offer Documentation by the Company and/or Bidco
     (as the case may be) and the performance of the Company's and/or Bidco's
     (as the case may be) obligations thereunder (including, without limitation,
     the allotment and issue of the Placing Shares and the payment of the
     commissions, fees and expenses) are within the powers of the Company and/or
     Bidco and their respective directors without the need for any further
     sanction or consent by members of the Company or any class of them or any
     other person and will comply with all relevant requirements of the Act, the
     rules and regulations of the London Stock Exchange, the FSA and all other
     applicable laws, rules and regulations and with all agreements to which any
     member of the Group is a party or by which it or any of them or its or any
     of their property is bound and will not infringe any limits, restrictions,
     obligations or commitments of any member of the Group howsoever arising and
     the Placing Shares will, upon issue, be free from all claims, charges,
     liens, encumbrances, equities and other third party rights of any nature
     whatsoever and will on Admission rank pari passu in 

                                                                         Page 11
<PAGE>
 
     all respects with the Existing Shares including the right to receive
     dividends and other distributions hereafter declared, paid or made in
     respect of such shares save that they shall not rank for the proposed final
     dividend of 1.93p (net) per share in respect of the year ended 30 September
     1997;

(f)  all authorisations, approvals, consents and licences required by the
     Company and/or Bidco (as the case may be) for the entry into of this
     Agreement and the Merger Agreement and the publication of the Tender Offer
     Documentation have been unconditionally obtained and are in full force and
     effect;

(g)  the Merger Agreement has not been terminated or rescinded and is valid and
     binding on the parties thereto; the Company is not aware of any
     circumstance which is likely to result in the Merger Agreement or the
     Tender Offer being terminated or rescinded, or any of the conditions to
     that Agreement or the Tender Offer ceasing to be capable of fulfilment and
     the Company is not aware of any reason why:

         (i)      the representations and warranties on the part of SOTA
                  contained in the Merger Agreement are not true in accordance
                  with their terms (subject to disclosures made prior to the
                  date hereof by SOTA); or

         (ii)     the undertakings on the part of SOTA contained in the Merger
                  Agreement are not capable of being, or are likely not to be,
                  performed in accordance with their terms;

(h)  no member of the Group has (i) been notified in writing of any claims
     outstanding against it or (ii) is engaged in, or has within the previous
     twelve months been engaged in any litigation or arbitration proceedings or
     similar proceedings or in any government, regulatory or similar
     investigation or enquiry which, in any case, individually or collectively
     may have or during the twelve months preceding the date hereof has had a
     significant effect on the financial or trading position or prospects of the
     Group or which individually or collectively are or may be material for
     disclosure in the context of the Placing and no such litigation or
     arbitration or similar proceedings or any such investigation or enquiry is
     threatened nor, to the best of the knowledge, information and belief of the
     Directors (having made all reasonable enquiries), are there any
     circumstances which may give rise to any such litigation or arbitration
     proceedings or similar proceedings or any such investigation or enquiry;

(i)  except as disclosed in the Accounts, any Prior Document or any Prior
     Announcement, and except for options under the Company's Inland Revenue
     approved share option schemes, there are no arrangements 

                                                                         Page 12
<PAGE>
 
     which (contingently or otherwise) may give rise to an obligation on any
     member of the Group to allot or issue any securities;

(j)  no borrowing of any member of the Group has been declared payable before
     its stated maturity which has not been satisfied in full and no
     circumstances have arisen or, so far as the Company is aware, are about to
     arise such that any person is entitled (or would, with the giving of notice
     or lapse of time or fulfilment of any condition that is not within the
     control of the Company or the making of any determination, become entitled)
     to require payment before its stated maturity of, or to take any step to
     enforce security over, any indebtedness in respect of borrowed moneys of
     any member of the Group and the Company and its directors have complied
     with all restrictions affecting their respective powers to borrow contained
     in the Articles of Association of the Company or any other restriction on
     such powers;

(k)  no member of the Group has taken any action nor, so far as the Company is
     aware, have any other steps been taken or legal proceedings started or
     threatened against any of them for their winding up or dissolution, or for
     any of them to enter into any arrangement or composition for the benefit of
     creditors, or for the appointment of a receiver, administrator, trustee or
     similar officer of any of them, or any of their respective properties,
     revenues or assets in the previous 12 months; and

(l)  all information supplied by the Company to Schroders in connection with
     this Agreement or its advice given relating to the Acquisition is true and
     accurate in all material respects and not misleading in any material
     respect.

8.2  The Company shall immediately notify Schroders if it comes to the knowledge
of the Company or any of the Directors at any time prior to Admission that any
of the Warranties was untrue or inaccurate or misleading or would, if repeated
by reference to the facts and circumstances in existence at any time prior to
Admission, be untrue or inaccurate or misleading.

8.3  The Company hereby acknowledges that neither Schroders nor any subsidiary
undertaking or holding company thereof or subsidiary undertaking of any such
holding company (an AFFILIATE) has been requested by the Company to carry out
(a) any form of investigation or verification exercise relating to the accuracy
and fairness of any information contained in the Press Announcements or
otherwise published by or on behalf of the Company in connection with the
Placing or the Acquisition or (b) any evaluation of the terms of the Acquisition
or of the Company's investigations into SOTA.

                                                                         Page 13
<PAGE>
 
INDEMNITY

9.1  No claim shall be made against Schroders or any Affiliate or any of their
respective directors, officers, employees, agents and advisers (together with
Schroders hereinafter called the INDEMNIFIED PERSONS) to recover any loss,
liability, damage, cost, charge or expense which any member of the Group or
their respective directors, officers or agents may suffer or incur by reason of
or arising out of the carrying out by Schroders (or on its behalf) of its
obligations under this Agreement or in connection with the Acquisition save to
the extent that such loss, damage, liability, cost, charge or expense arises
from the negligence or wilful default of an Indemnified Person or from any
breach by an Indemnified Person of its duties and obligations under the FSA or
under the regulatory system (as defined in the Rules of the Securities and
Futures Authority) or from a breach by an Indemnified Person of Schroders'
obligations under this Agreement.

9.2  The Company hereby agrees and undertakes with Schroders to keep each and
every Indemnified Person indemnified against all actions, claims, demands,
proceedings or judgements (collectively INDEMNIFIED CLAIMS) and all losses,
liabilities, damages, costs, charges and expenses of whatever nature (including
costs, charges and expenses incurred in investigating or defending any
indemnified claim and in complying with any request made pursuant to clause 9.3
below (collectively INDEMNIFIED LOSSES)) made against or incurred by any
Indemnified Person directly or indirectly relating to or arising from the
carrying out or performance by or on behalf of Schroders of its obligations or
services under or in connection with this Agreement or in connection with the
Acquisition or the Placing PROVIDED THAT this indemnity shall not extend to such
claims or losses to the extent that they are attributable to the negligence or
wilful default of such Indemnified Person or persons or to a breach by an
Indemnified Person of Schroders' obligations under this Agreement or under the
FSA or under the regulatory system (as defined in the Rules of the Securities
and Futures Authority).

For the avoidance of doubt, the Company hereby acknowledges that any such
negligence, wilful default or breach by an Indemnified Person in relation to one
indemnified claim or indemnified loss shall not prejudice the rights of an
Indemnified Person to recover under this indemnity in relation to any other
indemnified claim or indemnified loss.

9.3  Any Indemnified Person against whom an indemnified claim is made shall be
entitled to defend, compromise, settle or deal with such indemnified claim as
Schroders may see fit after having considered all reasonable requests which the
Company may make and Schroders will, or will procure that the Indemnified Person
will, promptly notify the Company in writing of the fact that an indemnified
claim has been made and keep the Company informed on the conduct of any defence
to such claim and in relation to any settlement or compromise of it.

                                                                         Page 14
<PAGE>
 
9.4  If any amount becomes payable under the indemnity in this clause 9, the
Company shall pay such additional amount (if any) as is required to ensure that
the net amount received by the relevant Indemnified Person, after all deductions
and withholdings required by law or any taxation authority to be made from such
aggregate payment and all taxation suffered in respect of its receipt, will
equal the full amount which would have been received had no such deduction or
withholding been made and had no such taxation been suffered.

9.5  The benefit of this clause 9 shall survive any termination of the
arrangements contained in this Agreement and is in addition to any rights which
any Indemnified Person may have at common law or otherwise including, but not
limited to, any right of contribution.

9.6  Schroders shall have no liability to the Company in connection with this
Agreement save as a result of its negligence, wilful default or breach of its
obligations to the Company hereunder or under the FSA or its breach of any duty
owed to the Company under the rules of the Securities and Futures Authority.

UNDERTAKINGS AND ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

10.1 The Company undertakes to Schroders that it shall not, at any time between
the date hereof and one month after the date of Admission, enter into any
agreement or arrangement or do or (so far as it lies within its powers to
prevent) permit to be done any other act or thing which, in any case, would give
rise to any obligation to make an announcement to the London Stock Exchange in
accordance with the Listing Rules save for issuing the Press Announcements and
entering into and completing the Tender Offer Documentation as contemplated by
the Merger Agreement.

10.2 Without prejudice to the obligations of the Company under clause 10.3
and/or the Listing Rules, the Company hereby undertakes to Schroders that it
will not, at any time between the date hereof and one month after the date of
Admission or the date on which Schroders' obligations hereunder cease and
determine, make any public announcement or statement regarding the Placing or
otherwise relating to the financial condition or trading or prospects of the
Group, whether in response to enquiries or otherwise, without the prior consent
of Schroders, save for issuing the Press Announcements and entering into and
completing the Tender Offer Documentation as contemplated by the Merger
Agreement.

10.3 The Company hereby undertakes to Schroders that it will not at any time for
a period of one month from the date of Admission make any announcement,
statement or communication via the London Stock Exchange, without first
consulting with Schroders as to the content, form and manner of publication of
such announcement, statement or communication.

                                                                         Page 15
<PAGE>
 
10.4  The Company undertakes to make all such announcements concerning the
Placing and/or the Acquisition as shall be necessary to comply with the Listing
Rules and/or section 47 of the FSA and, in particular, the Company undertakes to
announce through the Regulatory News Service (as defined in the Listing Rules)
the Placing Price forthwith after its determination by Schroders and its
notification to the Company.  Schroders reserves the right to make any such
announcement if the Company fails to fulfil its obligations under this clause
10.4.

10.5  The Company undertakes to do all such acts and things as are reasonably
necessary or desirable to enable the provisions of this Agreement and the
Placing to be carried out and given full force and effect.

TERMINATION AND CONTINUING PROVISIONS

11.1  If Schroders shall become aware, at any time prior to Admission, that:

(a)   the Company is in breach of any of its obligations hereunder in a manner
      which Schroders acting reasonably regards as material in the context of
      the Placing; or

(b)   any of the Warranties given by the Company hereunder is at the date of
      this Agreement untrue, inaccurate or misleading in any respect which
      Schroders acting reasonably regards as material in the context of the
      Placing,

Schroders shall be entitled in its absolute discretion by notice in writing to
the Company given prior to Admission forthwith to terminate its obligations
hereunder.

11.2  Termination of Schroders' obligations in accordance with this clause 11
shall be without prejudice to, or to Schroders' rights under, clauses 6, 8, 9
and this clause 11 which shall continue in full force and effect for all
purposes.

11.3  The representations, warranties, undertakings and indemnities set out in
this Agreement and the Warranties shall remain in full force and effect
notwithstanding Admission and/or fulfilment by Schroders of its obligations
hereunder and shall be in addition to and shall not be construed to limit,
affect or prejudice any other right or remedy available to the person in whose
favour such representation, warranty, undertaking, indemnity or Warranty is
made.

NOTICES

12.1  Any notice to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing for the
attention of the person stated below and served personally or sent by pre-paid
registered mail to the respective addresses shown above or by facsimile as
stated below, or as the party required to receive the same may otherwise from
time to time notify to the other:

                                                                         Page 16
<PAGE>
 
     THE COMPANY:

     Facsimile Number:           0191 255 0306

     Attention:                  The Company Secretary

     SCHRODERS:
     
     Facsimile Number:           0171 658 6459

     Attention:                  Mark Warham

12.2 Any such notice shall be deemed to have been served if delivered, at the
time of delivery; if sent by facsimile, at the time of effective transmission
unless the same shall be transmitted after 5.30 p.m. in which event it shall be
deemed to have been served at 10.00 a.m. on the next following business day; if
posted, at 10.00 a.m. on the second business day after it was put into the post.

MISCELLANEOUS

13.  Without prejudice to Schroders' discretion under clause 2, time shall be of
the essence of this Agreement, both as regards the times, dates and any period
mentioned herein and as to any times, dates and periods which may, by agreement
in writing between the parties hereto, be substituted for them. All references
to business days shall mean days on which banks are generally open for business
in the City of London.

14.  Any failure to exercise or delay in exercising a right or remedy provided
by this Agreement or by law does not constitute a waiver of the right or remedy
or a waiver of other rights or remedies. No single or partial exercise of a
right or remedy provided by this Agreement or by law prevents further exercise
of the right or remedy or the exercise of another right or remedy.

15.  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in all respects in
accordance with English law and the parties hereto irrevocably submit to the
exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of England. 

AS WITNESS the hands of the duly authorised signatories of the parties the day
and year first before written


SIGNED by Paul Walker        )
for and on behalf of         )       Paul Walker
THE SAGE GROUP PLC           )

                                                                         Page 17
<PAGE>
 
SIGNED by Mark Warham               )
for and on behalf of                )     M Warham
J. HENRY SCHRODER & CO. LIMITED     )

                                                                         Page 18

<PAGE>
 
                                                                  Exhibit (c)(1)

                         AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER


                                 by and among


                              THE SAGE GROUP PLC


                            ROSE ACQUISITION CORP.


                                      and


                            STATE OF THE ART, INC.


                                     dated


                               January 27, 1998
<PAGE>
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
                               -----------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           Page

                                   ARTICLE I
                             THE OFFER AND MERGER

<S>          <C>                                                           <C>
Section 1.1  The Offer......................................................  2
Section 1.2  Company Actions................................................  6
Section 1.3  Directors......................................................  7
Section 1.4  The Merger.....................................................  9
Section 1.5  Effective Time.................................................  9
Section 1.6  Closing........................................................ 10
Section 1.7  Directors and Officers of the Surviving Corporation............ 10
Section 1.8  Effects of the Merger.......................................... 10
Section 1.9  Subsequent Actions............................................. 10
Section 1.10 Shareholders' Meeting.......................................... 11
Section 1.11 Merger Without Meeting of Shareholders......................... 11
Section 1.12 Earliest Consummation.......................................... 12
<CAPTION>

                                  ARTICLE II
                           CONVERSION OF SECURITIES
<S>          <C>                                                           <C>
Section 2.1  Conversion of Capital Stock.................................... 12
Section 2.2  Dissenting Shares.............................................. 13
Section 2.3  Surrender of Shares; Stock Transfer Books...................... 13
Section 2.4  Company Stock Plans............................................ 15
<CAPTION>

                                  ARTICLE III
                              REPRESENTATIONS AND
                           WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY
<S>          <C>                                                           <C>
Section 3.1  Organization................................................... 19
Section 3.2  Capitalization................................................. 20
Section 3.3  Authorization; Validity of Agreement; Company Action........... 22
Section 3.4  Consents and Approvals; No Violations.......................... 22
Section 3.5  SEC Reports and Financial Statements........................... 23
Section 3.6  Absence of Certain Changes..................................... 24
Section 3.7  No Undisclosed Liabilities..................................... 24
</TABLE>


                                       1
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>

<S>          <C>                                                           <C>
Section 3.8  Litigation..................................................... 25
Section 3.9  Employee Benefit Plans; ERISA.................................. 25
Section 3.10 Taxes.......................................................... 28
Section 3.11 Contracts...................................................... 29
Section 3.12 Real Property.................................................. 29
Section 3.13 Intellectual Property.......................................... 30
Section 3.14 Labor Matters.................................................. 31
Section 3.15 Compliance with Laws........................................... 32
Section 3.16 Environmental Matters.......................................... 32
Section 3.17 Product Warranties............................................. 33
Section 3.18 Information in Proxy Statement................................. 33
Section 3.19 Related Party Transactions..................................... 34
Section 3.20 Opinion of Financial Advisor................................... 34
Section 3.21 Insurance...................................................... 34
Section 3.22 State Takeover Statutes; Required Vote......................... 34
Section 3.23 Brokers........................................................ 34
Section 3.24 Full Disclosure................................................ 35
<CAPTION>

                                  ARTICLE IV
                        REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
                          OF PARENT AND THE PURCHASER
<S>          <C>                                                           <C>
Section 4.1  Organization................................................... 35
Section 4.2  Authorization; Validity of Agreement; Necessary Action......... 35
Section 4.3  Consents and Approvals; No Violations.......................... 36
Section 4.4  Information in Proxy Statement................................. 37
Section 4.5  Interim Operations of the Purchaser............................ 37
Section 4.6  Brokers........................................................ 37
Section 4.7  Financing...................................................... 37
Section 4.8  Share Ownership................................................ 38
<CAPTION>

                                   ARTICLE V
                    CONDUCT OF BUSINESS PENDING THE MERGER
<S>          <C>                                                           <C>
Section 5.1  Acquisition Proposals.......................................... 38
Section 5.2  Interim Operations of the Company.............................. 39
Section 5.3  No Solicitation................................................ 42
</TABLE>



                                       2
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                  ARTICLE VI
                             ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS
<S>          <C>                                                           <C>
Section 6.1  Proxy Statement................................................ 44
Section 6.2  Meeting of Shareholders of the Company......................... 44
Section 6.3  Additional Agreements.......................................... 44
Section 6.4  Notification of Certain Matters................................ 44
Section 6.5  Access; Confidentiality........................................ 45
Section 6.6  Consents and Approvals......................................... 46
Section 6.7  Publicity...................................................... 46
Section 6.8  Directors' and Officers' Insurance and Indemnification......... 47
Section 6.9  Purchaser Compliance........................................... 48
Section 6.10 Commercially Reasonable Efforts................................ 48
Section 6.11 State Takeover Laws............................................ 49
Section 6.12 Financing Related Efforts...................................... 49
<CAPTION>


                                  ARTICLE VII
                                  CONDITIONS
<S>          <C>                                                           <C>
Section 7.1  Conditions to Each Party's Obligations to Effect the Merger.... 50
<CAPTION>

                                 ARTICLE VIII
                                  TERMINATION
<S>          <C>                                                           <C>
Section 8.1  Termination.................................................... 51
Section 8.2  Effect of Termination.......................................... 52
<CAPTION>

                                  ARTICLE IX
                                 MISCELLANEOUS
<S>          <C>                                                           <C>
Section 9.1  Amendment and Modification..................................... 54
Section 9.2  Non-survival of Representations and Warranties................. 54
Section 9.3  Expenses....................................................... 54
Section 9.4  Notices........................................................ 54
Section 9.5  Interpretation................................................. 56
Section 9.6  Counterparts................................................... 56
Section 9.7  Entire Agreement; No Third Party Beneficiaries................. 56
Section 9.8  Severability................................................... 57
Section 9.9  Governing Law.................................................. 57
</TABLE>


                                       3
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>           <C>                                                           <C>
Section 9.10  Assignment.................................................... 57
</TABLE>


                                       4
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                            Index of Defined Terms
                            ----------------------

Defined Term                                                         Section No.
- ------------                                                         -----------
<S>                                                                  <C>
Acquisition Proposal........................................................ 5.1
Acquisition Proposal Interest............................................... 5.1
Admission................................................................6.12(b)
Agreement...............................................................Recitals
Appointment Date.............................................................5.2
Articles of Incorporation....................................................1.4
Assumed Options.......................................................2.4(a)(ii)
Audit....................................................................3.10(b)
Average Premium...........................................................6.8(b)
Benefit Plans.............................................................3.9(a)
By-Laws......................................................................1.4
Cash-Out Options.......................................................2.4(a)(i)
Certificates..............................................................2.3(b)
Closing......................................................................1.6
Closing Date.................................................................1.6
Code......................................................................3.9(b)
Common Stock..............................................................3.2(a)
Commonly Controlled Entity................................................3.9(b)
Company.................................................................Recitals
Company Agreements...........................................................3.4
Company Board of Directors..............................................Recitals
Company Disclosure Schedule..........................................Article III
Company Material Adverse Change...........................................3.1(a)
Company Material Adverse Effect...........................................3.1(a)
Company SEC Documents........................................................3.5
Confidentiality Agreement.................................................5.3(b)
D&O Insurance.............................................................6.8(b)
December 1997 Financial Statements...........................................3.5
Dissenting Shares............................................................2.2
Effective Time...............................................................1.5
Encumbrances..............................................................3.2(b)
Environmental Claims.....................................................3.16(b)
Environmental Laws.......................................................3.16(a)
ERISA.....................................................................3.9(b)
</TABLE>


                                       i
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                  <C>    
Exchange Act..............................................................1.1(a)
Exchange Ratio.......................................................2.4(a)(iii)
Financial Statements.........................................................3.5
Financing....................................................................4.7
Financing Documents..........................................................4.7
GAAP.........................................................................3.5
GCL.....................................................................Recitals
Governmental Entity..........................................................3.4
HSR Act......................................................................3.4
Indemnified Party.........................................................6.8(a)
Independent Directors.....................................................1.3(c)
Initial Expiration Date...................................................1.1(a)
Intellectual Property Rights................................................3.13
London Stock Exchange........................................................6.7
Materials of Environmental Concern.......................................3.16(a)
Merger.......................................................................1.4
Merger Agreement.........................................................Annex I
Merger Consideration......................................................2.1(c)
Minimum Condition........................................................Annex I
New Shares...............................................................6.12(b)
Offer...................................................................Recitals
Offer Documents...........................................................1.1(b)
Offer Price.............................................................Recitals
Offer to Purchase.........................................................1.1(a)
Option.................................................................2.4(a)(i)
Option Agreement........................................................Recitals
Parachute Gross-Up Payment................................................3.9(g)
Parent..................................................................Recitals
Parent Common Share..................................................2.4(a)(iii)
Paying Agent..............................................................2.3(a)
Pension Plans.............................................................3.9(b)
Person.......................................................................9.5
Preferred Stock...........................................................3.2(a)
Proxy Statement......................................................1.10(a)(ii)
Purchaser...............................................................Recitals
Purchaser Common Stock.......................................................2.1
Real Property............................................................3.12(a)
Revised Minimum Number....................................................1.1(d)
Schedule 14D-l............................................................1.1(b)
</TABLE>


                                      ii
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                  <C>    
Schedule 14D-9............................................................1.2(b)
SEC.......................................................................1.1(b)
Secretary of State...........................................................1.5
Securities Act...............................................................3.5
Shareholder.............................................................Recitals
Shareholder Agreement...................................................Recitals
Shares..................................................................Recitals
Special Meeting.......................................................1.10(a)(i)
Stock Plans...............................................................2.4(a)
Stock Purchase Plan.......................................................2.4(f)
Subsidiary................................................................3.1(a)
Substitute Financing......................................................1.1(a)
Superior Proposal.........................................................5.3(b)
Surviving Corporation........................................................1.4
Tax......................................................................3.10(b)
Tax Authority............................................................3.10(b)
Tax Returns..............................................................3.10(b)
Taxes....................................................................3.10(b)
Termination Fee...........................................................8.2(b)
Transactions..............................................................1.2(a)
Transmittal Documents.....................................................2.3(b)
Voting Debt...............................................................3.2(a)
</TABLE>


                                      iii
<PAGE>
 
                         AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER


          AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER (hereinafter referred to as this
"Agreement"), dated January 27, 1998, by and among The Sage Group plc, a company
- ----------                                                                      
organized under the laws of England ("Parent"), Rose Acquisition Corp., a
                                      ------                             
Delaware corporation and a direct and indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Parent
(the "Purchaser"), and State Of  The Art, Inc., a California corporation (the
      ---------                                                              
"Company").
- --------   

          WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of each of Parent, the Purchaser and
the Company has approved, and deems it advisable and in the best interests of
its respective shareholders to consummate, the acquisition of the Company by
Parent upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein;

          WHEREAS, in furtherance thereof, it is proposed that Purchaser make a
cash tender offer (the "Offer") to acquire all shares (the "Shares") of the
                        -----                               ------         
issued and outstanding common stock, no par value, of the Company, for $22.00
per share, net to the seller in cash (such price, or any such higher price per
Share as may be paid in the Offer, being referred to herein as the "Offer
                                                                    -----
Price");
- -----

          WHEREAS, also in furtherance of such acquisition, the Board of
Directors of each of Parent, Purchaser and the Company have each approved the
Merger (as defined below) following the Offer in accordance with the General
Corporation Law of the State of California (the "GCL") and upon the terms and
                                                 ---                         
subject to the conditions set forth herein, whereby each issued and outstanding
Share not owned directly or indirectly by Parent, the Purchaser or the Company
will be converted into the right to receive an amount equal to the Offer Price
in cash;

          WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Company Board of
                                                               ----------------
Directors") has determined that the consideration to be paid for each Share in
- ---------                                                                     
the Offer and the Merger is fair to the holders of such Shares and has resolved
to recommend that the holders of such Shares accept the Offer and approve this
Agreement and each of the transactions contemplated hereby upon the terms and
subject to the conditions set forth herein;

          WHEREAS, as a condition and further inducement to Parent and the
Purchaser to enter into this Agreement and incurring the obligations set forth
herein, certain shareholders (each a "Shareholder") concurrently herewith is
                                      -----------                           
entering into a 
<PAGE>
 
Shareholder Agreement (the "Shareholder Agreement"), dated as of the date 
                            ---------------------               
hereof, with Parent and the Purchaser, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A,
pursuant to which each Shareholder has agreed, among other things, to tender the
Shares held by each in the Offer and to grant Parent a proxy with respect to the
voting of such Shares in favor of the Merger upon the terms and subject to the
conditions set forth therein;

          WHEREAS, as a condition and further inducement to Parent and the
Purchaser to enter into this Agreement and incurring the obligations set forth
herein, concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Agreement,
Purchaser and the Company are entering into an Option Agreement in the form of
Exhibit B hereto (the "Option Agreement"), pursuant to which among other things,
                       ----------------                                         
the Company has granted the Purchaser an option to purchase certain newly-issued
shares of Common Stock (as hereinafter defined), subject to certain conditions;

          WHEREAS, the Company, Parent and Purchaser desire to make certain
representations, warranties, covenants and agreements in connection with the
Offer and Merger and also to prescribe to certain various conditions to the
Offer and the Merger.

          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual
representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth herein, the
parties hereto agree as follows:


                                   ARTICLE I

                             THE OFFER AND MERGER

          Section 1.1  The Offer.
                       --------- 

          (a) Provided that this Agreement shall not have been terminated in
accordance with Section 8.1 hereof and none of the events set forth in Annex I
shall have occurred and be existing, as promptly as practicable (but in no event
later than five business days after the public announcement of the execution of
this Agreement), Purchaser shall commence (within the meaning of Rule 14d-2
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act")) the
                                                            ------------       
Offer at the Offer Price.  The obligations of the Purchaser to accept for
payment and to pay for any Shares validly tendered on or prior to the expiration
of the Offer and not 

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
withdrawn shall be subject only to the conditions set forth in Annex I hereto.
The Offer shall be made by means of an offer to purchase (the "Offer to
                                                               --------
Purchase") subject to the conditions set forth in Annex I hereto. Except as
- --------
provided in Section 1.1(d), Purchaser shall not, without the prior written
consent of the Company, (i) decrease the Offer Price or change the form of
consideration payable in the Offer, (ii) decrease the number of Shares sought to
be purchased in the Offer (except as otherwise set forth in Section 1.1(d)
hereof), (iii) impose conditions to the Offer in addition to those set forth in
Annex I, (iv) amend any condition of the Offer set forth in Annex I, (v) extend
the initial expiration date (the "Initial Expiration Date") of the Offer, 
                                  -----------------------                       
except as required by law and except that in the event that any condition to the
Offer is not satisfied or waived on the Initial Expiration Date, the Purchaser
shall, and shall continue to, extend the Offer from time to time until a date
not later than March 26, 1998 (it being understood that the Purchaser may
determine the interim expiration dates of any extension of the Offer during such
extension period), or (vi) amend any other term of the Offer in any manner
adverse to any holders of the Shares; provided, however that in the event that
                                      --------  -------
any condition to the Offer is not satisfied on a date following the Initial
Expiration Date on which the Offer is scheduled to expire, (i) Purchaser may,
from time to time, in its sole discretion, extend the expiration date of the
Offer until a date not later than July 31, 1998 and (ii) at the written request
of the Company delivered no later than March 26, 1998, the Purchaser shall, and
shall continue to, extend the Offer from time to time for the period commencing
on the date of the notice referred to above until a date not later than July 31,
1998 (it being understood that the Purchaser may determine the interim
expiration dates of any extension of the Offer during such extension period);
provided, further, that in the event that the Purchaser extends the expiration 
- --------  -------         
date of the Offer in accordance with such request: (A) Annex I shall be deemed
to be amended to provide an additional condition that the Purchaser shall not be
required to accept for payment or pay for any tendered Shares unless and until
Parent and the Purchaser shall have obtained sufficient financing (the
"Substitute Financing") in replacement, if necessary, of the Financing (as 
 --------------------
defined below) in order to permit Parent and the Purchaser to acquire all of the
Shares in the Offer and the Merger and to pay the anticipated expenses in
connection therewith, (B) the condition set forth in paragraph (h) of Annex I
shall be amended and replaced with the condition set forth in clause (A) above,
(C) from and after such time Parent shall not be subject to Section 6.12 and (D)
Parent shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to secure the Substitute
Financing prior to July 31, 1998 and to provide funds to the Purchaser to permit
it to perform its obligations hereunder and in the Offer (provided that Parent
shall not be required to obtain Substitute Financing on economic terms
materially less favorable to it than the Financing). Purchaser shall, on the
terms and 

                                       3
<PAGE>
 
subject to the prior satisfaction or waiver of the conditions of the Offer,
accept for payment and pay for Shares tendered as soon as it is legally
permitted to do so under applicable law. Parent shall provide or cause to be
provided to the Purchaser on a timely basis the funds necessary to accept for
payment, and pay for, any Shares that the Purchaser becomes obligated to accept
for payment, and pay for, pursuant to the Offer.

          (b) Concurrently with the commencement of the Offer, Parent and the
Purchaser shall file with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission
(the "SEC") a Tender Offer Statement on Schedule 14D-1 with respect to the Offer
      ---                                                                       
(together with all amendments and supplements thereto and including the exhibits
thereto, the "Schedule 14D-l").  The Schedule 14D-1 will include, as exhibits,
              --------------                                                  
the Offer to Purchase and a form of letter of transmittal and summary
advertisement (collectively, together with any amendments and supplements
thereto, the "Offer Documents") Parent and Purchaser agree that the Offer
              ---------------                                            
Documents will comply in all material respects with the provisions of applicable
Federal securities laws and, on the date filed with the SEC and on the date
first published or sent to the Company's shareholders, shall not contain any
untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required
to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements made therein,
in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, except
that no representation is made by Parent or the Purchaser with respect to
information furnished by the Company expressly for inclusion in the Offer
Documents.  The information supplied by the Company expressly for inclusion in
the Offer Documents and by Parent or the Purchaser expressly for inclusion in
the Schedule 14D-9 (as hereinafter defined) will not contain any untrue
statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be
stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements made therein, in
light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.  No
representation, warranty or covenant is made or shall be made herein by the
Company with respect to information contained in the Offer Documents other than
information supplied by the Company in writing expressly for inclusion in the
Offer Documents.

          (c) Each of Parent and the Purchaser will take all steps necessary to
cause the Offer Documents to be filed with the SEC and to be disseminated to
holders of the Shares, in each case as and to the extent required by applicable
federal securities laws.  Each of Parent and the Purchaser, on the one hand, and
the Company, on the other hand, will promptly correct any information provided
by it for use in the Schedule 14D-1 or the Offer Documents if and to the extent
that it shall have become false or misleading in any material respect, and the
Purchaser further will 

                                       4
<PAGE>
 
take all steps necessary to cause the Schedule 14D-1 or the Offer Documents as
so corrected to be filed with the SEC and to be disseminated to holders of the
Shares, in each case as and to the extent required by applicable federal
securities laws. The Company and its counsel shall be given the reasonable
opportunity to review the initial Schedule 14D-1 (as well as all amendments or
supplements thereto) before any such document is filed with the SEC. In
addition, Parent and the Purchaser will provide the Company and its counsel with
any comments or other communications, whether written or oral, Parent, the
Purchaser or their counsel may receive from time to time from the SEC or its
staff with respect to the Offer Documents promptly after the receipt of such
comments or other communications.

          (d) Subject to the limitations set forth in Section 1.1(a), in the
event the Minimum Condition (as defined in Annex I) is not satisfied on the
Initial Expiration Date, the Purchaser may either (i) extend the Offer pursuant
to clause (v) of Section 1.1(a) for a period or periods not to exceed, in the
aggregate ten (10) business days, or (ii) amend the Offer to provide that, in
the event (x) the Minimum Condition is  not satisfied at the next scheduled
expiration date of the Offer (without giving pro forma effect to the potential
issuance of any Shares issuable upon exercise of the Option Agreement) and (y)
the number of Shares tendered pursuant to the Offer and not withdrawn as of such
next scheduled expiration date is more than 50% of the then outstanding Shares,
the Purchaser shall waive the Minimum Condition and amend the Offer to reduce
the number of Shares subject to the Offer to a number of Shares that when added
to the Shares then owned by the Purchaser will equal 49.9999% of the Shares then
outstanding (the "Revised Minimum Number") and, if a greater number of Shares is
                  ----------------------                                        
tendered into the Offer and not withdrawn, purchase, on a pro rata basis, the
Revised Minimum Number of Shares (it being understood that the Purchaser may,
but shall not in any event be required to, accept for payment, or pay for any
Shares if less than the Revised Minimum Number of Shares are tendered pursuant
to the Offer and not withdrawn at the applicable expiration date); provided,
                                                                   -------- 
further, that in the event the Minimum Condition is not satisfied on or before
- -------                                                                       
the ten (10) business day period referred to in paragraph (d)(i) above, the
Purchaser shall waive the Minimum Condition and amend the Offer to reduce the
number of Shares subject to the Offer to the Revised Minimum Number of Shares.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, in the event that the
Purchaser purchases a number of Shares equal to the Revised Minimum Number,
without the prior written consent of the Purchaser prior to the termination of
this Agreement, the Company shall take no action whatsoever to increase the
number of Shares owned by the Purchaser in excess of the Revised Minimum Number.

                                       5
<PAGE>
 
          Section 1.2  Company Actions.
                       --------------- 

          (a) The Company represents that the Company Board of Directors, at a
meeting duly called and held has (i) unanimously determined that each of the
Agreement, the Offer, the Merger and the Option Agreement (as hereinafter
defined) are fair to and in the best interests of the shareholders of the
Company, (ii) duly approved this Agreement, the Option Agreement and the
transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including the Offer and the Merger
(collectively, the "Transactions"), and duly approved the Offer and the Merger
                    ------------                                              
in accordance with Section 1101 of the GCL, and (iii) resolved to recommend that
the shareholders of the Company accept the Offer and tender their shares
thereunder to the Purchaser and approve and adopt this Agreement and the Merger
(provided, however, that subject to and in accordance with the provisions of
Section 5.3, such recommendation may be withdrawn, modified or amended in
connection with a Superior Proposal (as defined in Section 5.3)).

          (b) As soon as practicable on or after the date the Offer is
commenced, the Company shall file with the SEC a Solicitation/Recommendation
Statement on Schedule 14D-9 (together with all amendments or supplements thereto
and including the exhibits thereto, the "Schedule 14D-9") which shall, subject
                                         --------------                       
to the provisions of Section 5.3(c) contain the recommendation referred to in
clause (iii) of Section 1.2(a) hereof.  The Schedule 14D-9 will comply in all
material respects with the provisions of applicable federal securities laws and,
on the date filed with the SEC and on the date first published or sent to the
Company's shareholders, shall not contain any untrue statement of a material
fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or
necessary in order to make the statements made therein, in light of the
circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, except that no
representation is made by the Company with respect to information furnished by
Parent or the Purchaser expressly for inclusion in the Schedule 14D-9.  No
representation, warranty or covenant is made or shall be made herein by Parent
or the Purchaser with respect to information contained in the Schedule 14D-9
other than the information supplied by Parent or the Purchaser in writing
expressly for inclusion in the Schedule 14D-9.  The Company further agrees to
take all steps necessary to cause the Schedule 14D-9 to be filed with the SEC
and to be disseminated to holders of the Shares, in each case, as and to the
extent required by applicable federal securities laws.  The Company shall mail,
or cause to be mailed, such Schedule 14D-9 to the shareholders of the Company at
the same time the Offer Documents are first mailed to the shareholders of the
Company together with such Offer Documents.  Each of the Company, on the one
hand, and Parent and the Purchaser, on the other 

                                       6
<PAGE>
 
hand, agrees promptly to correct any information provided by it for use in the
Schedule 14D-9 if and to the extent that it shall have become false or
misleading in any material respect and the Company further agrees to take all
steps necessary to cause the Schedule 14D-9 as so corrected to be filed with the
SEC and to be disseminated to holders of the Shares, in each case, as and to the
extent required by applicable federal securities laws. Parent and its counsel
shall be given the opportunity to review the Schedule 14D-9 before it is filed
with the SEC. In addition, the Company agrees to provide Parent, the Purchaser
and their counsel with any comments, whether written or oral, that the Company
or its counsel may receive from time to time from the SEC or its staff with
respect to the Schedule 14D-9 promptly after the receipt of such comments or
other communications.

          (c) In connection with the Offer, the Company will promptly furnish or
cause to be furnished to the Purchaser mailing labels, security position
listings and any available listing or computer file containing the names and
addresses of all record holders of Shares, each as of a recent date, and shall
promptly furnish the Purchaser with such additional information (including, but
not limited to, updated mailing labels, security position listings and available
listings or computer files containing the names and addresses of all
record holders of Shares).

          Section 1.3  Directors.
                       --------- 

          (a) Subject to compliance with applicable law, promptly upon the
purchase of and payment for any Shares by the Purchaser pursuant to the Offer,
and from time to time thereafter as Shares are acquired by the Purchaser, Parent
shall be entitled to designate such number of directors, rounded up to the next
whole number, on the Company Board of Directors as is equal to the product of
the total number of directors on such Board (determined after giving effect to
the directors designated by Parent pursuant to this sentence) multiplied by the
percentage that the aggregate number of Shares which Purchaser or any affiliate
of the Purchaser owns beneficially bears to the total number of Shares then
outstanding.  In furtherance thereof, the Company shall, upon the request of
Parent, promptly secure the resignations of such number of its incumbent
directors as is necessary to enable Parent's designees to be elected to the
Company Board of Directors and shall take all actions available to the Company
to cause Parent's designees to be so elected.  At such time, the Company shall,
if requested by Parent, also cause persons designated by Parent to constitute at
least the same percentage (rounded up to the next whole number) as is on the
Company Board of Directors of (i) each committee of the Company Board of
Directors, (ii) each board of directors (or similar body) of each Subsidiary (as

                                       7
<PAGE>
 
hereinafter defined) of the Company and (iii) each committee (or similar body)
of each such board.

          (b) The Company shall promptly take all actions required pursuant to
Section 14(f) of the Exchange Act and Rule 14f-l promulgated thereunder in order
to fulfill its obligations under Section 1.3(a) hereof, and shall include in the
Schedule 14D-9 mailed to shareholders promptly after the commencement of the
Offer (or an amendment thereof or an information statement pursuant to Rule 14f-
1 if the Purchaser has not theretofore designated directors) such information
with respect to the Company and its officers and directors as is required under
Section 14(f) and Rule 14f-1 in order to fulfill its obligations under Section
1.3(a).  Parent or the Purchaser shall supply the Company information with
respect to either of them and their nominees, officers, directors and affiliates
required by such Section 14(f) and Rule 14f-1.  The provisions of this Section
1.3 are in addition to and shall not limit any rights which the Parent,
Purchaser or any of their affiliates may have as a holder or beneficial owner of
Shares as a matter of law with respect to the election of directors or
otherwise.

          (c) In the event that Parent's designees are elected to the Company
Board of Directors, subject to the other terms of this Agreement and until the
Effective Time, the Company Board of Directors shall have at least two directors
who are directors on the date hereof and neither of whom is an officer of the
Company (other than the present Chief Executive Officer of the Company) nor a
designee, shareholder, affiliate or associate (within the meaning of the federal
securities laws) of Parent (one or more of such directors, the "Independent
                                                                -----------
Directors"), provided that, in such event, if the number of Independent
- ---------    -------- ----                                             
Directors shall be reduced below two for any reason whatsoever, any remaining
Independent Director shall be entitled to designate persons to fill such
vacancies who shall be deemed Independent Directors for purposes of this
Agreement or, if no Independent Director then remains, the other directors shall
designate one person to fill one of the vacancies who shall not be a
shareholder, affiliate or associate of Parent or the Purchaser and such person
shall be deemed to be an Independent Director for purposes of this Agreement.
Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event that
Parent's designees are elected to the Company Board of Directors, after the
acceptance for payment of Shares pursuant to the Offer and prior to the
Effective Time (as hereinafter defined), the affirmative vote of a majority of
the Independent Directors shall be required to (a) amend or terminate this
Agreement on behalf of the Company, (b) exercise or waive any of the Company's
rights, benefits or remedies hereunder, (c) extend the time for performance of
the Purchaser's obligations 

                                       8
<PAGE>
 
hereunder or (d) take any other action by the Company Board of Directors under
or in connection with this Agreement; provided, however, that if there shall be 
                                      --------  -------
no such directors, such actions may be effected by unanimous vote of the entire
Company Board of Directors.

          Section 1.4  The Merger.  Upon the terms and subject to satisfaction
                       ----------                                             
or waiver of the conditions of this Agreement, and in accordance with the
applicable provisions of this Agreement and the GCL, at the Effective Time, the
Company and the Purchaser shall consummate a merger (the "Merger") pursuant to
                                                          ------              
which (a) the Purchaser shall be merged with and into the Company and the
separate corporate existence of the Purchaser shall thereupon cease, (b) the
Company shall be the successor or surviving corporation in the Merger (sometimes
hereinafter referred to as the "Surviving Corporation") and shall continue to be
                                ---------------------                           
governed by the laws of the State of California, and (c) the separate corporate
existence of the Company with all of its rights, privileges, immunities, powers
and franchises shall continue unaffected by the Merger, except as set forth in
this Section 1.4.  Pursuant to the Merger, (x) the Articles of Incorporation of
the Company (the "Articles of Incorporation"), shall be amended in its entirety
                  -------------------------                                    
to read as the Articles of Incorporation of the Purchaser in effect immediately
prior to the Effective Time, except that Article I thereof shall read as
follows: "The name of the Corporation is STATE OF THE ART, INC." and , as so
amended, shall be the articles of incorporation of the Surviving Corporation
until thereafter amended as provided by law and such Articles of Incorporation
and (y) the By-Laws of the Purchaser (the "By-Laws"), as in effect immediately
                                           -------                            
prior to the Effective time (as hereinafter defined), shall be the By-Laws of
the Surviving Corporation until thereafter amended as provided by law, by such
Articles of Incorporation or by such By-Laws.

          Section 1.5  Effective Time.  As soon as practicable after the
                       --------------                                   
satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth in Article VII hereof,
Parent, the Purchaser and the Company shall cause to be executed and filed on
the Closing Date (as hereinafter defined) (or on such other date as Parent and
the Company may agree) with the Secretary of State of the State of California
(the "Secretary of State") in the manner required by the GCL an agreement of
      ------------------                                                    
merger together with an officer's certificate of the Company and the Purchaser,
and the parties shall take such other and further actions as may be required by
law to make the merger effective.  The time the Merger becomes effective in
accordance with applicable law is hereinafter referred to as the "Effective
                                                                  ---------
Time."
- ----
                                       9
<PAGE>
 
          Section 1.6  Closing.  The closing of the Merger (the "Closing") shall
                       -------                                   -------        
take place at 10:00 a.m. on a date to be specified by the parties, which shall
be no later than the second business day after satisfaction or waiver of all of
the conditions set forth in Article VII hereof (the "Closing Date"), at the
                                                     ------------          
offices of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, Four Embarcadero Center,
Suite 3800, San Francisco, California, unless another date or place is agreed to
in writing by the parties hereto.

          Section 1.7  Directors and Officers of the Surviving Corporation.
                       ---------------------------------------------------  
Subject to applicable law, the directors of the Purchaser and the officers of
the Company at the Effective Time shall, from and after the Effective Time, be
the directors and officers of the Surviving Corporation until their successors
shall have been duly elected or appointed or qualified or until their earlier
death, resignation or removal in accordance with the Articles of Incorporation
and the By-laws.  If, at the Effective Time, a vacancy shall exist on the
Company Board of Directors or in any office of the Surviving Corporation, such
vacancy may thereafter be filled in the manner provided by law.

          Section 1.8  Effects of the Merger.  At the Effective Time, the Merger
                       ---------------------                                    
shall have the effects set forth in Section 1107 of the GCL.  Without limiting
the generality of the foregoing, and subject thereto, at the Effective Time all
the property, rights, privileges, powers and franchises of the Company and the
Purchaser shall vest in the Surviving Corporation, and all debts, liabilities
and duties of the Company and the Purchaser shall become the debts, liabilities
and duties of the Surviving Corporation.

          Section 1.9  Subsequent Actions.  If at any time after the Effective
                       ------------------                                     
Time the Surviving Corporation shall consider or be advised that any deeds,
bills of sale, assignments, assurances or any other actions or things are
necessary or desirable to vest, perfect or confirm of record or otherwise in the
Surviving Corporation its right, title or interest in, to or under any of the
rights, properties or assets of either of the Company or the Purchaser acquired
or to be acquired by the Surviving Corporation as a result of, or in connection
with the Merger or otherwise to carry out this Agreement, the officers and
directors of the Surviving Corporation shall be authorized to execute and
deliver, in the name and on behalf of either the Company or the Purchaser, all
such deeds, bills of sale, assignments and assurances and to take and do, in the
name and on behalf of each of such corporations or otherwise, all such other
actions and things as may be necessary or desirable to vest, perfect or confirm
any and all rights, title and interest in, to and under such rights, properties
or assets in the Surviving Corporation or otherwise to carry out this Agreement.

                                       10
<PAGE>
 
          Section 1.10  Shareholders' Meeting.
                        --------------------- 

          (a) If required by the Articles of Incorporation and/or applicable law
in order to consummate the Merger, the Company, acting through its Board of
Directors, shall, in accordance with applicable law:

              (i)   duly call, give notice of, convene and hold a special
     meeting of its shareholders (the "Special Meeting") as promptly as 
                                       ---------------
     practicable following the acceptance for payment and purchase of Shares by
     the Purchaser pursuant to the Offer for the purpose of considering and
     taking action upon the approval of the Merger and the adoption of this
     Agreement;

              (ii)  prepare and file with the SEC a preliminary proxy or
     information statement relating to the Merger and this Agreement and use its
     commercially reasonable efforts (x) to obtain and furnish the information
     required to be included by the SEC in the Proxy Statement (as hereinafter
     defined) and, after consultation with Parent, to respond promptly to any
     comments made by the SEC with respect to the preliminary proxy or
     information statement and cause a definitive proxy or information
     statement, including any amendment or supplement thereto (the "Proxy
                                                                    -----
     Statement") to be mailed to its shareholders, provided that no amendment or
     ---------                                                                  
     supplement to the Proxy Statement will be made by the Company without
     consultation with Parent and its counsel and (y) to obtain the necessary
     approvals of the Merger and this Agreement by its shareholders; and

              (iii) subject to the fiduciary obligations of the Board of
     Directors of the Company under applicable law, include in the Proxy
     Statement the recommendation of the Board of Directors that shareholders of
     the Company vote in favor of the approval of the Merger and the adoption of
     this Agreement.

          (b) Parent will provide the Company with the information concerning
Parent and the Purchaser required to be included in the Proxy Statement.  Parent
shall vote, or cause to be voted, all of the Shares then owned by it, the
Purchaser or any of its other subsidiaries and affiliates in favor of the
approval of the Merger and the approval and adoption of this Agreement.

          Section 1.11  Merger Without Meeting of Shareholders.  Notwithstanding
                        --------------------------------------                  
Section 1.10 hereof, in the event that Parent, the Purchaser and any other

                                       11
<PAGE>
 
Subsidiaries of Parent shall have acquired in the aggregate at least 90% of the
outstanding Shares pursuant to the Offer or otherwise (including as a result of
the exercise of the Option Agreement), the parties hereto shall take all
necessary and appropriate action to cause the Merger to become effective as soon
as practicable after the acceptance for payment of and payment for Shares by the
Purchaser pursuant to the Offer, without a meeting of shareholders of the
Company, in accordance with Section 1110 of the GCL.

          Section 1.12  Earliest Consummation.  Each party hereto shall use its
                        ---------------------                                  
commercially reasonable efforts to consummate the Merger as soon as practicable.
If the conditions set forth in Annex I hereto are satisfied, or waived, the
Purchaser shall consummate the Offer and accept for payment Shares tendered
therein and thereafter effectuate the Merger as soon as practicable after the
Purchaser accepts the Shares for payment pursuant to the Offer.


                                  ARTICLE II

                           CONVERSION OF SECURITIES

          Section 2.1   Conversion of Capital Stock.  As of the Effective Time,
                        ---------------------------                            
by virtue of the Merger and without any action on the part of the holders of any
Shares or holders of any class or series of common stock, par value $.01 per
share, of the Purchaser (the "Purchaser Common Stock"):
                              ----------------------   

          (a) Each issued and outstanding share of Purchaser Common Stock shall
be converted into and become one validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable
share of common stock of the Surviving Corporation.

          (b) All Shares owned by Parent, the Purchaser or any other wholly
owned subsidiary of Parent shall be cancelled and retired, and shall cease to
exist other than shares in Section 2.1(d) and no consideration shall be
delivered in exchange therefor.

          (c) Each issued and outstanding Share immediately before the Effective
Time (other than any Shares to be cancelled pursuant to Section 2.1(b) and any
Dissenting Shares (as hereinafter defined)) shall be cancelled and extinguished
and be converted into the right to receive the Offer Price in cash, payable to
the holder thereof, without interest (the "Merger Consideration"), upon
                                           --------------------        
surrender of the 

                                       12
<PAGE>
 
certificate formerly representing such Share in the manner provided in Section
2.3 hereof.

          (d) Each share of Purchaser Common Stock, issued and outstanding
immediately before the Effective Time shall thereafter represent one validly
issued, fully paid and nonassessable share of common stock, par value $.01 per
share, of the Surviving Corporation.

          Section 2.2   Dissenting Shares.
                        ----------------- 

          Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, Shares
outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time and held by a holder who has
not voted in favor of the Merger or consented thereto in writing and who has
demanded appraisal for such shares in accordance with Section 1300 of the GCL,
if such Section 1300 provides for appraisal rights for such Shares in the Merger
("Dissenting Shares"), shall not be converted into the right to receive the
  -----------------                                                        
Merger Consideration as provided in Section 2.1, unless and until such holder
fails to perfect or withdraws or otherwise loses his right to appraisal and
payment under the GCL.  If, after the Effective Time, any such holder fails to
perfect or withdraws or loses his right to appraisal, then such Dissenting
Shares shall thereupon be treated as if they had been converted as of the
Effective Time into the right to receive the Merger Consideration, if any, to
which such holder is entitled, without interest or dividends thereon. The
Company shall give Parent prompt notice of any demands received by the Company
for appraisal of Shares and, prior to the Effective Time, Parent shall have the
right to participate in all negotiations and proceedings with respect to such
demands.  Prior to the Effective Time, the Company shall not, except with the
prior written consent of Parent, make any payments with respect to or settle or
offer to settle, any such demands.

          Section 2.3   Surrender of Shares; Stock Transfer Books.
                        ----------------------------------------- 

          (a) Before the Effective Time, the Purchaser shall designate a bank or
trust company reasonably acceptable to the Company to act as agent for the
holders of Shares in connection with the Merger (the "Paying Agent") to receive
                                                      ------------             
the funds necessary to make the payments contemplated by Section 2.1(a).  At the
Effective Time, the Purchaser shall deposit, or cause to be deposited, in trust
with the Paying Agent for the benefit of holders of Shares the aggregate
consideration to which such holders shall be entitled at the Effective Time
pursuant to Section 2.1(a).  Such funds shall be invested as directed by Parent
or the Surviving Corporation 

                                       13
<PAGE>
 
pending payment thereof by the paying agent to holders of the Shares. Earnings
from such investments shall be the sole and exclusive property of the Purchaser
and the Surviving Corporation and no part thereof shall accrue to the benefit of
the holders of the Shares. If for any reason (including losses) such funds are
inadequate to pay the amounts to which holders of Shares shall be entitled under
this Section 2.3, Parent shall in any event be liable for payment thereof. Such
funds deposited with the Paying Agent pursuant to this Section 2.3 shall not be
used for any purpose except as expressly provided in this Agreement. From time
to time at or after the Effective Time, Parent shall take all lawful action
necessary to make the appropriate cash payments, if any, to holders of
Dissenting Shares. Prior to the Effective Time, Parent shall enter into
appropriate commercial arrangements to ensure effectuation of the immediately
preceding sentence.

          (b) As soon as reasonably practicable after the Effective Time, the
Paying Agent shall mail to each holder of record of a certificate or
certificates, which immediately prior to the Effective Time represented
outstanding Shares (the "Certificates"), whose Shares were converted pursuant to
                         ------------                                           
Section 2.1 into the right to receive the Merger Consideration (i) a letter of
transmittal (which shall specify that delivery shall be effected and that the
risk of loss of and title to the Certificates shall pass, only upon delivery of
the Certificates to the Paying Agent and shall be in such form and have such
other provisions not inconsistent with this Agreement as Parent may specify) and
(ii) instructions for use in effecting the surrender of Certificates in exchange
for payment of the Merger Consideration (together, the "Transmittal Documents").
                                                        ---------------------
Upon surrender of a Certificate for cancellation to the Paying Agent or to such
other agent or agents as may be appointed by Parent, together with such letter
of transmittal, duly executed, the holder of such Certificate shall be entitled
to receive in exchange therefor the Merger Consideration for each Share formerly
represented by such Certificate, and the Certificate so surrendered shall
forthwith be cancelled.  If payment of the Merger Consideration is to be made to
a person other than the person in whose name the surrendered Certificate is
registered, it shall be a condition of payment that the Certificate so
surrendered shall be properly endorsed or shall otherwise be in proper form for
transfer and that the person requesting such payment shall have paid any
transfer and other taxes required by reason of the payment of the Merger
Consideration to a person other than the registered holder of the Certificate
surrendered or shall have established to the satisfaction of the Surviving
Corporation that such tax either has been paid or is not applicable.  Until
surrendered as contemplated by this Section 2.3, each Certificate shall be
deemed at any time after the Effective Time to represent only the right to
receive the Merger Consideration in cash as contemplated by this Section 2.3.
Upon the surrender of 

                                       14
<PAGE>
 
Certificates in accordance with the terms and instructions contained in the
Transmittal Documents, the Purchaser shall cause the Paying Agent to pay the
holder of such certificates in exchange therefor cash in an amount equal to the
Merger Consideration multiplied by the number of Shares represented by such
Certificate (other than Certificates representing Dissenting Shares and
Certificates representing Shares held by the Purchaser).

          (c) At the Effective Time, the stock transfer books of the Company
shall be closed and there shall not be any further registration of transfers of
shares of any shares of capital stock thereafter on the records of the Company.
From and after the Effective Time, the holders of certificates evidencing
ownership of the Shares outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time
shall cease to have any rights with respect to such Shares, except as otherwise
provided for herein or by applicable law.  If, after the Effective Time,
Certificates are presented to the Surviving Corporation, they shall be cancelled
and exchanged for cash as provided in this Article II.  No interest shall accrue
or be paid on any cash payable upon the surrender of a Certificate or
Certificates which immediately before the Effective Time represented outstanding
Shares.

          (d) Promptly following the date which is one year after the Effective
Time, the Surviving Corporation shall be entitled to require the Paying Agent to
deliver to it any cash (including any interest received with respect thereto),
Certificates and other documents in its possession relating to the transactions
contemplated hereby, which had been made available to the Paying Agent and which
have not been disbursed to holders of Certificates, and thereafter such holders
shall be entitled to look to the Surviving Corporation (subject to abandoned
property, escheat or similar laws) only as general creditors thereof with
respect to the Merger Consideration payable upon due surrender of their
Certificates, without any interest thereon.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,
neither the Surviving Corporation nor the Paying Agent shall be liable to any
holder of a Certificate for Merger Consideration delivered to a public official
pursuant to any applicable abandoned property, escheat or similar law.

          (e) The Merger Consideration paid in the Merger shall be net to the
holder of Shares in cash, subject to reduction only for any applicable Federal
withholding taxes or, as set forth in Section 2.3(b), stock transfer taxes
payable by such holder.

          Section 2.4  Company Stock Plans.
                       ------------------- 

                                       15
<PAGE>
 
          (a) For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the
meanings set forth below:
 
              (i) "Cash-Out Options" shall mean each option outstanding at the
                ----------------                                           
Effective Time to purchase Shares (an "Option") granted under (A) the Company's
                                       ------                                  
1990 Stock Option Plan, 1994 Incentive Stock Option, Nonqualified Stock Option
and Restricted Stock Purchase Plan, or Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee
Directors, (B) the Manzanita Software Systems 1985 Stock Option Plan or (C) any
other stock-based incentive plan or arrangement of the Company excluding any
options granted under the Company's 1997 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the
                                                                          
"Stock Plans") that is not an Assumed Option (as defined below).
- ------------                                                    

              (ii) "Assumed Options" shall mean those Options or portions there
                    ---------------                                             
of as identified on Schedule 2.4(a) granted under the Company's 1990 Stock
Option Plan or 1994 Incentive Stock Option, Nonqualified Stock Option and
Restricted Stock Purchase Plan that will not have vested and become exercisable
as of the Effective Time as identified on Section 2.4(a) of the Company
Disclosure Schedule having an aggregate exercise price on the date hereof in an
amount not materially less than $5 million. To the extent any Options or
portions thereof, as identified on Schedule 2.4(a), cannot be assumed by Parent,
such Options or portions thereof shall be treated as Cash-Out Options and shall
be cancelled as of the Effective Time in consideration for a cash payment in
accordance with Section 2.4(b).

              (iii) "Exchange Ratio" shall mean the quotient of (x) the Offer 
                     --------------       
Price multiplied by the average of the mid-point of the bid and ask price of the
rate of currency exchange of pounds sterling for U.S. dollars quoted in The
Financial Times for each of the business days in a consecutive twenty business
period ending two business days prior to the Effective Date and (y) the average
per Share closing price of the ordinary shares of 1 pence each in the capital of
Parent (a "Parent Common Share") as reported on the London Stock Exchange on
           -------------------                                              
each of the ten trading days immediately preceding the Effective Time.

          (b) The Company shall take all actions necessary to provide that at
the Effective Time, (i) each Cash-Out Option shall be cancelled and (ii) in
consideration of such cancellation, each holder of a Cash-Out Option shall
receive in consideration thereof an amount (subject to any applicable
withholding tax) in cash equal to the product of (x) the excess, if any, of the
Offer Price over the per Share exercise price of such Cash-Out Option and (y)
the number of Shares subject to such Cash-Out Option. The Company shall use all
commercially reasonable efforts to 

                                       16
<PAGE>
 
effectuate the foregoing, including without limitation amending the Stock Plans
and obtaining any necessary consents from holders of Cash-Out Options.

          (c) At the Effective Time, each Assumed Option shall be assumed by
Parent (and Parent shall take all action necessary under applicable law, to
cause such result or equivalent result without disadvantage to the Option
holders) and shall thereupon constitute an option to acquire that number of
Parent Common Shares equal to (i) the number of Shares subject to the Assumed
Option immediately prior to the Effective Time, multiplied by (ii) the Exchange
Ratio, rounded down to the nearest whole share, at a price per Parent Common
Share equal to (x) the exercise price of the Assumed Option immediately prior to
the Effective Time, divided by (y) the Exchange Ratio, rounded up to the nearest
whole cent.  Other than as described in the immediately preceding sentence, the
Assumed Options shall be subject to the same terms and conditions as applicable
immediately prior to the Effective Time; provided, however, that the terms of
                                         --------  -------                   
the Stock Plans shall be amended as necessary to comply with all applicable
securities laws and laws of the jurisdiction of the Parent (but without
disadvantage to the option holder).  As soon as reasonably practicable following
the Effective Time, Parent shall deliver to each holder of an Assumed Option an
appropriate notice setting forth the terms of such assumption.  With respect to
any Assumed Option that is an incentive stock option (within the meaning of
Section 422 of the Code) immediately prior to the Effective Time, such
assumption shall, to the extent reasonably practicable, conform to the
requirements of Section 424(a) of the Code.  Parent shall take all action
necessary for the Parent Common Shares to rank pari passu in all respects with
all other Parent Common Shares then in issue and to be listed and issuable upon
exercise of the Assumed Options so that such Assumed Options shall be freely
tradeable on the London Stock Exchange.  Notwithstanding the foregoing
provisions of this Section 2.4(c), to the extent any Option or portion thereof
is not assumed pursuant to this Section 2.4(c), such Options or portion thereof
shall be treated as a Cash-Out Option.

          (d) Except as may be otherwise agreed to by Parent or the Purchaser
and the Company or as otherwise contemplated or required to effectuate this
Section 2.4, the Stock Plans shall terminate as of the Effective Time and the
provisions in any other plan, program or arrangement providing for the issuance
or grant of any other interest in respect of the capital stock of the Company or
any of its Subsidiaries shall be deleted as of the Effective Time.

          (e) The Company shall take all necessary actions to provide that as of
the Effective Time no holder of Options under the Stock Plans will have any

                                       17
<PAGE>
 
right to receive shares of common stock of the Surviving Corporation upon
exercise of any such Option.

          (f) The Company shall take all actions necessary to provide that at or
immediately prior to the Effective Time, (i) each then outstanding option under
the Company's 1997 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the "Stock Purchase Plan")
                                                      -------------------  
shall automatically be exercised and (ii) in lieu of the issuance of
Certificates, each option holder shall receive an amount in cash (subject to any
applicable withholding tax) equal to the product of (x) the number of Shares
otherwise issuable upon such exercise and (y) the Merger Consideration.  The
Company shall use all reasonable efforts to effectuate the foregoing, including
without limitation amending the Stock Purchase Plan and obtaining any necessary
consents from holders of Options.  The Company (i) shall not permit the
commencement of any new offering period under the Stock Purchase Plan following
the date hereof, (ii) shall not permit any optionee to increase his or her rate
of contributions under the Stock Purchase Plan following the date hereof, (iii)
shall terminate the Stock Purchase Plan as of the Effective Time, and (iv) shall
take any other actions necessary to provide that as of the Effective Time no
holder of options under the Stock Purchase Plan will have any right to receive
shares of common stock of the Surviving Corporation upon exercise of any such
option.

          (g) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, a vote
of a majority of the Independent Directors shall be required to amend this
Section 2.4 in any manner adverse to the holders of Options described herein.

          (h) In the event that an employee of the Company who is a holder of
Cash-Out Options is terminated by the Company without cause after the
consummation of the Offer but prior to the Effective Time, such employee shall
receive on the Effective Date with respect to all Cash-Out Options held by such
employee as of the date of such termination of employment the cash payment
determined in accordance with Section 2.4(b) that such employee would have
received had such employee been employed as of the Effective Date.

                                       18
<PAGE>
 
                                  ARTICLE III

                              REPRESENTATIONS AND
                           WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

          Except as set forth in the schedule delivered to Parent prior to the
execution of this Agreement (the "Company Disclosure Schedule") of exceptions to
                                  ---------------------------                   
the Company's representations and warranties set forth herein, the Company
represents and warrants to Parent and the Purchaser as set forth below.  Each
exception set forth in the Company Disclosure Schedule is identified by
reference to, or has been grouped under a heading referring to, a specific
individual section of this Agreement.

          Section 3.1  Organization.
                       ------------ 

          (a) Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries (as defined below) is a
corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws
of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization and has all requisite
corporate power or other and authority and all necessary governmental approvals
to own, lease and operate its properties and to carry on its business as now
being conducted, except where the failure to be so organized, existing and in
good standing or to have such power, authority, and governmental approvals would
not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Company Material Adverse Effect
(as hereinafter defined).  As used in this Agreement, the term "Subsidiary"
                                                                ---------- 
shall mean, with respect to any party, any corporation or other organization,
whether incorporated or unincorporated or domestic or foreign to the United
States of which (i) such party or any other Subsidiary of such party is a
general partner (excluding such partnerships where such party or any Subsidiary
of such party do not have a majority of the voting interest in such partnership)
or (ii) at least a majority of the securities or other interests having by their
terms ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors or
others performing similar functions with respect to such corporation or other
organization is directly or indirectly owned or controlled by such party or by
any one or more of its Subsidiaries, or by such party and one or more of its
Subsidiaries.  As used in this Agreement,  "Company Material Adverse Change" or
                                            -------------------------------    
"Company Material Adverse Effect" means any change or effect that is materially
 -------------------------------                                               
adverse to (i) the business, operations, properties (including intangible
properties), financial condition, results of operations or assets of the Company
and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or (ii) the ability of the Company to
consummate any of the Transactions or to perform its obligations under this
Agreement or the Option Agreement, other than changes or effects which are or
result from occurrences relating to the economy 

                                       19
<PAGE>
 
in general or such entity's industry in general and not specifically relating to
such entity, the delay or cancellation of orders for the Company's products
directly attributable to the announcement of this Agreement or stockholder
litigation brought or threatened against the Company or any member of its Board
of Directors in respect to this Agreement, the Offer, or the Merger, including
all costs and expenses in connection therewith and other fees and expenses
incurred by the Company in connection with the Transactions as contemplated
hereby. The Company Disclosure Schedule sets forth in Section 3.1(a) a complete
list of the Company's Subsidiaries.

          (b) The Company and each of its Subsidiaries is duly qualified or
licensed to do business and in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the
property owned, leased or operated by it or the nature of the business conducted
by it makes such qualification or licensing necessary, except where the failure
to be so duly qualified or licensed and in good standing would not individually
or in the aggregate have a Company Material Adverse Effect.  Except as set forth
in Section 3.1(b) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, other than its
Subsidiaries, the Company does not own any significant equity interest in any
corporation or other entity.

          Section 3.2  Capitalization.
                       -------------- 

          (a) The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of (i)
25,000,000 shares of common stock, no par value per share (the "Common Stock")
                                                                ------------  
and (ii) 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock (the "Preferred Stock").  As of
                                                   ---------------          
December 31, 1997, (i) 11,173,945 Shares are issued and outstanding, (ii) no
shares of Preferred Stock are issued and outstanding, (iii) pursuant to
California law no Shares are issued and held in the treasury of the Company, and
(iv) a total of 1,709,227 Shares are reserved for issuance pursuant to the Stock
Plans, of which (A) 260,550 Shares are reserved for issuance pursuant to
outstanding Options and 33,670 Shares are reserved for issuance pursuant to
future awards, in each case under the Company's 1990 Stock Option Plan, (B)
1,284,736 Shares are reserved for issuance pursuant to outstanding Options, no
Shares have been issued as shares of restricted stock that have not vested as of
the date hereof, and 408,479 Shares are reserved for issuance pursuant to future
awards, in each case under the Company's 1994 Incentive Stock Option,
Nonqualified Stock Option and Restricted Stock Purchase Plan, (C) 145,000 Shares
are reserved for issuance pursuant to outstanding Options, and 55,000 Shares are
reserved for issuance pursuant to future awards, in each case under the
Company's Stock Plan for Non-Employee Directors, and (D) 18,941 Shares are
reserved for issuance pursuant to outstanding Options, and 635 shares are
reserved for issuance pursuant to future awards, in each case under the 1985
Manzanita Stock 

                                       20
<PAGE>
 
Option Plan, and (v) assuming that the Effective Date were to occur on or about
March 26, 1998, approximately 6,515 Shares would be issuable upon the exercise
of options outstanding under the Company's 1997 Employee Stock Purchase Plan at
a price of $13.8125 per Share. All the outstanding shares of the Company's
capital stock are, and all Shares which may be issued pursuant to the exercise
of outstanding Options will be, when issued in accordance with the terms
thereof, duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable. There
are no bonds, debentures, notes or other indebtedness having general voting
rights (or convertible into securities having such rights) ("Voting Debt")
                                                             -----------
of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries issued and outstanding. Except as
disclosed in this Section 3.2 or as set forth in Section 3.2(a) of the Company
Disclosure Schedule, other than pursuant to the Option Agreement, (i) there are
no shares of capital stock of the Company authorized, issued or outstanding,
(ii) there are no existing options, warrants, calls, pre-emptive rights,
subscriptions or other rights, agreements, arrangements or commitments of any
character, relating to the issued or unissued capital stock of the Company or
any of its Subsidiaries, obligating the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to
issue, transfer or sell or cause to be issued, transferred or sold any shares of
capital stock or Voting Debt of, or other equity interest in, the Company or any
of its Subsidiaries or securities convertible into or exchangeable for such
shares or equity interests, or obligating the Company or any of its Subsidiaries
to grant, extend or enter into any such option, warrant, call, subscription or
other right, agreement, arrangement or commitment, and (iii) except as set forth
in Section 3.2(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, there are no outstanding
contractual obligations of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to repurchase,
redeem or otherwise acquire any Shares, or the capital stock of the Company or
any Subsidiary or affiliate of the Company or to provide funds to make any
investment (in the form of a loan, capital contribution or otherwise) in any
Subsidiary or any other entity.

          (b) All of the outstanding shares of capital stock of each of the
Subsidiaries are beneficially owned by the Company, directly or indirectly, and
all such shares have been validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable
and are owned by either the Company or one of its Subsidiaries free and clear of
all liens, charges, security interests, options, claims, mortgages, pledges, or
other encumbrances and restrictions of any nature whatsoever ("Encumbrances").
                                                               ------------   

          (c) There are no voting trusts or other agreements or understandings
to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party with respect to the
voting of the capital stock of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries.

                                       21
<PAGE>
 
          Section 3.3  Authorization; Validity of Agreement; Company Action.
                       ---------------------------------------------------- 

          (a) The Company has full corporate power and authority to execute and
deliver this Agreement, the Option Agreement and to consummate the Transactions.
The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement and the
Option Agreement, and the consummation by it of the Transactions, have been duly
and validly authorized by its Board of Directors and, no other corporate action
on the part of the Company is necessary (other than, with respect to the Merger,
the approval and adoption of the Merger and this Agreement by holders of the
Shares to the extent required by the Company's articles of incorporation and by
applicable law) to authorize the execution and delivery by the Company of this
Agreement and the Option Agreement, and the consummation by it of the
Transactions contemplated hereby.  Each of this Agreement and the Option
Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Company and, assuming due
and valid authorization, execution and delivery hereof by Parent and the
Purchaser, is a valid and binding obligation of the Company enforceable against
the Company in accordance with its terms except that (i) such enforcement may be
subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws, now or
hereafter in effect, affecting creditors' rights generally, and (ii) the remedy
of specific performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief may
be subject to equitable defenses and to the discretion of the court before which
any proceedings therefor may be brought.

          Section 3.4  Consents and Approvals; No Violations.  Except as set
                       -------------------------------------                
forth in Section 3.4 of the Company Disclosure Schedule, none of the execution,
delivery or performance of this Agreement by the Company, the consummation by
the Company of the Transactions or compliance by the Company with any of the
provisions hereof will (i) conflict with or result in any breach of any
provision of the Articles of Incorporation, the By-laws or similar
organizational documents of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, state
securities laws or blue sky laws and the GCL, (ii) require any filing by the
Company with, or permit, authorization, consent or approval of, any court,
arbitral tribunal, administrative agency or commission or other governmental or
other regulatory authority or agency, foreign or domestic (a "Governmental
                                                              ------------
Entity") (except for (A) compliance with any applicable requirements of the
- ------                                                                     
Exchange Act, (B) the filing of an agreement of merger together with an
officer's certificate of the Company and the Purchaser pursuant to the GCL, (C)
filings, permits, authorizations, consents and approvals as may be required
under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended (the
"HSR Act"), (D) the filing with the SEC and the Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc. of (1)
 -------                                                                        
the Schedule 14D-9, (2) a proxy statement relating to shareholder approval, if
such 

                                       22
<PAGE>
 
approval is required by law and (3) such reports under Section 13(a) of the
Exchange Act as may be required in connection with this Agreement and the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement or (E) such filings and approvals as
may be required by any applicable state securities, "blue sky" or takeover
laws), (iii) result in a violation or breach of, or constitute (with or without
due notice or lapse of time or both) a default (or give rise to any right of
termination, amendment, cancellation or acceleration) under, any of the terms,
conditions or provisions of any note, bond, mortgage, indenture, lease, license,
contract, agreement or other instrument or obligation to which the Company or
any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which any of them or any of their
properties or assets may be bound (the "Company Agreements") or (iv) violate any
                                        ------------------                      
order, writ, injunction, decree, statute, rule or regulation applicable to the
Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their properties or assets, except in
the case of clause (ii), (iii) or (iv) where failure to obtain such permits,
authorizations, consents or approvals or to make such filings, or where such
violations, breaches or defaults which would not, individually or in the
aggregate, have a Company Material Adverse Effect.

          Section 3.5  SEC Reports and Financial Statements.  The Company has
                       ------------------------------------                  
filed with the SEC all forms, reports, schedules, statements and other documents
required to be filed by it since December 31, 1995 under the Exchange Act or the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act") (as such documents
                                         --------------                     
have been amended since the time of their filing, collectively, the "Company SEC
                                                                     -----------
Documents").  As of their respective dates, or if amended, as of the date of the
- ---------                                                                       
last such amendment, the Company SEC Documents (a) did not contain any untrue
statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be
stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements made therein, in
light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading and (b)
complied in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the
Exchange Act and the Securities Act, as the case may be, and the applicable
rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder.  None of the Company's Subsidiaries
is required to file any forms, reports or other documents with the SEC.  The
financial statements included in the Company SEC Documents and the Company's
condensed consolidated statement of income for the year ended and condensed
consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 1997 (the "December 1997 Financial
                                                      -----------------------
Statements") (other than for the absence of footnotes, in the case of the
- ----------                                                               
December 1997 Financial Statements and interim financial statements)
(collectively, the "Financial Statements") (i) have been prepared from and are
                    --------------------                                      
in accordance with, the books and records of the Company and its consolidated
Subsidiaries, (ii) comply in all material respects with applicable accounting
requirements and with the published rules and regulations of the SEC 

                                       23
<PAGE>
 
with respect thereto, (iii) have been prepared in accordance with United States
generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") applied on a consistent basis
                                           ----                                
during the periods involved (except as may be indicated in the notes thereto and
except, in the case of the unaudited interim statements, as may be permitted
under Form 10-Q of the Exchange Act) and (iv) fairly present the consolidated
financial position and the consolidated results of operations and cash flows
(subject, in the case of unaudited interim financial statements, to normal year-
end adjustments) of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of the
times and for the periods referred to therein.  A true, correct and complete
(other than the absence of footnotes) copy of the December 1997 Financial
Statements has been previously provided to Parent.  The audited consolidated
financial statements of the Company for the year ended December 31, 1997 will
not be inconsistent with the December 1997 Financial Statements in any material
respect which is adverse.

          Section 3.6  Absence of Certain Changes.  Except as contemplated by
                       --------------------------                            
this Agreement and except as set forth in Section 3.6 of the Company Disclosure
Schedule or in the Company SEC Documents filed prior to the date hereof, since
December 31, 1997, the Company and its Subsidiaries have conducted their
respective businesses only in the ordinary and usual course.  From December 31,
1997 through the date of this Agreement, there has not occurred (i) any event,
change or effect (including the incurrence of any liabilities of any nature,
whether or not accrued, contingent or otherwise) having, individually or in the
aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect, or (ii) any declaration, setting
aside or payment of any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, stock
or property) with respect to the equity to the equity interests of the Company
or any of its Subsidiaries in accounting principles or methods, except insofar
as may be required by a change GAAP.  Since December 31, 1997 neither the
Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has taken any of the actions prohibited by
Section 5.2 hereof.

          Section 3.7  No Undisclosed Liabilities.  Except (a) as recognized
                       --------------------------                           
or disclosed in the Financial Statements or the Company SEC Reports and (b) for
liabilities and obligations (i) incurred in the ordinary course of business
December 31, 1997, (ii) pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or (iii) as
disclosed in Section 3.7 of the Company Disclosure Schedule, (iv) as disclosed
in Section 3.8 of the Company Disclosure Schedule, or (v) as would not have a
Company Material Adverse Effect, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries
has incurred any liabilities or obligations of any nature, whether or not
accrued, contingent or otherwise required by GAAP to be recognized or disclosed
on a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries or in the
notes thereto.  Section 3.7 of the 

                                       24
<PAGE>
 
Company Disclosure Schedule sets forth the amount of principal and unpaid
interest outstanding under each instrument evidencing any material amount of
indebtedness for borrowed money of the Company and its Subsidiaries which will
accelerate or become due or result in a right of redemption or repurchase on the
part of the holder of such indebtedness (with or without due notice or lapse of
time) as a result of this Agreement, the Merger or the other transactions
contemplated hereby or thereby.

          Section 3.8  Litigation.  Except as set forth in Section 3.8 of the
                       ----------                                            
Company Disclosure Schedule or in the Company SEC Documents, as of the date
hereof, there is no suit, claim, action, proceeding, including, without
limitation, arbitration proceeding or alternative dispute resolution proceeding,
or investigation pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened against
or affecting, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries before any Governmental
Entity as to which there is a reasonable possibility of an adverse determination
and that, either individually or in the aggregate, if adversely determined,
would have a Company Material Adverse Effect.

          Section 3.9  Employee Benefit Plans; ERISA.
                       ----------------------------- 

          (a) Except as disclosed in the Company SEC Documents, since the
audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 1996 until the date
hereof, there has not been any adoption or amendment (or an agreement to adopt
or amend) in any material respect by the Company or any of its subsidiaries of
any material employment or collective bargaining agreement or any bonus,
pension, profit sharing, deferred compensation, incentive compensation, stock
ownership, stock purchase, stock option, phantom stock, stock appreciation right
or other stock-based incentive, retirement, vacation, severance, change in
control or termination pay, disability, death benefit, hospitalization, medical
or other insurance or any other plan, program, agreement, arrangement or
understanding (whether or not legally binding) providing benefits to any current
or former employee, officer or director of the Company or any Subsidiary
(collectively, the "Benefit Plans").  Except as disclosed in the Company SEC
                    -------------                                           
Documents or in Section 3.9(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, there exist,
as of the date hereof, no material employment, severance, termination or
indemnification agreements, arrangements or understandings between the Company
or any of its Subsidiaries, and any current or former employee, officer or
director of the Company.

          (b) Section 3.9(b) of the Company Disclosure Schedule contains a list
and brief description of all "employee pension benefit plans" (as defined in

                                       25
<PAGE>
 
Section 3(2) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended
("ERISA")) (sometimes referred to herein as "Pension Plans"), "employee welfare
  -----                                      -------------                     
benefit plans" (as defined in Section 3(1) of ERISA) and all other material
Benefit Plans sponsored, maintained, contributed to or required to be
contributed to, by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any person or
entity that, together with the Company and its Subsidiaries, is treated as a
single employer under Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code") (the Company and each such other person or
                               ----                                             
entity, a "Commonly Controlled Entity") for the benefit of any current or former
           --------------------------                                           
employees, officers or directors of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.  The
Company has made available to Parent true, complete and correct copies of (1)
each Benefit Plan (or, in the case of any unwritten Benefit Plans, descriptions
thereof), (2) the most recent annual report on Form 5500 filed with the Internal
Revenue Service with respect to each Benefit Plan (if any such report was
required), (3) the most recent summary plan description for each Benefit Plan
for which such summary plan description is required (together with all Summaries
of Material Modification issued with respect thereto), (4) each trust agreement
and group annuity contract relating to any Benefit Plan and (5) all material
contracts and employee communications relating to each Benefit Plan.  Each
Benefit Plan has been administered materially in accordance with its terms.  The
Company, each of its Subsidiaries and all the Benefit Plans are all in material
compliance with applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other applicable
laws.

          (c) All Pension Plans have been the subject of determination, opinion,
notification or advisory letters from the Internal Revenue Service to the effect
that such Pension Plans are qualified and exempt from Federal income taxes under
Sections 401(a) and 501(a), respectively, of the Code, a true, complete and
correct copy of each such determination letter has been made available to
Parent, and no such determination, opinion, notification or advisory letter has
been revoked nor has any event occurred since the date of the most recent
determination letter or application therefor for each Pension Plan that would
adversely affect its qualification or materially increase its costs.

          (d) Neither the Company, nor any of its Subsidiaries, nor any Commonly
Controlled Entity has at any time maintained, contributed or been obligated to
contribute to any Benefit Plan that is subject to Title IV of ERISA, including
without limitation any "multiemployer plan" (as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of
ERISA).

                                       26
<PAGE>
 
          (e) Except as set forth in Section 3.9(e) of the Company Disclosure
Schedule, no employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries will be entitled
to any additional compensation or benefits or any acceleration of the time of
payment or vesting or any other enhancement of any compensation or benefits
under any Benefit Plan as a result of the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement.

          (f) The deduction of any amount payable pursuant to the terms of the
Benefit Plans will not be subject to disallowance under Section 162(m) of the
Code.

          (g) No amount that could be received (whether in cash or property or
the vesting of property) by any employee, officer or director of the Company or
any of its Subsidiaries under any employment, severance or termination
agreement, other compensation arrangement or other Benefit Plan currently in
effect would be an "excess parachute payment" (as such term is defined in
Section 28OG(b)(1) of the Code).  No such person is entitled to receive any
additional payment from the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, the Surviving
Corporation or any other person (a "Parachute Gross-Up Payment") in the event
                                    --------------------------               
that the excise tax of Section 4999(a) of the Code is imposed on such person.
The Board of Directors of the Company has not granted to any officer, director
or employee of the Company any right to receive any Parachute Gross-Up Payment.

          (h) No Benefit Plan provides benefits, including without limitation
death or medical benefits (whether or not insured), with respect to current or
former employees of the Company, its Subsidiaries or any Commonly Controlled
Entity after retirement or other termination of service, other than (i) coverage
mandated by applicable law, (ii) death benefits or retirement benefits under any
Pension Plan, (iii) deferred compensation benefits accrued as liabilities on the
books of the Company, the Subsidiary or any Commonly Controlled Entity, (iv)
benefits, the full cost of which is borne by the current or former employee,
officer or director (or his beneficiary), except in the event that a separation
or severance plan program or arrangement provides otherwise, (v) life insurance
benefits for which the employee dies while in service with the Company, or (vi)
any employee stock options which may be exercised after termination of
employment.

          (i) There are no pending or, to the Company's knowledge, threatened or
anticipated claims by or on behalf of any Benefit Plan, by any employee or
beneficiary under any Benefit Plan or otherwise involving any Benefit Plan
(other than routine claims for benefits).

                                       27
<PAGE>
 
          (j) Neither the Company, the Subsidiary, any Commonly Controlled
Entity, any of the Benefit Plans, any trust created thereunder nor any trustee
or administrator thereof has engaged in a transaction or has taken or failed to
take any action in connection with which any such person or entity or any party
dealing with the Benefit Plans or any such trust could be subject to either a
civil penalty assessed pursuant to section 409 or 502(i) or ERISA or a tax
imposed pursuant to section 4975, 4976, or 4980B of the Code.

          Section 3.10  Taxes.
                        ----- 

          (a) Except as set forth in Section 3.10 of the Company Disclosure
Schedule:

               (i)  the Company and its Subsidiaries (x) have duly filed (or
     there have been filed on their behalf) with the appropriate Tax Authorities
     (as hereinafter defined) all material Tax Returns (as hereinafter defined)
     required to be filed by them, and, to the knowledge and belief of the
     Company, such Tax Returns are true, correct and complete in all material
     respects, and (y) duly paid in full (or there has been paid on their
     behalf), or have established reserves (in accordance with GAAP) as
     reflected on the Financial Statements, all material Taxes (as hereinafter
     defined) that are due and payable;

               (ii)  there are no material liens for Taxes upon any property or
     assets of the Company or any Subsidiary thereof, except for liens for Taxes
     not yet due or for which adequate reserves have been established in
     accordance with GAAP;

               (iii)  as of the date hereof, no material Federal, state, local
     or foreign Audits are pending with regard to any material Taxes or material
     Tax Returns of the Company or its Subsidiaries and to the best knowledge of
     the Company and its Subsidiaries no such Audit is threatened;

               (iv)  the United States federal income Tax Returns of the Company
     and its Subsidiaries have been examined by the applicable Tax Authorities
     (or the applicable statutes of limitation for the assessment of Taxes for
     such periods have expired) for all periods through and including December
     31, 1993, and as of the date hereof no material adjustments have been
     asserted as a result of such examinations which have not been (I) 

                                       28
<PAGE>
 
     resolved and fully paid, or (II) reserved on the Financial Statements in
     accordance with GAAP;

          (b) "Audit" means any audit, assessment, or other examination relating
               -----                                                            
to Taxes by any Tax Authority or any judicial or administrative proceedings
relating to Taxes.  "Tax" or "Taxes" means all Federal, state, local, and
                     ---      -----                                      
foreign taxes, and other assessments of a similar nature (whether imposed
directly or through withholding), including any interest, additions to tax, or
penalties applicable thereto, imposed by any Tax Authority.  "Tax Authority"
                                                              ------------- 
means the Internal Revenue Service and any other domestic or foreign
governmental authority responsible for the administration of any Taxes.  "Tax
                                                                          ---
Returns" mean all Federal, state, local and foreign tax returns, declarations,
- -------                                                                       
statements, reports, schedules, forms, and information returns and any
amendments thereto.

          Section 3.11  Contracts.  Each Company Agreement is valid, binding
                        ---------                      
and enforceable and in full force and effect, except where failure to be valid,
binding and enforceable and in full force and effect would not have a Company
Material Adverse Effect, and there are no defaults thereunder, except those
defaults that would not have a Company Material Adverse Effect.  Section 3.11 of
the Company Disclosure Schedule sets forth a true and complete list of (i) all
material Company Agreements (defined as any agreement required to be filed as an
Exhibit to an Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company pursuant to Item
601(b)(10) of Regulation S-K) entered into by the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries since December 31, 1996 and all amendments to any Company
Agreements included as an exhibit to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K
for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996 and (ii) all non-competition
agreements imposing restrictions on the ability of the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries to conduct business in any jurisdiction or territory.

          Section 3.12  Real Property.
                        ------------- 

          (a) Section 3.12 of the Company Disclosure Schedule sets forth a
complete list of all real property owned by the Company or its Subsidiaries (the
"Real Property").  Except as set forth in Section 3.12 of the Company Disclosure
 -------------                                                                  
Schedule, the Company or its Subsidiaries has good and marketable title to the
Real Property, free and clear of all Encumbrances.  Copies of (i) all deeds,
title insurance policies and surveys of the Real Property and (ii) all documents
evidencing all Encumbrances upon the Real Property have been furnished to
Parent.  Except as disclosed in Section 3.12 of the Company Disclosure Schedule,
the Company is not a 

                                       29
<PAGE>
 
party to any lease, assignment or similar arrangement under which the Company is
a lessor, assignor or otherwise makes available for use by any third party any
portion of the Real Property.

          (b) The Company has not received any notice of or other writing
referring to any requirements or recommendations by any insurance company that
has issued a policy covering any part of the Real Property or by any board of
fire underwriters or other body exercising similar functions, requiring or
recommending any repairs or work to be done on any part of the Real Property.
The plumbing, electrical, heating, air conditioning, ventilating and all other
structural or material mechanical systems in the buildings upon the Real
Property are in good working order and working condition, so as to be adequate
for the operation of the business of the Company as heretofore conducted, and
the roof, basement and foundation walls of all buildings on the Real Property
are free of leaks and other material defects, except for any matter otherwise
covered by this sentence which does not have, individually or in the aggregate,
a Company Material Adverse Effect.

          (c) The Company has obtained all appropriate licenses, permits,
easements and rights of way, including proofs of dedication, required to use and
operate the Real Property in the manner in which the Real Property is currently
being used and operated, except for such licenses, permits or rights of way the
failure of which to have obtained does not have, individually or in the
aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect.

          (d) The Company has not received notification that the Company is in
violation of any applicable building, zoning, anti-pollution, health or other
law, ordinance or regulation in respect of the Real Property or structures or
their operations thereon and no such violation exists.

          Section 3.13  Intellectual Property.  Other than as would not have a
                        ---------------------                                 
Company Material Adverse Effect, the Company and its Subsidiaries own free and
clear of all liens and encumbrances, or are validly licensed or otherwise have
the right to use, all trademarks, trade secrets, trademark rights, trade names,
trade name rights, service marks, service mark rights, and copyrights, and to
the Company's knowledge, all patents and patent applications, and other
proprietary intellectual property rights which are used in the conduct of the
business of the Company and its Subsidiaries either individually or taken as a
whole (collectively, "Intellectual Property Rights").  Except as would not have
                      ----------------------------                             
a Company Material Adverse Effect, to the knowledge of the Company, all patents,
copyrights, and trademarks, and all 

                                       30
<PAGE>
 
registrations and applications relating thereto (i) have been duly maintained
(including the proper, sufficient and timely submission of all necessary filings
and fees), (ii) have not lapsed, expired or been abandoned, and (iii) are not
the subject of any opposition, interference, cancellation or other proceeding
before any governmental registration or other authority in any jurisdiction.
Except as would not have Company Material Adverse Effect, (x) the Company will
continue to own or be licensed to the Intellectual Property Rights after
consummation of the Offer and the Merger (consistent with their ownership and
license rights prior to said consummation) and (y) the consummation of the Offer
and Merger will not result in the material breach of any license, sublicense or
other agreement relating to the Intellectual Property Rights. Except as would
not have Company Material Adverse Effect, to the knowledge of the Company, no
claim, suit, action or proceeding involving any infringement of, or conflict
with, any intellectual property rights of any third party has been made or
asserted against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in respect of the
operation of the Company's or any Subsidiary's business, nor is there any basis
for such. Except as would not have Company Material Adverse Effect, to the
knowledge of the Company, no person is infringing, or taking any action in
conflict with, the rights of the Company or any Subsidiary with respect to any
Intellectual Property Right. Except as would not have a Company Material Adverse
Effect, to the knowledge of the Company, neither the Company nor any Subsidiary
has licensed, or otherwise granted, to any third party, any rights in or to any
material Intellectual Property Rights other than in the ordinary course of the
Company's business of licensing applications software to resellers and end-
users.

          Except where such disclosure would not have a Company Material Adverse
Effect, no trade secret, know-how or other confidential information relating to
the Company or its Subsidiaries has been disclosed or authorized to be disclosed
to any third party, other than pursuant to a standard non-disclosure agreement.

          Section 3.14  Labor Matters.   The Company and each of its
                        -------------                               
Subsidiaries has good labor relations and there are no controversies pending, or
to the knowledge of the Company, threatened between the Company and any of its
Subsidiaries and any of their respective employees, which failure to have good
labor relations or controversies would have, individually or in the aggregate, a
Company Material Adverse Effect.  There are no collective bargaining or other
labor union agreements to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a
party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound.  Since
December 31, 1996, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has
encountered any labor union organizing 

                                       31
<PAGE>
 
activity, nor had any actual or threatened employee strikes, work stoppages,
slowdowns or lockouts.

          Section 3.15  Compliance with Laws. The Company and its Subsidiaries
                        --------------------
have complied in a timely manner and in all material respects with all laws,
rules and regulations, ordinances, judgments, decrees, orders, writs and
injunctions of all United States federal, state, local, foreign governments and
agencies thereof which affect the business, properties or assets of the Company
and its Subsidiaries, except for instances of possible noncompliance that
individually or in the aggregate would not have Company material Adverse Effect,
and no notice, charge, claim, action or assertion has been received by the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries or has been filed, commenced or, to the
Company's knowledge, threatened against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries
alleging any violation of any of the foregoing, except for instances of possible
noncompliance that individually or in the aggregate would not have Company
Material Adverse Effect. All licenses, permits and approvals required under such
laws, rules and regulations are in full force and effect except where the
failure to be in full force and effect would not have a Company Material Adverse
Effect.

          Section 3.16  Environmental Matters.  Except as set forth in Section
                        ---------------------                                 
3.16 of the Company Disclosure Schedule, (a) the Company and its Subsidiaries
are in compliance in all material respects with federal, state, local and
foreign laws and regulations relating to pollution or protection or preservation
of human health or the environment, including, without limitation, laws and
regulations relating to emissions, discharges, releases or threatened releases
of toxic or hazardous substances or hazardous waste, petroleum and petroleum
products, asbestos or asbestos-containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls,
radon, or lead or lead-based paints or materials ("Materials of Environmental
                                                   --------------------------
Concern"), or otherwise relating to the generation, storage, containment
- -------                                                                 
(whether above ground or underground), disposal, transport or handling of
Materials of Environmental Concern, or the preservation of the environment or
mitigation of  adverse effects thereon (collectively, "Environmental Laws"), and
                                                       ------------------       
including, but not limited to, compliance with any permits or other governmental
authorizations or the terms and conditions thereof, except where noncompliance
is not reasonably likely to have a Company Material Adverse Effect; (b) neither
the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has received any communication or
notice, whether from a governmental authority or otherwise, alleging any
violation of or noncompliance with any Environmental Laws by any of the Company
or its Subsidiaries or for which the any of them is responsible, and there is no
pending or, to the Company's knowledge, no threatened claim, action,
investigation or notice by any 

                                       32
<PAGE>
 
person or entity alleging potential liability for investigatory, cleanup or
governmental response costs, or natural resources or property damages, or
personal injuries, attorney's fees or penalties relating to (i) the presence, or
release into the environment, of any Materials of Environmental Concern at any
location owned or operated by the Company or its Subsidiaries, now or in the
past, or (ii) any violation, or alleged violation, of any Environmental Law
(collectively, "Environmental Claims"), except where such notices,
                --------------------
communications or Environmental Claims would not have a Company Material Adverse
Effect; and (c) to the Company's knowledge, there are no past or present facts
or circumstances that are reasonably likely to form the basis of any
Environmental Claim against the Company or its Subsidiaries or against any
person or entity whose liability for any Environmental Claim the Company or its
Subsidiaries have retained or assumed either contractually or by operation of
law, except where such Environmental Claim, if made, would not have a Company
Material Adverse Effect.

          Section 3.17  Product Warranties.  Except as described in Section
                        ------------------                                 
3.17 of the Company Disclosure Schedule, all products are sold or licensed by
the Company pursuant to terms that provide (i) the Company's disclaimer of all
warranties, express or implied, including those of merchantability and fitness
for a particular purpose; (ii) the Company's disclaimer of all consequential
damages arising from the use or possession of the product, regardless of whether
such liability is based in tort, contract or otherwise; and (iii) language
stating that if the foregoing disclaimers are held to be unenforceable, the
Company's maximum liability shall not exceed the amount of money(ies) paid for
such product(s), except, in each case, where the failure so to provide would not
have a Company Material Adverse Effect.

          Section 3.18  Information in Proxy Statement. The Proxy Statement,
                        ------------------------------                      
if any (or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto), at the date mailed to
Company shareholders and at the time of the meeting of Company shareholders to
be held in connection with the Merger, will not contain any untrue statement of
a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein
or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the
circumstances under which they are made, not misleading, except that no
representation is made by the Company with respect to statements made therein
based on information supplied in writing by Parent or the Purchaser expressly
for inclusion in the Proxy Statement.  The Proxy Statement will comply in all
material respects with the provisions of the Exchange Act and the rules and
regulations thereunder.

                                       33
<PAGE>
 
          Section 3.19  Related Party Transactions.  Except as set forth in
                        --------------------------                         
the Company SEC Documents or on Schedule 3.19 hereto, no director, officer, or
"affiliate" (as such term is defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act) of
the Company (i) has outstanding any indebtedness or other similar obligations to
the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, other than ordinary course of business
travel advances or (ii) other than employment related benefits agreements
contemplated by or disclosed in this Agreement, is a party to any legally
binding contract, commitment or obligation to, from or with the Company or any
Subsidiary of the Company.

          Section 3.20  Opinion of Financial Advisor.  The Company has
                        ----------------------------                  
received the written opinion of UBS, dated the date hereof, to the effect that,
as of such date, the consideration to be received in the Offer and the Merger by
the Company's shareholders is fair to the Company's shareholders from a
financial point of view, a copy of which opinion has been delivered to Parent
and the Purchaser.

          Section 3.21  Insurance.  The Company and each of its Subsidiaries
                        ---------                                           
have policies of insurance and bonds of the type and in amounts customarily
carried by persons conducting businesses or owning assets similar to those of
the Company and its Subsidiaries.  Except as disclosed in Section 3.21 of the
Company Disclosure Schedule, there is no material claim pending under any of
such policies or bonds as to which coverage has been questioned, denied or
disputed by the underwriters of such policies or bonds.  All premiums due and
payable under all such policies and bonds have been paid and the Company and its
Subsidiaries, to the knowledge of the Company, are otherwise in compliance in
all material respects with the terms of such policies and bonds.  The Company
has no knowledge of any threatened termination of, or material premium increase
with respect to, any of such policies.  This Section 3.21 shall not apply to any
insurance providing for employee benefits.

          Section 3.22  State Takeover Statutes; Required Vote.  Except for
                        --------------------------------------             
Section 1101 of the GCL, no California takeover statute or similar statute
applies or purports to apply to the Offer or the Merger, or to this Agreement,
the Option Agreement or the Shareholder Agreements or the transactions
contemplated hereby or thereby.  Subject to Section 1101 of GCL, in the event
the Shareholders' Meeting is required to approve the Merger and the adoption of
this Agreement the approval by the holders of a majority of the outstanding
Shares is the only vote required to approve the Merger and the adoption of this
Agreement.

          Section 3.23  Brokers.  No brokers, investment bankers, financial
                        -------                                            
advisors or other persons, the fees and expenses of which will be paid by
Company, 

                                       34
<PAGE>
 
are or will be entitled in the aggregate to any broker's, finder's, financial
advisor's or other similar fee or commission in connection with the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement based upon arrangements made by or on behalf of
the Company other than amounts not in excess of the amount contemplated by the
engagement and related fee letter between the Company and UBS, true, correct and
complete copies of which have been delivered to Parent.

          Section 3.24  Full Disclosure.  To the knowledge of the Company, the
                        ---------------                                       
representations and warranties by the Company in this Agreement and the
documents referred to herein (including the Schedules and Exhibits hereto),
taken together with all the other information provided to the Parent or its
counsel in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, do not contain
any untrue statements of a material fact or omit to state any material fact
necessary, in order to make the statements made herein or therein, in light of
the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.


                                  ARTICLE IV

                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
                          OF PARENT AND THE PURCHASER

          Parent and the Purchaser represent and warrant to the Company as
follows:

          Section 4.1   Organization.  Each of Parent and the Purchaser is a
                        ------------                                        
corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the
jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization and has all requisite
corporate power and authority and all necessary governmental approvals to own,
lease and operate its properties and to carry on its business as now being
conducted, except where the failure to be so organized and existing or to have
such power, authority, and governmental approvals would not, individually or in
the aggregate, impair in any material respect the ability of each of Parent and
the Purchaser to perform its obligations under this Agreement, as the case may
be, or prevent or materially delay the consummation of any of the Transactions.

          Section 4.2   Authorization; Validity of Agreement; Necessary Action.
                        ------------------------------------------------------  
Each of Parent and the Purchaser has full corporate power and authority to
execute and deliver this Agreement and to consummate the Transactions.  The
execution, 

                                       35
<PAGE>
 
delivery and performance by Parent and the Purchaser of this Agreement and the
consummation of the Merger and of the Transactions have been duly authorized by
the boards of directors of the Purchaser and Parent and by Parent and a wholly
owned Subsidiary of Parent as the sole shareholders of the Purchaser, and no
other corporate authority or approval on the part of Parent or the Purchaser is
necessary to authorize the execution and delivery by Parent and the Purchaser of
this Agreement and the consummation of the Transactions. This Agreement has been
duly executed and delivered by Parent and the Purchaser and, assuming due and
valid authorization, execution and delivery hereof by the Company, is a valid
and binding obligation of each of Parent and the Purchaser enforceable against
each of them in accordance with its terms, except that (i) such enforcement may
be subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws, now or
hereafter in effect, affecting creditors' rights generally, and (ii) the remedy
of specific performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief may
be subject to equitable defenses and to the discretion of the court before which
any proceeding therefor may be brought.

          Section 4.3   Consents and Approvals; No Violations.  None of the
                        -------------------------------------              
execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement by Parent or the Purchaser,
the consummation by Parent or the Purchaser of the Transactions or compliance by
Parent or the Purchaser with any of the provisions hereof will (i) conflict with
or result in any breach of any provision of the organizational documents of
Parent or the Certificate of Incorporation or By-Laws of the Purchaser, (ii)
require any filing by Parent or the Purchaser with, or permit, authorization,
consent or approval of, any Governmental Entity (except for (i) compliance with
any applicable requirements of the Exchange Act, (ii) the filing of an agreement
of merger together with an officer's certificate of the Company and the
Purchaser pursuant to the GCL, (iii) filings, permits, authorizations, consents
and approvals as may be required under, the HSR Act, (iv) the filing with the
SEC and the Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc. of (A) the Schedule 14D-1, (B) a proxy
statement relating to shareholder approval, if such approval is required by law
and (C) such reports under Section 13(a) as may be required in connection with
this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or (iv) such
filings and approvals as may be required by any applicable state securities,
"blue sky" or takeover laws),  (iii) result in a violation or breach of, or
constitute (with or without due notice or lapse of time or both) a default (or
give rise to any right of termination, cancellation or acceleration) under, any
of the terms, conditions or provisions of any note, bond, mortgage, indenture,
lease, license, contract, agreement or other instrument or obligation to which
Parent, or any of its Subsidiaries or the Purchaser is a party or by which any
of them or any of their respective properties or assets may be bound, or (iv)
violate any order, writ, injunc-

                                       36
<PAGE>
 
tion, decree, statute, rule or regulation applicable to Parent, any of its
Subsidiaries or any of their properties or assets, except in the case of clause
(ii), (iii) or (iv) such violations, breaches or defaults which would not,
individually or in the aggregate, impair in any material respect the ability of
each of Parent and the Purchaser to perform its obligations under this
Agreement, as the case may be, or prevent the consummation of any the
Transactions.

          Section 4.4   Information in Proxy Statement. None of the information
                        ------------------------------                         
supplied by Parent or the Purchaser in writing expressly for inclusion or
incorporation by reference in the Proxy Statement (or any amendment thereof or
supplement thereto) will, at the date mailed to shareholders and at the time of
the meeting of shareholders to be held in connection with the Merger, contain
any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact
required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements made
therein, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not
misleading.

          Section 4.5   Interim Operations of the Purchaser.  The Purchaser was
                        -----------------------------------                    
formed solely for the purpose of engaging in the Transactions, has engaged in no
other business activities other than in connection with the Transaction as
contemplated hereby.

          Section 4.6   Brokers.  No broker, investment banker, financial
                        -------                                          
advisor or other person, other than BT Alex.Brown and J Henry Schroder & Company
Limited, the fees and expenses of which will be paid by Parent, is entitled to
any broker's, finder's, financial advisor's or other similar fee or commission
in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement based upon
arrangements made by or on behalf of Parent or Purchaser.

          Section 4.7   Financing.  Purchaser has, or will have available to it
                        ---------                                              
upon the consummation of the Offer, sufficient funds to consummate the
Transactions , including payment in full for all Shares validly tendered into
the Offer or outstanding at the Effective Time.  Parent and the Purchaser have
received, and have furnished to the Company, true and complete copies of (i) the
Vendor Placing Agreement, dated January 27, 1998, between Parent and J. Henry
Schroder & Co. Limited and (ii) the Facilities Agreement, dated January 27,
1998, among Parent, the Purchaser, the Banks and Financial Institutions named in
Schedule 1 thereto, Lloyds Bank plc Capital Markets Group, as arranger, and
Lloyds Bank plc Capital Markets Group as agent (collectively, the "Financing
                                                                   ---------
Documents") with respect to the financing of the acquisition of the Shares in
- ---------                                                                    
the Offer and the Merger (the "Financ-
                               ------

                                       37
<PAGE>
 
ing"). The aggregate proceeds of the Financing, together with internal corporate
- ---
funds of Parent or the Purchaser, are sufficient to acquire all of the Shares in
the Offer and the Merger and to pay anticipated expenses in connection
therewith. The Financing Documents are valid, binding and enforceable in
accordance with their terms and have not been revoked as of the date hereof.
Nothing has come to the attention of Parent or the Purchaser which would cause
either Parent or the Purchaser to believe that the proceeds of the Financing
will not be available to them by the Initial Expiration Date. Parent will not
enter into any amendments or supplements to the Financing Documents that would
materially reduce the likelihood of obtaining the Financing or any other
commitments and agreements from third parties to provide financing to Parent or
to the Purchaser without the prior written consent of the Company, which will
not be unreasonably withheld.

          Section 4.8   Share Ownership.  Neither Parent nor the Purchaser are
                        ---------------                                       
the beneficial owner of any shares of capital stock of the Company.

                                   ARTICLE V

                    CONDUCT OF BUSINESS PENDING THE MERGER

          Section 5.1   Acquisition Proposals.  The Company will notify the
                        ---------------------                              
Purchaser promptly if any proposals are received by, any information is
requested from, or any negotiations or discussions are sought to be initiated or
continued with the Company or its officers, directors, employees, investment
bankers, attorneys, accountants or other agents, in each case in connection with
any Acquisition Proposal (as hereinafter defined) or the possibility or
consideration of making an Acquisition Proposal ("Acquisition Proposal
                                                  --------------------
Interest") indicating, in connection with such notice, the name of the Person
- --------
indicating such Acquisition Proposal Interest and the material terms and
conditions of any proposals or offers.  The Company agrees that it will
immediately cease and cause to be terminated any existing activities,
discussions or negotiations with any parties conducted heretofore with respect
to any Acquisition Proposal Interest.  The Company agrees that it shall keep
Parent informed, on a current basis, of the status and terms of any Acquisition
Proposal Interest.   As used in this Agreement, "Acquisition Proposal" shall
                                                 --------------------       
mean any tender or exchange offer involving the Company, any proposal for a
merger, consolidation or other business combination involving the Company, any
proposal or offer to acquire in any manner a substantial equity interest in, or
a substantial portion of the business or assets of, the Company (other than
immaterial or insubstantial assets or inventory in the ordinary course of
business or assets held for sale), any proposal or 

                                       38
<PAGE>
 
offer with respect to any recapitalization or restructuring with respect to the
Company or any proposal or offer with respect to any other transaction similar
to any of the foregoing with respect to the Company other than pursuant to the
transactions to be effected pursuant to this Agreement.

          Section 5.2   Interim Operations of the Company. The Company covenants
                        ---------------------------------
and agrees that, except (i) as expressly contemplated by this Agreement or the
Option Agreement, (ii) as set forth in Section 5.2 of the Company Disclosure
Schedule, (iii) in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice
or (iv) as agreed in writing by Parent, after the date hereof, and prior to the
earlier of (x) the termination of this Agreement in accordance with Article VIII
hereof and (y) the time the designees of Parent have been elected to, and shall
constitute a majority of, the Board of Directors of the Company pursuant to
Section 1.3 hereof (the "Appointment Date"):
                         ----------------   

          (a) the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries shall be
conducted only in the ordinary course consistent with past practice and each of
the Company and its Subsidiaries shall use its commercially reasonable efforts
to preserve its present business organization intact and maintain its
satisfactory relations with customers, suppliers, employees, contractors,
distributors and others having business dealings with it;

          (b) the Company will not, directly or indirectly, (i) except upon
exercise of the Options or other rights to purchase shares of Common Stock
pursuant to the Stock Plans outstanding on the date hereof, issue, sell,
transfer or pledge or agree to sell, transfer or pledge any capital stock of any
of its Subsidiaries beneficially owned by it, (ii) amend its Articles of
Incorporation or By-laws or similar organizational documents; or (iii) split,
combine or reclassify the outstanding Shares or any outstanding capital stock of
the Company;

          (c) neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries shall:  (i)
declare, set aside or pay any dividend or other distribution payable in cash,
stock or property with respect to its capital stock; (ii) issue, sell, pledge,
dispose of or encumber any additional shares of, or securities convertible into
or exchangeable for, or options, warrants, calls, commitments or rights of any
kind to acquire, any shares of capital stock of any class of the Company or its
Subsidiaries, other than Shares reserved for issuance on the date hereof
pursuant to the exercise of the Options outstanding on the date hereof and
except with respect to any sales in accordance with the Stock Purchase Plan;
(iii) transfer, lease, license, sell, mortgage, pledge, 

                                       39
<PAGE>
 
dispose of, or encumber any of its material assets, or incur or modify any
material indebtedness or other liability, other than in the ordinary and usual
course of business and consistent with past practice; or (iv) redeem, purchase
or otherwise acquire any shares of any class or series of its capital stock, or
any instrument or security which consists of or includes a right to acquire such
shares except as permitted by Section 5.2(b) and other than in connection with
the exercise of options or rights under the Stock Plans and except with respect
to any sales in accordance with the Stock Purchase Plan;

          (d) neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries shall make any
change in the compensation payable or to become payable to any of its officers,
directors, employees, agents or consultants (other than general increases in
wages to employees who are not directors or affiliates in the ordinary course
consistent with past practice), or to persons providing management services,
enter into or amend any employment, severance, consulting, termination or other
agreement or employee benefit plan or make any loans to any of its officers,
directors, employees, affiliates, agents or consultants or make any change in
its existing borrowing or lending arrangements for or on behalf of any of such
persons pursuant to an employee benefit plan or otherwise;

          (e) neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries shall pay or make
any accrual or arrangement for payment of any pension, retirement allowance or
other employee benefit pursuant to any existing plan, agreement or arrangement
to any officer, director, employee or affiliate or pay or agree to pay or make
any accrual or arrangement for payment to any officers, directors, employees or
affiliates of the Company of any amount relating to unused vacation days, except
payments and accruals made in the ordinary course consistent with past practice;
adopt or pay, grant, issue, accelerate or accrue salary or other payments or
benefits pursuant to any pension, profit-sharing, bonus, extra compensation,
incentive, deferred compensation, stock purchase, stock option, stock
appreciation right, group insurance, severance pay, retirement or other employee
benefit plan, agreement or arrangement, or any employment or consulting
agreement with or for the benefit of any director, officer, employee, agent or
consultant, whether past or present; or amend in any material respect any such
existing plan, agreement or arrangement in a manner inconsistent with the
foregoing;

          (f) the Company shall not, in any material respect, modify, amend or
terminate any of the Company Agreements, and neither the Company nor 

                                       40
<PAGE>
 
any of its Subsidiaries shall waive, release or assign any material rights on
claims under any of the Company Agreements;

          (g) neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries will (i) incur or
assume any long-term debt or any short-term indebtedness; (ii) assume,
guarantee, endorse or otherwise become liable or responsible (whether directly,
contingently or otherwise) for the obligations of any other person; (iii) make
any loans, advances or capital contributions to, or investments in, any other
person; or (iv) enter into any material commitment or transaction (including,
but not limited to, any material borrowing, capital expenditure or purchase,
sale or lease of assets or real estate);

          (h) neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries will (i) change
any of the accounting methods used by it materially affecting its assets,
liabilities or business, except for such changes required by GAAP or (ii) make
any material Tax election or change any material Tax election already made,
enter into any closing agreement or settle any material Tax Audit;

          (i) neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries will pay,
discharge or satisfy any claims, liabilities or obligations (whether absolute,
accrued, contingent or otherwise), other than the payment, discharge or
satisfaction of any such claims, liabilities or obligations, in the ordinary
course of business and consistent with past practice, or of claims, liabilities
or obligations reflected or reserved against in, or contemplated by, the
consolidated financial statements (or the notes thereto) of the Company;

          (j) except as otherwise permitted pursuant to Section 5.3, neither the
Company nor any of its Subsidiaries will adopt a plan of complete or partial
liquidation, dissolution, merger, consolidation, restructuring, recapitalization
or other reorganization of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (other than
the Merger);

          (k) neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries will take, or
agree in writing or otherwise to take, any action that would or is reasonably
likely to result in any of the conditions to the Merger set forth in Article VII
or any of the conditions to the Offer set forth in Annex I not being satisfied,
or would make many representation or warranty of the Company contained herein
inaccurate in any material respect at, or as of any time prior to, the Effective
Time, or that would materially impair the ability of the Company to consummate
the Merger in accordance with the terms hereof or materially delay such
consummation; and

                                       41
<PAGE>
 
          (l) subject to the exceptions and qualifications set forth above,
neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries will enter into any written
agreement, contract, commitment or arrangement to do any of the foregoing, or
authorize, recommend, propose, in writing or announce an intention to do any of
the foregoing.

          Section 5.3   No Solicitation.
                        --------------- 

          (a) Except as provided in Section 5.3(b) below, the Company, from the
date of  this Agreement until the earlier of termination of this Agreement or
the Effective Time, will not nor shall it authorize or permit its officers,
directors, employees, investment bankers, attorneys, accountants and other
agents to (and, at the further request of Parent, will use reasonable efforts to
ensure that such persons do not) directly or indirectly (i) initiate, solicit or
knowingly encourage, or knowingly take any action to facilitate the making of,
any offer or proposal which constitutes or is reasonably likely to lead to any
Acquisition Proposal, (ii) enter into any agreement with respect to any
Acquisition Proposal, or (iii) in the event of an unsolicited Acquisition
Proposal for the Company engage in negotiations or discussions with, or provide
any information or data to, any Person (other than Parent, any of its affiliates
or representatives) relating to any Acquisition Proposal; provided, however,
                                                          --------  ------- 
that nothing contained in this Section 5.3 or any other provision hereof shall
prohibit the Company or the Company Board of Directors from (i) taking and
disclosing to the Company's shareholders its position with respect to tender or
exchange offer by a third party pursuant to Rules 14d-9 and 14e-2 promulgated
under the Exchange Act, (ii) making such disclosure to the Company's
shareholders as, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors, after
receipt of advice from outside legal counsel to the Company is necessary for the
Company Board of Directors to comply with its fiduciary duties to the Company's
shareholders under applicable law or (iii) otherwise complying with their
fiduciary duties to shareholders.

          (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to the acceptance of Shares
pursuant to the Offer, the Company may furnish information concerning its
business, properties or assets to any Person pursuant to a confidentiality
agreement with terms no less favorable to the Company than those contained in
the Confidentiality Agreement, dated January 14, 1998 entered into between
Parent and the Company (the "Confidentiality Agreement") and may negotiate and
                             -------------------------                        
participate in discussions and negotiations with such Person concerning an
Acquisition Proposal if (x) such entity or group has on an unsolicited basis
submitted a bona fide written proposal to the Company relating to any such
transaction which the Board of Directors deter-

                                       42
<PAGE>
 
mines in good faith, after receiving advice from a nationally recognized
investment banking firm, represents a superior transaction to the Offer and the
Merger which is not conditioned upon obtaining additional financing the
certainty of closing of which is less certain than the satisfaction of condition
set forth in paragraph (h) of Annex I and in Section 1.1(a) on conditions less
favorable to the Company than the Financing and (y) in the opinion of the
Company Board of Directors, only after receipt of advice from outside legal
counsel to the Company, the failure to provide such information or access or to
engage in such discussions or negotiations would cause the Board of Directors to
violate its fiduciary duties to the Company's shareholders under applicable law
(an Acquisition Proposal which satisfies clauses (x) and (y) being referred to
herein as a "Superior Proposal"). The Company shall promptly, and in any event
             -----------------
within one business day following receipt of a Superior Proposal, notify Parent
of the receipt of the same and prior to providing any such party with any
material non-public information. The Company shall promptly provide to Parent
any material non-public information regarding the Company provided to any other
party which was not previously provided to Parent.

          (c) Except as set forth herein, neither the Board of Directors of the
Company  nor any committee thereof shall (i) withdraw or modify, or propose to
withdraw or modify, in a manner adverse to Parent or the Purchaser, the approval
or recommendation by such Board of Directors or any such committee of the Offer,
this Agreement or the Merger, (ii) approve or recommend or propose to approve or
recommend, any Acquisition Proposal or (iii) enter into any agreement with
respect to any Acquisition Proposal.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to
the time of acceptance for payment of Shares in the Offer, the Board of
Directors of the Company may (subject to the terms of this and the following
sentence) withdraw or modify its approval or recommendation of the Offer, this
Agreement or the Merger, approve or recommend a Superior Proposal, or enter into
an agreement with respect to a Superior Proposal, in each case at any time after
the fifth business day following the Company's delivery to Parent of written
notice advising Parent that the Board of Directors has received a Superior
Proposal, specifying the material terms and conditions of such Superior Proposal
and identifying the person making such Superior Proposal; provided that the
Company shall not enter into an agreement with respect to a Superior Proposal
unless the Company also shall have furnished Parent with written notice that it
intends to enter into such agreement.

                                       43
<PAGE>
 
                                  ARTICLE VI

                             ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS

          Section 6.1   Proxy Statement.  As promptly as practicable after the
                        ---------------                                       
consummation of the Offer and if required by the Exchange Act, the Company shall
prepare and file with the SEC, and shall use all commercially reasonable efforts
to respond promptly to any comments made by the SEC, and promptly thereafter
shall mail to shareholders, the Proxy Statement.  In such event, the Proxy
Statement shall contain the recommendation of the Board of Directors in favor of
the Merger.

          Section 6.2   Meeting of Shareholders of the Company.  At the Special
                        --------------------------------------                 
Meeting, if any, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to
solicit from Shareholders of the Company proxies in favor of the Merger and
shall take all other action necessary or, in the reasonable opinion of the
Purchaser, advisable to secure any vote or consent of shareholders required by
the GCL to effect the Merger.  The Purchaser agrees that it shall vote, or cause
to be voted, in favor of the Merger all Shares directly or indirectly
beneficially owned by it.

          Section 6.3   Additional Agreements.  Subject to the terms and
                        ---------------------                           
conditions as herein provided, the Company, Parent and Purchaser will each
comply in all material respects with all applicable laws and with all applicable
rules and regulations of any governmental authority to achieve the satisfaction
of the Minimum Condition and all conditions set forth in Annex I attached hereto
and Article VII hereof, and to consummate and make effective the Merger and the
other transactions contemplated hereby.  Each of the parties hereto agrees to
use all commercially reasonable efforts to obtain in a timely manner all
necessary waivers, consents and approvals and to effect all necessary
registrations and filings, and to use all reasonable efforts to take, or cause
to be taken, all other actions and to do, or cause to be done, all other things
necessary, proper or advisable to consummate and make effective as promptly as
practicable the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.  In case at any
time after the Effective Time any further action is necessary or desirable to
carry out the purposes of this Agreement, the proper officers and directors of
the Company, Parent and the Purchaser shall use all reasonable efforts to take,
or cause to be taken, all such necessary actions.

          Section 6.4   Notification of Certain Matters.  The Company shall give
                        -------------------------------                         
prompt notice to the Purchaser and the Purchaser shall give prompt notice to the
Company, of (i) the occurrence, or non-occurrence of any event whose occurrence,
or 

                                       44
<PAGE>
 
non-occurrence would be likely to cause either (x) any representation or
warranty contained in this Agreement to be untrue or inaccurate in any material
respect at any time from the date hereof to the Effective Time or (y) any
condition set forth in Annex I to be unsatisfied in any material respect at any
time from the date hereof to the date the Purchaser purchases Shares pursuant to
the Offer (except to the extent it refers to a specific date) and (ii) any
material failure of the Company, the Purchaser or Parent, as the case may be, or
any officer, director, employee or agent thereof, to comply with or satisfy any
covenant, condition or agreement to be complied with or satisfied by it
hereunder; provided, however, that the delivery of any notice pursuant to this
           --------  -------                                                  
Section 6.4 shall not limit or otherwise affect the remedies available hereunder
to the party receiving such notice or the representations or warranties of the
parties or the conditions to the obligations of the parties hereto.

          Section 6.5   Access; Confidentiality.  From the date hereof to the
                        -----------------------                              
Effective Time, upon reasonable notice and subject to the terms of the
Confidentiality Agreement, the Company shall (and shall cause each of its
Subsidiaries to) afford to the officers, employees, accountants, counsel,
financing sources and other representatives of Parent, reasonable access, during
normal business hours during the period prior to the Appointment Date, to all
its properties, books, contracts, commitments and records and, during such
period, the Company shall (and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to), subject
to any limitations imposed by law with respect to records of employees, furnish
promptly to the Parent (a) a copy of each report, schedule, registration
statement and other document filed or received by it during such period pursuant
to the requirements of federal securities laws and (b) all other information
concerning its business, properties and personnel as Parent may reasonably
request.  Access shall include the right to conduct such environmental studies
and tests as Parent, in its reasonable discretion, shall deem appropriate,
subject to any limitations of, and within the rights to the Company, under the
Company's leases.  Prior to conducting any such studies and test, Parent shall
submit to Company the names of the persons conducting the evaluations, the scope
of the evaluations, and other material information concerning such studies for
the Company's approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
After the Appointment Date, the Company shall provide Parent and such persons as
Parent shall designate with all such information as is in Company's possession
or control and as Parent shall reasonably request, at such time as Parent shall
reasonably request.  Unless otherwise required by law or regulation (including
stock exchange rules) and until the Appointment Date, Parent and Purchaser will
hold any such information which is non-public in confidence in accordance with
the terms of the Confidentiality Agreement (except as may be required by law or
by any listing agreement with or by the listing rules of the London 

                                       45
<PAGE>
 
Stock Exchange) and, in the event this Agreement is terminated for any reason,
Parent shall promptly return or destroy such information in accordance with
paragraph (6) of the Confidentiality Agreement. No investigation pursuant to
this Section 6.6 shall affect any representation or warranty made by the parties
hereunder.

          Section 6.6   Consents and Approvals.
                        ---------------------- 

          (a) Each of Parent, the Purchaser and the Company will take all
reasonable actions necessary to comply promptly with all legal requirements
which may be imposed on it with respect to this Agreement and the Transactions
(which actions shall include, without limitation, furnishing all information
required under the HSR Act and in connection with approvals of or filings with
any other Governmental Entity) and will promptly cooperate with and, subject to
such confidentiality agreements as may be reasonably necessary or requested,
furnish information to each other or their counsel in connection with any such
requirements imposed upon any of them or any of their Subsidiaries in connection
with this Agreement and the Transactions.  Each of the Company, Parent and the
Purchaser will, and will cause its Subsidiaries to, take all reasonable actions
necessary to obtain (and will cooperate with each other in obtaining) any
consent, authorization, order or approval of, or any exemption by, any
Governmental Entity or other public or private third party required to be
obtained or made by Parent, the Purchaser, the Company or any of their
Subsidiaries in connection with the Transactions or the taking of any action
contemplated thereby or by this Agreement.

          (b) Each of the Company, the Purchaser and Parent shall take all
reasonable actions necessary to file as soon as practicable notifications under
the HSR Act, or under comparable merger notification laws of non-U.S.
jurisdictions and to respond as promptly as practicable to any inquiries
received from the Federal Trade Commission and the Antitrust Division of the
Department of Justice or the authorities of such other jurisdiction for
additional information or documentation and to respond as promptly as
practicable to all inquiries and requests received from any State Attorney
General or other Governmental Entity in connection with antitrust matters.

          Section 6.7   Publicity.  The initial press release with respect to
                        ---------                                            
the execution of this Agreement shall be a joint press release acceptable to
Parent and the Company.  Thereafter, so long as this Agreement is in effect,
neither the Company, Parent nor any of their respective affiliates shall issue
or cause the publication of any press release or other announcement with respect
to the Merger, this Agreement or the other Transactions without the prior
consultation of the other party, except as such

                                       46
<PAGE>
 
party believes, after receiving the advice of outside counsel, may be required
by law or by any listing agreement with or listing rules of a national
securities exchange or trading market or by the listing rules of The London
Stock Exchange (the "London Stock Exchange").
                     ---------------------

          Section 6.8   Directors' and Officers' Insurance and Indemnification.
                        ------------------------------------------------------ 

          (a) For six years after the Effective Time, the Surviving Corporation
(or any successor to the Surviving Corporation) shall indemnify, defend and hold
harmless the present and former officers and directors of the Company and its
Subsidiaries, and persons who become any of the foregoing prior to the Effective
Time (each an "Indemnified Party") against all losses, claims, damages,
               -----------------                                       
liabilities, costs, fees and expenses (including reasonable fees and
disbursements of counsel and judgments, fines, losses, claims, liabilities and
amounts paid in settlement (provided that any such settlement is effected with
the written consent of the Parent or the Surviving Corporation which consent
shall not unreasonably be withheld)) arising out of actions or omissions
occurring at or prior to the Effective Time to the full extent permissible under
applicable provisions of the GCL, the terms of the Company's Articles of
Incorporation or the By-laws, and under any agreements as in effect at the date
hereof (true and correct copies of which have been previously provided to
Parent); provided that, in the event any claim or claims are asserted or made
         -------- ----                                                       
within such six-year period, all rights to indemnification in respect of any
such claim or claims shall continue until disposition of any and all such
claims.

          (b) Parent or the Surviving Corporation shall maintain the Company's
existing officers' and directors' liability insurance ("D&O Insurance") for a
                                                        -------------        
period of not less than six years after the Effective Time; provided, that the
                                                            --------  ----    
Parent may substitute therefor policies of substantially equivalent coverage and
amounts containing terms no less favorable to such former directors or officers;
                                                                                
provided, further, if the existing D&O Insurance expires, is terminated or
- --------  -------                                                         
cancelled during such period, Parent or the Surviving Corporation will use all
reasonable efforts to obtain substantially similar D&O Insurance; provided,
                                                                  -------- 
further, however, that in no event shall Parent be required to pay aggregate
- -------  -------                                                            
premiums for insurance under this Section 6.8(b) in excess of 150% of the
average of the aggregate premiums paid by the Company in 1996 and 1997 on an
annualized basis for such purpose, as adjusted for any increase in the Consumer
Price Index following the date of this Agreement, (the "Average Premium"), which
                                                        ---------------         
true and correct amounts are set forth in Section 6.8(b) of the Company
Disclosure Schedule; and provided, further, that if the Parent or the Surviving
                         --------  -------                                     
Corporation is unable to obtain the amount of insurance required by this 

                                       47
<PAGE>
 
Section 6.8(b) for such aggregate premium, Parent or the Surviving Corporation
shall obtain as much insurance as can be obtained for an annual premium not in
excess of 150% of the Average Premium.

          Section 6.9   Purchaser Compliance.  Parent shall cause the Purchaser
                        --------------------                                   
to comply with all of its obligations under this Agreement.

          Section 6.10   Commercially Reasonable Efforts.
                         ------------------------------- 

          (a) Prior to the Closing, upon the terms and subject to the conditions
of this Agreement, the Purchaser and the Company, agree to use their respective
commercially reasonable efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all actions, and
to do, or cause to be done, all things reasonably necessary and appropriate,
under any applicable laws to consummate and make effective the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement as promptly as practicable including, but not
limited to (i) the preparation and filing of all forms, registrations and
notices required to be filed to consummate the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement and the taking of such actions as are necessary to obtain any
requisite approvals, consents, orders, exemptions or waivers by any third party
or Governmental Entity, and (ii) the satisfaction of the other parties'
conditions to Closing.  In addition, no party hereto shall take any action after
the date hereof that would reasonably be expected to materially delay the
obtaining of, or result in not obtaining, any permission, approval or consent
from any Governmental Entity necessary to be obtained prior to the acceptance
for payment, and payment for, the Shares in the Offer or the Closing.

          (b) Prior to the Closing, each party shall promptly consult with the
other parties hereto with respect to and subject to such confidentiality
agreements as may be reasonably necessary or requested, provide any necessary
information with respect to and provide the other (or its counsel) copies of,
all filings made by such party with any Governmental Entity or any other
information supplied by such party to a Governmental Entity in connection with
this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.  Each party
hereto shall promptly inform the other of any communication from any
Governmental Entity regarding any of the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement unless otherwise prohibited by law.  If any party hereto or affiliate
thereof receives a request for additional information or documentary material
from any such Government Entity with respect to the transactions contemplated by
this Agreement, then such party will endeavor in good faith to make, or cause to
be made, as soon as reasonably practicable and after consultation with the other
party, an appropriate response in compliance with such request.  To the 

                                       48
<PAGE>
 
extent that transfers of permits or Environmental Permits are required as a
result of execution of this Agreement or consummation of the transactions
contemplated hereby, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts
to effect such transfers.

          (c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Agreement shall be
deemed to require the Purchaser to defend against any litigation brought by any
Governmental Entity seeking to prevent the consummation of the transactions
contemplated hereby.

          Section 6.11  State Takeover Laws.  The Company shall, upon the
                        -------------------                              
request of the Purchaser, take all commercially reasonable steps to assist in
any challenge by the Purchaser to the validity or applicability to the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Option Agreements, including
the Offer and the Merger and the Shareholder Agreements, of any state takeover
law.

          Section 6.12  Financing Related Efforts.
                        ------------------------- 

          (a) Parent shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to cause the
Financing to be consummated and to provide funds to the Purchaser to permit it
to perform its obligations hereunder and in the Offer.

          (b) Parent shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the
admission of the shares of Capital Stock of Parent to be issued in connection
with the Financing (the "New Shares") to the Official List of the London Stock
                         ----------                                           
Exchange Limited (such admission to have become effective in accordance with the
Listing Rules of the London Stock Exchange Limited) (the "Admission") by the
                                                          ---------         
Initial Expiration Date, and shall take all actions as may be necessary or
desirable to obtain the Admission including, but not limited to, the following:

               (i)   Parent shall apply, within two days after the date hereof,
          for the New Shares to be admitted to the Official List of the London
          Stock Exchange Limited and shall not withdraw, or permit to be
          withdrawn, such application, or do, or permit to be done (or omit, or
          permit to be omitted), anything which may prejudice, preclude or
          adversely affect the Admission by the Initial Expiration Date;

               (ii)  Parent shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries and
          affiliates and its listing agent, to supply all information, give all
          undertakings, 

                                       49
<PAGE>
 
          execute all documents, pay all fees and do, or cause to be done, all
          such things as may be necessary or desirable, or required by the
          London Stock Exchange Limited, for the purpose of obtaining the
          Admission by the Initial Expiration Date; and

               (iii)  Parent shall immediately inform the Company in writing of
          any and all developments with respect to the Admission.

          (c) Parent will provide the Company with true, correct and complete
copies of all amendments and supplements to the Financing Documents as well as
true, correct and complete copies of all other commitments and agreements with
respect to the transaction contemplated by this Agreement and any amendments or
supplements thereto from third parties to provide financing to the Parent or to
the Purchaser.


                                  ARTICLE VII

                                  CONDITIONS

          Section 7.1    Conditions to Each Party's Obligations to Effect the
                         ----------------------------------------------------
Merger.  The respective obligations of each party to effect the Merger shall be
- ------                                                                         
subject to the satisfaction on or prior to the Closing Date of each of the
following conditions, any and all of which may be waived in whole or in part by
Parent, the Purchaser and the Company, as the case may be, to the extent
permitted by applicable law:

          (a) Shareholder Approval.  The Merger and this Agreement shall have
              --------------------                                           
been approved and adopted by the requisite vote of the holders of the Shares, to
the extent required pursuant to the requirements of the Articles of
Incorporation and the GCL.

          (b) Statutes; Court Orders.  No statute, rule, regulation or order
              ----------------------                                        
shall have been enacted, promulgated or issued by any United States or United
Kingdom Governmental Entity which prohibits the consummation of the Merger; and
there shall be no order or injunction of a court of competent jurisdiction in
effect preventing consummation of the Merger; and

          (c) Purchase of Shares in Offer.  The Purchaser shall have purchased,
              ---------------------------                                      
or caused to be purchased, the Shares pursuant to the Offer; provided, that 
                                                             --------           

                                       50
<PAGE>
 
this condition shall be deemed to have been satisfied with respect to the
obligation of Parent and the Purchaser to effect the Merger if the Purchaser
fails to accept for payment or pay for Shares pursuant to the Offer in violation
of the terms of the Offer or of this Agreement; and

          (d) HSR Approval.  The applicable waiting period under the HSR Act
              ------------                                                  
shall have expired or been terminated.


                                 ARTICLE VIII

                                  TERMINATION

          Section 8.1     Termination.  This Agreement may be terminated and the
                          -----------                                           
transactions contemplated herein may be abandoned at any time before the
Effective Time, whether before or after shareholder approval thereof (provided,
however, that if Shares are purchased pursuant to the Offer, Parent may not in
any event terminate this Agreement):

          (a) By mutual written consent of Parent and the Company; or

          (b) By Parent if the Offer shall have expired without any Shares being
purchased thereunder by the Purchaser and without the Purchaser having had an
obligation under Section 1.1(a) of this Agreement to extend the Offer; provided,
however, that Parent shall not be entitled to terminate this Agreement pursuant
to this Section 8.1(b) if it or the Purchaser is in material breach of its
representations and warranties, covenants or other obligations under this
Agreement; or

          (c) By either Parent or the Company (i) if a court of competent
jurisdiction or other Governmental Entity shall have issued an order, decree or
ruling or taken any other action, in each case permanently restraining,
enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement or (ii) prior to the purchase of Shares pursuant to the Offer, if
there has been a willful breach by the other party of any representation,
warranty, covenant or agreement set forth in this Agreement, which breach shall
result in any condition set forth in Annex I (other than clause (i) thereof) not
being satisfied (and such breach is not reasonably capable of being cured and
such condition satisfied within thirty (30) days after the receipt of notice
thereof); or

                                       51
<PAGE>
 
          (d) By the Company to allow the Company to enter into an agreement in
accordance with Section 5.3(b) with respect to a Superior Proposal which the
Board of Directors has determined is more favorable to the shareholders of the
Company than the transactions contemplated hereby; provided, however, that it
                                                   --------  -------         
has complied with all provisions thereof, including the notice provision
therein, and that it makes simultaneous payment of the Termination Fee, plus any
amounts then due as a reimbursement of expenses; or

          (e) By Parent, at any time prior to the purchase of the Shares
pursuant to the Offer, if (i) the Company Board of Directors shall have
withdrawn, modified, or changed its recommendation in respect of this Agreement
or the Offer in a manner adverse to the Purchaser, or (ii) the Company Board of
Directors shall have recommended any proposal other than by Parent or the
Purchaser in respect of an Acquisition Proposal, (iii) the Company shall have
exercised a right with respect to an Acquisition Proposal referenced in Section
5.3(b) and shall, directly or through its representatives, continue discussions
with any third party concerning an Acquisition Proposal for more than ten
business days after the date of receipt of such Acquisition Proposal, or (iv) an
Acquisition Proposal that is publicly disclosed shall have been commenced,
publicly proposed or communicated to the Company which contains a proposal as to
price (without regard to whether such proposal specifies a specific price or a
range of potential prices) and the Company shall not have rejected such proposal
within ten business days of its receipt or, if sooner, the date its existence
first becomes publicly disclosed; or

          (f) By the Company, if the Offer shall have expired without any Shares
being purchased thereunder by the Purchaser and without the Company having the
right to extend the Offer pursuant to this Agreement (unless Parent shall have
timely extended the Offer in accordance with its rights under this Agreement);
provided, however, that the Company shall not be entitled to terminate this
Agreement pursuant to this Section 8.1(f) if it is in material breach of its
representations, warranties, covenants or other obligations under this
Agreement.

          Section 8.2     Effect of Termination.
                          --------------------- 

          (a) In the event of the termination of this Agreement as provided in
Section 8.1 hereof, written notice thereof shall forthwith be given to the other
party or parties specifying the provision hereof pursuant to which such
termination is made, and this Agreement shall forthwith become null and void and
there shall be no liability on the part of Parent, the Purchaser or the Company,
except (i) as set forth in 

                                       52
<PAGE>
 
Sections 6.5(a), 8.2 and 9.3 hereof and (ii) nothing herein shall relieve any
party from liability for any breach of this Agreement.

          (b) If (i) Parent shall have terminated this Agreement pursuant to
Section 8.1(e)(i) or Section 8.1(e)(ii), (ii) (x) Parent shall have terminated
this Agreement pursuant to Section 8.1(c)(ii), Section 8.1(e)(iii) or Section
8.1(e)(iv) and (y) following the date hereof but prior to such termination there
shall have been an Acquisition Proposal Interest and (z) the Company shall have
entered into a definitive agreement with respect to an Acquisition Proposal or
consummated an Acquisition Proposal with respect to the Company within one year
after the termination by Parent pursuant to Section 8.1(c)(ii), Section
8.1(e)(iii) or Section 8.1(e)(iv) or (iii) the Company shall have terminated
this Agreement pursuant to Section 8.1(d), then the Company shall pay (A)
simultaneously with such termination if pursuant to Section 8.1(d), (B)
promptly, but in no event later than two business days after the date of such
termination if pursuant to Section 8.1(e)(i) or Section 8.1(e)(ii), or (C) upon
execution of a definitive agreement with respect to a Acquisition Proposal or
upon the consummation of an Acquisition Proposal with respect to the Company if
pursuant to Section 8.1(c)(ii), Section 8.1(e)(iii) or Section 8.1(e)(iv), to
Parent a termination fee (the "Termination Fee") of $8,000,000 plus an amount,
                               ---------------                                
not in excess of $1,250,000, equal to the Purchaser's reasonable actual and
documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Parent and the Purchaser in
connection with the Offer, the Merger, this Agreement and the consummation of
the transactions contemplated hereby, which amount shall be payable by wire
transfer to such account as Parent may designate in writing to the Company.

          (c) If this Agreement is terminated, and at any time on or prior to
March 26, 1998, all of the conditions set forth on Annex I have been fulfilled
except (i) the condition set forth in paragraph (h) of Annex I and (ii) any
other conditions that are not fulfilled as a result, directly or indirectly, of
a breach by Parent or the Purchaser or any representation, warranty, covenant or
agreement set forth in this Agreement, then promptly, but in no event later than
two business days after the date of such termination, Parent shall pay to the
Company a termination fee of $8,000,000 plus an amount, not in excess of
$1,250,000, equal to the Company's reasonable actual and documented out-of-
pocket expenses incurred by the Company in connection with the Offer, the
Merger, this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated
hereby, which amount shall be payable by wire transfer to such account as the
Company may designate in writing to Parent.

                                       53
<PAGE>
 
                                  ARTICLE IX

                                 MISCELLANEOUS

          Section 9.1   Amendment and Modification.  Subject to applicable law
                        --------------------------                            
and except as otherwise provided in the Agreement, this Agreement may be
amended, modified and supplemented in any and all respects, whether before or
after any vote of the shareholders of the Company contemplated hereby, by
written agreement of the parties hereto, by action taken by their respective
Boards of Directors or equivalent governing bodies, but, after the purchase of
Shares pursuant to the Offer, no amendment shall be made which decreases the
Merger Consideration and, after the approval of this Agreement by the
shareholders, no amendment shall be made which by law requires further approval
by such shareholders without obtaining such further approval.  This Agreement
may not be amended except by an instrument in writing signed on behalf of each
of the parties hereto.

          Section 9.2   Non-survival of Representations and Warranties.  None of
                        ----------------------------------------------          
the representations and warranties in this Agreement or in any schedule,
instrument or other document delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall survive
the acceptance for payment, and payment for, the Shares by the Purchaser
pursuant to the Offer.

          Section 9.3   Expenses.  Except as expressly set forth in Section
                        --------                                           
8.2(b), all fees, costs and expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement
and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be paid by the party incurring
such fees, costs and expenses except any transfer, stamp or similar taxes shall
be borne by Parent.

          Section 9.4   Notices.  All notices and other communications hereunder
                        -------                                                 
shall be in writing and shall be deemed given if delivered personally,
telecopied (which is confirmed) or sent by a nationally recognized overnight
courier service, such as Federal Express (providing proof of delivery), to the
parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a party as
shall be specified by like notice):

                                       54
<PAGE>
 
          (a)  if to Parent or the Purchaser, to:

               The Sage Group plc
               Sage House
               Benton Park Road
               Newcastle Upon Tone , NE7 7LZ
               Attention:  Paul Walker
               Telephone No.:  (191) 255-3003
               Telecopy No.:    (191) 255-0306

               with a copy to:

               Rose Acquisition Corp.
               C/O The Sage Group plc
               Sage House
               Benton Park Road
               Newcastle Upon Tone , NE7 7LZ
               Attention:  Paul Walker
               Telephone No.:  (191) 255-3003
               Telecopy No.:    (191) 255-0306

                         and

               Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP
               Four Embarcadero Center, Suite 3800
               San Francisco, California  94111-4114
               Attention:  Kenton J. King, Esq.
               Telephone No.:  (415) 984-6483
               Telecopy No.:    (415) 984-2698

                                      and

                                       55
<PAGE>
 
          (b)  if to the Company, to:

               State Of The Art, Inc.
               56 Technology Drive
               Irvine, California  92618
               Attention:  David W. Hanna
               Telephone No.:  (714) 450-3880
               Telecopy No.:    (714) 753-1596

               with a copy to:

               Wilson Sonsini Goodrich and Rosati, P.C.
               650 Page Mill Road
               Palo Alto, CA 94304-1050
               Attention:  John A. Fore, Esq.
               Telephone No.:  (650) 493-9300
               Telecopy No.:    (650) 493-6811

          Section 9.5   Interpretation.  When a reference is made in this
                        --------------                                   
Agreement to Sections, such reference shall be to a Section of this Agreement
unless otherwise indicated.  Whenever the words "include", "includes" or
"including" are used in this Agreement they shall be deemed to be followed by
the words "without limitation."  As used in this Agreement, the term
"affiliates" shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
As used in this Agreement, the term "Person" shall mean a natural person,
                                     ------                              
partnership, corporation, limited liability company, business trust, joint stock
company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture, Governmental Entity
or other entity or organization.

          Section 9.6   Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in two or
                        ------------                                           
more counterparts, each of which shall be considered one and the same agreement
and shall become effective when two or more counterparts have been signed by
each of the parties and delivered to the other parties.

          Section 9.7   Entire Agreement; No Third Party Beneficiaries.  This
                        ----------------------------------------------       
Agreement and the Confidentiality Agreement:

          (a) constitute the entire agreement among the parties with respect to
the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersedes all other prior agreements
and understandings, both written and oral, among the parties or any of them with
respect 

                                       56
<PAGE>
 
to the subject matter hereof and thereof (provided that the provisions of this
Agreement shall supersede any conflicting provisions of the Confidentiality
Agreement), and

          (b) except as provided in Sections 2.4 and 6.8 is not intended to
confer upon any person other than the parties hereto any rights or remedies
hereunder.

          Section 9.8   Severability.  If any term or other provision of this
                        ------------                                         
Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by rule of law or
public policy, all other conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall
nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal
substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner
adverse to any party.  Upon such determination that any term or other provision
is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties hereto shall
negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original
intent of the parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner to the end
that transactions contemplated hereby are fulfilled to the extent possible.

          Section 9.9   Governing Law.  This Agreement shall be governed by and
                        -------------                                          
construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California without giving
effect to the principles of conflicts of law thereof.

          Section 9.10   Assignment.  This Agreement shall not be assigned by
                         ----------                                          
any of the parties hereto (whether by operation of law or otherwise) without the
prior written content of the other parties, except that the Purchaser may
assign, in its sole discretion, any or all of its rights, interests and
obligations hereunder to Parent or to any direct or indirect wholly owned
Subsidiary of Parent.  Subject to the preceding sentence, but without relieving
any party hereto of any obligation hereunder, this Agreement will be binding
upon, inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties and their
respective successors and assigns.

                                       57
<PAGE>
 
          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Parent, the Purchaser and the Company have caused
this Agreement to be signed by their respective officers thereunto duly
authorized as of the date first written above.

                              THE SAGE GROUP PLC


                              By: /s/ Michael E. W. Jackson
                                 -----------------------------
                                 Name: Michael E. W. Jackson
                                 Title: Chairman


                              ROSE ACQUISITION CORP.


                              By: /s/ Paul Walker
                                 -----------------------------
                                 Name: Paul Walker
                                 Title: Chief Executive


                              STATE OF THE ART, INC.


                              By: /s/ David W. Hanna
                                 -----------------------------
                                 Name: David W. Hanna
                                 Title: President, C.E.O. and 
                                        Chairman of the Board

<PAGE>
 
                                                                         ANNEX I


          Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Offer, the Purchaser shall
not be required to accept for payment or, subject to any applicable rules and
regulations of the SEC, including Rule 14e-l(c) under the Exchange Act (relating
to the Purchaser's obligation to pay for or return tendered Shares promptly
after termination or withdrawal of the Offer), pay for, and may delay the
acceptance for payment of or, subject to the restriction referred to above, the
payment for, any tendered Shares unless there are validly tendered and not
withdrawn prior to the expiration date for the Offer that number of Shares
which, when added to the Shares owned by the Purchaser, will represent at least
90% of the outstanding Shares on a fully diluted basis (without giving pro forma
effect to the potential issuance of any Shares issuable under the Option
Agreement) on the date of purchase (the "Minimum Condition"); provided, however,
                                         -----------------    --------  ------- 
that the Minimum Condition must be waived by the Purchaser and the Revised
Minimum Number substituted therefor as contemplated, and to the extent required,
by Section 1.1(d) of the Merger Agreement.  Furthermore, notwithstanding any
other provisions of the Offer, the Purchaser shall not be required to accept for
payment or pay for any tendered Shares if, at the scheduled expiration date, (i)
any applicable waiting period under the HSR Act has not expired or terminated
prior to termination of the Offer, or (ii) any of the following events shall
have occurred and be continuing:

          (a) there shall be pending any suit, action or proceeding by any
United States or United Kingdom Governmental Entity against the Purchaser,
Parent, the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company (i) seeking to prohibit or
impose any material limitations on Parent's or the Purchaser's ownership or
operation (or that of any of their respective Subsidiaries or affiliates) of all
or a material portion of the business or assets of Parent and its Subsidiaries,
taken as a whole, or all or a material portion of the business or assets of the
Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or to compel Parent or the
Purchaser or their respective Subsidiaries and affiliates to dispose of or hold
separate any material portion of the business or assets of the Company or Parent
and their respective Subsidiaries, in each case taken as a whole, (ii)
challenging the acquisition by Parent or the Purchaser of any Shares under the
Offer or seeking to restrain or prohibit the making or consummation of the Offer
or the Merger, (iii) seeking to impose material limitations on the ability of
the Purchaser, or render the Purchaser unable, to accept for payment, pay for or
purchase some or all of the Shares pursuant to the Offer and the Merger, or (iv)
subject to the limitations under Section 1101(e) of the California General
Corporation Law, 

                                      A-1

<PAGE>
 
seeking to impose material limitations on the ability of Purchaser or Parent
effectively to exercise full rights of ownership of the Shares, including,
without limitation, the right to vote the Shares purchased by it on all matters
properly presented to the Company's shareholders;

          (b) there shall be any statute, rule, regulation, judgment, order or
injunction enacted, entered, enforced, promulgated, or deemed applicable
(pursuant to an authoritative interpretation by or on behalf of a Government
Entity, to the Offer or the Merger) or any other action shall be taken by any
Governmental Entity, other than the application to the Offer or the Merger of
applicable waiting periods under HSR Act, that is likely to result in any of the
consequences referred to in clauses (i) through (iv) of paragraph (a) above;

          (c) there shall have occurred (i) any general suspension of trading
in, or limitation on prices for, securities on the London Stock Exchange, the
New York Stock Exchange, the American Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq Stock Market
for a period in excess of 24 hours (excluding suspensions or limitations
resulting solely from physical damage or interference with such exchanges not
related to market conditions), (ii) a declaration of a banking moratorium or any
suspension of payments in respect of banks in the United States or the United
Kingdom (whether or not mandatory), (iii) a commencement of a war, armed
hostilities or other international or United States or United Kingdom calamity
directly or indirectly involving the United States or the United Kingdom (other
than an action involving solely U.N. personnel or support of U.N. personnel),
(iv) any limitation (whether or not mandatory) by any United States or United
Kingdom Governmental Entity on the extension of credit generally by banks or
other financial institutions, or (v) a change in general financial, bank or
capital market conditions which materially and adversely affects the ability of
financial institutions in the United States to extend credit or syndicate loans,
which, in the case any of the foregoing, in the reasonable judgment of Parent,
makes it impractical to proceed with the acceptance of Shares for payment
pursuant to the Offer or the payment therefor;

          (d) the representations and warranties of the Company set forth in the
Merger Agreement that are not qualified by reference to Company Material Adverse
Effect were not true and correct in any respect, or any other such
representations or warranties were not true and correct in any respect that
(when taken together with all other such representations and warranties not true
and correct) would likely have a Company Material Adverse Effect (i) in the case
of any representation or warranty which addresses matters as of a particular
date, as of such date, or (ii) in the 

                                      A-2

<PAGE>
 
case of all other representations and warranties, as of the date of this
Agreement and as of the scheduled expiration of the Offer.

          (e) since the date of this Agreement, there shall have occurred any
change that constitutes (or that would likely constitute) a Company Material
Adverse Change;

          (f) the Board of Directors of the Company or any committee thereof
shall have withdrawn or materially modified in a manner adverse to Parent or the
Purchaser or its recommendation of the Offer, the Merger or the Merger
Agreement, or approved or recommended any Acquisition Proposal;

          (g) the Company shall have failed to perform or to comply in any
material respect with any agreement or covenant to be performed or complied with
by it under this Agreement;

          (h) The London Stock Exchange shall have failed to admit to the
Official List of the London Stock Exchange the New Shares or such admission
shall have not become effective in accordance with paragraph 7.1 of the listing
rules of the London Stock Exchange ; provided, however, that this condition to
                                     --------  -------                        
the Offer shall be deemed to have been met if, assuming the Purchaser had
accepted the Shares for payment in the Offer, such Admission would be
substantially certain to occur; and

          (i) the Merger Agreement shall have been terminated in accordance with
its terms.


          The foregoing conditions are for the sole benefit of Parent and the
Purchaser, may be asserted by Parent or the Purchaser regardless of the
circumstances giving rise to such condition and may be waived by Parent or the
Purchaser in whole or in part at any time and from time to time in the sole
discretion of Parent or the Purchaser, subject in each case to the terms of this
Agreement.  The failure by Parent or the Purchaser at any time to exercise any
of the foregoing rights shall not be deemed a waiver of any such right and each
such right shall be deemed an ongoing right which may be asserted at any time
and from time to time.

          The capitalized terms used in this Annex I shall have the meanings set
forth in the Agreement to which it is annexed, except that the term "Merger
                                                                     ------
Agreement" shall be deemed to refer to the Agreement to which this Annex I is
- ---------                                                                    
appended.


                                      A-3


<PAGE>
 
                                                                  Exhibit (c)(2)


                             SHAREHOLDER AGREEMENT


          SHAREHOLDER AGREEMENT (this "Agreement"), dated  January 27, 1998, by
                                       ---------                               
and among The Sage Group plc, a company organized under the laws of England
("Parent"), Rose Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation and a direct and
- --------                                                                   
indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Parent (the "Purchaser") and each of David
                                                 ---------                    
W. Hanna, George Riviere and Jeffrey E. Gold (each in his individual capacity,
the "Shareholder", and collectively, the "Shareholders").
     -----------                          ------------   

          WHEREAS, each of the Shareholders is, as of the date hereof, the
record and beneficial owner of the shares of common stock, no par value (the
"Common Stock"), of State of the Art, Inc., a California corporation (the
 ------------                                                            
"Company") set forth on Annex I hereto;
 -------                               

          WHEREAS, Parent, the Purchaser and the Company concurrently herewith
are entering into an Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of the date hereof
(the "Merger Agreement"), which provides, among other things, for the
      ----------------                                               
acquisition of the Company by Parent by means of a cash tender offer (the
"Offer") for all of the outstanding shares of Common Stock and for the
 -----                                                                
subsequent merger (the "Merger") of the Purchaser with and into the Company upon
                        ------                                                  
the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Merger Agreement; and

          WHEREAS, as a condition to the willingness of Parent and the Purchaser
to enter into the Merger Agreement, and in order to induce Parent and the
Purchaser to enter into the Merger Agreement, the Shareholders have agreed to
enter into this Agreement.

          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the execution and delivery by
Parent and the Purchaser of the Merger Agreement and the foregoing and the
mutual representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth herein
and therein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and
sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as
follows:
<PAGE>
 
          SECTION 1.  Representations and Warranties of the Shareholder.  Each
                      -------------------------------------------------       
of the Shareholders hereby represents and warrants to Parent and the Purchaser,
severally and not jointly, as follows:

          (a)  Such Shareholder is the record and beneficial owner of the shares
of Common Stock (as may be adjusted from time to time pursuant to Section 6
hereof, the "Shares") set forth opposite his name on Annex I to this Agreement.
             ------                                                            

          (b)  Such Shareholder has the legal capacity to execute and deliver
this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.

          (c)  This Agreement has been validly executed and delivered by such
Shareholder and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of such
Shareholder, enforceable against such Shareholder in accordance with its terms,
except (i) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization,
moratorium and other laws of general application affecting enforcement of
creditors' rights generally, and (ii) the availability of the remedy of specific
performance or injunctive or other forms of equitable relief may be subject to
equitable defenses and would be subject to the discretion of the court before
which any proceeding therefor may be brought.

          (d)  Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement nor the
consummation by such Shareholder of the transactions contemplated hereby will
violate any other agreement to which such Shareholder is a party.

          (e)  The Shares and the certificates representing the Shares owned by
such Shareholder are now and at all times during the term hereof will be held by
such Shareholder, or by a nominee or custodian for the benefit of such
Shareholder, free and clear of all liens, claims, security interests, proxies,
voting trusts or agreements, understandings or arrangements or any other
encumbrances whatsoever, except for any such encumbrances or proxies arising
hereunder.

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
          SECTION 2.  Representations and Warranties of Parent and the
                      ------------------------------------------------
Purchaser.  Each of Parent and the Purchaser hereby, jointly and severally,
- ---------
represents and warrants to the Shareholder as follows:

          (a)  Parent is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in
good standing under the laws of England, the Purchaser is a corporation duly
organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of
California, and each of Parent and the Purchaser has all requisite corporate
power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to consummate the
transactions contemplated hereby, and has taken all necessary corporate action
to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement.

          (b)  This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered
by each of Parent and the Purchaser and constitutes the legal, valid and binding
obligation of each of Parent and the Purchaser, enforceable against each of them
in accordance with its terms, except (i) as limited by applicable bankruptcy,
insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws of general application
affecting enforcement of creditors' rights generally and (ii) the availability
of the remedy of specific performance or injunctive or other forms of equitable
relief may be subject to equitable defenses and would be subject to the
discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.

          (c)  Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement nor the
consummation by each of Parent and the Purchaser of the transactions
contemplated hereby will result in a violation of, or a default under, or
conflict with, any contract, trust, commitment, agreement, understanding,
arrangement or restriction of any kind to which each of Parent and the Purchaser
is a party or bound.  The consummation by each of Parent and the Purchaser of
the transactions contemplated hereby will not violate, or require any consent,
approval, or notice under, any provision of any judgment, order, decree,
statute, law, rule or regulation applicable to either Parent or the Purchaser,
except for any necessary filing under the HSR Act or state takeover laws.

          SECTION 3.  Purchase and Sale of the Shares.  Each of the Shareholders
                      -------------------------------                           
hereby agrees that it shall 

                                       3
<PAGE>
 
tender the Shares into the Offer promptly, and in any event no later than the
tenth business day following the commencement of the Offer pursuant to Section
1.1 of the Merger Agreement, and that such Shareholder shall not withdraw any
Shares so tendered unless the Offer is terminated or has expired. The Purchaser
hereby agrees to purchase all the Shares so tendered at a price per Share equal
to $22.00 per Share or any higher price that may be paid in the Offer; provided,
                                                                       --------
however, that the Purchaser's obligation to accept for payment and pay for the
- -------
Shares in the Offer is subject to all the terms and conditions of the Offer set
forth in the Merger Agreement and Annex I thereto.

          SECTION 4.  Transfer of the Shares.  Prior to the termination of this
                      ----------------------                                   
Agreement, except as otherwise provided herein, none of the Shareholders shall:
(i) transfer (which term shall include, without limitation, for the purposes of
this Agreement, any sale, gift, pledge or other disposition), or consent to any
transfer of, any or all of the Shares; (ii) enter into any contract, option or
other agreement or understanding with respect to any transfer of any or all of
the Shares or any interest therein; (iii) grant any proxy, power-of-attorney or
other authorization or consent in or with respect to the Shares; (iv) deposit
the Shares into a voting trust or enter into a voting agreement or arrangement
with respect to the Shares or (v) take any other action that would in any way
restrict, limit or interfere with the performance of such Shareholder's
obligations hereunder or the transactions contemplated hereby.

          SECTION 5.  Grant of Irrevocable Proxy; Appointment of Proxy.
                      ------------------------------------------------ 

          (a)  Each of the Shareholders hereby irrevocably grants to, and
appoints, Parent and any nominee thereof, its proxy and attorney-in-fact (with
full power of substitution), for and in the name, place and stead of such
Shareholder, to vote the Shares, or grant a consent or approval in respect of
the Shares, in connection with any meeting of the Shareholders of the Company
(i) in favor of the Merger, and (ii) against any action or agreement which would
impede, interfere with or prevent the Merger, including any other extraordinary
corporate transaction, such as a merger, reorganization or liquidation involving
the Company and a third party or 

                                       4
<PAGE>
 
any other proposal of a third party to acquire the Company; provided, however,
                                                            --------  -------
that such irrevocable proxy shall be immediately revoked if, in accordance with
Section 1.1(d) of the Merger Agreement, the Purchaser waives the Minimum
Condition (as defined in the Merger Agreement) and accepts for payment the
Revised Minimum Number of Shares (as defined in the Merger Agreement).

          (b)  Such Shareholder represents that any proxies heretofore given in
respect of the Shares, if any, are not irrevocable, and that such proxies are
hereby revoked.

          (c)  Such Shareholder hereby affirms that the irrevocable proxy set
forth in this Section 5 is given in connection with the execution of the Merger
Agreement, and that such irrevocable proxy is given to secure the performance of
the duties of such Shareholder under this Agreement. Such Shareholder hereby
further affirms that the irrevocable proxy is coupled with an interest and,
except as set forth in Section 8 hereof, is intended to be irrevocable in
accordance with the provisions of Section 705 of the California General
Corporation Law.

          SECTION 6.  Certain Events.  In the event of any stock split, stock
                      --------------                                         
dividend, merger, reorganization, recapitalization or other change in the
capital structure of the Company affecting the Common Stock or the acquisition
of additional shares of Common Stock or other securities or rights of the
Company by the Shareholder, the number of Shares shall be adjusted
appropriately, and this Agreement and the obligations hereunder shall attach to
any additional shares of Common Stock or other securities or rights of the
Company issued to or acquired by each of the Shareholders.

          SECTION 7.  Certain Other Agreements. Each of the Shareholders will
                      ------------------------                               
notify the Purchaser immediately if any proposals are received by, any
information is requested from, or any negotiations or discussions are sought to
be initiated or continued with such Shareholder or its officers, directors,
employees, investment bankers, attorneys, accountants or other agents, if any,
in each case in connection with any Acquisition Proposal or Acquisition Proposal
Interest (as such terms are defined in the Merger Agreement) indicating, in
connection with 

                                       5
<PAGE>
 
such notice, the name of the person indicating such Acquisition Proposal
Interest and the terms and conditions of any proposals or offers. Each of the
Shareholders agrees that it will immediately cease and cause to be terminated
any existing activities, discussions or negotiations with any parties conducted
heretofore with respect to any Acquisition Proposal Interest. Such Shareholder
agrees that it shall keep Parent informed, on a current basis, of the status and
terms of any Acquisition Proposal Interest. Such Shareholder agrees that it will
not, directly or indirectly: (i) initiate, solicit or encourage, or take any
action to facilitate the making of, any offer or proposal which constitutes or
is reasonably likely to lead to any Acquisition Proposal, or (ii) in the event
of an unsolicited written Acquisition Proposal engage in negotiations or
discussions with, or provide any information or data to, any person (other than
Parent, any of its affiliates or representatives and except for information
which has been previously publicly disseminated by the Company) relating to any
Acquisition Proposal.

          SECTION 8.  Further Assurances.  Each of the Shareholders shall, upon
                      ------------------                                       
request of Parent or the Purchaser, execute and deliver any additional documents
and take such further actions as may reasonably be deemed by Parent or the
Purchaser to be necessary or desirable to carry out the provisions hereof and to
vest the power to vote the Shares as contemplated by Section 5 hereof in Parent.

          SECTION 9.  Termination.  Subject to Section 5(a) hereof, this
                      -----------                                       
Agreement, and all rights and obligations of the parties hereunder, shall
terminate immediately upon the earlier of (a) six months following the
termination of the Merger Agreement in accordance with its terms or (b) the
Effective Time (as defined in the Merger Agreement); provided, however, that
                                                     --------  -------      
Sections 8 and 10 shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

          SECTION 10.  Expenses.  All fees and expenses incurred by any one
                       --------                                            
party hereto shall be borne by the party incurring such fees and expenses.

          SECTION 11.  Public Announcements.  Each of the Shareholders, the
                       --------------------                                
Parent and the Purchaser agrees that it will not issue any press release or
otherwise make any 

                                       6
<PAGE>
 
public statement with respect to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated
hereby without the prior consent of the other party, which consent shall not be
unreasonably withheld or delayed; provided, however, that such disclosure can be
                                  --------  ------- 
made without obtaining such prior consent if (i) the disclosure is required by
law, and (ii) the party making such disclosure has first used its best efforts
to consult with the other party about the form and substance of such disclosure.

          SECTION 12.  Miscellaneous.
                       ------------- 

          (a)  Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined in this
Agreement shall have the respective meanings assigned to such terms in the
Merger Agreement.

          (b)   All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in
writing and shall be deemed given upon (i) transmitter's confirmation of a
receipt of a facsimile transmission, (ii) confirmed delivery by a standard
overnight carrier or when delivered by hand or (iii) the expiration of five
business days after the day when mailed in the United States by certified or
registered mail, postage prepaid, addressed at the following addresses (or at
such other address for a party as shall be specified by like notice):

               (A) if to the Shareholders, to:

                    State of the Art, Inc.
                    56 Technology Drive
                    Irvine, California  92618-2301
                    Telephone:(714)753-1222 x3800
                    Facsimile:(714)753-1596
                    Attention: David W. Hanna
 
               with a copy to:

                    Fenwick & West
                    Two Palo Alto Square
                    Palo Alto, California  94306
                    Telephone: (650)494-0600
                    Facsimile: (650)494-1417
                    Attention: Scott Spector

                                       7
<PAGE>
 
                    State of the Art, Inc.
                    56 Technology Drive
                    Irvine, California  92618-2301
                    Telephone: (714) 450-3857
                    Facsimile: (714) 753-7884
                    Attention: George Riviere
 
               with a copy to:

                    Fenwick & West
                    Two Palo Alto Square
                    Palo Alto, California  94306
                    Telephone: (650)494-0600
                    Facsimile: (650)494-1417
                    Attention: Scott Spector


                    5085 Grosvenor Circle
                    Granite Bay, California  95746
                    Telephone: (916) 791 7738
                    Facsimile: (916) 791-2683
                    Attention: Jeffrey E. Gold
 
               with a copy to:

                    Fenwick & West
                    Two Palo Alto Square
                    Palo Alto, California  94306
                    Telephone: (650)494-0600
                    Facsimile: (650)494-1417
                    Attention: Scott Spector

               and

               (B) if to Parent or the Purchaser, to:

                    The Sage Group plc
                    Sage House
                    Benton Park Road
                    Newcastle Upon Tyne
                    NE7 7LZ
                    Telephone: 191-255-3000
                    Facsimile: 191-255-0306
                    Attention: Paul A. Walker
 

                                       8
<PAGE>
 
               with a copy to:

                    Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher
                     & Flom LLP
                    Four Embarcadero Center, Suite 3800
                    San Francisco, California 94111-4114
                    Telephone:  (415) 984-6400
                    Facsimile:  (415) 984-2698
                    Attention:  Kenton J. King, Esq.

          (c)  The headings contained in this Agreement are for reference
purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of
this Agreement.

          (d)  This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each
of which shall be deemed an original but all of which shall be considered one
and the same agreement.

          (e)  This Agreement (including the Merger Agreement and any other
documents and instruments referred to herein) constitutes the entire agreement,
and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, whether written and
oral, among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

          (f)  This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance
with, the laws of the State of California without giving effect to the
principles of conflicts of laws thereof.

          (g)  Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or
obligations hereunder shall be assigned by any of the parties hereto (whether by
operation of law or otherwise) without the prior written consent of the other
parties.  Subject to the preceding sentence, this Agreement will be binding
upon, inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by, the parties and their
respective successors and assigns, and the provisions of this Agreement are not
intended to confer upon any person other than the parties hereto any rights or
remedies hereunder.

          (h)  If any term, provision, covenant or restriction herein is held by
a court of competent juris-

                                       9
<PAGE>
 
diction or other authority to be invalid, void or unenforceable or against its
regulatory policy, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and
restrictions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall
in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated.

          (i)  Each of the parties hereto acknowledges and agrees that in the
event of any breach of this Agreement, each non-breaching party would be
irreparably and immediately harmed and could not be made whole by monetary
damages.  It is accordingly agreed that the parties hereto (i) will waive, in
any action for specific performance, the defense of adequacy of a remedy at law
and (ii) shall be entitled, in addition to any other remedy to which they may be
entitled at law or in equity, to compel specific performance of this Agreement
in any action instituted in any state or federal court sitting in San Francisco,
California.  The parties hereto consent to personal jurisdiction in any such
action brought in any state or federal court sitting in San Francisco,
California and to service of process upon it in the manner set forth in Section
12(b) hereof.

          (j)  No amendment, modification or waiver in respect of this Agreement
shall be effective against any party unless it shall be in writing and signed by
such party.

                                       10
<PAGE>
 
          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Parent, the Purchaser and the Shareholders have
caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first
written above.

                    THE SAGE GROUP PLC


                    By: /s/ Paul Walker
                       ----------------------------------
                       Name: Paul Walker
                       Title: Chief Executive


                    ROSE ACQUISITION CORP.


                    By: /s/ Paul Walker
                       ----------------------------------
                       Name: Paul Walker
                       Title: Vice President and Secretary


                    DAVID W. HANNA

                     /s/ David W. Hanna
                    -------------------------------------


                    GEORGE RIVIERE

                     /s/ George Riviere
                    -------------------------------------

 
                    JEFFREY L. GOLD

                     /s/ Jeffrey L. Gold
                    ------------------------------------- 

                                       11
<PAGE>
 
                                    ANNEX I


                       Ownership of Company Common Stock
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
<S>   <C>                                                        <C>
1.    David W. Hanna                                             110,811 Shares
                      
2.    George Riviere                                             700,221 Shares
                      
3.    Jeffrey E. Gold                                            479,836 Shares
 
</TABLE>

                                       12

<PAGE>
 
                                                                  Exhibit (c)(3)

                            STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT


          STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT, dated January 26, 1998 (this "Agreement"), by
and among The Sage Group plc, a company organized under the laws of England
("Parent"), Rose Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation and a wholly-owned
subsidiary of Parent (the "Purchaser"), and State of the Art, Inc., a California
corporation (the "Company").

                             W I T N E S S E T H:

          WHEREAS, concurrently with the execution and delivery of this
Agreement, Parent, the Purchaser and the Company are entering into an Agreement
and Plan of Merger (as such agreement may hereafter be amended from time to
time, the "Merger Agreement"; capitalized terms used but not defined in this
Agreement shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Merger Agreement),
which provides, upon the terms and subject to the conditions thereof, for (i)
the commencement by the Purchaser of a tender offer (the "Offer") to purchase
all of the issued and outstanding shares of the common stock, no par value, of
the Company ("Common Stock") at the applicable Offer Price and (ii) the
subsequent merger of the Purchaser with and into the Company (the "Merger"),
whereby each share of Common Stock, other than shares owned directly or
indirectly by Parent, the Purchaser or the Company and other than dissenting
shares, will be converted into the right to receive in cash the Offer Price
applicable thereto; and

          WHEREAS, as a condition to the willingness of Parent and the Purchaser
to enter into the Merger Agreement, Parent and the Purchaser have required that
the Company agree, and in order to induce Parent and the Purchaser to enter into
the Merger Agreement, the Company has agreed, to grant the Purchaser an option
to purchase shares of Common Stock, upon the terms and subject to the conditions
of this Agreement.

          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the respective
representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth in this
Agreement and in the Merger Agreement, the parties hereto agree as follows:


                                   ARTICLE I

                            THE TOP-UP STOCK OPTION

          SECTION 1.1.  Grant of Top-Up Stock Option.  Subject to the terms and
                        ----------------------------                           
conditions set forth herein, the Company hereby grants to the Purchaser an
irrevocable option (the "Top-Up Stock Option") to purchase that number of shares
of Common Stock (the "Top-Up Option Shares") equal to the number of shares of
Common Stock that, when added to the number of shares of Common Stock owned by
the Purchaser and its affiliates immediately following consummation of
<PAGE>
 
the Offer, shall constitute 90% of the shares of Common Stock then outstanding
on a fully diluted basis (assuming the issuance of the Top-Up Option Shares) at
a purchase price per Top-Up Option Share equal to the Offer Price; provided, 
                                                                   --------
however, that the Top-Up Stock Option shall not be exercisable if the number 
- -------  
of shares of Common Stock subject thereto exceeds the number of authorized
shares of Common Stock available for issuance. The Company agrees to provide
Parent and the Purchaser with information regarding the number of shares of
Common Stock available for issuance on an ongoing basis.

          SECTION 1.2.  Exercise of Top-Up Stock Option.  (a) Subject to the
                        -------------------------------                     
conditions set forth in Section 2.1 and any additional requirements of law, the
Top-Up Stock Option may be exercised by the Purchaser, in whole but not in part,
at any one time after the occurrence of a Top-Up Exercise Event (as defined
below) and prior to the Top-Up Termination Date (as defined below).

          (b) A "Top-Up Exercise Event" shall occur for purposes of this
Agreement upon the Purchaser's acceptance for payment pursuant to the Offer of
shares of Common Stock constituting more than 50% but less than 90% of the
shares of Common Stock then outstanding on a fully diluted basis.

          (c) Except as provided in the last sentence of this Section 1.2.(c),
the "Top-Up Termination Date" shall occur for purposes of this Agreement upon
the earliest to occur of:

              (i)   the Effective Time;

              (ii)  the date which is ten (10) business days after the
                    occurrence of a Top-Up Exercise Event;

              (iii) the termination of the Merger Agreement; and

              (iv)  the date on which the Purchaser waives the Minimum Condition
                    and accepts for payment the Revised Minimum Number of
                    Shares.

Notwithstanding the occurrence of the Top-Up Termination Date, the Purchaser
shall be entitled to purchase the Top-Up Option Shares if it has exercised the
Top-Up Stock Option in accordance with the terms hereof prior to such
occurrence, and the occurrence of the Top-Up Termination Date shall not affect
any rights hereunder which by their terms do not terminate or expire prior to or
as of such date.

          (d) In the event the Purchaser wishes to exercise the Top-Up Stock
Option, the Purchaser shall send to the Company a written notice (a "Top-Up
Exercise Notice", the date of which notice is referred to herein as the "Top-Up
Notice Date") specifying the denominations of the certificate or certificates
evidencing the Top-Up Option Shares which the Purchaser wishes to receive, the
place for the closing of the purchase and sale pursuant to the Top-Up Stock
Option (the "Top-Up Closing") and a date not earlier than three (3) business
days nor later than ten (10) business 


                                      -2-
<PAGE>
 
days from the Top-Up Notice Date for the Top-Up Closing (the "Top-Up Closing
Date"); provided, however, that (i) if the Top-Up Closing cannot be consummated
        --------  -------
by reason of any applicable laws or orders, the period of time that otherwise
would run pursuant to this sentence shall run instead from the date on which
such restriction on consummation has expired or been terminated and (ii) without
limiting the foregoing, if prior notification to or approval of any Governmental
Entity is required in connection with such purchase, the Purchaser and the
Company shall promptly file the required notice or application for approval and
shall cooperate in the expeditious filing of such notice or application, and the
period of time that otherwise would run pursuant to this sentence shall run
instead from the date on which, as the case may be, (A) any required
notification period has expired or been terminated or (B) any required approval
has been obtained, and in either event, any requisite waiting period has expired
or been terminated. The Company shall, within two (2) business days after
receipt of the Top-Up Exercise Notice, deliver written notice to the Purchaser
specifying the number of Top-Up Option Shares and the aggregate purchase price
therefor.


                                  ARTICLE II

                                    CLOSING

          SECTION 2.1.  Conditions to Closing.  The obligation of the Company
                        ---------------------                                
to deliver Top-Up Option Shares upon the exercise of the Top-Up Stock Option is
subject to the following conditions:

          (a) All waiting periods, if any, under the HSR Act applicable to the
     issuance of the Top-Up Option Shares hereunder shall have expired or have
     been terminated; and

          (b) There shall be no preliminary or permanent injunction or other
     final, non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction
     preventing or prohibiting the exercise of the Top-Up Stock Option or the
     delivery of the Top-Up Option Shares in respect of such exercise.

          SECTION 2.2.  Closing.  (a)  At the Top-Up Closing, (i) the Company
                        -------                                              
shall deliver to the Purchaser a certificate or certificates evidencing the
applicable number of Top-Up Option Shares (in the denominations specified in the
Top-Up Exercise Notice), and (ii) the Purchaser shall purchase each Top-Up
Option Share from the Company at the Offer  Price.  Payment by the Purchaser of
the Offer Price for the Top-Up Option Shares shall be made by delivery of a
promissory note, (adequately secured by collateral other than the Shares
acquired), in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company and in a
principal face amount equal to the aggregate amount of the purchase price, as
determined in accordance with Section 1.1., which promissory note shall bear
interest at a rate equal to 6% per annum (or such level of interest rate that is
adequate to prevent imputed income under applicable regulations) and shall be
payable in full with accrued interest upon the earlier to occur of (i) five (5)
business days after the Closing hereunder, and (ii) two (2) business 


                                      -3-
<PAGE>
 
days following written demand given by the Company to the Purchaser at any time
following the Effective Time.

          (b) The Company shall pay all expenses, and any and all Federal, state
and local taxes and other charges, that may be payable in connection with the
preparation, issuance and delivery of stock certificates under this Section 2.2.

          (c) Certificates evidencing Top-Up Option Shares delivered hereunder
may include legends legally required including the legend in substantially the
following form:

          THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN
          REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY BE
          REOFFERED OR SOLD ONLY IF SO REGISTERED OR IF AN EXEMPTION FROM SUCH
          REGISTRATION IS AVAILABLE.

It is understood and agreed that the foregoing legend shall be removed by
delivery of substitute certificate(s) without such legend upon the sale of the
Top-Up Option Shares pursuant to a registered public offering or Rule 144 under
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), or any other sale
as a result of which such legend is no longer required.


                                  ARTICLE III

                 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

          The Company hereby represents and warrants to Parent and the Purchaser
(except as otherwise may be prohibited, restricted or limited by law or any rule
or regulation of a regulatory entity) as follows:

          SECTION 3.1.  Organization; Authority Relative to this Agreement.
                        --------------------------------------------------  
The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good
standing under the laws of the State of California.  The Company has all
requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement,
to perform its obligations hereunder and to consummate the transactions
contemplated hereby.  The execution and delivery of this Agreement by the
Company and the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated
hereby have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action
on the part of the Company.  This Agreement has been duly and validly executed
and delivered by the Company and, assuming the due and valid authorization,
execution and delivery by Parent and the Purchaser, constitutes a valid and
binding obligation of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance
with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable
bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws
affecting creditors' rights generally, and by general equitable principles.



                                      -4-
<PAGE>
 
          SECTION 3.2.  Authority to Issue Shares.  The Company has taken all
                        -------------------------                            
necessary corporate action to authorize and reserve and permit it to issue, and
at all times from the date hereof through the Top-Up Termination Date shall have
reserved, all the Top-Up Option Shares issuable pursuant to this Agreement.  All
of the shares of Common Stock issuable under the Top-Up Stock Option, upon their
issuance and delivery in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, will be
duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, will be delivered
free and clear of all security interests, liens, claims, pledges, options,
rights of first refusal, agreements, limitations on the Purchaser's voting
rights, charges, adverse rights and other encumbrances of any nature whatsoever
(other than this Agreement) and will not be subject to any preemptive rights.

          SECTION 3.3.  No Conflict; Required Filings and Consents.  (a)  The
                        ------------------------------------------           
execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company does not, and the
performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder and the consummation of
the transactions contemplated hereby will not, (i) conflict with or violate the
articles of incorporation or bylaws of the Company, (ii) assuming that all
consents and filings described in Section 3.3(b) have been obtained or made,
conflict with or violate any law applicable to the Company or by which any
property or asset of the Company is bound or affected or (iii) result in any
violation pursuant to, any note, bond, mortgage, indenture, contract, agreement,
lease, license, permit, franchise or other instrument or obligation to which the
Company is a party or by which the Company or any of its properties may be bound
or affected.

          (b) No consent of, or filing with, any Governmental Entity is required
by the Company in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement,
the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder or the consummation
by the Company of the transactions contemplated hereby, except for (i)
compliance with the HSR Act and (ii) consents or filings the failure of which to
be obtained or made would not, individually or in the aggregate, prevent or
materially delay the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or the
performance by the Company of any of its obligations hereunder.


                                  ARTICLE IV

          REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PARENT AND THE PURCHASER

          Parent and the Purchaser hereby represent and warrant to the Company
as follows:

          SECTION 4.1.  Organization; Authority Relative to this Agreement.
                        --------------------------------------------------  
Each of Parent and the Purchaser is a corporation duly organized, validly
existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its
incorporation.  Each of Parent and the Purchaser has all requisite corporate
power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement, to perform its
obligations hereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.
The execution and delivery of this Agreement by Parent and the Purchaser and the
consummation by Parent and the Purchaser of the transactions contemplated hereby
have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the
part of Parent and the Purchaser. This Agreement has been duly and validly


                                      -5-
<PAGE>
 
executed and delivered by Parent and the Purchaser and, assuming the due and
valid authorization, execution and delivery by the Company, constitutes a valid
and binding obligation of Parent and the Purchaser, enforceable against each of
Parent and the Purchaser in accordance with its terms, except as such
enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting creditors' rights
generally, and by general equitable principles.

          SECTION 4.2.  No Conflict; Required Filings and Consents.  (a)  The
                        ------------------------------------------           
execution and delivery of this Agreement by Parent and the Purchaser do not, and
the performance by Parent and the Purchaser of their obligations hereunder and
the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will not, (i) conflict
with or violate the articles of incorporation or bylaws or equivalent
organizational documents of Parent or the Purchaser, (ii) assuming that all
consents and filings described in Section 4.2(b) have been obtained or made,
conflict with or violate any law applicable to Parent or the Purchaser or by
which any property or asset of Parent or the Purchaser is bound or affected or
(iii) result in any violation pursuant to, any note, bond, mortgage, indenture,
contract, agreement, lease, license, permit, franchise or other instrument or
obligation to which Parent or the Purchaser is a party or by which Parent or the
Purchaser or any of their respective properties may be bound or affected.

          (b) No consent of, or filing with, any Governmental Entity is required
by Parent or the Purchaser in connection with the execution and delivery of this
Agreement, the performance by Parent or the Purchaser of any of its obligations
hereunder or the consummation by Parent or the Purchaser of the transactions
contemplated hereby, except for (i) compliance with the HSR Act and (ii)
consents or filings the failure of which to be obtained or made would not,
individually or in the aggregate, prevent or materially delay the consummation
of the transactions contemplated hereby or the performance by Parent or the
Purchaser of any of their respective obligations hereunder.


                                   ARTICLE V

                          COVENANTS OF THE PURCHASER

          SECTION 5.1.  Distribution.  The Purchaser shall acquire the Top-Up
                        ------------                                         
Option Shares for investment purposes only (and, only for the purpose of
effecting a short-form merger with the Company) and not with a view to any
distribution thereof in violation of the Securities Act.



                                      -6-
<PAGE>
 
                                  ARTICLE VI

                                 MISCELLANEOUS

          SECTION 6.1.  Amendment.  This Agreement may not be amended except by
                        ---------                                              
an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.

          SECTION 6.2.  Waiver.  Any party hereto may (a) extend the time for
                        ------                                               
or waive compliance with the performance of any obligation or other act of any
other party hereto or (b) waive any inaccuracy in the representations and
warranties contained herein or in any document delivered pursuant hereto.  Any
such extension or waiver shall be valid only if set forth in an instrument in
writing signed by the party or parties to be bound thereby.  The failure of any
party to this Agreement to assert any of its rights under this Agreement or
otherwise shall not constitute a waiver of those rights.

          SECTION 6.3.  Fees and Expenses.  All costs, fees and expenses
                        -----------------                               
incurred in connection with this Agreement shall be paid by the party incurring
such expenses.

          SECTION 6.4.  Notices.  All notices, requests, claims, demands and
                        -------                                             
other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given if
delivered personally or sent by telecopy or by overnight courier (providing
proof of delivery) to the respective parties at their addresses as specified in
Section 9.4 of the Merger Agreement.

          SECTION 6.5.  Severability.  If any term or other provision of this
                        ------------                                         
Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any rule of law
or public policy, all other conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall
nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal
substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner
materially adverse to any party.  Upon such determination that any term or other
provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties hereto
shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the
original intent of the parties as closely as possible in a mutually acceptable
manner to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law in order that the
transactions contemplated hereby may be consummated as originally contemplated
to the fullest extent possible.

          SECTION 6.6.  Assignment; Binding Effect; Benefit.  Neither this
                        -----------------------------------               
Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations hereunder shall be
assigned, in whole or in part, by operation of law or otherwise, by any of the
parties hereto without the prior written consent of the other parties, except
that the Purchaser may assign, in its discretion, any or all of its rights,
interests and obligations hereunder to Parent or any direct or indirect
subsidiary of Parent, but no such assignment shall relieve the Purchaser of any
of its obligations hereunder.  Subject to the preceding sentence, this Agreement
shall be binding upon, inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, the
parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.
Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, nothing in
this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer on any person other
than the parties hereto or their respective successors and


                                      -7-
<PAGE>
 
permitted assigns any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by
reason of this Agreement.

          SECTION 6.7.  Governing Law.  This Agreement shall be governed by and
                        -------------                                          
construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving
effect to the principles of conflicts of laws thereof.

          SECTION 6.8.  Headings.  The descriptive headings contained in this
                        --------                                             
Agreement are included for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any
way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

          SECTION 6.9.  Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed and
                        ------------                                     
delivered (including by facsimile transmission) in one or more counterparts, all
of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become
effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties
and delivered to the other parties, it being understood that all parties need
not sign the same counterpart.

          SECTION 6.10. Entire Agreement.  This Agreement constitutes the
                        ----------------                                 
entire agreement, and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, both
written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter of this
Agreement.



                                      -8-
<PAGE>
 
          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to
be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, all as of
the date first written above.

                                   THE SAGE GROUP PLC


                                   By:    /s/ Paul Walker
                                          --------------------------------

                                   Name: Paul Walker

                                   Title:  Chief Executive Officer


                                   ROSE ACQUISITION CORP.


                                   By:    /s/ Paul Walker
                                          --------------------------------

                                   Name: Paul Walker

                                   Title: Vice-President and Secretary
                                          --------------------------------


                                   STATE OF THE ART, INC.


                                   By:    /s/ David W. Hanna
                                          --------------------------------

                                   Name:  David W. Hanna

                                   Title:  President and Chief Executive Officer



                                      -9-

<PAGE>
 
                                                                  Exhibit (c)(4)

                             State of the Art, Inc.
                              56 Technology Drive
                                Irvine, CA 92618
                                     U.S.A.


                                January 7, 1998


The Sage Group plc
Sage House
Benton Park Road
Newcastle upon Tyne
NE7 7LZ
United Kingdom

Attention: P. A. Walker, Chief Executive


                             CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT
                             -------------------------

Gentlemen:

          In connection with your consideration of a possible business
transaction (a "Transaction") with State Of The Art, Inc. (the "Company"), the
Company and you expect to make available to one another certain nonpublic
information concerning their respective business, financial condition,
operations, assets and liabilities.  As a condition to such information being
furnished to each party and its directors, officers, employees, agents or
advisors, including, without limitation, attorneys, accountants, consultants,
bankers and financial advisors) (collectively, "Representatives"), each party
agrees to treat any nonpublic information concerning the other party (whether
prepared by the disclosing party, its advisors or otherwise and irrespective of
the form of communication) which is furnished hereunder to a party or to its
Representatives now or in the future by or on behalf of the disclosing party
(herein collectively referred to as the "Evaluation Material") in accordance
with the provisions of this Agreement, and to take or abstain from taking
certain other actions hereinafter set forth.
<PAGE>
 
          1.  Evaluation Material.  The term "Evaluation Material" also shall be
              -------------------                                               
deemed to include all notes, analyses, compilations, studies, interpretations or
other documents prepared by each party or its Representatives which contain,
reflect or are based upon, in whole or in part, the information furnished to
such party or its Representatives pursuant hereto which is not available to the
general public.  The term "Evaluation Material" does not include information on
which (i) is or becomes generally available to the public other than as a result
of a breach of this Agreement by the receiving party or its Representatives (ii)
was within the receiving party's possession prior to its being furnished to the
receiving party by or on behalf of the disclosing party, provided that the
source of such information was not know by the receiving party to be bound by a
confidentiality agreement with or other contractual, legal or fiduciary
obligation of confidentiality to the disclosing party, (iii) is or becomes
available to the receiving party on a non-confidential basis from a source other
than the disclosing party or any of its Representatives, provided that such
source was not known by the receiving party to be bound by a confidentiality
agreement with or other contractual, legal or fiduciary obligation of
confidentiality to the disclosing party or any other party with respect to such
information, (iv) is disclosed by the disclosing party to a third party without
a duty of confidentiality, (v) is independently developed by the recipient
without use of Evaluation Material, (vi) is disclosed under operation of law, or
(vii) is disclosed by the recipient or its Representatives with the discloser's
prior written approval.

          2.  Purpose of Disclosure of Evaluation Material.  It is understood
              --------------------------------------------                   
and agreed to by each party that any exchange of information under this
Agreement shall be solely for the purpose of evaluating a Transaction between
the parties and not to affect, in any way, each party's relative competitive
position to each party or to other entities.  It is further agreed, that the
information to be disclosed to each other shall only be that information which
is reasonably necessary to a Transaction and that information which is not
reasonably necessary for such purposes shall not be disclosed or exchanged.  For
purposes of determining when information is reasonably necessary for such
purpose. legal counsel to each party shall agree, in advance, to review
information requests so as to comply with such standard.  In addition, review of
competitively sensitive information such as information concerning product
development or marketing plans, product prices or pricing plans, cost data,
customer or similar information which has been determined to be reasonably
necessary to a Transaction, shall be limited only to those senior executives and
Representatives who are involved in evaluating or negotiating a Transaction or
approving the value of a Transaction.

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
          3.  Use of Evaluation Material.  Each party hereby agrees that it and
              --------------------------                                       
its Representatives shall use the other's Evaluation Material solely for the
purpose of evaluating a possible Transaction between the parties, and that the
disclosing party's Evaluation Material will be kept confidential and each party
and its Representatives will not disclose or use for purposes other than the
evaluation of a Transaction any of the other's Evaluation Material in any manner
whatsoever; provided, however, that (i) the receiving party may make any
disclosure of such information to which the disclosing party gives its prior
written consent and (ii) any of such information may be disclosed to the
receiving party's Representatives who need to know such information for the sole
purpose of evaluating a possible Transaction between the parties, who are
provided with a copy of this Agreement and who are directed by the receiving
party to treat such information confidentially.  Each party is aware, and will
advise its Representatives who are informed of the matters that are the subject
of this Agreement, of the restrictions imposed by the United States securities
laws on the purchase or sale of securities by any person who has received
material, nonpublic information from the issuer of such securities and on the
communication of such information to any other person when it is reasonably
foreseeable that such other person is likely to purchase or sell such securities
in reliance upon such information.

          4.  Non-Disclosure.  In addition, each party agrees that, without the
              --------------                                                   
prior written consent of the other party, its Representatives will not disclose
to any other person the fact that any Evaluation Material has been made
available hereunder, that discussions or negotiations are taking place
concerning a Transaction involving the parties or any of the terms, conditions
or other facts with respect thereto (including the status thereof), provided
that you may make such disclosure to the London Stock Exchange on a confidential
basis in order to seek a waiver of shareholder approval of the Transaction and
provided further that a party may make such disclosure if in the written opinion
of a party's outside counsel, such disclosure is necessary to avoid committing a
violation of law.  In such event, the disclosing party shall use its best
efforts to give advance notice to the other party.

          5.  Required Disclosure.  In the event that a party or its
              -------------------                                   
Representatives are requested or required (by oral questions, interrogatories,
requests for information or documents in legal proceedings, subpoena, civil
investigative demand or other similar process) to disclose any of the other
party's Evaluation Material, the party requested or required to make the
disclosure shall provide the other party with prompt notice of any such request
or requirement so that the other party may seek a protective order or other
appropriate remedy and/or waive compliance with the 

                                       3
<PAGE>
 
provisions of this Agreement. If, in the absence of a protective order or other
remedy or the receipt of a wavier by such other party, the party requested or
required to make the disclosure or any of its Representatives are nonetheless,
in the opinion of counsel, legally compelled to disclose the other party's
Evaluation Material to any tribunal, the party requested or required to make the
disclosure or its Representative may, without liability hereunder, disclose to
such tribunal only that portion of the other party's Evaluation Material which
such counsel advises is legally required to be disclosed, provided that the
party requested or required to make the disclosure exercises its reasonable
efforts to preserve the confidentiality of the other party's Evaluation
Material, including, without limitation, by cooperating with the other party to
obtain an appropriate protective order or other reliable assurance that
confidential treatment will be accorded the other party's Evaluation Material by
such tribunal.

          6.  Termination of Discussion.  If either party decides that it does
              -------------------------                                       
not wish to proceed with a transaction with the other party, the party so
deciding will promptly inform the other party of that decision by giving a
written notice of termination.  In that case, or at any time upon the request of
either disclosing party for any reason, each receiving party will promptly
deliver to the disclosing party or destroy all written Evaluation Material (and
all copies thereof and extracts therefrom) furnished to the receiving party or
its Representatives by or on behalf of the disclosing party pursuant hereto.  In
the event of such a decision or request, all other Evaluation Material prepared
by the requesting party shall be destroyed and no copy thereof shall be
retained, and in no event shall either party be obligated to disclose or provide
the Evaluation Material prepared by it or its Representatives to the other
party.  Notwithstanding the return or destruction of the Evaluation Material,
each party and its Representatives will continue to be bound by its obligations
of confidentiality and other obligations hereunder.

          7.  No Representation of Accuracy.  Each party understands and
              -----------------------------                             
acknowledges that neither party nor any of its Representatives makes any
representation or warranty, expressed or implied, as to the accuracy or
completeness of the Evaluation Material made available by it or to it.  Each
party agrees that neither party nor any of its Representatives shall have any
liability to the other party or to any of its Representatives relating to or
resulting from the use of or reliance upon such other party's Evaluation
Material or any errors therein or omissions therefrom.  Only those
representations or warranties which are made in a final definitive agreement
regarding the Transaction, when, as and if executed, and subject to such
limitations and restrictions, as may be specified therein, will have any legal
effect.

                                       4
<PAGE>
 
          8.  Definitive Agreements.  Each party understands and agrees that no
              ---------------------                                            
contract or agreement providing for any Transaction involving the parties shall
be deemed to exist between the parties unless and until a final definitive
agreement has been executed and delivered.  Each party also agrees that unless
and until a final definitive agreement regarding a Transaction between the
parties has been executed and delivered, neither party will be under any legal
obligation of any kind whatsoever with respect to such a Transaction by virtue
of this Agreement, except for the matters specifically agreed to herein.  Both
parties further acknowledge and agree that each party reserves the right, in its
sole discretion, to provide or not provide Evaluation Material to the receiving
party under this Agreement, to reject any and all proposals made by the other
party or any of its Representatives with regard to a Transaction between the
parties, and to terminate discussions and negotiations at any time.

          9.  Waiver.  It is understood and agreed that no failure or delay by
              ------                                                          
either party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate
as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude
any other or future exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power
or privilege hereunder.

          10. Miscellaneous.  Each party agrees to be reasonable for any breach
              -------------                                                    
of this Agreement by any of its Representatives.  No failure or delay by either
party or any of their respective Representatives in exercising any right, power
or privileges under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall
any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise of
any right, power or privilege hereunder.  In case any provision of this
Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and
enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not in any
way be affected or impaired thereby.

          11. Injunctive Relief.  It is further understood and agreed that
              -----------------                                           
money damages would not be a sufficient remedy for any breach of this Agreement
by either party or any of its Representatives and that the non-breaching party
shall be entitled to equitable relief, including injunction and specific
performance, as a remedy for any such breach.  Such remedies shall not be deemed
to be the exclusive remedies for a breach of this Agreement but shall be in
addition to all other remedies available at law or equity.  In the event of
litigation relating to this Agreement, if a court of competent jurisdiction
determines that either party or any of its Representatives have breached this
Agreement, then the breaching party shall be liable and pay 

                                       5
<PAGE>
 
to the non-breaching party the reasonable legal fees incurred in connection with
such litigation, including an appeal therefrom.

          12.  GOVERNING LAW.  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED
               -------------                                                    
IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA, THE UNITED STATES OF
AMERICA, APPLICABLE TO AGREEMENTS MADE AND TO BE PERFORMED WITHIN SUCH STATE.

          13.  Term.  This Agreement shall terminate three years from the date
               ----                                                           
first set forth above.

          14.  Standstill.  For a period of one year from the date of this
               ----------                                                 
Agreement, each party and its Affiliates (as defined under the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), will not (and each party
and its Affiliates will not assist or encourage others to, directly or
indirectly, unless specifically requested to do so in writing in advance by the
other party's Board of Directors:

          a.   acquire or agree, offer, seek or propose to acquire, or cause to
               be acquired ownership (including, but not limited to, beneficial
               ownership as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of any
               of the other party's or its subsidiaries' assets (other than in
               the ordinary course of business) or business or any voting
               securities issued by the other party which are, or may be,
               entitled to vote in the election of the other party's directors
               ("Voting Securities"), or any rights or options to acquire such
               ownership, including from a third party; or

          b.   make, or in any way participate in, any solicitation of proxies
               or consents with respect to any Voting Securities of the other
               party, become a participant in any proxy context with respect to
               the other party; or seek to advise, encourage or influence any
               person or entity with respect to the voting of any Voting
               Securities, or demand a copy of the other party's stock ledger,
               list of its stockholders or other books and records, or call or
               attempt to call any meeting of the stockholders of the other
               party, or

                                       6
<PAGE>
 
          c.   enter into any discussions, negotiations, arrangements or
               understandings with any third party with respect to any of the
               matters described in (a) or (b) above.

          15.  Non-Solicitation.  The Company and you agree that, for a period
               ----------------                                               
of one year from the date of the Agreement, the Company and you will not,
directly or indirectly, solicit for employment any employee of you (or any
subsidiary of you) or the Company (or any subsidiary of the Company),
respectively, or with whom the Company or you, respectively, have had contact or
who became known to the Company or you, respectively, in connection with the
Company's or your, respectively, consideration of the Transaction except for a
general solicitation not aimed at such employees.

          16.  Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in two
               ------------                                        
counterparts, which together shall be considered one and the same agreement and
shall become effective when such counterparts have been signed by each party and
delivered to the other party, it being understood that all parties need not sign
the same counterpart.

                                       7
<PAGE>
 
          Please confirm your agreement with the foregoing by signing and
returning one copy of this Agreement to the undersigned, whereupon this
Agreement shall become a binding agreement between you and the Company.

                                          Very truly yours,

                                          State of the Art, Inc.


                                          By: /s/ David W. Hanna
                                             ----------------------------------
                                             David W. Hanna, Chairman, President
                                             Chief Executive Officer



Accepted and Agreed as of
the date first written above


The Sage Group plc


By: /s/ Paul Walker
   ------------------------------
Name:   Paul Walker
Title:  Chief Executive Officer

                                       8

<PAGE>
 
                                                                Exhibit (c)(5)

                            STATE OF THE ART, INC.
                              56 Technology Drive
                           Irvine, California 92618



                               February 23, 1998



The Sage Group plc
Rose Acquisition Corp.
Sage House
Benton Park Road
Newcastle Upon Tyne, NE7 7LZ
England

Ladies and Gentlemen:

          Reference is hereby made to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated
January 27, 1998 (the "Merger Agreement"), by and among The Sage Group plc, a
corporation organized under the laws of England ("Parent"), Rose Acquisition
Corp., a Delaware corporation (the "Purchaser"), and State Of The Art, Inc., a
California corporation (the "Company").  Capitalized terms used herein and not
otherwise defined shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Merger
Agreement.

          In order to permit the Purchaser to consummate the Offer in accor
dance with the terms set forth in the Merger Agreement in the event that greater
than ninety percent (90%) of the issued and outstanding Shares of the Company
are tendered and not withdrawn as of any scheduled expiration date of the Offer,
but less than ninety percent (90%) of the issued and outstanding Shares on a
fully diluted basis are tendered and not withdrawn as of such expiration date,
in the event that at least 10,279,000 of the issued and outstanding Shares
of the Company are tendered and not withdrawn as of such expiration date, Parent
and the Purchaser agree to waive, and the Company hereby consents to the waiver
by the Purchaser of, the Minimum Condition described in Annex I to the Merger
Agreement to such extent. The Company hereby represents and warrants that, (i)
as of February 19, 1998,
<PAGE>
 
there are 11,178,085 Shares of the Company issued and outstanding, and (ii)
options to purchase no more than 898,233 Shares pursuant to Stock Plans of the
Company are or will be exercisable at any time between the date hereof through
April 1, 1998 (including pursuant to any accelerated vesting provisions upon a
change of control of the Company).

     Each of Parent, Purchaser and the Company hereby agrees that the terms of 
this letter shall remain effective from the date hereof until the earlier of (i)
March 12, 1998, and (ii) the date upon which the Purchaser accepts for payment 
the Shares of the Company pursuant to the terms of the Offer.

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
                              Very truly yours,


                              STATE OF THE ART, INC.



                              By: /s/ DAVID W. HANNA
                                  --------------------------------
                                  Name: David W. Hanna
                                  Title: President, Chief Executive
                                         Officer and Chairman of the 
                                         Board



ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED:


THE SAGE GROUP PLC


By: /s/ PAUL WALKER
    ---------------------------------
    Name: Paul Walker
    Title: Chief Executive Officer

ROSE ACQUISITION CORP.


By: /s/ PAUL WALKER
    -------------------
    Name: Paul Walker
    Title: Vice President and Secretary

                                       3

<PAGE>
 
                                                                Exhibit (c)(6)

                                DAVID W. HANNA
                          c/o State Of The Art, Inc.
                              56 Technology Drive
                           Irvine, California 92618



                               February 23, 1998



The Sage Group plc
Rose Acquisition Corp.
Sage House
Benton Park Road
Newcastle Upon Tyne, NE7 7LZ
England

Ladies and Gentlemen:

          Reference is hereby made to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated
January 27, 1998 (the "Merger Agreement"), by and among The Sage Group plc, a
corporation organized under the laws of England, Rose Acquisition Corp., a Dela
ware corporation (the "Purchaser"), and State Of The Art, Inc., a California
corpora  tion (the "Company").  Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise
defined shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Merger Agreement.

          The undersigned represents and warrants that the undersigned is the
holder of options (the "Options") to purchase 513,541 Shares of the Company,
which Options are currently exercisable or will be exercisable by April 1,
1998.

          As an inducement for you to waive the Minimum Condition described in
Annex I to the Merger Agreement and consummate the Offer in accordance with the
terms set forth in the Merger Agreement, the undersigned hereby agrees not to
exercise any of the Options from the date hereof through the Effective Time.
The undersigned does not, and nothing in this letter shall be construed to,
waive any 
<PAGE>
 
benefits intended to be conferred on the undersigned pursuant to Section 2.4 of
the Merger Agreement.

          The agreement set forth herein shall terminate upon the earlier of the
Effective time and the termination of the Merger Agreement in accordance with
its terms.

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
                              Very truly yours,



                              /s/ DAVID W. HANNA
                              -----------------------------------
                              David W. Hanna



ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED:


THE SAGE GROUP PLC


By: /s/ PAUL WALKER
    ----------------------------------
    Name: Paul Walker
    Title: Chief Executive Officer

ROSE ACQUISITION CORP.


By: /s/ PAUL WALKER
    -------------------------------
    Name: Paul Walker
    Title: Vice President and Secretary

                                       3

<PAGE>
 
                                                                Exhibit (c)(7)

                                JEFFREY E. GOLD
                          c/o State Of The Art, Inc.
                              56 Technology Drive
                           Irvine, California 92618



                               February 23, 1998



The Sage Group plc
Rose Acquisition Corp.
Sage House
Benton Park Road
Newcastle Upon Tyne, NE7 7LZ
England

Ladies and Gentlemen:

          Reference is hereby made to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated
January 27, 1998 (the "Merger Agreement"), by and among The Sage Group plc, a
corporation organized under the laws of England, Rose Acquisition Corp., a Dela
ware corporation (the "Purchaser"), and State Of The Art, Inc., a California
corpora  tion (the "Company").  Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise
defined shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Merger Agreement.

          The undersigned represents and warrants that the undersigned is the
holder of options (the "Options") to purchase 52,672 Shares of the Company,
which Options are currently exercisable or will be exercisable by April 1,
1998.

          As an inducement for you to waive the Minimum Condition described in
Annex I to the Merger Agreement and consummate the Offer in accordance with the
terms set forth in the Merger Agreement, the undersigned hereby agrees not to
exercise any of the Options from the date hereof through the Effective Time.
The undersigned does not, and nothing in this letter shall be construed to,
waive any 
<PAGE>
 
benefits intended to be conferred on the undersigned pursuant to Section 2.4 of
the Merger Agreement.

          The agreement set forth herein shall terminate upon the earlier of the
Effective time and the termination of the Merger Agreement in accordance with
its terms.

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
                              Very truly yours,



                              /s/ JEFFREY E. GOLD
                              ----------------------------------------------
                              Jeffrey E. Gold



ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED:


THE SAGE GROUP PLC


By: /s/ PAUL WALKER
    ----------------------------------
    Name: Paul Walker
    Title: Chief Executive Officer


ROSE ACQUISITION CORP.


By: /s/ PAUL WALKER
    ------------------------------
    Name: Paul Walker
    Title: Vice President and Secretary

                                       3

<PAGE>
 
                                                                Exhibit (c)(8)

                                GEORGE RIVIERE
                          c/o State Of The Art, Inc.
                              56 Technology Drive
                           Irvine, California 92618



                               February 23, 1998



The Sage Group plc
Rose Acquisition Corp.
Sage House
Benton Park Road
Newcastle Upon Tyne, NE7 7LZ
England

Ladies and Gentlemen:

          Reference is hereby made to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated
January 27, 1998 (the "Merger Agreement"), by and among The Sage Group plc, a
corporation organized under the laws of England, Rose Acquisition Corp., a Dela
ware corporation (the "Purchaser"), and State Of The Art, Inc., a California
corpora  tion (the "Company").  Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise
defined shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Merger Agreement.

          The undersigned represents and warrants that the undersigned is the
holder of options (the "Options") to purchase 23,958 Shares of the Company,
which Options are currently exercisable or will be exercisable by April 1,
1998.

          As an inducement for you to waive the Minimum Condition described in
Annex I to the Merger Agreement and consummate the Offer in accordance with the
terms set forth in the Merger Agreement, the undersigned hereby agrees not to
exercise any of the Options from the date hereof through the Effective Time.
The undersigned does not, and nothing in this letter shall be construed to,
waive any 
<PAGE>
 
benefits intended to be conferred on the undersigned pursuant to Section 2.4 of
the Merger Agreement.

          The agreement set forth herein shall terminate upon the earlier of the
Effective time and the termination of the Merger Agreement in accordance with
its terms.

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
                              Very truly yours,



                              /s/ GEORGE RIVIERE
                              -------------------------------------
                              George Riviere



ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED:


THE SAGE GROUP PLC


By: /s/ PAUL WALKER
    ---------------------------------
    Name: Paul Walker
    Title: Chief Executive Officer

ROSE ACQUISITION CORP.


By: /s/ PAUL WALKER
    ------------------------------
    Name: Paul Walker
    Title: Vice President and Secretary

                                       3

<PAGE>
 
                                                                 Exhibit (c)(9)

                                DAVID R. BUTLER
                          c/o State Of The Art, Inc.
                              56 Technology Drive
                           Irvine, California  92618

                               February 23, 1998

The Sage Group plc
Rose Acquisition Corp.
Sage House
Benton Park Road
Newcastle Upon Tyne, NE7 7LZ
England

Ladies and Gentlemen:

        Reference is hereby made to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated 
January 27, 1998 (the "Merger Agreement"), by and among The Sage Group plc, a 
corporation organized under the laws of England, Rose Acquisition Corp., a 
Delaware corporation (the "Purchaser"), and State Of The Art, Inc., a California
corporation (the "Company"). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise 
defined shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Merger Agreement.

        The undersigned represents and warrants that the undersigned is the 
holder of options (the "Options") to purchase 30,208 of the Company, 
which Options are currently exercisable or will be exercisable by April 1, 
1998.

        As an inducement for you to waive the Minimum Condition described in 
Annex I to the Merger Agreement and consummate the Offer in accordance with the 
terms set forth in the Merger Agreement, the undersigned hereby agrees not to 
exercise any of the Options from the date hereof through the Effective Time. The
undersigned does not, and nothing in this letter shall be construed to, waive 
any

<PAGE>
 
benefits intended to be conferred on the undersigned pursuant to Section 2.4 of 
the Merger Agreement. 

        The agreement set forth herein shall terminate upon the earlier of the 
Effective time and the termination of the Merger Agreement in accordance with 
its terms.


                                       2

<PAGE>
 
                                        Very truly yours,


                                        /s/ DAVID R. BUTLER
                                        ----------------------------------
                                        David R. Butler


ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED:


THE SAGE GROUP PLC

By: /s/ PAUL WALKER
   -------------------------------
   Name:   Paul Walker
   Titled: Chief Executive Officer



ROSE ACQUISITION CORP.

By: /s/ PAUL WALKER
   -------------------------------
   Name:  Paul Walker
   Title: Vice President and Secretary


                                      3


<PAGE>
 
                                                               Exhibit (c)(10)

                                 W. FRANK KING
                          c/o State Of The Art, Inc.
                              56 Technology Drive
                           Irvine, California 92618




                               February 23, 1998


The Sage Group plc
Rose Acquisition Corp.
Sage House
Benton Park Road
Newcastle Upon Tyne, NE7 7LZ
England

Ladies and Gentlemen:

        Reference is hereby made to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated 
January 27, 1998 (the "Merger Agreement"), by and among The Sage Group plc, a 
corporation organized under the laws of England, Rose Acquisition Corp., a 
Delaware corporation (the "Purchaser"), and State Of The Art, Inc., a California
corporation (the "Company"). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise 
defined shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Merger Agreement.

        The undersigned represents and warrants that the undersigned is the 
holder of options (the "Options") to purchase 35,000 Shares of the Company, 
which Options are currently exercisable or will be exercisable by April 1, 
1998.

        As an inducement for you to waive the Minimum Condition described in 
Annex I to the Merger Agreement and consummate the Offer in accordance with the 
terms set forth in the Merger Agreement, the undersigned hereby agrees not to 
exercise any of the Options from the date hereof through the Effective Time. The
undersigned does not, and nothing in this letter shall be construed to, waive 
any
<PAGE>
 
benefits intended to be conferred on the undersigned pursuant to Section 2.4 of 
the Merger Agreement.

        The agreement set forth herein shall terminate upon the earlier of the 
Effective time and the termination of the Merger Agreement in accordance with 
its terms.

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
                                                Very truly yours,


                                                /s/ FRANK KING
                                                --------------------------
                                                W. Frank King



ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED;


THE SAGE GROUP PLC


By: /s/ PAUL WALKER
    --------------------------------
    Name: Paul Walker
    Title: Chief Executive Officer


ROSE ACQUISITION CORP.


By: /s/ PAUL WALKER
    --------------------------------
    Name: Paul Walker
    Title: Vice President and Secretary


                                       3

<PAGE>
 
                                                                 EXHIBIT (C)(11)

                            JOINT FILING AGREEMENT

     This will confirm the agreement by and between the undersigned that the
Statement on Schedule 13D (the "Statement") filed on or about this date with
respect to the beneficial ownership by the undersigned of shares of common
stock, no par value, of State Of The Art, Inc., a California corporation, is
being filed on behalf of the undersigned.

     Each of the undersigned hereby acknowledges that pursuant to Rule 13d-1(f)
promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, that each
person on whose behalf the Statement is filed is responsible for the timely
filing of such statement and any amendments thereto, and for the completeness
and accuracy of the information concerning such person contained therein; and
that such person is not responsible for the completeness or accuracy of the
information concerning the other persons making the filing, unless such person
knows or has reason to believe that such information is inaccurate.

     This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts by each of the
undersigned, and each of which, taken together, shall constitute one and the
same instrument.

Date: February 27, 1998

                              THE SAGE GROUP PLC


                              By:    /s/ PAUL WALKER
                                     ---------------
                              Name:  Paul Walker
                              Title: Chief Executive Officer


                              ROSE ACQUISITION CORP.


                              By:    /s/ PAUL WALKER
                                     ---------------
                              Name:  Paul Walker
                              Title: Vice President and Secretary
 


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission